Outcome Based Education Curricula

M. S. RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY

BANGALORE-54

(Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to VTU)

Outcome Based Education Curricula

(For 2013-2014 Admission Batch Onwards)

Academic year 2014-2015

emester B. E.

mester B. E.

III & IV SEMESTER

MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology (MSRIT) was started in 1962 by the late Dr. M.S.

Ramaiah, our Founder Chairman who was a renowned visionary, philanthropist, and a

pioneer in creating several landmark infrastructure projects in India. Noticing the shortage of

talented engineering professionals required to build a modern India, Dr. M.S. Ramaiah

envisioned MSRIT as an institute of excellence imparting quality and affordable education.

Part of Gokula Education Foundation, MSRIT has grown over the years with significant

contributions from various professionals in different capacities, ably led by Dr. M.S. Ramaiah

himself, whose personal commitment has seen the institution through its formative years.

Today, MSRIT stands tall as one of India’s finest names in Engineering Education and has

produced around 35,000 engineering professionals who occupy responsible positions across

the globe.

History of Department:

The Department of Mechanical Engineering started in the year 1962 with an intake of 40

students. The department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of

180 students and 48 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess

post graduate degree with 20 doctorates.

The department offers four year degree course and also offers two Master’s Degree in

Manufacturing Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, with an

intake of 18 each. The Department also offers research program which includes MSc

Engineering by research and PhD degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at

present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD. The department received software grants from

Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design multinational company and has been using them

in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken up number of research projects funded by

external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya Technological University and

received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee celebrations, the

department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an International Conference

on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and

Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have published

books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by

Visvesvaraya Technological University Board of Studies as reference text books.

The students from the department participate both at the national and international

competition throughout the year, in the year 2013 – AeRobusta – 4 member student team

from the department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th

position out

of 64 teams from all over the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE

ASIAN COUNTRIES.

Another team from the department also participated in the “Unmanned Air Vehicle System

“conducted by U.S. Navy at Maryland, USA. The team secured 5th

Place in the technical

session out of 36 participating teams from all over the world.

A team of two students also participated in the CAD Design Competition conducted by

Autodesk, a CAD multinational company, in association with IIT Madras and secured FIRST

PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs 1,20,000 and also

received a free Trip to Autodesk University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

Faculty

Sl.No Names of Faculty Qualification Designation

1 Dr. D. Ramesh Rao M.E, Ph.D Professor & HOD

2 Dr. Tulasidas T.N. M.Tech, Ph.D Professor, Emeritus

3 Dr. A.Sathyanarayana Swamy M.E, Ph.D Professor

4 Dr. N.D.Prasanna M.E, Ph.D Professor

5 Dr. Raji George M.E, Ph.D Professor

6 Dr. A.T.Venkatesh M.E, Ph.D Professor

7 Dr. P Dinesh M.E, Ph.D Professor

8 Dr. S. Krishna M.E, Ph.D Professor

9 Dr. S.V.Prakash M.E, Ph.D Professor

10 Dr. Putta Bore Gowda M.Tech, Ph.D Professor

11 Dr. Ravi V M.E, Ph.D Professor

12 Dr. K.R.Phaneesh M.E, Ph.D Professor

13 Dr. P.L.Srinivasa Murthy M.E,Ph.D Associate Professor

14 Mr. K.L.Vishnu Kumar M.Tech Associate Professor

15 Mr. P.N.Girish Babu M.E Associate Professor

16 Dr. Veeranna B Nasi M.E, Ph.D Associate Professor

17 Dr. C.M.Ramesha M.Tech, Ph.D Associate Professor

18 Mr. B.P.Harichandra M.E Associate Professor

19 Dr. P.B.Nagaraj M.E, Ph.D Associate Professor

20 Dr. Niranjan Murthy M.Tech, Ph.D Associate Professor

21 Mr. D. Venkatesh M.E Assistant Professor

22 Mr. Sridhar B.S. M.Tech Assistant Professor

23 Mr. Nagesh S.N. M.Tech Assistant Professor

24 Mr. Vishwanth Koti . M.Tech Assistant Professor

25 Ms. Jyothilakshmi R. M.Tech Assistant Professor

26 Dr. C.Siddaraju M.Tech ,Ph.D Assistant Professor

27 Mr. Anil Kumar T. M.Tech Assistant Professor

28 Mr. Kumar R. M.E Assistant Professor

29 Mr. Sunith Babu L M.Tech Assistant Professor

30 Mr. Naveen Kumar M.Tech Assistant Professor

31 Mr. Jaya Christiyan.K G M.E Assistant Professor

32 Mr. Rajesh S M.Tech Assistant Professor

33 Mr. Arun kumar P.C M.Tech Assistant Professor

34 Ms.Hemavathy.S M.Tech Assistant Professor

35 Mr. Manjunath.G M.Tech Assistant Professor

36 Mr. Mahesh.V.M M.E Assistant Professor

37 Ms. Bijaylakshmi Das M.Tech Assistant Professor

38 Mr. D.K.Vishwas M.Tech Assistant Professor

39 Mr. Mahantesh Matur M.Tech Assistant Professor

40 Mr. Girish V Kulkarni M.Tech Assistant Professor

41 Dr. Mohandas K.N M.E, Ph.D Assistant Professor

42 Dr.Prasanna Rao N S M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor

43 Mr. Lokesha K M.Tech Assistant Professor

Vision and Mission

The Vision of MSRIT: To evolve into an autonomous institution of international standing

for imparting quality technical education

Mission: MSRIT shall deliver global quality technical education by nurturing a conducive

learning environment for a better tomorrow through continuous improvement and

customization

Quality Policy

“We at M.S.Ramaiah Institute of Technology, Bangalore strive to deliver comprehensive,

continually enhanced, global quality technical and management education through an

established Quality Management system Complemented by the Synergistic interaction of the

stake holders concerned”.

The Vision of the Department:

To be a centre of international repute in mechanical engineering and to create qualified

human resources needed to meet the demanding challenges in different areas and emerging

fields of mechanical engineering and allied sciences.

Mission of the Department:

To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through

conducive and creative learning environment to produce qualified and skilled human

resources in Mechanical Engineering, offer post graduate programme in the emerging fields

of Mechanical Engineering, create R & D environment to be a centre of excellence in

Mechanical Engineering.

Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department

Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department is shown in block diagram

below

Periodic Review

Vision & Mission

of the

Department by

the committee

Management

Institute’s Vision & Mission

Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

Process of Deriving the Programe Educational Objectives (PEOs)

PEOs of the Program

PEO1: To prepare engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required

practical skills in the core areas of mechanical engineering like materials and manufacturing,

design and development, thermal and fluid systems, automation and robotics, management

science and also use of modern analytical and computational tools.

PEO2: To inculcate team work capabilities and communication skills among students

through seminars, Engineering projects and its development and management.

PEO3: To motivate students to take up higher studies in specified areas of mechanical

engineering and explore possible profession in R & D, academic and self employment

opportunities.

Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision &

Mission

Conduction of Survey

Committee formation and preparation of questionnaire

Academic Council &

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs

Students PG faculty Parents Alumni Industry

Collect data

(Department Committee)

Deliberate, Analyze and

summarize the data

PEO4: To create awareness on environmental issues and commitments towards professional

ethics and social responsibilities and need for lifelong learning.

Process of deriving the Programme Outcomes(POs)

The Programme outcomes are defined taking into account the feedback received from

faculty, alumni, Industry and also from guidelines put across by regulatory/professional

bodies and graduate attributes which are in line with programme educational objectives. The

following block diagram indicates the information flow.

Institute Vision and Mission Department Vision and

Mission

Programme Educational

Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes

Professional bodies such

as IIIE, NITIE

Regulatory bodies such

as UGC, AICTE, VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

PO’s of the program offered

Mechanical Engineering Graduates will be able to:

a. Possess the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering related to mechanical

engineering and allied fields.

b. Identify, formulate, analyze and provide solutions to the real life mechanical

engineering problems.

c. Design and develop mechanical system to address the societal and environmental

issues.

d. Derive valid conclusions through experimentation, data collection and analysis and

further interpret the results leading to solutions in design and practical problems in


e. Apply the modern engineering tools and information technology to virtually understand

and analyze complex engineering problems.

f. Assess societal, health, safety, legal, cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practices and using codes contextual

knowledge.

g. Demonstrate the knowledge for sustainable development through the impact of

engineering solutions in changing technological, societal and environmental contexts.

h. Understand and respect the professional and ethical values of engineering practices.

i. Involve and coordinate effectively as a team member and leader to accomplish the set

objectives.

j. Communicate, document and present effectively at all stages of product / system design

and development with the engineering community and society at large.

k. Execute and manage projects with confidence by effective financial management

practices.

l. Prepare and engage themselves for lifelong learning to address the day-to-day

technological challenges in the industry.

Mapping of PEO’s and PO’s

The correlation between the Programme outcomes and Program Educational objectives are

mapped in the Table shown below:

Correlation between the POs and the PEOs

Sl.

No. Programme Educational Objectives

Programme Outcomes

a b c d e f g h i j k l

1

To prepare engineers with sound basic

theoretical knowledge along with

required practical skills in the core

areas of mechanical engineering like

materials and manufacturing design

and development, thermal and fluid

systems, automation and robotics,

management science and also use of

modern analytical and computational

tools.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2

To inculcate team work capabilities

and communication skills among

students through seminars.

Engineering projects and its

development and management.

X X X X X X

3

To motivate students to take up higher

studies in specified areas of

mechanical engineering and explore

possible profession in R & D,

academic and self employment

opportunities.

X X X X X

4

To create awareness on environmental

issues and commitments towards

professional ethics and social

responsibilities and need for lifelong

learning.

X

X

X

X

Curriculum breakdown structure:

Breakup of Credits for BE Degree Curriculum. (I to VIII Semester)

Sem HSS BS ES PCS Professional

Electives

Open

Elective

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I 06

20 24 - - -

50 II - - -

III - 04 - 22 - - -

26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25

V - - - 26 - - - 26

VI 02 - - 19 3 - - 24

VII - - - 18 6 3 - 27

VIII - - - 6 3 - 13 22

Total 08 28 24 112 12 3 13

200

HSS - Humanities and Social Science - 08

BS - Basic Sciences (Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry) - 28

ES - Engineering Sciences (Materials, Workshop, Drawing,

Computers) - 24

PCS - Professional Core Subjects - 112

Prof. Elective - Professional Electives, relevant to the chosen

specialization branch - 12

Open Elective - Elective Subjects, from other technical and / or emerging

Subject Areas - 03

Project / Seminar / - Project Work, Seminar and / or Internship in industry

Internship or elsewhere - 13

M S RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BANGALORE 560 054 (Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to VTU)

SCHEME OF TEACHING FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR

III SEMESTER B.E. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl. No. Subject

Code Subject

Credits

L* T* P* TOTAL

1. MAT301 Engg. Mathematics III 3 1 0 4

2. ME302 Materials science & Metallurgy 4 0 0 4

3. ME303 Basic Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

4. ME304 Mechanics of Materials 3 1 0 4

5. ME305 Manufacturing Processes – I 4 0 0 4

6. ME306 Computer Aided Machine

Drawing 2 0 2 4

7. ME302L Materials Testing Laboratory 0 0 1 1

8. ME305L Manufacturing Processes-I

Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 19 3 4 26

* L: Lecture T: Tutorial P: Practical

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III

CODE: MEMAT301 Credits: 3:1:0

Prerequisites: Nil

• Course Objectives:

The students will

1) Learn to solve algebraic and transcendental equations numerically

2) Learn fitting a curve, correlation, regression for a statistical data.

3) Learn to represent a periodic function in terms of sines and cosines.

4) Understand the concepts of a continuous and discrete integral transform.

5) Understand the concepts of calculus of functions of complex variables.

UNIT I

Numerical Solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations: Method of false position,

Newton-Raphson method.

Statistics: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, Fitting a Linear curve, Quadratic

curve, Geometric curve, Correlation and Regression.

UNIT II

Fourier Series: Convergence and divergence of infinite series of positive terms,. Periodic

functions, Dirichlet’s conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2π and

arbitrary period, Half range Fourier series, Practical harmonic analysis.

UNIT III

Fourier Transforms: Infinite Fourier transform, Infinite Fourier sine and cosine transforms,

properties, Inverse transform, Convolution theorem ,Parseval’s identity (statements only).

Z-Transforms: Definition, Standard Z-transforms, Single sided and double sided, Linearity

property, Damping rule, Shifting property, Initial value and final value theorems, Inverse Z-

transform, Application of Z-transform to solve difference equations.

UNIT IV

Complex Variables-I: Functions of complex variables ,Analytic function, Cauchy-

Riemann equations in cartesian and polar coordinates, Consequences of Cauchy-

Riemann equations, Construction of analytic functions.

Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations- w =

z2, w = e

z, and

z

azw

2

+= (z ≠ 0), Bilinear transformations.

UNIT V

Complex Variables-II: Complex integration, Cauchy’s theorem, Cauchy’s integral

formula. Taylor’s & Laurent’s series (statements only). Singularities, Poles and

residues, Cauchy’s residue theorem (statement only).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Erwin Kreyszig – Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Wiley publication – 8th

edition

– 2004.

2. B.S. Grewal – Higher Engineering Mathematics – Khanna Publishers – 40th edition –

2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Glyn James – Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics – Pearson Education – 3rd

edition – 2007.

2. Dennis G. Zill, Michael R. Cullen-Advanced Engineering mathematics, Jones

and Bartlett Publishers Inc. – 3rd edition – 2009.

3. Dennis G. Zill and Patric D. Shanahan- A first course in complex analysis with

applications- Jones and Bartlett publishers-2nd

edition-2009.

• Course Outcomes:

Students are expected to do the following

1. Will be able to solve the problems of algebraic and transcendental equations

using numerical methods.

2. Fit a suitable curve for the tabulated data by the method of least squares.

3. Finding the expansion of function as a Fourier series / half-range Fourier series in a

given range of values of the variables.

4. Obtaining the various harmonics of the Fourier series expansion for the given numerical

data.

5. To find Fourier transforms Fourier sine and Fourier cosine transforms of functions.

6. Solving difference equations using Z-transforms.

7. Analyse functions of complex variables in terms of continuity, differentiability and

analyticity.

8. Apply Cauchy-Riemann equations and harmonic functions to problems of Fluid

Mechanics, Thermodynamics and Electromagnetic fields.

9. Find singularities of complex functions and determine the values of integrals using

residues.

10. Geometrically interpret conformal and bilinear transformations.

MATERIAL SCIENCE & METALLURGY

Subject Code: ME 302 Credits: 4:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

In modern complex society of today, more technically complex products are produced and a

constant challenge is being posed by the ever increasing demands for materials of greater

strength, lightness, hardenability, cutting power, softness, and cheapness, resistance to

corrosion and radiation and resistance to heat. The main objective of this subject to make the

students understand the properties of materials highly essential. Without this information and

knowledge, the manufacturing process may be an expensive one and complex task which

minimize the profit and utility of the end product.

The subject also gives knowledge about the methods to enhance the properties of materials

from few metallurgical & mechanical (like heat treatment etc) processes.

Course Learning Objectives

1. Introduce the various aspects related to materials and its applications

2. Impart Knowledge about different crystal structure, defects, study about diffusion and

mechanism and its example

3. To gain the knowledge of mechanical behavior of materials, the properties associated

with materials such as creep and fatigue

4. To learn about solidification of metals and alloys, clear exposure about solid solution

and construction of phase diagram and to understand Iron carbon diagram, TTT

diagram and their significance

5. Provide an overview about different types of heat treatment of ferrous and non ferrous

metals and to learn about properties of engineering materials.

UNIT I

Structure of crystalline solids: Fundamental concepts of unit cell space lattice, Bravais

space lattices, unit cells for cubic structure & HCP, study of stacking of layers of atoms in

cubic structure & HCP, calculations of radius, Coordination Number and Atomic Packing

Factor for different cubic structures. Crystal imperfections-point, line, surface & volume

defects. Diffusion, Diffusion mechanisms, and factors affecting diffusion, Fick’s laws of

diffusion Stress & Strain: - Stress strain diagrams to show ductile & brittle behaviour of

metals. Linear & non-linear elastic properties,

UNIT II

True stress and strain, fatigue, Creep: Plastic deformation of metals by slip and twinning,

inelastic properties fracture, types, Griffith’s theory of brittle fracture Fatigue:- types of

fatigue load, mechanism of fatigue failure, fatigue properties, S-N diagram, factors affecting

fatigue strength Creep:- Definition, Three stages of creep, creep properties, stress relaxation

Solidification:- Nucleation, homogeneous & heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth, cast

metal structures.

UNIT III

Solid solutions, phase diagrams: Solid solutions, Types, Rules of governing the formation

of solids solutions. Phase diagrams: Basic terms, phase rule, cooling curves, construction of

phase diagrams, interpretation of equilibrium diagrams, Types of phase diagrams, Lever rule.

Iron carbon equilibrium Diagram, phases in the Fe-C system, Invariant reactions, critical

temperatures, Microstructure of slowly cooled steels, effect of alloying elements on the Fe-C

diagram, ferrite & Austenite stabilizers.

UNIT IV

TTT, Heat Treatment: The TTT diagram, drawing of TTT diagram, TTT diagram for hypo-

& hypereutectoid steels, effect of alloying elements, CCT diagram. Annealing, and its types,

normalizing, hardening, tempering, martempering, austempering, surface hardening like case

hardening, carburizing, cyaniding, nitriding, induction hardening, hardenability, Jominy end-

quench test, Age hardening of Al & Cu alloys.

UNIT V

Engineering Alloys, Composite Materials: Properties, composition and uses of low carbon,

mild, medium & high carbon steels. Cast irons, gray CI, white CI, malleable CI, SC iron.

Microstructures of cast iron. The light alloys, Al & Mg & Titanium alloys, Copper & its

alloys, brasses and bronzes Definitions, classification, types of matrix, materials and

reinforcement, rule of mixtures for youngs modulus of composite materials, fundamentals of

production of FRP’s like hand layup technique and bag moulding, advantages and

applications of composites.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Material Science for Engineering, 6th

edition James F.Shackel Fords.

Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersy, 2006 edition.

2. Physical Metallurgy, Principles & Practices”, V.Raghavan, PHI, 2nd

edition 2006, New

Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials Science & Engineering- An Introduction, William D.Callister Jr.Wiley, India

Pvt. Ltd. 6th

edition, 2006, New Delhi.

2. Essentials of Materials for Science And Engineering, Donald R. Askeland, Pradeep

P.Phule Thomson-Engineering, , 2nd

edition 2006

3. Foundation of Material Science and Engineering, Smith, 3rd

Edition,McGraw Hill, 1997

edition..

Course Learning Outcomes

1. Develop utilization and understanding necessity of materials in various fields of

applications

2. Identify and analyze the various crystal structure and defects responsible for change in

the material properties and the ability to define diffusion, types and various diffusion

mechanisms.

3. Develop skills of effective identification of structure and property relationships and

become competent to identify possible cause of failure due to fatigue, Creep.

4. The students demonstrate the knowledge of homogenous and heterogeneous nucleation,

Crystal growth and its structure, solid solution types and Unary and binary phase

diagram and also in iron carbon diagram for steels and cast-iron and non equilibrium

phases.

5. They should be able to apply the skills developed for the selection of best heat treatment

process (annealing, normalizing, tempering, hardening, and other heat treatment

process) according to the requirement.

6. Shall demonstrate to identify the composition, properties and application of various

ferrous, nonferrous and composite materials.

BASIC THERMODYNAMICS


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The course aims at teaching the students the fundamentals of thermodynamics, various

definitions and the laws governing the thermodynamic principles. The subject aims at having

understanding of concept of work and heat, pure substances, entropy principle. The concepts

of heat engine, heat pump and refrigeration are also included in the subject to enable the

students for taking up challenging task in the industrial sector, government organization,

research organization and to pursue higher studies and to become entrepreneur. The

fundamental laws of ideal and real gases are also taught in the subject to develop the skill to

analyze different types of engineering devices. The study of various engineering devices and

analytical calculations are also included in the subject to expose the students to more practical

applications.


1. To learn the fundamentals of thermodynamics and related definitions to understand the

temperature concept and thermodynamic principles.

2. To understand the concept of work and heat and the laws of thermodynamics.

3. To develop the ability to analyze the engineering devices and to calculate work done,

heat transfer and other properties.

4. To study the basics of heat engine, heat pump, refrigerator and Carnot principle and

learn their practical applications.

5. To understand the principle of entropy and behavior of pure substances and to learn

calculation of properties of steam.

6. To study the behavior of Ideal and Real gases and to analyze the various parameters

under different circumstances.

UNIT I

Fundamental concepts and definitions: Thermodynamics; definition and scope, micro

scopic and macroscopic approaches, open and closed systems, thermodynamic properties,

thermodynamic state, path and process, path and point function, quasistatic process, cyclic

and non cyclic processes, thermodynamic equilibrium, Zeroth law of thermodynamics,

Temperature concepts and scales, Comparision of temperature scales, Work and heat,

Thermodynamic definition of work, expressions for displacement work in various processes

through p v diagrams, electrical work, shaft work, paddle wheel work, flow work, heat

definition, unit and sign convention, equivalence of heat and work

UNIT II

First Law of Thermodynamics: Statement of first law of thermodynamics, extension of first

law to non cyclic processes, energy, energy as a property of the system, enthalpy, specific

heat at constant volume and constant pressure, Steady state, steady flow energy equation,

some important applications

Second Law of thermodynamics: Thermal reservoir, Heat engine, schematic representation

and efficiency, reversed heat engine, schematic representation and coefficient of

performance, Kelvin-Planck statement and Clasius’ statement of second law of

thermodynamics, PMMI and PMMII, equivalence of the two statements, reversible and

irreversible processes, factors that make a process irreversible, reversible heat engines, carnot

cycle, carnot principle, thermodynamic temperature scale.

UNIT III

Entropy: Clasius’ inequality; statement, proof, application to a reversible cycle, entropy a

property, entropy definition, principle of increase of entropy, calculation of entropy using T

dS relations, entropy as a coordinate.

Availability and Irreversibility: Maximum work, maximum useful work for a system and a

control volume, availability of a system and a steadily flowing stream, irreversibility, second

law efficiency.

UNIT IV

Pure substance: P-T and P-V diagrams, triple point and critical points, subcooled liquid,

saturated liquid, mixture of saturated liquid and vapour, saturated vapour and superheated

vapour states of a pure substance with water as example. Enthalpy of change of phase (Latent

heat), dryness fraction, T-S and h-s diagrams, representation of various processes on these

diagrams, throttling calorimeter, separating and throttling calorimeter

Thermodynamic relations: Introduction, Maxwell’s equations, problems, coefficient of

expansion and compressibility, energy relations for simple systems, Tds equations, specific

heat relations, relations for internal energy and enthalpy, numerical, characteristic functions,

Joule-Thomson coefficient.

UNIT V

Real and Ideal gases: Introduction, Vander wall’s equation, Vander wall’s constants in

terms of critical properties, law of corresponding states, compressibility factor,

compressibility chart, ideal gas, equation of state, internal energy and enthalpy as functions of

temperature only, universal and particular gas constants, evaluation of heat, work, change in

internal energy, enthalpy and entropy in various quasistatic processes, ideal gas mixture;

Dalton’s law of additive pressure, Amagat’s law of additive volumes, evaluation of

properties, analysis of various processes.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamental of Classical Thermodynamics- G J Van Wylen and R E Sonntag, Wiley

Eastern. 1st edition,2002

2. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics- P K Nag, Tata McGrawHill, 3rd

edition., 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Thermodynamics an engineering approach-Yunus A Cenegal and Michael A Boles.

Tata McGraw hill Pub. 1st edition 2002

2. Engineering Thermodynamics- Rajput, Laxmi publications Pvt Ltd, 3rd

Edition.,2007.

Course Learning Outcomes:

Students shall demonstrate the Knowledge associated with:

1. Principles of thermodynamics in engineering applications

2. Calculation of various properties of the thermodynamic system during execution of

process or cycle.

3. Analysis of thermodynamic systems under different circumstances.

4. Calculations to determine performance of engineering devices like heat engine, heat

pump and refrigerator.

5. Behavior of working fluid in thermodynamic system during execution of a process or

cycle.

6. R and D work involving aeronautical applications.

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS

Course code: ME304 Credits: 3:1:0

Pre requisites: Nil Contact hours: 56

Preamble

In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Mechanics of

Materials provides the mechanical engineer with an approach to understand behavior of

various components under stress when loaded. With the advances being made in the areas of

manufacturing, design and automotive engineering newer and efficient design of machinery

and equipments require an in depth knowledge of behavior of components under stressed

condition within elastic limit. The various topics of practical interest give the students a

deeper insight into the behavior of beams, shafts and cylinders when loaded during service.

Course Learning Objectives:

The main objectives of this course are to impart knowledge on:

1. Introduce the various aspects of Mechanics of Materials as applied to engineering

problems in a systematic manner stressing the fundamentals.

2. Impart the knowledge of fundamental concepts of stress, strain, Young’s modulus, etc.

and understand the above concepts by solving problems of practical interest.

3. Develop understanding of compound bars, 2D systems and Mohr’s circle and develop

competence and skill in solving problems related to above topics.

4. Develop an understanding of problems on thermal stresses, BM and SF diagrams, and

deflection of beams and develop skill to solve them.

5. Develop an understanding of the concepts of torsion of shafts, columns and struts for

solving problems of practical interest.

UNIT I

Simple stress and strain: Introduction, stress, strain, mechanical properties of materials,

linear elasticity, Hook’s law and poisons ratio, stress – strain relation – behavior in

tension for mild steel and non ferrous metals. Extension / shortening of a bar, bars with

cross sections varying in steps, bars with continuously varying cross sections (circular

and rectangular) Elongation due to self weight, principle of super position, Volumetric

strain, expression for volumetric strain.

Stress in composite section: Elastic constants, simple shear stress, shear strain,

temperature stresses (including compound bars)

UNIT II

Compound stresses: Introduction, plane stress, stresses on inclined sections, principal

stresses and maximum shear stresses, Mohr’s circle for plane stress.

Thick and thin cylinders: stresses in thin cylinders, changes in dimensions of cylinder

(diameter, length and volume), Thick cylinders subjected to internal and external

pressures (Lame’s equation) (Compound cylinders not included)

UNIT III

Bending moment and shear force in beams : Introduction, types of beams, loads and

reactions, shear forces and bending moments, rate of loading, sign conventions,

relationship between shear force and bending moments, shear force and bending moment

diagrams for different beams subjected to concentrated loads, uniform distributed load

(UDL) and Uniformly Varying Load (UVL) for different types of beams.

UNIT IV

Bending and shear stresses in beams: Introduction, theory of simple bending.

Assumptions in simple bending, relationship between bending stresses and radius of

curvature, relationship between bending moment and radius of curvature, moment

carrying capacity of a section, shearing stresses in beams, shear stress across rectangular,

I Section, T Section & circular sections.

UNIT V

Deflection of beams: Introduction, differential equation for deflection, equations for

deflections, slope and moments, double integration method for cantilever and simply

supported beams for point load, UDL. Macaulay’s method.

Torsion of circular shafts and elastic stability of columns: Introduction, pure torsion,

assumptions, derivation of torsional equations, polar modulus, torsional rigidity / stiffness

of shafts, power transmitted by solid and hollow circular shafts. Introduction to columns,

Euler’s theory for axially loaded elastic long columns, derivation of Euler’s load for

various end conditions, limitations of Euler’s theory, Rankine’s formula.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanics of materials, S.I units, Ferdinand Beer & Russell Johnston, TATA

McGrawHill – 1st edition 2003

2. Strength of materials, W.A Nash , Schaums outline series , 4th

edition – 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanics of materials, K.V. Rao, G.C. Raju, 1st edition, 2007

2. Strength of materials, Ramamrutham, 5th

edition 2006.

3. Mechanics of materials, James. M Gere. Thomson, 5th

edition, 2004


1. Develop an understanding of behavior of components when subjected to various

type of loading.

2. Compile fundamentals of MOM for engineering applications.

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of

MOM.

4. Develop competence to design and analyze problems of engineering involving

design of components subjected to stresses and strains.

5. Demonstrate ability to have the competence for undergoing knowledge up

gradation in the advanced subjects of Machine Design, FEM Theory of Elasticity

and Vibrations.

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES – I


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The present course on manufacturing process-I, provide the mechanical engineer with an

approach to understand different methods of transforming raw material to finished goods.

Various methods include – Foundry, welding, machining, forming processes etc. In this

course, foundry and welding processes are being studied. With the advances being made in

the areas of manufacturing engineering newer and efficient methods and equipments are

developed. The different topics of practical interest give the students a better insight into the

advances in the field of manufacturing.


In this course students will be learning about:

1. production processes, steps involved in casting allowance, moulding sands, core

sand and their properties, core making, Baking, moulding methods

2. metallic moulds or dies, gravity and pressure die casting, centrifugal casting,

continuous casting, principle of gating and rise ring systems, defects in casting and

their causes and remedies, cleaning and inspection ,melting using different types of

furnaces

3. Welding, classification, types of welding processes such as TIG, MIG, SAW, FCAW,

electroslag welding, atomic hydrogen welding, principle of resistance welding, spot,

seam, projection welding and other major welding processes like Thermit welding,

friction welding, explosive welding, ultrasonic welding, electron beam welding, laser

welding, metallurgical aspects of welding.

4. NDT like X-ray radiography, dye-penentrant ultrasonic test, magnetic particle

inspection, eddy current testing, Holography methods of inspection.

5. In addition to the above, the students will be engaged in the laboratory work.

UNIT I

Introduction, Casting, Core Making, and Molding Methods: Classification of production

processes, selection of production processes. Casting, Steps involved in casting, Advantages

and limitations of casting. Pattern Making, Types of pattern, allowance, materials and BIS

color code.

Molding and Core Sands: Types of Molding sands, ingredients of molding sands and

properties. Core sands ingredients and properties. Core Making, Core blowing Machine,

Core baking, Dielectric baking of cores Molding Methods, Green molding, hand and

machine molding. Jolt and Jolt-Squeeze Machine and Sand slingers. No bake sand Molding:

Ingredients and properties, CO2 Silicate Molding, Shell Molding and investment casting.

UNIT II

Metallic Molds: Permanent Mold Casting, Gravity and Pressure Die casting, Centrifugal

casting and Continuous casting. Principle of Gating: Elements of Gating system, Types of

Gates, Gating ratio, Functions of risers, types of risers, open and blind risers. Defects in

Casting: causes and remedies, cleaning and Inspection, casting and fettling operations.

UNIT III

Melting Furnaces, Welding: Classification of Furnaces, Oil fired furnaces, Electric

furnaces Arc, and resistance and Induction furnaces. Cupola construction, preparation and

operation of conventional Cupola. Welding, Introduction, classification – preparation of base

metal and joint, Fluxes need and types. Arc Welding: Principle. Classification of TIG, MIG,

SAW, FCAW, Electro slag welding, Atomic Hydrogen welding

UNIT IV

Resistance Welding, Metallurgical aspect of Welding: Principle of resistance welding,

spot, Seam, Projection Welding. Other Welding Processes, Thermit Welding, Friction

welding, Explosive Welding, Ultrasonic welding, Electron Beam Welding, Laser Welding.

Solidification and structure of welds, heat affected Zone, Residual stress, Weldability and

Weldability testing, welding characteristics of CI,steels,Al,Cu,Welding defects.

UNIT V

NDT for Casting and Welding: Non destructive Testing, X –Ray radiography, dye

penetrant test, Ultrasonic test, Magnetic particle Inspection, Eddy Current testing,

Holography methods of Inspection.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing Technology : Foundry Forming and Welding, P.N.Rao 2nd

Edition

TMH,2003

2. “Manufacturing Technology”, Serope Kalpakjain, Steuen.R.Sechmid, Pearson

Education Asia, 5th

Ed. 2006..

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials and Process in Manufacturing , by Paul Degramo, 8th edition PHI,2002

2. Manufacturing science, by Amitabha Ghosh and A.K.Mallick – East West Press. 2005

2nd

edition.

3. Materials and Process of Manufacture, Roy A Lindberg, PHI Publications, 2nd

edition

2006.

4. Principal of Metal Casting, Heine, Loper, Philip Rosenthal, TMH. 1st edition2005.


At the end of the course, the students will have familiarity about

1. Types of moulding sands and core sands, their properties, patterns-types, materials,

allowances and ingredients of moulding sand, core sand, moulding machines.

2. Permanent mould casting methods, principles of gating and risering. Defects

encountered in casting, their remedies and causes and also different types of furnaces

inclusive of different electrical furnaces and cupola operation for melting metal/alloy.

3. Welding-different methods of welding in the application of fabrication works, and

joining of two metals/alloys and the newer method of welding which is used generally

in the present day technology.

4. Principles, operations and know how about the NDT equipment.

5. The practical training on different types of sand testing carried out in foundry and

preparation of moulds using patterns, without pattern, also completing some models

pertaining to forging, enrich the above theoretical content into practicality.

COMPUTER AIDED MACHINE DRAWING


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Drawing is the language of engineers. Especially it is true for Mechanical Engineers.

Mechanical Engineers have an important task of converting concepts into reality. The job of a

mechanical engineer becomes easy if he can clearly understand the drawing released by the

design department. The basic objective of Machine drawing is to create and release the

drawings which are unambiguous, crisp and clear to the personnel on the shop floor.

Course Learning Objective

1. Aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to Create Section of

Solids and identify the manufacturable features in the component and to learn the

various methods of drawing sectional top view, sectional front view and true shape of

the section for regular solids like cylinder, cone, pyramid and prisms.

2. To convert pictorial view or Isometric views of simple machine parts into orthographic

views.

3. To create 3D part models of simple machine parts and generate different views with

sections using a modeling software and create simple sheet metal parts and generate

3D and unfolded view

4. To create 3D part models of all the parts of the assembly drawings and generate 3D

assembled views and convert assembled view in to orthographic views.

UNIT I

1) Systems of dimensioning: Aligned dimensioning systems, chain dimensioning,

unidirectional dimensioning, concepts of Limits Fits and Tolerance. 2) Sections of Solids: Sections of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron, cones and

cylinders resting only on their bases. (No problems on axis inclinations, spheres and

hollow solids). True shape of sections.

UNIT II

3) Screw thread forms, Bolt , Nuts and screws 4) Developments of surfaces: Development of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron,

cones and cylinders and their frustums. Truncated solids.

UNIT III

5) Orthographic views: Conversion of pictorial views of a simple machine components

in to orthographic projections

6) Pictorial views: Orthographic projections into pictorial views of simple machine parts.

UNIT IV

7) Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given) I. Protected type flanged couplings

II. Pin (bush) type flexible coupling.

III. Plummer Block. (Pedestal Bearing)

IV. Tail stock of a Lathe

V. Screw Jack (Bottle type)

UNIT V

8) Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given) I. Petrol Engine Piston

II. C Engine connecting rod

III. Fuel Injector

IV. Machine vice.

V. Feed check valve

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computer Aided Machine Drawing K.R. Gopalakrishna, Subhash Publications, 2nd

edition 2012.

2. Computer Aided Machine Drawing, Tryambika Murthy.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Machine Drawing, N.D. Bhatt & V.M. Panchal. 5th

edition 2005

2. Machine Drawing, N. Siddeshwar, P.Kannaiah, V.V.S.Sastry, Tata Mc GrawHill, 2nd

edition 2012

3. Machine Drawing, Gupta. 2nd

edition 2006

4. Machine Drawing, Jones & Jones, 1st edition 2006

Scheme of Examinations:

1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to

become eligible for appearing End semester examination.

2. Students should complete the sketches before start to work on the computer.

3. Proportionate free hand sketch carries 40% marks and computer aided solutions with

Print out carries 60% Marks

4. Students have to answer any two full questions out of Three questions; from Unit-I, II

and III to Unit-III for 40 Marks (each question carry 20 Marks) and One full question

from Unit-IV or Unit-V for 60 Mark (each question carry 60 Marks)

Max Marks: 100 Marks

Question No: 1, 2, 3 from UNIT-I, II and III for 40 Marks

Question No: 4 and 5 from UNIT-IV and V for 60 Marks

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 100 Marks

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1. The student will be able to identify features like chamfer, fillet, keyway, slot, blind

hole, through hole, tapped hole, center drill, countersinking, counter boring, rectangular

and polar arrays, grooves, metric threads(M), square threads, square headed bolt and

nut, hexagonal headed bolt and nut etc.

2. Students will be able to distinguish between different sectional top view, sectional front

view and sectional profile view. The student would have learnt the methods of auxiliary

front view showing the true shape of the section and the auxiliary top view showing the

true shape of the section

3. Students will be able to convert pictorial views into orthographic views of simple

machine parts. Students will be able to create 3D part models and generate orthographic

views

4. Students will be able to create simple sheet metal parts and generate unfolded views.

Create all the components of assembly drawing and to use different types of constraints

to assemble them.

MATERIALS TESTING LABORATORY

Subject Code: ME 302L Credits: 0:0:1

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of this course is to make the students to understand the properties of

materials highly essential because without this information and knowledge, the

manufacturing process may be an expensive and complex task which minimize the profit and

utility of the end product.

The course also gives knowledge about the methods to enhance the properties of materials

from few metallurgical & mechanical (like heat treatment etc) process.


Students apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments in the testing of materials.

Tests conducted are listed below

1. Preparation of Specimen for Metallographic Examination of Different

Engineering Materials. Identification of Microstructures of plain carbon steel,

tool steel, gray C.I, SG iron, brass, bronze and composites.

2. Heat treatment: Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening and Tempering of steel. Hardness

studies of heat-treated samples.

3. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for

different parameters.

4. Tensile, Shear and Compression tests of metallic and non-metallic specimens using a

Universal Testing Machine.

5. Torsion Test

6. Bending Test on Metallic and Non Metallic Specimens

7. Izod and Charpy Test on M S Specimens.

8. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers hardness test

9. Fatigue test.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Materials testing laboratory manual , Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT


1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the

procedure conduction and analyzing the results with respect to Tensile, Shear and

Compression, Torsion Test, Bending Test etc

2. Identification of metals and Microstructure examination.

Scheme of Examination


become eligible for appearing the examination.

2. Student has to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual

experiment)

Max Marks: 50

Group Experiment: 25

Individual Experiment: 15

Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES – I LABORATORY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Foundry is a place where castings are produced on a large scale. The students will be

conducting experiments in the laboratory pertaining to testing of molding sand, preparation of

moulds using cope and drag with patterns or without pattern, and forming the metals using

forging process.


Students apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments in the testing of moulding sand,

preparation of moulds using cope and drag with patterns or without pattern and also forging

models.


1.Testing of Moulding sand and core sand: Properties of sand specimens and

conduction of the following tests.

a. Compression, Shear and Tensile tests on Universal Sand Testing Machine.

b. Permeability Test

c. Core Hardness and Mould Hardness Test

d. Grain Fineness Number Test (Sieve Analysis Test)

e. Clay Content test

f. Moisture Content test

2.Foundry Practice: Use of Foundry Tools and other equipments: Preparation of Moulds using Two

Moulding Boxes using Patterns or without patterns (Split pattern, Match plate

Pattern and Core Boxes)

Preparation of one casting (Aluminum or Cast iron- Demonstration only)

3.Forging Operations: Preparing minimum Three Forged Models involving Upsetting,

Drawing and Bending operations. Out of these models, at least one model is to be

prepared by using Power Hammer.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Manufacturing Process – I laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical

Engineering, MSRIT.




Compression, Permeability Test, Core Hardness and Mould Hardness Test etc.

2. Students able to Prepare the Moulds using Two Moulding Boxes using Patterns or

without patterns





experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

IV SEMESTER B.E. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl. No. Subject

Code Subject

Credits

L* T* P* TOTAL

1. MAT401 Engg. Mathematics IV 3 1 0 4

2. ME402 Mechanical Measurements &

Metrology 4 0 0 4

3. ME403 Applied Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

4. ME404 Kinematics of Machines 3 1 0 4

5. ME405 Management and

Entrepreneurship 3 0 0 3

6. ME406 Fluid Mechanics 4 0 0 4

7. ME402L Mechanical Measurements &

Metrology Laboratory 0 0 1 1

8. ME403L Applied Thermodynamics

Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 20 3 2 25


ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS – IV

CODE: MEMAT401 Credits: 3:1:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Course Objectives:

The students will

1) Understand the concept of special functions.

2) Learn the concepts of finite differences and it applications.

3) Understand the concepts of PDE and its applications to engineering.

4) Learn the basic concepts of probability and Random variable.

5) Learn the concepts of probability distributions.

6) Construct the various tests essentially needed for the testing of small samples for testing

for different attributes.

Course Outcomes:


1) Obtaining the series solution of ordinary differential equations.

2) Will be able to use a given data for equal and unequal intervals to find a polynomial

function for estimation.

3) Computing maxima, minima, curvature, radius of curvature using numerical

differentiation.

4) Computing the arc length, area, surface area and volume using numerical integration.

5) Formation and solution of partial differential equations.

6) Fit a suitable curve for as tabulated values by the method of least squares.

7) Express the probability distribution arising in the study of engineering problems and

their applications.

8) Using the concepts of sampling student will be able to take decision about the

hypothesis.

UNIT I

Series Solution of ODEs and Special Functions: Series solution, Frobenius method, Series

solution of Bessel’s differential equation leading to Bessel’s function of first kind, Series

solution of Legendre’s differential equation leading to Legendre’s polynomials, Rodrigue’s

formula.

UNIT II

Finite Differences and Interpolation: Forward and backward differences, Interpolation,

Newton-Gregory forward and backward Interpolation formulae, Lagrange’s interpolation

formula , Newton’s divided difference interpolation formula (no proof).

Numerical Differentiation and Numerical Integration: Derivatives using Newton-

Gregory forward and backward interpolation formulae, Newton-Cote’s quadrature formula,

Trapezoidal rule, Simpson’s (1/3)rd

rule, Simpson’s(3/8)th

rule.

UNIT III

Partial Differential Equations: Formation of PDE’s by elimination of arbitrary constants

and arbitrary functions, Solution of PDE - Lagrange’s linear form, Method of separation of

variables.

Probability: Probability of an event, Axiomatic definition, Addition law, Conditional

probability, Multiplication rule, Baye’s theorem.

UNIT IV

Random Variables: Random Variables (Discrete and Continuous), Probability density

function, Cumulative density function, Mean, Variance.

Probability Distributions: Binomial and Poisson Distributions, Normal Distribution,

Exponential Distribution, Uniform distribution.

UNIT V

Sampling Theory : Sampling, Sampling distributions, Standard error, Central limit

theorem, Test of Hypothesis for means, Confidence limits for means, Student’s t-distribution,

F-distribution, Chi-Square distribution as a test of goodness of fit.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Murray R. Spiegel, John Schiller & R. Alu Srinivasan - Probability & Statistics -

Schaum’s outlines -2nd

edition-2007.

2. B.S.Grewal-Higher Engineering Mathematics-Khanna Publishers-40th

edition-2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. B.S.Grewal-Numerical methods in Engineering and Science-Khanna Publishers – 8th

edition-2009.

2. Glyn James- Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics-PearsonEducation-3rd

edition-2007.

3. A. Papoulis and S.Unnikrishnan Pillai-Probability, random variables and stochastic

processes-Tata McGraw Hill publishing Co.Ltd.- New Delhi-2007.

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

This course is basically intended to introduce a mechanical engineering student to understand

the concepts of measurement and metrology. Basic applications include measurement of

length, diameter, taper, flatness, squareness etc...Further the course intends to introduce the

technological and engineering concepts and study the applications of measuring quantities

like pressure, temperature, force, strain.

Subject learning objectives

1. Introduce the various aspects, definition, and objectives of above subject as applied to

mechanical engineering.

2. Impart the knowledge of fits, tolerances, gauging and comparators.

3. Define the fundamental concepts and derive the relations for the design of gauges, types

of gauges, concepts involved comparators, angular measurements, screw thread and

gear measurements.

4. Define the fundamental methods of measurement, concept of transducer and

intermediate modifying devices and terminating devices. Clear exposure to the errors,

classification and remedies

5. To explore the students to various aspects regarding the force, torque, strain, pressure,

temperature measurements, coordinate measuring machines design, types and its

applications.

UNIT I

Standards of Measurement: Definition and objectives of metrology, standards of length –

International prototype meter, imperial standard yard, wave length standard, subdivision of

standards, line and end standard, comparison, transfer from line standard to end standard,

calibration of end bars (Numerical), slip gauges, wringing phenomena, Indian Standards (M-

81, M-112), numerical examples on building of slip gauges.

System of limits, Definition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter

changeability and selective assembly limits of size, indian standards, concept of limits of size

and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances.

UNIT II

Fits, Tolerances and Gauging & Comparators: Definition of fits, types of fits and their

designation (IS 919-1963), geometrical tolerance, positional – tolerances, hole basis system,

shaft basis system, classification of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor’s

principles), wear allowance on gauges, types of gauges – plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap

gauge, limit gauge and gauge materials. introduction to comparators, characteristics,

classification of comparators, mechanical comparators – johnson mikrokator, sigma

comparators, dial indicator, optical comparators – principles, zeiss ultra optimeter, electric

and electronic comparators – principles, LVDT, pneumatic comparators, back pressure

gauges, solex comparators.

UNIT III

Angular measurement, Interferometer and Screw thread gear measurement: Angular

measurements, bevel protractor, sine principle and use of sine bars, sine center, use of angle

gauges, (numericals on building of angles) clinometers. Interferometer principle of

interferometery, autocollimator. Optical flats. Terminology of screw threads, measurement

of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effective diameter of screw threads by 2-

wire and 3-wire methods, best size wire. Toolmakers microscope, gear terminology, use of

gear tooth vernier caliper and gear tooth micrometer.

UNIT IV

Measurements and Measurement systems, Intermediate modifying and terminating devices: Definition, Significance of measurement, generalized measurement system,

definitions and concept of accuracy, precision, calibration, threshold, sensitivity, hysteresis,

repeatability, linearity, loading effect, system response-times delay. Errors in measurements,

classification of errors. Transducers, Transfer efficiency, Primary and secondary transducers,

electrical, Mechanical, electronic transducers, advantages of each type transducers.

Mechanical systems, inherent problems, electrical intermediate modifying devices, input

circuitry, ballast, ballast circuit, electronic amplifiers and telemetry. Terminating devices,

mechanical, cathode ray oscilloscope, oscillographs, X-Y plotters.

UNIT V

Measurement of Force and Torque, Pressure Temperature and Strain Measurement: Principle, analytical balance, platform balance, proving ring, torque measurement, prony

brake, hydraulic dynamometer. Pressure Measurements, Principle, use of elastic members,

bridgeman gauge, mcloed gauge, pirani gauge. Temperature and strain measurement:

Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law of thermocouple, materials used for

construction, pyrometer, optical pyrometer. Strain measurements, strain gauge, preparation

and mounting of strain gauges, gauge factor, methods of strain measurement.

Coordinate measuring machine: Introduction, design, types and its applications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanical measurements, by Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education,

6th

Ed., 2006.

2. Engineering Metrology, by R.K.Jain, Khanna Publishers, 1st edition 1994.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering Metrology, by I.C.Gupts, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi. 2nd

edition

2006 edition.

2. Mechanical measurements, by R.K.Jain. 5th

edition 2006.

3. Industrial Instrumentation, Alsutko, Jerry.D.Faulk, Thompson Asia Pvt. Ltd.1st edition

2002.

4. Measurement System Applications and Design, Ernest O. Doblin, McGraw Hill Book

Co., 2nd

Edition, 2006


1. Students learn and understand the need, history for the development of new concepts

with metrology and measurement.

2. Students will demonstrate the knowledge of standards, comparison between the

standards and heir conclusion.

3. Will have learnt the capability to recognize the need for measurement, the fundamental

concepts of measurement, conduct the experiments and record the data and interprete

the results.

4. Will have acquired the ability to recognize the concept of errors and accurance.

5. Will have the capability to apply the skills in measuring force, torque, strain, pressure

and temperature.

APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS


Prerequisites: ME 303

Preamble

Applied Thermodynamics is the study of science of energy, entropy, and the properties that

are related to heat and work. Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of

thermodynamic processes involving energy conversion including chemical reactions and the

processes that occur in equipment such as power plants, compressors, turbines or rocket

engines, IC engines, refrigeration systems, etc.

As the world is running short of fossil fuels and the ever increasing price of petroleum

resources coupled with increasing demand for clean energy, applied thermodynamics

continues to be a fundamental topic of current interest and research. A student should gain

knowledge to apply the laws of thermodynamics and energy conversion to seek solutions to

several practical applications. The laboratory sessions are included to train the student in

designing and conducting experiments, making measurement of test parameters and analysis

the test data. The course helps the student to further the knowledge and concepts of

thermodynamics as applied to theoretical and practical aspects at an advanced level.


1. To prepare students understand and apply concepts of thermodynamics to various

energy conversion processes and systems.

2. To study combustion thermodynamics and the various working aspects of internal

combustion engines.

3. To study the various aspects of energy conversion in the gas and vapor power cycles,

reciprocating compressors, gas turbines, jet propulsion systems and refrigeration

systems.

4. To study various psychrometric processes and understand the working of air

conditioning systems.

5. To prepare students to apply various concepts in thermodynamics to solve numerical

and design problems of various thermodynamic processes and systems and provide

useful solution.

6. To train students in designing and conducting experiments, making measurement of test

parameters and analysis the test data.

7. To make students aware of the current advancements in various thermodynamic energy

conversion processes and systems.

UNIT I

Combustion thermodynamics: Theoretical (Stoichiometric) air for combustion of fuels,

excess air, mass balance, actual combustion. Exhaust gas analysis. A/F ratio, energy balance

for a chemical reaction, enthalpy of formation, enthalpy and internal energy of combustion,

combustion efficiency.

I.C.Engines: Combustion in SI and CI engines, Detonation or knocking and its effect, Delay

period in CI engines and variables affecting the delay period, diesel knock and methods of

controlling the diesel knock, Octane number, Cetane number, Testing and Performance of

Single Cylinder and Multicylinder Engines, heat balance sheet.

UNIT II

Gas power cycles:Air standard cycles, Otto, Diesel, Dual , Stirling and Ericsson cycles, p v

and T s diagrams, description, efficiencies and mean effective pressures, comparision of otto,

diesel and dual combustion cycles

Gas turbines and Jet propulsion: Classification of gas turbines, analysis of open cycle gas

turbine cycle, methods to improve thermal efficiency ( no numericals on this topic), Jet

propulsion and Rocket propulsion

UNIT III

Reciprocating Compressors: Operation of a single stage reciprocating compressors, work

input through p-v diagram, effect of clearance and volumetric efficiency, adiabatic,

isothermal and mechanical efficiencies. Multi-stage compressor, saving in work, optimum

intermediate pressure, inter-cooling,minimum work for compression.

Vapour power cycles: Carnot vapour power cycle, drawbacks as a reference cycle, simple

Rankine cycle; description, T-S diagram, analysis for performance, comparison of carnot and

rankine cycles. Effects of pressure and temperature on Rankine cycle performance. Actual

vapour power cycles, Ideal and practical regenerative rankine cycles, open and closed feed

water heaters, reheat rankine cycle ( no numericals on regenerative and reheat cycles)

UNIT IV

Refrigeration:Vapour compression refrigeration system; description, analysis, refrigerating

effect, capacity, power required, units of refrigeration, COP, air cycle refrigeration, reversed

Carnot cycle, reversed Brayton cycle, Vapour absorption refrigeration system ( no numericals

on this topic), Steam jet refrigeration.

UNIT V

Psychrometrics: Atmospheric air and psychrometric properties: DBT,WBT, DPT, partial

pressures, specific and relative humidity and relation between the two enthalpy and adiabatic

saturation temperatures.

Construction and use of psychrometric chart. Analysis of various processes: Heating, cooling,

dehumidifying and humidifying. Adiabatic mixing of stream of moist air. Summer and winter

air conditioning.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Basic and Applied thermodynamics by P K Nag, Tata McGraw Hill pub co., 2nd

edition

2002

2. Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach-Yunus, A Cenegal and Michael A Boles,

Tata McGraw Hill Publications.,1st edition 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Internal combustion engines- M L Mathur and R P Sharma, Dhanpat Rai

Publications.,3rd

edition 2007

2. Thermal Engineering- R K Rajput, Laxmi Publications,3rd

edition 2003


Students shall demonstrate the knowledge associated with:

1. Sound understanding of the application of basic principles of thermodynamics.

2. Understanding and analysis of various power and refrigeration cycles.

3. Understanding of combustion processes in I C engines.

4. Thermodynamic analysis of I C engines and reciprocating compressors.

5. Understanding of various air-conditioning and refrigeration systems.

6. Capability to design and analyze various thermodynamic systems.

KINEMATICS OF MACHINES


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of the kinematics of machine is to give the overall basic principles and

theoretical aspects related to theory of machines. i.e construction of any machine from basic

such as linkages, kinematic pairs, kinematic chain with constrained motion and formation of

mechanism and their inversions to have different kind of motions. The subject also gives

overall view of how velocity and acceleration of linkages changes with the position with

reference to change position of points by different methods The subject also gives the

knowledge about construction and working of very important mechanism to transform one

form of motion to another form and transmit motions from one point to another point.

The subject enriches the knowledge of students about different types of gears & gear trains

by their working, design, and manufacturing, selection of materials for manufacturing gears

and to make gear train by using different gears combinations to execute for the different

application. Also students know about different types of cams & followers by their working,

design, construction of cam profile for different motion of the follower and selection of

followers for different applications.


1. Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and Engineering in design of

mechanism

2. and their inversions that are required to construct a machine with the help of different

linkages.

3. Ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyze and interpret data of

degree of freedom and degree of movability of mechanisms design for working of

machines.

4. Ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs to transfer

and transmit different motion by different mechanism, gear system and follower and

cam drives.

5. Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems of different motions by

construction of mechanisms, design of gears and cams.

6. Ability to use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools, necessary for

engineering practice such as designing of mechanism and machines, design of gear

and gears drive and construction of cam profile for different motions of the follower.

UNIT I

Introduction: Definitions of link or element, kinematic pairs, degrees of freedom, Grubler’s

criterion (without derivation), kinematic chain, mechanism, structure, mobility of mechanism,

inversion, machine, kinematic chains and inversions. Inversions of four bar chain, single

slider crank chain and double slider crank chain.

Mechanisms: Quick return motion mechanisms – drag link mechanism, straight line motion

mechanisms – Peaucellier’s mechanism and Robert’s mechanism, intermittent motion

mechanisms – Geneva mechanism and ratchet and pawl mechanism, pantograph, ackerman

steering gear mechanism.

UNIT II

Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms (Graphical Methods): Velocity and

acceleration analysis of four bar mechanism, slider cranks mechanism. vector polygons.

Velocity Analysis By Instantaneous Center Method: Definition, Kennedy’s theorem,

determination of linear and angular velocity using instantaneous center method.

Klein’s construction: Analysis of velocity and acceleration of single slider crank mechanism.

UNIT III

Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms: Complex algebra method only for four

bar mechanism and slider crank mechanisms.

UNIT IV

Spur Gears: Gear terminology, law of gearing, characteristics of involutes action, path of

contact, arc of contact, contact ratio, interference in involutes gears, methods of avoiding

interference, back lash, comparison of involutes and cycloidal teeth.

Gear trains: Simple gear trains, compound gear trains for speed reduction, epicyclic gear

trains, Algebraic and tabular column methods of finding velocity ratio of epicyclic gear

trains. Tooth load and torque calculations in epicyclic gear trains.

UNIT V

Cams: types of cams, types of followers, displacement, velocity and acceleration time curves

for cam profiles, disc cam with reciprocating follower having knife-edge, roller and flat faced

follower, disc cam with oscillating roller follower. Follower motions including, SHM,

uniform velocity, uniform acceleration and retardation and cycloidal motion.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education, 2nd edition, 2007

2. Theory of Machines: Thomas Bevan, CBS Publications, 2nd edition 1984

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Rattan, 3rd edition 2005 edition.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms: Shigley,J.VandUickers, 2nd edition 2005

edition.

3. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery: Bansal, 2nd edition 2006

4. Theory of Machines: Khurmi, 4th edition 2004

Course Learning Outcome

1. Ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams by having knowledge of mathematics,

science and Engineering in the field of different motions by different mechanisms.

2. Understanding of professional and ethical responsibility to work as a design engineer

3. Ability to communicate effectively to fulfill the needs of the society by solving different

class of engineering problems.

4. The broad education to understand the impact of engineering solutions in the global and

social contest to design mechanical components involving different mechanisms.

5. Ability to engage in life – long learning by satisfying the needs of customer with

advance technology and processes.

6. Posses a knowledge of contemporary issues pertain to engineering problems

MANAGEMENT AND ENTREPRENEURSHIP


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of the Entrepreneurship is to instigate substantial innovation beyond what

a small business can exhibit. The innovation may be in product or service itself or in the

business processes used to deliver it Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for

stimulating economic growth and employment opportunities in all societies. In the

developing world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation,

income growth, and poverty reduction. Entrepreneurship is a dynamic process of creating

incremental wealth. The wealth is created by individuals who assume the major risks in terms

of equity, time and/or career commitment or provide value for some product or service. The

product or service may or may not be new or unique, but value must somehow be infused by

the entrepreneur by receiving and locating the necessary skills and resources.

Management is a continuous, lively and fast developing science. Management is needed to

convert the disorganized resources of men, machines, materials and methods into a useful and

effective enterprise. Management is a pipeline, the inputs are fed at the end and they are

preceded through management functions and ultimately we get the end results or inputs in the

form of goods, services, productivity, information and satisfaction. In the wide sense, the

management is an art, as well as science, which is concerned with the different human efforts

so as achieve the desired objective.


1. The aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the

knowledge in the field of entrepreneur, entrepreneurship and management of resources.

2. The student learns the function, types, role of entrepreneur in economic growth of a

country. And also studies the different stages of entrepreneurial process.

3. The course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge to start

up small scale industries with the support (consultancy & finance) from government,

institutes & others.

4. To learn the effect of WTO/GATT and government policies (industrial policy

regulations) on small scale industries for their development.

5. To learn the project identification, project selection & project formation by following

guide lines of planning commission.

6. To learn the methods of analysis of the project (interns of market, technical, financial &

social feasibility study) and put it in the report form

7. The course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in the

field of management by its history, evolution, functions and theories.

8. To learn the effective methods of better utilization of resources (men, machine, material

and money) for the successful enterprise.

UNIT I

Management- Introduction, Meaning, nature and characteristics of management. Scope &

functional areas of management. Management as a science, art or profession. Management

and Administration, Role of management, Levels of management, early management

approaches, and Modern management approaches

Planning-Nature, Importance and purpose of planning process, Objectives, types of plans

(meaning only) Steps in planning, Planning premises, Hierarchy of plans

UNIT II

Organizing and Staffing-Nature and purpose of organization, Principles of organization,

Types of organization – Departmentation, Committees – centralization V/s decentralization

of authority and responsibility, Span of control- MBO and MBE, Nature and importance of

staffing, Process of selection and recruitment

Directing & Controlling-Meaning and nature of directing, leadership styles, Motivation

theories, Communication- meaning and importance, Co-ordination, meaning and importance,

techniques of co-ordination, Meaning and steps in controlling, Essentials of a sound control

system, methods of establishing control

UNIT III

Entrepreneurship-Meaning of entrepreneur, evaluation of the concept, function of an

entrepreneur, types of entrepreneur, entrepreneurship, concept of entrepreneurship, evolution

of entrepreneurship, development of entrepreneurship, Stages in entrepreneurial process, Role

of entrepreneurs in economic development entrepreneurship in India, Entrepreneurship - its

barriers, limitations of entrepreneurs.

UNIT IV

Small Scale Industry: Definition, characteristics, types, role of SSI in economic

development. Steps to start an SSI – Govt. policy towards SSI, different policies of SSI,

Govt. support for SSI, Impact of liberalization, privatization, globalization on SSI, Effect of

WTO/ GATT, supporting agencies of Govt. for SSI,

Ancillary industry and tiny industry (Definitions and objectives only)

Institutional Support-Different Schemes, TECKSOK, KIADB, KSSIDC, KSIMC, DIC,

Single window Agency, SISI, NSIC, SIDBI, KSFC.

UNIT V

Preparations for a Project-Meaning of Project: Project Identification Project Selection,

Project Report, Need and significance of Report, contents, Formulation Guidelines by

Planning Commission for Project report, Network Analysis; Errors of Project Report, Project

Appraisal, Identification of Business Opportunities, market Feasibility Study, Technical

Feasibility study, Financial Feasibility Study & Social Feasibility study.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Management, PC Tripati, P N Reddy,–Tata Mc Graw Hill, 3rd

edition

2005.

2. Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development & Management, Vasant Desai Himalaya

Publishing House, 2nd

edition 2006

3. Entrepreneurship Development–small Business Enterprises Poornima M Charanthmath,

Pearson Education –3rd

edition 2005

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Management Fundamentals, Robert Lusier–Concepts, Application, Skill

Developmenthomson, 1st edition. 2006

2. Entrepreneurship Development, S S Khanka S Chand & Co, 4th

edition2005

3. Management, Stephon Robbins Pearson Education/PHI 17th

Edition 2003.


1. Students should understand the necessity of management in the field if engineering

2. Students should realize the importance of entrepreneurship in the modern world

3. Students should understand the definition, characteristics and role of SSI in economic

development. Impact of privatization and globalization on SSIs.

4. Students should understand the meaning of project and project identification.

5. They should analyse the parameters of project like project appraisal, identification of

business opportunities, market feasibility study, technical feasibility study etc.

6. Students should understand the concept of management as a science, art and profession.

7. They should appreciate the role of planning in management.

8. To understand the basic function of management such as planning, organizing, staffing,

recruitment, directing, controlling etc.

9. To know about the procedure, support available from various agencies, Govt to start

SSI.

10. To understand the requirement to become a good manager in order to manage the

organization in a better way.

FLUID MECHANICS


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Fluid mechanics is an important field of study in mechanical engineering and involves the

study of motion of fluids and the forces generated by interaction with the solid boundaries. It

is an active field of research with many unsolved or partly solved problems. Fluid mechanics

involves both experimental and theoretical approaches. Problems in fluid mechanics can be

solved by numerical methods using computers. The basic ideas taught in this course have

significant applications in various areas branches of engineering including mechanical, civil,

chemical, and automotive and aerospace engineering.


Student will understand and analyze: 1. The basic principles, different properties of fluids and applications of fluid mechanics.

2. The basic concepts of fluid statics, pressure measurement, buoyancy, kinematics and

dynamics of fluid flow.

3. The basic concepts of fluid flow measuring equipments such as venturimeter, orifices

and notches.

4. The head losses in laminar and turbulent flow through pipes and fluid flow flow

problems.

5. Concept of dimensional analysis, similitude and model analysis.

6. The compressible flows and flow around immersed bodies.

UNIT I

Properties of fluids-Introduction to fluid mechanics & its applications, properties of fluids,

viscosity, thermodynamic properties, surface tension, capillarity, vapor pressure and

cavitation.

Fluid Statics: Fluid pressure at a point, pascal’s law, pressure variation in a static fluid,

absolute, gauge, atmosphere and vacuum pressure. manometers, simple and differential

manometers, total pressure and location of center of pressure on horizontal/vertical/inclined

plane surfaces and curved surfaces submerged in a liquid.

UNIT II

Buoyancy: Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, meta-center and meta-center height, conditions of

equilibrium of floating and submerged bodies.

Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluid flow- introduction, continuity equation in three dimensions

(Cartesian co-ordinate system only), velocity and acceleration, velocity potential function and

stream function and flow nets.

UNIT III

Fluid Dynamics: Introduction, equations of motion, euler’s equation of motion, bernoulli’s

equation from euler’s equation, limitation of bernoulli’s equation, fluid flow measurements:

venturi-meter, vertical orifice & orifice meter, pitot tube, v-notch and rectangular notch,

rotometer.

Flow through pipes: Frictional loss in pipe flow, darcy’s-equation and chezy’s equation for

loss of head due to friction in pipes, hydraulic gradient line and total energy line.

UNIT IV

Laminar flow and viscous effects: Reynolds number, laminar and turbulent flows, critical

Reynolds number, turbulence intensity, laminar flow through circular pipe-Hagen Poiseulle’s

equation, laminar flow between parallel plates.

Dimensional Analysis: Introduction, derived quantities, dimensions of physical quantities,

dimensional homogeneity, Rayleigh’s method, Buckingham’s π theorem dimensionless

numbers and their significance, similitude and model studies.

UNIT V

Introduction to compressible flow: Velocity of sound in a fluid and its expression for

isothermal and adiabatic flow. Mach number, propagation of pressure waves in a

compressible fluid, mach cone and mach angle, isentropic flow relationships, flow in nozzles

and diffusers, Mach number – area relationships.

Flow past immersed bodies: Drag, lift, expression for lift and drag, pressure drag and

friction drag, flow over airfoils, effect of angle of incidence, boundary layer concept,

displacement thickness, momentum thickness and energy thickness, flow separation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanics by Dr. Bansal. R.K, Lakshmi Publicatins, 4th

edition 2011.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics, by Dr. Jagadishlal; Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd 4th

edition 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanics by Modi & Seth, 5th

edition2004

2. Fluid Mechanics by Stecter, 1st edition 2005.

3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by Kumar.D.S, Kataria & Sons., 2nd

edition 2004.


Students successfully completing this course will demonstrate the following outcomes by

assignments and exams:

1. An understanding of the basic principles of and applications of fluid mechanics

2. Knowledge of the different properties of the fluids.

3. An understanding of the basic concepts of fluid statics and fluid dynamics, laminar and

turbulent flows, compressible flow

4. An ability to solve problems related to fluid statics and fluid dynamics, laminar and

turbulent flows, compressible flow.

5. Understandings of the basic concepts viz. buoyancy, floatation, friction in pipe flow, lift

and drag.

6. An ability to solve the fluid flow problems

7. An understanding of the basic concepts involving fluid flow measuring equipments like

Venturimeter, Orifice meter, Pitot tube, V-notch, Rectangular notch, Vertical orifice,

Rotameter.

8. An ability to apply dimensional analysis.

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY LABORATORY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

This course aims at introducing a student to know the concepts of measurement and

metrology. The course includes measurement of length, diameter, taper, flatness, squareness,

pressure, temperature, force, strain.etc.


1. To choose the proper measuring instruments for the measurement of pressure,

temperature, linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using calibration technique.

2. To identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth tester

3. To demonstrate the measurement of tool tip temperature, thread components, angular

components.

4. To identify screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring machine

5. To analyze tolerance of drilled components using pneumatic comparator


A. Conduct the following Experiments.

1. Calibration of pressure transducer

2. Calibration of thermocouple

3. Calibration of LVDT

4. Determination of material constants, E & G.

5. Calibration of stroboscope

6. Calibration of micrometer using slip gauges

7. Double flank test using gear roll tester

8. Determination of gear tooth profile using gear tooth tester

9. Measurement of tool-tip temperature

10. Digimatic miniprocessor

B. Conduct the following Experiments.

1. Measurements using tool makers microscope

2. Measurements using profile projector

3. Measurement of angles using sine center, sine bar and bevel protractor

4. Determination form tolerance of a ground product using pneumatic comparators

5. Drawing of Merchant’s circle diagram

6. Determination of screw thread parameters using floating carriage diameter measuring

machine.

7. Static testing of machine tool using autocollimator

C. Conduct the following Experiments.

1. Monochromatic checklite

2. Surface finish measurement

TEXT BOOK:

1. Mechanical measurements and metrology laboratory manual, Department of

Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT.


1. Students will be able to choose the proper measuring instruments for the

measurement of pressure, temperature, linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using

calibration technique

2. Students will be able identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth

tester

3. Students will be able to demonstrate the measurement of tool tip temperature, thread

components, angular components.

4. Will be able to recognize screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring

machine

5. Will be able analyze tolerance of drilled components using pneumatic comparator

Course Delivery:

The Course will be delivered through lecture, demonstration, conducting experiments

and practice exercises.




2. Students has to conduct two experiments(One group experiment and one individual

experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS LABORATORY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of thermodynamic processes involving

energy conversion including chemical reactions and the processes that occur in equipment

such as power plants, compressors, turbines or rocket engines, IC engines, etc.


1. To learn the fundamentals of fuels and develop the ability to determine properties like

flash and fire point, calorific value and viscosity of fuels through experimentation.

2. To understand the concept of Valve and port timing diagrams and their significance in

internal combustion engines.

3. To develop the ability to conduct experiments to carryout performance testing of

various types of internal combustion engines and to evaluate various performance

parameters.

4. To study the performance of air compressor and air blower and to evaluate related

performance parameters.

A. Conduct the following experiments

1. Determination of Flash point and Fire point of lubricating oil using Pensky Apparatus.

2. Determination of Caloric value of solid, liquid and gaseous fuels.

3. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricating oil using Redwoods Viscometers.

4. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricating oil using Torsion Viscometers.

5. Valve Timing/port opening diagram of an I.C. engine (4 stroke/2 stroke).

6. Measurement of an area of Indicator diagram using planimeter.

7. Exhaust gas analysis and emission testing

B. Conduct the following experiments

1. Performance testing of 2-stroke air cooled, mechanically loaded petrol engine.

2. Performance testing of 2-stroke air cooled, electrically loaded petrol engine.


(Variable compression ratio engine)

4. Morse test on a multi-cylinder engine.

5. Performance testing of 4-stroke diesel engine with heat balance analysis.

6. Performance testing of a 2-stage reciprocating Air Compressor.

7. Performance testing of Air Blower.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Applied thermodynamics laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering,

MSRIT.

2. Internal combustion engines- M L Mathur and R P Sharma, Dhanpat Rai

Publications.,3rd

edition 2007


edition

2002



1. Fundamental properties of fuels and experimental methods to determine these values.

2. Importance and significance of valve and port timing diagrams in four stroke and two

stroke engines.

3. Experimental procedure to evaluate various performance parameters of different types

of I C engines.

4. Performance of Air compressor and blower and to assess various performance

parameters.





experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

1


BANGALORE-54


SYLLABUS



emester B. E.


III & IV Semester B. E.

2


Ramaiah, our Founder Chairman who was a renowned visionary, philanthropist, and a

pioneer in creating several landmark infrastructure projects in India. Noticing the shortage of

talented engineering professionals required to build a modern India, Dr. M.S. Ramaiah

envisioned MSRIT as an institute of excellence imparting quality and affordable education.

Part of Gokula Education Foundation, MSRIT has grown over the years with significant

contributions from various professionals in different capacities, ably led by Dr. M.S. Ramaiah

himself, whose personal commitment has seen the institution through its formative years.

Today, MSRIT stands tall as one of India’s finest names in Engineering Education and has

produced around 35,000 engineering professionals who occupy responsible positions across

the globe.




180 students and 48 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess

post graduate degree with 20 doctorates.


Manufacturing Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, with an

intake of 18 each. The Department also offers research program which includes MSc

Engineering by research and PhD degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at

present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD. The department received software grants from

Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design multinational company and has been using them

in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken up number of research projects funded by

external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya Technological University and

received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee celebrations, the

department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an International Conference

on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and

Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have published

books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by


The students from the department participate both at the national and international

competition throughout the year, in the year 2013 – AeRobusta – 4 member student team

from the department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th

position out

of 64 teams from all over the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE

ASIAN COUNTRIES.



Place in the technical




PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs 1,20,000 and also

received a free Trip to Autodesk University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

3

Faculty



























4















40 Mr. Bharath M R M.tech Assistant Professor

41 Mr. Pradeep Kumar V M.Tech Assistant Professor

42 Mr. Rajendra P M.Tech Assistant Professor

43 Mr. Ashok Kumar K M.Tech Assistant Professor

44 Mr. Pradeep S M.Tech Assistant Professor

45 Mr. Balasubramanya H S M.Tech Assistant Professor

46 Mr. Vinayak Talugeri M.Tech Assistant Professor

47 Mr. Bhardwaj Gururaj Anil Kumar M.Tech Assistant Professor

5

Vision and Mission

The Vision of MSRIT: To evolve into an autonomous institution of international standing

for imparting quality technical education



customization

Quality Policy “We at M.S.Ramaiah Institute of Technology, Bangalore strive to deliver comprehensive,





To be a centre of international repute in mechanical engineering and to create qualified


fields of mechanical engineering and allied sciences.

Mission of the Department: To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through

conducive and creative learning environment to produce qualified and skilled human

resources in Mechanical Engineering, offer post graduate programme in the emerging fields

of Mechanical Engineering, create R & D environment to be a centre of excellence in


6


Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department is shown in block diagram

below

Periodic Review

Vision & Mission

of the

Department by

the committee

Management


Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

7

Process of Deriving the Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision &

Mission



Academic Council &

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs


Collect data



summarize the data

(Board of Studies)

8

PEOs of the Program


practical skills in the core areas of Mechanical Engineering like Materials and

Manufacturing, Design and Development, Thermal and Fluid systems, Automation and

Robotics, Management Science and also use of Modern Analytical and Computational Tools.

PEO2: To inculcate team work capabilities and communication skills among students

through Seminars, Engineering projects, Managerial Skills and industry interactions.

PEO3: To motivate students to take up higher studies in specified areas of Mechanical

Engineering and explore possible profession in R & D, academic and self-employment

opportunities.

PEO4: To create awareness on environmental issues and commitment towards professional


9


The Programme outcomes are defined taking into account the feedback received from





Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE, VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

10



a. Possess the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering related to mechanical


b. Identify, formulate, analyze and provide solutions to the real life mechanical

engineering problems.

c. Design and develop mechanical system to address the societal and environmental

issues.

d. Derive valid conclusions through experimentation, data collection and analysis and

further interpret the results leading to solutions in design and practical problems in


e. Apply the modern engineering tools and information technology to virtually understand


f. Assess societal, health, safety, legal, cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practices and using codes contextual

knowledge.

g. Demonstrate the knowledge for sustainable development through the impact of

engineering solutions in changing technological, societal and environmental contexts.

h. Understand and respect the professional and ethical values of engineering practices.

i. Involve and coordinate effectively as a team member and leader to accomplish the set

objectives.

j. Communicate, document and present effectively at all stages of product / system design


k. Execute and manage projects with confidence by effective financial management

practices.

l. Prepare and engage themselves for lifelong learning to address the day-to-day


11





Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1


theoretical knowledge along with

required practical skills in the core

areas of Mechanical Engineering like

Materials and Manufacturing, Design

and Development, Thermal and Fluid

systems, Automation and Robotics,

Management Science and also use of

Modern Analytical and Computational

Tools.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2



students through Seminars,

Engineering projects, Managerial

Skills and industry interactions.

X X X X X X

3


studies in specified areas of

Mechanical Engineering and explore


academic and self-employment

opportunities.

X X X X X

4


issues and commitment towards



learning.

X

X

X

X

12




Electives

Open

Elective

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I 06

20 24 - - -

50 II - - -

III - 04 - 22 - - -

26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25

V - - - 26 - - - 26

VI 02 - - 19 3 - - 24

VII - - - 18 6 3 - 27

VIII - - - 6 3 - 13 22

Total 08 28 24 112 12 3 13

200




Computers) - 24





Subject Areas - 03



13


SCHEME OF TEACHING FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR


Sl.No Subject Code Subject Credits

L T P Total

1 MAT301 Engg. Mathematics III 3 1 0 4

2 ME302 Materials science & Metallurgy 4 0 0 4

3 ME303 Basic Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

4 ME304 Mechanics of Materials 3 1 0 4

5 ME305 Manufacturing Process-I 4 0 0 4

6 ME306 Computer Aided Machine Drawing 2 0 2 4

7 ME302L Materials Testing Laboratory 0 0 1 1

8 ME305L Manufacturing Process-I Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 26

L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practicals

14

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-III

Sub Code: ME MAT301 Credits:3:1:0

Prerequisites: Nil


The students will

1. Learn to solve algebraic, transcendental and ordinary differential equations numerically.

2. Learn to fit a curve, correlation, regression for a statistical data.

3. Learn to represent a periodic function in terms of sines and cosines.

4. Understand the concepts of continuous and discrete integral transforms in the form of

Fourier and Z-transforms.

5. Understand the concepts of calculus of functions of complex variables.

UNIT I Numerical solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations: Method of false position,

Newton - Raphson method.

Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations: Taylor series method, Euler &

modified Euler method, fourth order Runge-Kutta method.

Statistics: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, fitting a linear curve, fitting a

parabola, fitting a Geometric curve, Correlation and Regression.

UNIT II

Fourier Series: Convergence and divergence of infinite series of positive terms. Periodic

functions, Dirichlet conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2π and arbitrary

period, Half range Fourier series, Practical harmonic analysis.

UNIT III


properties, Inverse transforms, Convolution theorem, Parseval identities (statements only).

Z-Transforms: Definition, standard Z-transforms, Single sided and double sided, Linearity

property, Damping rule, Shifting property, Initial value and Final value theorems, Inverse Z-

transforms, Application of Z-transforms to solve difference equations.

UNIT IV Complex Variables - I: Functions of complex variables ,Analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann

Equations in cartesian and polar coordinates, Consequences of Cauchy-Riemann Equations,

Construction of analytic functions.

Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z2,

w = ez and (z ≠ 0), Bilinear transformations.

UNIT V Complex Variables-II: Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula.

Taylor & Laurent series(statements only). Singularities, Poles and residues, Cauchy residue

theorem (statement only).

15

TEXT BOOKS:


edition-2015.

2. B. S. Grewal – Higher Engineering Mathematics – Khanna Publishers – 42nd

edition – 2012.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Glyn James – Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics – Pearson Education – 4th

edition – 2010.

2. Dennis G. Zill, Michael R. Cullen - Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones and

Barlett Publishers Inc. – 3rd edition – 2009.


applications- Jones and Bartlett publishers-second edition-2009. Course Learning Outcomes:


1. Should be able to solve the problems of algebraic, transcendental and ordinary differential

equations using numerical methods (PO: a, b, e, k)

2. Fit a suitable curve by the method of least squares and determine the lines of regression

for a set of statistical data. (PO: a, b, c, g)

3. Find the Fourier series expansion of a function in both full range and half range values of the

variable and obtaining the various harmonics of the Fourier series expansion for the given

numerical data. (PO : a, b, c, f)

4. Find Fourier transforms, Fourier sine and Fourier cosine transforms of functions and solving

difference equations using Z-transforms. (PO: e, f, j, k)

5. Find singularities of complex functions and determine the values of integrals using residues. (PO:

a, b, c, e, h)

16


Sub Code: ME 302 Credits: 4:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

In modern complex society of today, more technically complex products are produced and a

constant challenge is being posed by the ever increasing demands for materials of greater

strength, lightness, hardenability, cutting power, softness, and cheapness, resistance to

corrosion and radiation and resistance to heat. The main objective of this subject to make the

students understand the properties of materials highly essential. Without this information and

knowledge, the manufacturing process may be an expensive one and complex task which

minimize the profit and utility of the end product.

The subject also gives knowledge about the methods to enhance the properties of materials

from few metallurgical & mechanical (like heat treatment etc) processes.


1. To introduce students to the fundamentals of structure-property correlation by

familiarizing them with crystalline materials, their properties and their defects.

2. To make students learn the basics of stress-strain diagrams and properties associated with

them. To also introduce students to failure in crystalline materials due to creep and fatigue.

3. To give an introduction to the studies of solidification, solid solutions and phase diagrams.

To solve problems in phase-diagrams.

4. To understand the importance of Fe-C equilibrium diagram and the TTT diagrams and the

difference between them. To get an introduction to the various heat treatment processes.

5. To enter into the world of engineering alloys and composites which make up this world

and to understand the fundamentals of their composition, production and applications.

UNIT I Structure of crystalline solids: Fundamental concepts of unit cell space lattice, Bravais

space lattices, unit cells for cubic structure & HCP, calculations of radius, Coordination

Number and Atomic Packing Factor for different cubic structures.

Crystal imperfections: Classification, point, line, surface & volume defects, Diffusion,

Diffusion mechanisms, and factors affecting diffusion, Fick’s laws of diffusion Stress &

Strain: - Stress strain diagrams to show ductile & brittle behavior of metals. Linear & non-

linear elastic properties,

UNIT II

True stress & strain, Plastic deformation of single crystals:Concept of true stress and

strain, Plastic deformation of metals by slip and twinning, strain hardening, mechanism of

strain hardening.

Fracture& Creep: types, transition from ductile to brittle fracture, Fatigue, types of fatigue

load, mechanism of fatigue failure, fatigue properties, S-N diagram, factors affecting fatigue

strength Creep:- Definition, Three stages of creep, creep properties,

17

UNIT III

Solidification, Solid solutions & Phase diagrams: Nucleation, homogeneous &

heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth, cast metal structures. Solid solutions, Types, Rules

governing the formation of solids solutions.

Phase diagrams: Basic terms, phase rule, Lever rule, cooling curves, construction of phase

diagrams, Types of phase diagrams, interpretation of equilibrium diagrams - eutectic,

eutectoid, peritectic&peritectoid, problems in phase diagrams.

UNIT IV

Iron carbon equilibrium diagram& TTT diagram: Equilibrium phases in the Fe-C system,

Invariant reactions, Microstructure of slowly cooled steels, TTT diagram, construction of

TTT diagram, Superimposing cooling curves on TTT diagram, non-equilibrium phases in Fe-

C system, CCT diagram.

Heat Treatment: Annealing and its types, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering,

Martempering, Austempering, Surface hardening like case hardening, carburizing, cyaniding,

nitriding, Induction hardening, hardenability, Jominy end-quench test, Age hardening taking

the example of duralumin.

UNIT V Engineering Alloys: Properties, composition and uses of low carbon, mild, medium & high

carbon steels. Cast irons, gray CI, white CI, malleable CI, Spheroidal Graphite iron.

Microstructures of cast irons, Al & Mg & Titanium alloys, Copper & its alloys, brasses and

bronzes.

Composite Materials: Definitions, classification, types of matrix materials and

reinforcements, fundamentals of production of FRP’s - hand lay-up technique, bag moulding,

filament winding and Pultrusion processes, advantages and applications of composites.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Material Science for Engineering, 6th

edition, James F.Shackel Ford,

Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2006.

2. Physical Metallurgy, Principles & Practices, V.Raghavan, PHI, 2nd

edition, 2006,New

Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials Science & Engineering- An Introduction, William D.Callister Jr., Wiley,India

Pvt. Ltd., 6th

edition, 2006, New Delhi.

2. Essentials of Materials for Science And Engineering, Donald R. Askeland,

PradeepP.Phule Thomson-Engineering, 2nd

edition 2006

3. Foundation of Material Science and Engineering, Smith, 3rd

Edition,McGraw Hill,1997

edition.

18


1. Students should be able to understand the fundamentals of relating crystal structure to their

properties by familiarizing themselves with crystalline materials, their structures and their defects.

(PO: a, b)

2. Students should get an exposure to the stress-strain diagrams of various materials. They should

understand the properties of crystalline materials in their elastic and plastic ranges. They should

also understand the basics of failure in crystalline materials due to creep and fatigue.(PO: a, b)

3. Students should be able to grasp the fundamentals of solidification, solid solutions and phase

diagrams. They should be able to solve simple problems in phase-diagrams. (PO: b, c, d, j)

4. Students should have understood the importance of Fe-C equilibrium diagram and the TTT

diagrams and should be able to distinguish between them. They should understand the various heat

treatment processes and their importance in the world of mechanical industry. (PO: a, b& d)

5. Students should get a good idea about what materials goes into the manufacturing of all objects

that we see around them. They should understand the composition, properties, advantages,

disadvantages and applications of the wide variety of various metals and alloys that are available to

the engineers to make the world that we live in.(PO: a, b)

19



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The course aims at teaching the students the fundamentals of thermodynamics, various









applications.


1. To learn the fundamentals of thermodynamics and related definitions to understand the

temperature concept and thermodynamic principles.

2. To understand the concept of work and heat and the laws of thermodynamics.

3. To develop the ability to analyze the engineering devices and to calculate work done, heat

transfer and other properties.

4. To study the basics of heat engine, heat pump, refrigerator and Carnot principle and learn

their practical applications.

5. To understand the principle of entropy and behavior of pure substances and to learn

calculation of properties of steam.

6. To study the behavior of Ideal and Real gases and to analyze the various parameters under

different circumstances.

UNIT I

Fundamental concepts and definitions: Thermodynamics; definition and scope, micro

scopic and macroscopic approaches, open and closed systems, thermodynamic properties,

thermodynamic state, path and process, path and point function, quasistatic process, cyclic

and non cyclic processes, thermodynamic equilibrium, Zeroth law of thermodynamics,

Temperature concepts and scales, Comparison of temperature scales, Work and heat,




UNIT II First Law of Thermodynamics: Statement of first law of thermodynamics, extension of first

law to non cyclic processes, energy, energy as a property of the system, enthalpy, specific

heat at constant volume and constant pressure, Steady state, steady flow energy equation,

some important applications


and efficiency, reversed heat engine, schematic representation and coefficient of

performance, Kelvin-Planck statement and Clasius’ statement of second law of

thermodynamics, PMMI and PMMII, equivalence of the two statements, reversible and

irreversible processes, factors that make a process irreversible, reversible heat engines,

Carnot cycle, Carnot principle, thermodynamic temperature scale.

20

UNIT III Entropy: Clasius’ inequality; statement, proof, application to a reversible cycle, entropy a

property, entropy definition, principle of increase of entropy, calculation of entropy using T

dS relations, entropy as a coordinate.



law efficiency.

UNIT IV Pure substance: P-T and P-V diagrams, triple point and critical points, sub cooled liquid,









UNIT V Real and Ideal gases: Introduction, Vander wall’s equation, Vander wall’s constants in

terms of critical properties, law of corresponding states, compressibility factor,

compressibility chart, ideal gas, equation of state, internal energy and enthalpy as functions of

temperature only, universal and particular gas constants, evaluation of heat, work, change in

internal energy, enthalpy and entropy in various quasi static processes, ideal gas mixture;

Dalton’s law of additive pressure, Amagat’s law of additive volumes, evaluation of

properties, analysis of various processes.

TEXT BOOKS:



2. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics- P K Nag, Tata McGrawHill, 3rd edition., 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Thermodynamics an engineering approach-Yunus A Cenegal and Michael A Boles. Tata

McGraw hill Pub. 1st edition 2002

2. Engineering Thermodynamics- Rajput, Laxmi publications Pvt Ltd, 3rd Edition.,2007.


1) Principles of thermodynamics in engineering applications. (P.O: b, c, d, e)

2) Calculation of various properties of the thermodynamic system during execution of process or

cycle. (P.O: a, b, c, d, g, j)

3) Analysis of thermodynamic systems under different circumstances (P.O - a, b, c, d, j)

4) Calculations to determine performance of engineering devices like heat engine, heat pump and

refrigerator. (P.O: a, b, c, d, g, l)

5) Behavior of working fluid in thermodynamic system during execution of a process or cycle. (P.O:

b, c, d, g, l)

21


Sub code: ME304 Credits: 3:1:0

Pre requisites: Nil

Preamble

In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Mechanics of

Materials provides the mechanical engineer with an approach to understand behavior of

various components under stress when loaded. With the advances being made in the areas of


and equipments require an in depth knowledge of behavior of components under stressed

condition within elastic limit. The various topics of practical interest give the students a

deeper insight into the behavior of beams, shafts and cylinders when loaded during service.


The main objectives of this course are to impart knowledge on:



2. Impart the knowledge of fundamental concepts of stress, strain, Young’s modulus, etc. and

understand the above concepts by solving problems of practical interest.

3. Develop understanding of compound bars, 2D systems and Mohr’s circle and develop






UNIT I

Simple stress and strain: Introduction, stress, strain, mechanical properties of materials,

linear elasticity, Hook’s law and poisons ratio, stress – strain relation – behavior in tension

for mild steel and non ferrous metals. Extension / shortening of a bar, bars with cross

sections varying in steps, bars with continuously varying cross sections (circular and

rectangular) Elongation due to self weight, principle of super position, Volumetric strain,

expression for volumetric strain.

Stress in composite section: Elastic constants, simple shear stress, shear strain, temperature

stresses (including compound bars)

UNIT II

Compound stresses: Introduction, plane stress, stresses on inclined sections, principal



(diameter, length and volume), Thick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures

(Lame’s equation) (Compound cylinders not included)

UNIT III

Bending moment and shear force in beams : Introduction, types of beams, loads and

reactions, shear forces and bending moments, rate of loading, sign conventions, relationship

between shear force and bending moments, shear force and bending moment diagrams for

different beams subjected to concentrated loads, uniform distributed load (UDL) and

Uniformly Varying Load (UVL) for different types of beams.

22

UNIT IV Bending and shear stresses in beams: Introduction, theory of simple bending. Assumptions

in simple bending, relationship between bending stresses and radius of curvature, relationship

between bending moment and radius of curvature, moment carrying capacity of a section,

shearing stresses in beams, shear stress across rectangular, I Section, T Section & circular

sections.

UNIT V

Deflection of beams: Introduction, differential equation for deflection, equations for




assumptions, derivation of torsional equations, polar modulus, torsional rigidity / stiffness of

shafts, power transmitted by solid and hollow circular shafts. Introduction to columns,

Euler’s theory for axially loaded elastic long columns, derivation of Euler’s load for various

end conditions, limitations of Euler’s theory, Rankine’s formula.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanics of Materials, S.I units, Ferdinand Beer & Russell Johnston, TATA


2. Strength of materials, W.A Nash , Schaums outline series , 4th

edition – 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanics of materials, K.V. Rao, G.C. Raju, 1st edition, 2007

2. Strength of materials, Ramamrutham, 5th

edition 2006.

3. Mechanics of materials, James. M Gere. Thomson, 5th

edition, 2004


1. Develop an understanding of behaviour of components when subjected to various type of loading.

(PO: a, b and e)

2. Compile fundamentals of MOM for engineering applications. (PO’s: a, d, e and g)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of MOM.(PO: a, b and

e)

4. Develop competence to design and analyze problems of engineering involving design of

components subjected to stresses and strains. (PO: a, b and e)

5. Demonstrate ability to have the competence for undergoing knowledge up gradation in the

advanced subjects of Machine Design, FEM Theory of Elasticityand Vibrations. (PO: g, h, i, k

and l)

23

MANUFACTURING PROCESS – I


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble The present course on manufacturing process-I, provide the mechanical engineer with an


Various methods include – Foundry, welding, machining, forming processes etc. In this

course, foundry and welding processes are being studied. With the advances being made in

the areas of manufacturing engineering newer and efficient methods and equipments are

developed. The different topics of practical interest give the students a better insight into the

advances in the field of manufacturing.


In this course students will be learning about:

1. production processes, steps involved in casting allowance, moulding sands, core sand

and their properties, core making, Baking, moulding methods

2. metallic moulds or dies, gravity and pressure die casting, centrifugal casting, continuous

casting, principle of gating and rise ring systems, defects in casting and their causes and

remedies, cleaning and inspection ,melting using different types of furnaces

3. Welding, classification, types of welding processes such as TIG, MIG, SAW, FCAW,

electroslag welding, atomic hydrogen welding, principle of resistance welding, spot, seam,

projection welding and other major welding processes like Thermit welding, friction

welding, explosive welding, ultrasonic welding, electron beam welding, laser welding,

metallurgical aspects of welding.

4. NDT like X-ray radiography, dye-penentrant ultrasonic test, magnetic particle inspection,

eddy current testing, Holography methods of inspection.

5. In addition to the above, the students will be engaged in the laboratory work.

UNIT I

Introduction, Casting, Core Making, and Molding Methods: Classification of production

processes, selection of production processes. Casting, Steps involved in casting, Advantages

and limitations of casting. Pattern Making, Types of pattern, allowance, materials and BIS

color code.

Molding and Core Sands: Types of Molding sands, ingredients of molding sands and

properties. Core sands ingredients and properties. Core Making, Core blowing Machine, Core

baking, Dielectric baking of cores Molding Methods, Green molding, hand and machine

molding. Jolt and Jolt-Squeeze Machine and Sand slingers. No bake sand Molding:

Ingredients and properties, CO2 Silicate Molding, Shell Molding and investment casting.

UNIT II

Metallic Molds: Permanent Mold Casting, Gravity and Pressure Die casting, Centrifugal

casting and Continuous casting. Principle of Gating: Elements of Gating system, Types of

Gates, Gating ratio, Functions of risers, types of risers, open and blind risers. Defects in

Casting: causes and remedies, cleaning and Inspection, casting and fettling operations.

24

UNIT III

Melting Furnaces, Welding: Classification of Furnaces, Oil fired furnaces, Electric

furnaces Arc, and resistance and Induction furnaces. Cupola construction, preparation and

operation of conventional Cupola. Welding, Introduction, classification – preparation of base

metal and joint, Fluxes need and types. Arc Welding: Principle. Classification of TIG, MIG,

SAW, FCAW, Electro slag welding, Atomic Hydrogen welding

UNIT IV

Resistance Welding, Metallurgical aspect of Welding: Principle of resistance welding,

spot, Seam, Projection Welding. Other Welding Processes, Thermit Welding, Friction

welding, Explosive Welding, Ultrasonic welding, Electron Beam Welding, Laser Welding.

Solidification and structure of welds, heat affected Zone, Residual stress, Weldability and

Weldability testing, welding characteristics of CI,steels,Al,Cu,Welding defects.

UNIT V

NDT for Casting and Welding: Non destructive Testing, X –Ray radiography, dye

penetrant test, Ultrasonic test, Magnetic particle Inspection, Eddy Current testing,

Holography methods of Inspection.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing Technology : Foundry Forming and Welding, P.N.Rao 2nd

Edition

TMH,2003

2. “Manufacturing Technology”, Serope Kalpakjain, Steuen.R.Sechmid, Pearson Education

Asia, 5th Ed. 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials and Process in Manufacturing , by Paul Degramo, 8th edition PHI,2002

2. Manufacturing science, by Amitabha Ghosh and A.K.Mallick – East West Press. 2005 2nd

edition.

3. Materials and Process of Manufacture, Roy A Lindberg, PHI Publications, 2nd edition

2006.

4. Principal of Metal Casting, Heine, Loper, Philip Rosenthal, TMH. 1st edition2005.



1. Types of moulding sands and core sands, their properties, patterns-types, materials, allowances and

ingredients of moulding sand, core sand, moulding machines. (PO: a)

2. Permanent mould casting methods, principles of gating and risering. Defects encountered in

casting, their remedies and causes and also different types of furnaces inclusive of different

electrical furnaces and cupola operation for melting metal/alloy. (PO: a,b,c,h)

3. Welding-different methods of welding in the application of fabrication works, and joining of two

metals/alloys and the newer method of welding which is used generally in the present day

technology. (PO: a,b,c,d)

4. Principles, operations and know how about the NDT equipment. (PO: a,b,c,e,f,h)

5. The practical training on different types of sand testing carried out in foundry and preparation of

moulds using patterns, without pattern, also completing some models pertaining to forging, enrich

the above theoretical content into practicality. (PO: a,b,)

25



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Drawing is the language of engineers. Especially it is true for Mechanical Engineers.






1. Aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to Create Section of

Solids and identify the manufacturable features in the component and to learn the various

methods of drawing sectional top view, sectional front view and true shape of the section

for regular solids like cylinder, cone, pyramid and prisms.

2. To convert pictorial view or Isometric views of simple machine parts into orthographic

views.

3. To create 3D part models of simple machine parts and generate different views with

sections using a modeling software and create simple sheet metal parts and generate 3D

and unfolded view

4. To create 3D part models of all the parts of the assembly drawings and generate 3D

assembled views and convert assembled view in to orthographic views.

UNIT I

1) Systems of dimensioning: Aligned dimensioning systems, chain dimensioning,

unidirectional dimensioning, concepts of Limits Fits and Tolerance.

2) Sections of Solids: Sections of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron, cones and cylinders

resting only on their bases. (No problems on axis inclinations, spheres and hollow solids).

True shape of sections.

UNIT II

3) Screw thread forms, Bolt , Nuts and screws

4) Developments of surfaces: Development of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron, cones

and cylinders and their frustums. Truncated solids.

UNIT III

5) Orthographic views: Conversion of pictorial views of a simple machine components in to

orthographic projections

6) Pictorial views: Orthographic projections into pictorial views of simple machine parts.

UNIT IV

7) Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given)

I. Protected type flanged couplings

II. Pin (bush) type flexible coupling.

III. Screw Jack (Bottle type)

26

UNIT V

8) Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given)

I. Petrol Engine Piston

II. Plummer Block. (Pedestal Bearing)

III. Machine vice.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computer Aided Machine Drawing K.R. Gopalkrishna, Subhash Publications, 2nd

edition 2012.

2. Computer Aided Machine Drawing, Tryambaka Murthy.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Machine Drawing, N.D. Bhatt & V.M. Panchal. 5th

edition 2005


edition 2012

3. Machine Drawing, Gupta. 2nd

edition 2006



1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become

eligible for appearing End semester examination.


3. Proportionate free hand sketch carries 40% marks and computer aided solutions with Print

out carries 60% Marks

4. Students have to answer any two full questions out of Three questions; from Unit-I, II and

III to Unit-III for 40 Marks (each question carry 20 Marks) and One full question from

Unit-IV or Unit-V for 60 Mark (each question carry 60 Marks)

Max Marks: 100 Marks Question No: 1, 2, 3 from UNIT-I, II and III for 40 Marks

Question No: 4 and 5 from UNIT-IV and V for 60 Marks

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 100 Marks

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


1. The student will be able to identify features like chamfer, fillet, keyway, slot, blind hole, through

hole, tapped hole, center drill, countersinking, counter boring, rectangular and polar arrays,

grooves, metric threads(M), square threads, square headed bolt and nut, hexagonal headed bolt and

nut etc.(PO: a, c, d, e, j)

2. Students will be able to distinguish between different sectional top view, sectional front view and

sectional profile view. The student would have learnt the methods of auxiliary front view showing

the true shape of the section and the auxiliary top view showing the true shape of the section(PO:

b, d, e, j)

3. Students will be able to convert pictorial views into orthographic views of simple machine parts.

Students will be able to create 3D part models and generate orthographic views.(PO: b, c, d, e, I ,j)

4. Students will be able to create simple sheet metal parts and generate unfolded views. Create all the

components of assembly drawing and to use different types of constraints to assemble them. .(PO:

b, d, e, j, l)

27


Sub Code: ME 302L Credits: 0:0:1

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of this course is to make the students to understand the properties of

materials highly essential because without this information and knowledge, the

manufacturing process may be an expensive and complex task which minimize the profit and

utility of the end product.

The course also gives knowledge about the methods to enhance the properties of materials

from few metallurgical & mechanical (like heat treatment etc) process.


Students apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments in the testing of materials.


1. Preparation of Specimen for Metallographic Examination of Different Engineerin

Materials. Identification of Microstructures of plain carbon steel, tool steel, gray C.I, SG

iron, brass, bronze and composites.

2. Heat treatment: Annealing, Normalizing, Hardening and Tempering of steel. Hardness

studies of heat-treated samples.

3. To study the wear characteristics of ferrous, non-ferrous and composite materials for

different parameters.

4. Tensile, Shear and Compression tests of metallic and non-metallic specimens using a

Universal Testing Machine.

5. Torsion Test

6. Bending Test on Metallic and Non Metallic Specimens

7. Izod and Charpy Test on M S Specimens.

8. Brinell, Rockwell and Vickers hardness test

9. Fatigue test.

REFERENCE BOOK:



1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the procedure

conduction and analyzing the results with respect to Tensile, Shear and Compression, Torsion

Test, Bending Test etc ( PO: a, d, e ,h, l)

2. Students will have the knowledge of various hear treatment process, hardness test wear test, and

impact test. ( PO: a, b, c, f, h, i)

3. Students will have the knowledge of microstructure examination and Identification of metals. (

PO: b, e, h, I, k, l)

28



eligible for appearing the examination.


experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

29

MANUFACTURING PROCESS – I LABORATORY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Foundry is a place where castings are produced on a large scale. The students will be



forging process.


Students apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments in the testing of moulding sand,

preparation of moulds using cope and drag with patterns or without pattern and also forging

models.


1. Testing of Moulding sand and core sand: Properties of sand specimens and conduction

of the following tests.







2. Foundry Practice: Use of Foundry Tools and other equipments: Preparation of Moulds using Two Moulding

Boxes using Patterns or without patterns (Split pattern, Match plate Pattern and Core

Boxes) Preparation of one casting (Aluminum or Cast iron- Demonstration only)

3. Forging Operations: Preparing minimum Three Forged Models involving Upsetting,

Drawing and Bending operations. Out of these models, at least one model is to be prepared

by using Power Hammer.

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Manufacturing Process – I laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical

Engineering, MSRIT.


Students successfully completing this course will demonstrate the following outcomes :

1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the procedure

conduction and analyzing the results with respect to Tensile, Shear and Compression Tests. (PO: a,

b, c, d)

2. Students will demonstrate the knowledge with reference to Permeability Test, Core Hardness and

Mould Hardness Test. (PO: a,b,c,d,g)

3. Students will demonstrate the knowledge with reference to sieve analysis test. (Pos :a,b,c,d,h)

4. Students able to Prepare the Moulds using Two Moulding Boxes using Patterns or

without patterns. (PO: a, c)

5. Students able to make the forging models. (PO : a, b)

30





experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

31


Sl.No Subject

Code

Subject Credits

L T P Total

1 MAT401 Engg. Mathematics IV 3 1 0 4

2 ME402 Mechanical Measurements & Metrology 4 0 0 4

3 ME403 Applied Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

4 ME404 Kinematics of Machines 3 1 0 4

5 ME405 Management and Entrepreneurship 3 0 0 3

6 ME406 Fluid Mechanics 4 0 0 4

7 ME407L Mechanical Measurements & Metrology

Laboratory

0 0 1 1

8 ME408L Applied Thermodynamics Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 25

L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practical’s

32

ENGINEERING MATHEMATICS-IV

Sub Code: ME MAT401 Credits: 3:1:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Course Learning Objectives: The students will

1) Learn the concepts of finite differences, interpolation and it applications.

2) Understand the concepts of PDE and its applications to engineering.

3) Learn the concepts of consistency, methods of solution for linear system of equations and

eigen value problems.

4) Learn the concepts of Random variable and probability distributions.

5) Construct the various tests essentially needed for the testing of small samples for the

testing of hypothesis.

UNIT I

Finite Differences and Interpolation: Forward, Backward differences, Interpolation,

Newton-Gregory Forward and Backward Interpolation formulae, Lagrange interpolation

formula and Newton divided difference interpolation formula (no proof).

Numerical Differentiation and Numerical Integration: Derivatives using Newton-Gregory

forward and backward interpolation formulae, Newton-Cotes quadrature formula,

Trapezoidal rule, Simpson 1/3rd rule, Simpson 3/8th rules.

Partial Differential Equations - I: Introduction to PDE, Solution of PDE – Direct

integration, Method of separation of variables.

UNIT II

Partial Differential Equations-II: Classification of second order PDE, Derivation of one -

dimensional heat and wave equations, Numerical solution of One - dimensional heat and

wave equations, Two - dimensional Laplace equation, Poisson equation.

UNIT III Linear Algebra: Elementary transformations on a matrix, Echelon form of a matrix, rank of

a matrix, Consistency of system of linear equations, Gauss elimination and Gauss – Siedel

method to solve system of linear equations, eigen values and eigen vectors of a matrix,

Rayleigh power method to determine the dominant eigen value of a matrix, diagonalization of

a matrix, system of ODEs as matrix differential equations.

UNIT IV


function, Cumulative density function, Mean, Variance, Moment generating function..

Probability Distributions: Binomial distribution, Poisson distributions, Normal distribution,

Exponential distribution, Uniform distribution, Joint probability distribution (both discrete

and continuous), Conditional expectation.

UNIT -V Sampling Theory : Sampling, Sampling distributions, Standard error, Weak law of large

numbers(without proof), Central limit theorem(no proof), Test of Hypothesis for means,

Confidence limits for means, Student’s t-distribution, F-distribution, Chi-Square distribution

as a test of goodness of fit.

33

TEXT BOOKS:


edition-2015.

2. B.S.Grewal-Higher Engineering Mathematics-Khanna Publishers-42nd

edition-2012

3. R.E. Walpole, R. H. Myers, R. S. L. Myers and K. Ye – Probability and Statistics for Engineers

and Scientists – Pearson Education – Delhi – 8th edition – 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Glyn James- Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics-PearsonEducation-4th edition-2010

2. Kishor S. Trivedi – Probability & Statistics with reliability, Queuing and Computer Science

Applications – PHI – 2nd edition – 2002.

3. Murray R. Spiegel, John Schiller & R. Alu Srinivasan - Probability & Statistics - Schaum’s

outlines -2nd edition - 2007.



a. Should be able to use a given data for equal and unequal intervals to find a polynomial function for

estimation. Compute maxima, minima, curvature, radius of curvature, arc length, area, surface

area and volume using numerical differentiation and integration. (P.O: a, b, h)

b. Solve partial differential equations analytically and numerically. (P.O: a, b, c, f, i)

c. Find the rank of a matrix, test the consistency and the solution by Gauss elimination and Gauss

Siedel iteration methods. (P.O: c, d, j)

d. Apply the concepts of probability distributions to solve the engineering problems. (P.O: f, g, h)

e. Use the concepts of sampling to enable a student to take a decision about the hypothesis. (P.O: c,

d, g, i)

34

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble This course is basically intended to introduce a mechanical engineering student to understand

the concepts of measurement and metrology. Basic applications include measurement of

length, diameter, taper, flatness, squareness etc...Further the course intends to introduce the

technological and engineering concepts and study the applications of measuring quantities

like pressure, temperature, force, strain.

Course learning objectives

1. Introduce the various aspects, definition, and objectives of above subject as applied to

mechanical engineering.

2. Impart the knowledge of fits, tolerances, gauging and comparators.

3. Define the fundamental concepts and derive the relations for the design of gauges, types of

gauges, concepts involved comparators, angular measurements, screw thread and gear

measurements.

4. Define the fundamental methods of measurement, concept of transducer and intermediate

modifying devices and terminating devices. Clear exposure to the errors, classification and

remedies

5. To explore the students to various aspects regarding the force, torque, strain, pressure,

temperature measurements, coordinate measuring machines design, types and its

applications.

UNIT I

Standards of Measurement: Definition and objectives of metrology, standards of length –

International prototype meter, imperial standard yard, wave length standard, subdivision of

standards, line and end standard, comparison, transfer from line standard to end standard,

calibration of end bars (Numerical), slip gauges, wringing phenomena, Indian Standards (M-

81, M-112), numerical examples on building of slip gauges.

System of limits, Definition of tolerance, specification in assembly, principle of inter

changeability and selective assembly limits of size, indian standards, concept of limits of size

and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances.

UNIT II

Fits, Tolerances and Gauging & Comparators: Definition of fits, types of fits and their

designation (IS 919-1963), geometrical tolerance, positional – tolerances, hole basis system,

shaft basis system, classification of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (Taylor’s

principles), wear allowance on gauges, types of gauges – plain plug gauge, ring gauge, snap

gauge, limit gauge and gauge materials. introduction to comparators, characteristics,

classification of comparators, mechanical comparators – Johnson mikrokator, sigma

comparators, dial indicator, optical comparators – principles, zeiss ultra optimeter, electric

and electronic comparators – principles, LVDT, pneumatic comparators, back pressure

gauges, solex comparators.

35

UNIT III

Angular measurement, Interferometer and Screw thread gear measurement: Angular

measurements, bevel protractor, sine principle and use of sine bars, sine center, use of angle

gauges, (numericals on building of angles) clinometers. Interferometer principle of

interferometery, autocollimator. Optical flats. Terminology of screw threads, measurement

of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effective diameter of screw threads by 2-

wire and 3-wire methods, best size wire. Toolmakers microscope, gear terminology, use of

gear tooth vernier caliper and gear tooth micrometer.

UNIT IV

Measurements and Measurement systems, Intermediate modifying and terminating

devices: Definition, Significance of measurement, generalized measurement system,

definitions and concept of accuracy, precision, calibration, threshold, sensitivity, hysteresis,

repeatability, linearity, loading effect, system response-times delay. Errors in measurements,

classification of errors. Transducers, Transfer efficiency, Primary and secondary transducers,

electrical, Mechanical, electronic transducers, advantages of each type transducers.

Mechanical systems, inherent problems, electrical intermediate modifying devices, input

circuitry, ballast, ballast circuit, electronic amplifiers and telemetry. Terminating devices,

mechanical, cathode ray oscilloscope, oscillographs, X-Y plotters.

UNIT V

Measurement of Force and Torque, Pressure Temperature and Strain Measurement: Principle, analytical balance, platform balance, proving ring, torque measurement, prony

brake, hydraulic dynamometer. Pressure Measurements, Principle, use of elastic members,

bridgeman gauge, mcloed gauge, pirani gauge. Temperature and strain measurement:

Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law of thermocouple, materials used for

construction, pyrometer, optical pyrometer. Strain measurements, strain gauge, preparation

and mounting of strain gauges, gauge factor, methods of strain measurement.

Coordinate measuring machine: Introduction, design, types and its applications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanical measurements, by Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education, 6th

Ed., 2006.

2. Engineering Metrology, by R.K.Jain, Khanna Publishers, 1st edition 1994.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering Metrology, by I.C.Gupts, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi. 2nd

edition 2006

edition.

2. Mechanical measurements, by R.K.Jain. 5th

edition 2006.

3. Industrial Instrumentation, Alsutko, Jerry.D.Faulk, Thompson Asia Pvt. Ltd.1st edition

2002.

4. Measurement System Applications and Design, Ernest O. Doblin, McGraw Hill Book Co.,

2nd

Edition, 2006

36


1. Students learn and understand the need, history for the development of new concepts with

metrology and measurement.(PO: a, b, c, d, j)

2. Students will demonstrate the knowledge of standards, comparison between the standards and their

conclusion.(PO: a, b, d, g)

3. Will have learnt the capability to recognize the need for measurement, the fundamental concepts of

measurement, conduct the experiments and record the data and interpret the results. (PO: a, e, j)

4. Will have acquired the ability to recognize the concept of errors and accuracy. (PO: b, c, d, e)

5. Will have the capability to apply the skills in measuring force, torque, strain, pressure and

temperature. (PO: a, b, e, l)

37




Preamble

Applied Thermodynamics is the study of science of energy, entropy, and the properties that

are related to heat and work. Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of

thermodynamic processes involving energy conversion including chemical reactions and the

processes that occur in equipment such as power plants, compressors, turbines or rocket

engines, IC engines, refrigeration systems, etc.

As the world is running short of fossil fuels and the ever increasing price of petroleum

resources coupled with increasing demand for clean energy, applied thermodynamics

continues to be a fundamental topic of current interest and research. A student should gain

knowledge to apply the laws of thermodynamics and energy conversion to seek solutions to

several practical applications. The laboratory sessions are included to train the student in

designing and conducting experiments, making measurement of test parameters and analysis

the test data. The course helps the student to further the knowledge and concepts of

thermodynamics as applied to theoretical and practical aspects at an advanced level.


1. To prepare students understand and apply concepts of thermodynamics to various energy


2. To study combustion thermodynamics and the various working aspects of internal

combustion engines.

3. To study the various aspects of energy conversion in the gas and vapor power cycles,

reciprocating compressors, gas turbines, jet propulsion systems and refrigeration systems.

4. To study various psychrometric processes and understand the working of air conditioning

systems.

5. To prepare students to apply various concepts in thermodynamics to solve numerical and

design problems of various thermodynamic processes and systems and provide useful

solution.

6. To train students in designing and conducting experiments, making measurement of test

parameters and analysis the test data.

7. To make students aware of the current advancements in various thermodynamic energy


UNIT I

Combustion thermodynamics: Theoretical (Stoichiometric) air for combustion of fuels,








38

UNIT II

Gas power cycles:Air standard cycles, Otto, Diesel, Dual , Stirling and Ericsson cycles, p v






UNIT III

Reciprocating Compressors: Operation of a single stage reciprocating compressors, work

input through p-v diagram, effect of clearance and volumetric efficiency, adiabatic,

isothermal and mechanical efficiencies. Multi-stage compressor, saving in work, optimum

intermediate pressure, inter-cooling, minimum work for compression.


Rankine cycle; description, T-S diagram, analysis for performance, comparison of Carnot and


vapour power cycles, Ideal and practical regenerative Rankine cycles, open and closed feed

water heaters, reheat rankine cycle (no numericals on regenerative and reheat cycles)

UNIT IV

Refrigeration:Vapour compression refrigeration system; description, analysis, refrigerating




UNIT V

Psychrometrics: Atmospheric air and psychrometric properties: DBT,WBT, DPT, partial





air conditioning.

TEXT BOOKS:


edition

2002



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Internal combustion engines- M L Mathur and R P Sharma, Dhanpat Rai Publications.,3rd

edition 2007

2. Thermal Engineering- R K Rajput, Laxmi Publications,3rd

edition 2003

39


1. Appreciation of the importance of thermodynamics and capability to solve advanced

thermodynamic problems with an increased understanding of fundamentals (PO: c, e, f, g, l)

2. Knowledge of combustion thermodynamics and the various working aspects of internal

combustion engines. (PO: a, b, c, d, e, f)

3. Understand the various aspects of energy conversion in the gas and vapor power cycles,

reciprocating compressors, gas turbines, jet propulsion systems and refrigeration systems and to

understand psychrometric processes (PO: a, b, c, d, f, g, h)

4. Awareness of the current advancements in various thermodynamic energy conversion processes

and systems. (PO: d, e, f, g, l)

5. Capability to apply various concepts in thermodynamics to solve numerical and design problems

of various thermodynamic processes and systems and provide useful solution. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, l)

40



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of the kinematics of machine is to give the overall basic principles and








The subject enriches the knowledge of students about different types of gears & gear trains

by their working, design, and manufacturing, selection of materials for manufacturing gears

and to make gear train by using different gears combinations to execute for the different

application. Also students know about different types of cams & followers by their working,

design, construction of cam profile for different motion of the follower and selection of

followers for different applications.


1. Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and Engineering in design of

mechanism

2. Mechanisms and their inversions that are required to construct a machine with the help of

different linkages.

3. Ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyze and interpret data of degree

of freedom and degree of movability of mechanisms design for working of machines.

4. Ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs to transfer and

transmit different motion by different mechanism, gear system and follower and cam

drives.

5. Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems of different motions by

construction of mechanisms, design of gears and cams.

UNIT I

Introduction: Definitions of link or element, kinematic pairs, degrees of freedom, Grubler’s


inversion, machine, kinematic chains and inversions. Inversions of four bar chain, single

slider crank chain and double slider crank chain.





UNIT II

Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms (Graphical Methods): Velocity and





41

UNIT III

Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms: Complex algebra method only for four


UNIT IV

Spur Gears: Gear terminology, law of gearing, characteristics of involutes action, path of




trains, Algebraic and tabular column methods of finding velocity ratio of epicyclic gear

trains. Tooth load and torque calculations in epicyclic gear trains.

UNIT V

Cams: types of cams, types of followers, displacement, velocity and acceleration time curves


follower, disc cam with oscillating roller follower. Follower motions including, SHM,

uniform velocity, uniform acceleration and retardation and cycloidal motion.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education, 2nd edition, 2007


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Rattan, 3rd edition 2005 edition.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms: Shigley,J.VandUickers, 2nd edition 2005 edition.




1. Ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams by having knowledge of Mathematics,

Science and Engineering in the field of analysis of motions & forces responsible for that in

different mechanisms. (PO: a, b, e, i, k)

2. Develop ability to evaluate the effect of inertia forces in different mechanisms. (PO: a, b,

d, j, k)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of transmission

and concepts of friction. (PO: a, b, e, i)

4. Demonstrate ability to design and apply the concepts of governors, cams and balancing of

masses in various machines wherever applicable. (PO: a, b, c, e, i, k)

5. Possess knowledge of the gyroscopic effect on ship, aeroplane, two wheeler and four

wheeler. (PO: a, b, c, e, i, j, k)

42



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble



business processes used to deliver it Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for

stimulating economic growth and employment opportunities in all societies. In the

developing world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation,

income growth, and poverty reduction. Entrepreneurship is a dynamic process of creating

incremental wealth. The wealth is created by individuals who assume the major risks in terms

of equity, time and/or career commitment or provide value for some product or service. The

product or service may or may not be new or unique, but value must somehow be infused by

the entrepreneur by receiving and locating the necessary skills and resources.













3. The course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge to start up

small scale industries with the support (consultancy & finance) from government,


4. To learn the effect of WTO/GATT and government policies (industrial policy regulations)

on small scale industries for their development.



6. To learn the methods of analysis of the project (interns of market, technical, financial &

social feasibility study) and put it in the report form

7. The course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in the

field of management by its history, evolution, functions and theories.

8. To learn the effective methods of better utilization of resources (men, machine, material

and money) for the successful enterprise.

http://www.blurtit.com/q811986.html

http://www.blurtit.com/q9204316.html

43

UNIT I


functional areas of management. Management as a science, art or profession. Management

and Administration, Role of management, Levels of management, early management

approaches, and Modern management approaches



UNIT II


Types of organization – Departmentation, Committees – centralization V/s decentralization

of authority and responsibility, Span of control- MBO and MBE, Nature and importance of






UNIT III






UNIT IV

Small Scale Industry: Definition, characteristics, types, role of SSI in economic

development. Steps to start an SSI – Govt. policy towards SSI, different policies of SSI,

Govt. support for SSI, Impact of liberalization, privatization, globalization on SSI, Effect of

WTO/ GATT, supporting agencies of Govt. for SSI,


Institutional Support-Different Schemes, TECKSOK, KIADB, KSSIDC, KSIMC, DIC,

Single window Agency, SISI, NSIC, SIDBI, KSFC.

UNIT V


Project Report, Need and significance of Report, contents, Formulation Guidelines by

Planning Commission for Project report, Network Analysis; Errors of Project Report, Project

Appraisal, Identification of Business Opportunities, market Feasibility Study, Technical

Feasibility study, Financial Feasibility Study & Social Feasibility study.

44

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Management, PC Tripati, P N Reddy,–Tata Mc Graw Hill, 3rd

edition 2005.


Publishing House, 2nd

edition 2006

3. Entrepreneurship Development–small Business Enterprises Poornima M Charanthmath,

Pearson Education –3rd

edition 2005

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Management Fundamentals, Robert Lusier–Concepts, Application, Skill Development

Thomson, 1st edition. 2006

2. Entrepreneurship Development, S S Khanka S Chand & Co, 4th

edition2005

3. Management, Stephon Robbins Pearson Education/PHI 17th

Edition 2003.


Students should understand the necessity of management in the field if engineering

1. Would have understood various aspects of management and fundamentals of

entrepreneurship of an enterprise(PO: h, i, l)

2. Would know how to start up an enterprise and get information on various agencies that support

them to do so; along with the knowledge of government policies and agreements like the

WTO/GATT (PO: i, j, k, l )

3. Would have more knowledge in the field of management by its history, evolution, functions and

theories.(PO: g, h, l)

4. He should appreciate the role of planning organizing Staffing recruitment directing and controlling

aspects of management of an enterprise(PO: g, h, l)

5. He should be able formulate the detailed project report inclusive of planning commission

guidelines and should have detailed knowledge supports available from various agencies to start

enterprise (PO: i, j, k)

45

FLUID MECHANICS


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Fluid mechanics is an important field of study in mechanical engineering and involves the

study of motion of fluids and the forces generated by interaction with the solid boundaries. It

is an active field of research with many unsolved or partly solved problems. Fluid mechanics






Student will understand and analyze:

1. The basic principles, different properties of fluids and applications of fluid mechanics.



3. The basic concepts of fluid flow measuring equipments such as venturimeter, orifices and

notches.

4. The head losses in laminar and turbulent flow through pipes and fluid flow flow problems.



UNIT I

Properties of fluids-Introduction to fluid mechanics & its applications, properties of fluids,

viscosity, thermodynamic properties, surface tension, capillarity, vapor pressure and

cavitation.

Fluid Statics: Fluid pressure at a point, Pascal’s law, pressure variation in a static fluid,

absolute, gauge, atmosphere and vacuum pressure. Manometers, simple and differential



UNIT II

Buoyancy: Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, meta-center and meta-center height, conditions of


Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluid flow- introduction, continuity equation in three dimensions



UNIT III

Fluid Dynamics: Introduction, equations of motion, Euler’s equation of motion, Bernoulli’s

equation from Euler’s equation, limitation of Bernoulli’s equation, fluid flow measurements:

venturi-meter, vertical orifice & orifice meter, pitot tube, v-notch and rectangular notch,

rotometer.

Flow through pipes: Frictional loss in pipe flow, Darcy’s-equation and Chezy’s equation for


46

UNIT IV

Laminar flow and viscous effects: Reynolds number, laminar and turbulent flows, critical






UNIT V


isothermal and adiabatic flow. Mach number, propagation of pressure waves in a

compressible fluid, mach cone and mach angle, isentropic flow relationships, flow in nozzles

and diffusers, Mach number – area relationships.

Flow past immersed bodies: Drag, lift, expression for lift and drag, pressure drag and

friction drag, flow over airfoils, effect of angle of incidence, boundary layer concept,

displacement thickness, momentum thickness and energy thickness, flow separation.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Fluid Mechanics by Dr. Bansal. R.K, Lakshmi Publications, 4

th edition 2011.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics, by Dr. Jagadishlal; Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd 4th

edition

2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanics by Modi & Seth, 5th

edition2004


3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by Kumar.D.S, Kataria & Sons., 2nd

edition

2004.

Course Learning Outcomes Students successfully completing this course will demonstrate the following outcomes by assignments

and exams:

1. Understanding of the basic principles and applications of fluid mechanics.(PO: a, b, c, d, e, f, k)

2. Knowledge of the different properties of the fluids.(PO: a, e, g, k)

3. Understanding of the basic concepts of fluid statics, buoyancy, fluid dynamics, laminar and

turbulent flows and compressible flows.(PO: a, b, c, k)

4. Understanding of the basic concepts of dimensional analysis, friction in pipe flows, fluid flow

measurements and flow past immersed bodies.(PO: a, b, c, k)

5. Expertise to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems related to fluid mechanics.(PO: b,

c, d, g, j, k, l)

47

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS AND METROLOGY LABORATORY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

This course aims at introducing a student to know the concepts of measurement and

metrology. The course includes measurement of length, diameter, taper, flatness, squareness,

pressure, temperature, force, strain.etc.


1. To choose the proper measuring instruments for the measurement of pressure,

temperature, linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using calibration technique.

2. To identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth tester

3. To demonstrate the measurement of tool tip temperature, thread components, angular

components.

4. To identify screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring machine

5. To analyze tolerance of drilled components using pneumatic comparator


A. Conduct the following Experiments.

1. Calibration of pressure transducer

2. Calibration of thermocouple

3. Calibration of LVDT

4. Determination of material constants, E & G.

5. Calibration of stroboscope

6. Calibration of micrometer using slip gauges

7. Double flank test using gear roll tester

8. Determination of gear tooth profile using gear tooth tester

9. Measurement of tool-tip temperature

10. Digimatic miniprocessor


1. Measurements using tool makers microscope

2. Measurements using profile projector

3. Measurement of angles using sine center, sine bar and bevel protractor

4. Determination form tolerance of a ground product using pneumatic comparators

5. Drawing of Merchant’s circle diagram

6. Determination of screw thread parameters using floating carriage diameter measuring

machine.

7. Static testing of machine tool using autocollimator


1. Monochromatic checklite

2. Surface finish measurement

48

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Mechanical measurements and metrology laboratory manual, Department of

Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT.


1. Students will be able to choose the proper measuring instruments for the measurement of pressure,

temperature, linear distance, speed, surface finish etc., using calibration technique(PO:

a,b,c,d,e,h,k,l)

2. Students will be able identify the composite error of gear tooth using gear tooth tester. (PO:

a,b,c,d,h,k)

3. Students will be able to demonstrate the measurement of tool tip temperature, thread components,

angular components. (PO: a,b,c,d,e,i,j)

4. Students will be able to recognize screw thread parameters using floating carriage measuring

machine.(PO: a,b,c,d,f,j,k)

5. Students will be able analyze tolerance of drilled components using pneumatic comparator. (PO:

a,b,c,d,g,j,k)

Course Delivery: The Course will be delivered through lecture, demonstration, conducting experiments and

practice exercises.





experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

49



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of thermodynamic processes involving




1. To learn the fundamentals of fuels and develop the ability to determine properties like




3. To develop the ability to conduct experiments to carryout performance testing of various

types of internal combustion engines and to evaluate various performance parameters.



A. Conduct the following experiments

1. Determination of Flash point and Fire point of lubricating oil using Pensky Apparatus.



4. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricating oil using Torsion Viscometers.


6. Measurement of an area of Indicator diagram using planimeter.


B. Conduct the following experiments

1. Performance testing of 2-stroke air cooled, mechanically loaded petrol engine.








50

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Applied thermodynamics laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering,

MSRIT.


edition 2007


edition

2002



1. Fundamental properties of fuels and experimental methods to determine these values. (PO: a, b)

2. Importance and significance of valve and port timing diagrams in four stroke and two stroke

engines. (PO: b, c)

3. Experimental procedure to evaluate various performance parameters of different types of I C

engines. (PO: c, d, e)

4. Performance of Air compressor and blower and to assess various performance parameters. (PO: f,

j, k)





experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

1


BANGALORE-54


SYLLABUS


(For the Academic year 2014 – 2015)


V& VI Semester B. E.

2

M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology (MSRIT) was started in 1962 by the late Dr. M.S. Ramaiah,

our Founder Chairman who was a renowned visionary, philanthropist, and a pioneer in creating

several landmark infrastructure projects in India. Noticing the shortage of talented engineering

professionals required to build a modern India, Dr. M.S. Ramaiah envisioned MSRIT as an institute

of excellence imparting quality and affordable education. Part of Gokula Education Foundation,

MSRIT has grown over the years with significant contributions from various professionals in

different capacities, ably led by Dr. M.S. Ramaiah himself, whose personal commitment has seen the

institution through its formative years. Today, MSRIT stands tall as one of India’s finest names in

Engineering Education and has produced around 35,000 engineering professionals who occupy

responsible positions across the globe.


The Department of Mechanical Engineering started in the year 1962 with an intake of 40 students.

The department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of 180 students and

48 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post graduate degree with

20 doctorates.

The department offers four year degree course and also offers two Master’s Degree in Manufacturing

Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, with an intake of 18 each. The

Department also offers research program which includes MSc Engineering by research and PhD

degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD.

The department received software grants from Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design

multinational company and has been using them in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken

up number of research projects funded by external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and

Visvesvaraya Technological University and received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the

golden jubilee celebrations, the department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an

International Conference on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial

Engineering and Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have

published books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by


The students from the department participate both at the national and international competition

throughout the year, in the year 2013 – AeRobusta – 4 member student team from the department

participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th

position out of 64 teams from all over

the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN COUNTRIES.



Place in the technical session out

of 36 participating teams from all over the world.

A team of two students also participated in the CAD Design Competition conducted by Autodesk, a

CAD multinational company, in association with IIT Madras and secured FIRST PLACE among the

teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs 1,20,000 and also received a free Trip to Autodesk

University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

3

Faculty


























4




















5

Vision and Mission

The Vision of MSRIT: To evolve into an autonomous institution of international standing for

imparting quality technical education

Mission: MSRIT shall deliver global quality technical education by nurturing a conducive learning

environment for a better tomorrow through continuous improvement and customization

Quality Policy


continually enhanced, global quality technical and management education through an established

Quality Management system Complemented by the Synergistic interaction of the stake holders

concerned”.


To be a centre of international repute in mechanical engineering and to create qualified human

resources needed to meet the demanding challenges in different areas and emerging fields of

mechanical engineering and allied sciences.


To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through conducive

and creative learning environment to produce qualified and skilled human resources in Mechanical

Engineering, offer post graduate programme in the emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering,

create R & D environment to be a centre of excellence in Mechanical Engineering.

6


Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department is shown in block diagram below

Periodic Review

Vision &

Mission of the

Department by

the committee

Management


Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

7


Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision &

Mission



Academic Council &

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs


Collect data



summarize the data

8

PEOs of the Program

PEO1: To prepare engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required practical

skills in the core areas of mechanical engineering like materials and manufacturing, design and

development, thermal and fluid systems, automation and robotics, management science and also use

of modern analytical and computational tools.

PEO2: To inculcate team work capabilities and communication skills among students through

seminars, Engineering projects and its development and management.

PEO3: To motivate students to take up higher studies in specified areas of mechanical engineering

and explore possible profession in R & D, academic and self employment opportunities.

PEO4: To create awareness on environmental issues and commitments towards professional ethics

and social responsibilities and need for lifelong learning.

9


The Programme outcomes are defined taking into account the feedback received from faculty,

alumni, Industry and also from guidelines put across by regulatory/professional bodies and graduate

attributes which are in line with programme educational objectives. The following block diagram

indicates the information flow.


Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE, VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

10



a) Possess the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering related to mechanical


b) Identify, formulate, analyze and provide solutions to the real life mechanical engineering

problems.

c) Design and develop mechanical system to address the societal and environmental issues.

d) Derive valid conclusions through experimentation, data collection and analysis and further

interpret the results leading to solutions in design and practical problems in Mechanical

Engineering.

e) Apply the modern engineering tools and information technology to virtually understand and

analyze complex engineering problems.

f) Assess societal, health, safety, legal, cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant

to the professional engineering practices and using codes contextual knowledge.

g) Demonstrate the knowledge for sustainable development through the impact of engineering

solutions in changing technological, societal and environmental contexts.

h) Understand and respect the professional and ethical values of engineering practices.

i) Involve and coordinate effectively as a team member and leader to accomplish the set

objectives.

j) Communicate, document and present effectively at all stages of product / system design and

development with the engineering community and society at large.

k) Execute and manage projects with confidence by effective financial management practices.

l) Prepare and engage themselves for lifelong learning to address the day-to-day technological

challenges in the industry.

11


The correlation between the Programme outcomes and Program Educational objectives are mapped

in the Table shown below:


Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1


theoretical knowledge along with required

practical skills in the core areas of mechanical

engineering like materials and manufacturing

design and development, thermal and fluid

systems, automation and robotics,

management science and also use of modern

analytical and computational tools.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2

To inculcate team work capabilities and

communication skills among students through

seminars. Engineering projects and its

development and management.

X X

X X X X

3

To motivate students to take up higher studies

in specified areas of mechanical engineering

and explore possible profession in R & D,

academic and self employment opportunities.

X X X

X X

4

To create awareness on environmental issues

and commitments towards professional ethics

and social responsibilities and need for

lifelong learning.

X

X

X

X

12




Electives

Open

Elective Soft core

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I

06

20 24

- - - -

II

50

III - 04 - 22 - - -

26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25

V - - - 23 3 26

VI 02 - - 16 3 3 24

VII - - - 9 6 3 6 - 24

VIII - - - 3 3 - 3 16 25

Total 08 28 24 94 12 3 15 16

200

HSS - Humanities and Social Sciences - 08



Computers). - 24



specialization branch. - 12

Other Elective - Elective Subjects, from other technical and / or emerging

Subject Areas. - 18

Project / Seminar - Project Work, Seminar and / or Internship in industry

or elsewhere. - 16

13

M S RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BANGALORE – 560 054


SCHEME OF TEACHING FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2013-2014

V SEMESTER B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl. No.

Subject

Code Subject

Teaching

Department

CREDITS*

L T P Total

1 ME 501 Machine Design- I Mechanical

Engineering 4 0 0 4

2 ME502 Dynamics of Machines Mechanical

Engineering 4 0 0 4

3 ME503 Turbo machines Mechanical

Engineering 4 0 0 4

4 ME504 Manufacturing Processes – II Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

5 ME505 Control Engineering Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

6 ME506 Engineering Economics Mechanical

Engineering

3 0 0 3

7 ME 503L Turbo machine Lab Mechanical

Engineering

0 0 1 1

8 ME 504L Manufacturing Processes – II

Lab

Mechanical

Engineering

0 0 1 1

9

Soft Core ( Any one subject)

MES51 Project Management Mechanical

Engineering

3 0 0 3

MES52 Statistical Quality

Control 3 0 0 3

Total 24 0 2 26

LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE SUBJECTS OFFERED

Sl. No. Subject

Code Subject Sl. No. Subject Code Subject

1 ME-PE02 Mechanism Design 6 ME-PE12 Rapid Prototyping

2 ME-PE07 Fracture Mechanics

3 ME-PE11 Product Design and

Manufacturing 7 ME-PE23

Computational Fluid

Dynamics

4 ME-PE20 Refrigeration and Air

Conditioning 8 ME-PE30

Operations

Management

5 ME-PE21 Solar Energy 9 ME-PE17 Robotics

10 ME-PE28 Cryogenics

14

MACHINE DESIGN -1

SUB CODE: ME501 CREDITS: 4:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

For the manufacture of any machine component the first and foremost operation is design. The

design concept involves identifying the problem, selection of process material, environmental

conditions and proper understanding of various types of loads and its effect for the maximum

production of any machine component.

This course machine design deals starting with the concepts of basic design of machine components

taking all the factors mentioned above into account.


This course gives us the clean picture of the following

1. Proper material selection.

2. Analysis of loads.

3. Deciding proper working conditions.

4. Understanding of various procedures of design.

5. Proper utilization of available resources such as standards, codes, figures, tables, charts etc.

6. This subject deals with the topics such as design for static, impact and dynamic loads, the

detailed design procedure for various machine components such as shafts, couplings, keys,

welded joints, riveted joints, power screws, cotter and knuckle joints.

UNIT I

Introduction: Design considerations: codes and standards, Stress analysis, Definitions: Normal,

shear, biaxial and tri axial stresses, Stress tensor, Principal Stresses and Mohr’s Circle. Static

Strength, Static loads and Factor of safety. Impact loads, Impact stresses due to axial and bending.

Theories of failure & Stress concentration: Maximum normal stress theory, Maximum shear

stress theory, Distortion energy theory; Failure of brittle materials, Failure of ductile materials. Stress

concentration, Determination of Stress concentration factor for axial, bending, torsion and combined

loading.

UNIT II

Design for Fatigue Load : Introduction- S-N Diagram, Low cycle fatigue, High cycle fatigue,

Endurance limit, Endurance limit modifying factors: size effect, surface effect, Stress concentration

effects; Fluctuating stresses, Goodman and Soderberg relationship; stresses due to combined loading,

cumulative fatigue damage.

UNIT III

Shafts, Keys and Couplings: Torsion of shafts, design for strength and rigidity with steady loading,

ASME & BIS codes for design of transmission shafting, shafts under fluctuating loads and combined

loads. Keys: Types of keys, Design of keys and design of splines. Couplings, Rigid and flexible

couplings, Flange coupling, Bush and Pin type coupling

15

UNIT IV

Riveted Joints – Types, rivet materials, failures of riveted joints, Joint Efficiency, Boiler Joints,

Tank and Structural Joints, Riveted Brackets.

Welded Joints: Types, Strength of butt and fillet welds, eccentrically loaded welded joints.

UNIT V

Power Screws: Mechanics of power screw, Stresses in power screws, efficiency and self-locking,

Design of Power Screw, Design of Screw Jack: (Complete Design).

Cotter and Knuckle joints: Design of Cotter and Knuckle joints.

DESIGN DATA HAND BOOKS:

1. Design Data Hand Book – K. Lingaiah, McGraw Hill, 2nd Ed. 2003.

2. Design Data Hand Book by K. Mahadevan and Balaveera Reddy, CBS Publication

3. Machine Design Data Hand Book by H.G. Patil, Shri ShashiPrakashan, Belgaum.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanical Engineering Design: Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke McGraw Hill

International edition, 6th Edition 2003.

2. Design of Machine Elements: V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,

New Delhi, 2nd Edition 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Machine Design: Robert L. Norton, Pearson Education Asia, 2001.

2. Design of Machine Elements: M.F.Spotts, T.E. Shoup, L.E. Hornberger, S.R. Jayram and C.V.

Venkatesh, Pearson Education, 2006.

3. Machine Design: Hall, Holowenko, Laughlin (Schaum’s Outlines series) Adapted by S.K.

Somani, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, Special Indian Edition,

2008.

4. Fundamentals of Machine Component Design: Robert C. Juvinall and Kurt M Marshek, Wiley

India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2007.


1. Confidently and independently design machine components

2. Make proper changes in improving the existing one.

3. Can make use of the available resources efficiently

4. Can develop working software.

5. Can reduce the cost of the existing component by proper understanding the basics.

16

DYNAMICS OF MACHINES


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The subject comprises a wider and deeper on the engineering aspects involving forces, inertia,

friction and balancing of masses.

It covers bigger spectrum for dynamic aspects of machines that is, force analysis related to static

equilibrium of two or three force members. It also covers four bar mechanisms and slider crank

mechanisms with or without friction. Discussion involves the utilization of mechanical energy from

I.C engines by using the flywheel.

It is aimed to study the different types of power transmission by using flat belt drives of open and

cross belt with problems. The subject involves the study of rotating masses, so as balance the system

by using the counter balancing masses in the same or different planes graphically or analytically.

Balancing of reciprocating masses is one of the important chapter, contains the effect of inertia of

crank and connecting rod, related to single and multi cylinders with examples.

Subject also focuses on functions of governors and gyroscope, considering different types and their

applications. For example applications of gyroscope to car, boat, aeroplane, etc.

In case of cam analysis, discussion involves analytical methods with roller followers and circular arc

cam with flat faced and roller followers etc.


1. Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and Engineering in static and dynamic

force analysis of deferent mechanisms, flywheel, balancing of rotating and reciprocating

masses.

2. Ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyze and interpret data of governors

and gyroscopic effect on aeroplane, naval ships and in automobiles.

3. Ability to design a system, component or process to meet desired needs to transfer motion or

power by belt drives.

4. Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems in construction of mechanisms,

design of flywheel, balancing of rotating masses and application of governors and gyroscope.

5. Ability to use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools, necessary for engineering

practice such as designing of mechanism and machines, balancing of rotating and reciprocating

masses, force analysis of governors and gyroscope.

17

UNIT I

Static Force Analysis: Static force analysis: Introduction: Static equilibrium. Equilibrium of two

and three force members. Members with two forces and torque, free body diagrams, principle of

virtual work. Static force analysis of four bar mechanism and slider-crank mechanism (without

friction).

UNIT II

Dynamic Force Analysis: D’Alembert’s principle, Inertia force, inertia torque, Dynamic force

analysis of four-bar mechanism and slider crank mechanism. Dynamically equivalent systems,

Turning moment diagrams Fluctuation of Energy. Determination of size of flywheels.

UNIT III

Friction and Belt Drives: Belt drives: Flat & V belt drives, ratio of belt tensions, centrifugal

tension, power transmitted.

Balancing of Rotating Masses: Static and dynamic balancing, Balancing of single rotating mass by

balancing masses in same plane and in different planes. Balancing of several rotating masses by

balancing masses in same plane and in different planes.

UNIT IV

Balancing of Reciprocating Masses: Inertia effect of crank and connecting rod, single cylinder

engine, balancing in multi cylinder-inline engine (primary & Secondary forces), V-type engine;

Radial engine – Direct and reverse crank method.

Governors: Types of governors; force analysis of Portor and Hartnell governors. Controlling force,

stability, sensitiveness, Isochronism, effort and power.

UNIT V

Gyroscope: Vectorial representation of angular motion, basic definitions, Gyroscopic couple. Effect

of gyroscopic couple on a plane disc, a boat, an aeroplane, a naval ship, stability of two wheelers and

four wheelers.

Analysis of CAMS: Analytical methods for Tangent cam with roller follower and Circular arc cam

operating flat faced followers, Undercutting in Cams.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Rattan S.S. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2nd

Edition, 2006.

2. Theory of Machines: Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education, 2nd edition, 2007.

18

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan, CBS Publication 1984.

2. Design of Machinery by Robert L. Norton, McGraw Hill, 2001.

3. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery by J. Srinivas, Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002.


1. Ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams by having knowledge of mathematics, science

and Engineering in the field of static and dynamic force analysis.

2. Understanding of professional and ethical responsibility to work as a design engineer

3. Ability to communicate effectively to fulfill the needs of the society by solving different class

of engineering problems.

4. The broad education to understand the impact of engineering solutions in the global and social

contest to design mechanical components.

5. Ability to engage in life – long learning by satisfying the needs of customer with advance

technology and processes.

6. Posses a knowledge of contemporary issues pertain to engineering problems.

19

TURBO MACHINES

Sub Code: ME 503 Credits:4:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Turbomachines are most commonly used devices in a day today life. These are the machines used to

produce head or pressure or to generate power. Turbomachines are different from reciprocating and

rotary machines (i.e. Reciprocating air compressor and gear pump) in the energy transfer aspect. In

turbomachines, fluid is not positively contained but flows steadily undergoing pressure change due to

dynamic effects. This course deals with the fundamental aspects related to the design of the

turbomachines.


1. To provide a sound understanding of the comparison of positive displacement machine and

turbo machine and energy transfer in turbomachinary.

2. To provide knowledge about general analysis of radial flow and axial flow turbomachines.

3. To provide knowledge of design of hydraulic turbines, steam turbines.

4. To provide knowledge of design of centrifugal pumps and stage efficiency, reheat factor and

preheat factors in turbines and pumps.

5. To provide knowledge about understanding of compression and expansion processes.

6. To provide knowledge about the working and design of centrifugal and axial compressors.

UNIT I

Introduction: Definition of a Turbomachine; parts of a Turbomachine; Comparison with positive

displacement machine; Classification; Dimensionless parameters and their physical significance;

Effect of Reynolds number; Specific speed; Illustrative examples on dimensional analysis and model

studies.

Energy Transfer in Turbo Machine: Euler Turbine equation; Alternate form of Euler turbine

equation – components of energy transfer; Degree of reaction.

UNIT II

General Analysis of Turbines Utilization factor, Vane efficiency, Relation between utilization factor

and degree of reaction, condition for maximum utilization factor – optimum blade speed ratio for

different types of turbines.

General analysis of centrifugal pumps and compressors – General analysis of axial flow

compressors and pumps – general expression for degree of reaction, velocity triangles for different

values of degree of reaction. Effect of blade discharge angle on energy transfer and degree of

reaction, Effect of blade discharge angle on performance,; Theoretical head – capacity relationship.

UNIT III

Hydraulic Turbines: Classification; Pelton Turbine-velocity triangles, Design parameters, turbine

efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Francis turbine – velocity triangles, runner shapes for different

blade speeds, Design of Francis turbine, Functions of a Draft tube, types of draft tubes, Kaplan and

Propeller turbines – Velocity triangles and design parameters. Characteristic curves for hydraulic

turbines.

20

UNIT IV

Steam Turbines: Introduction to steam nozzles and optimum pressure ratio. Impulse Staging and

need for compounding, Velocity and pressure compounding, velocity triangle, condition for

maximum utilization factor for multistage turbine with equiangular blades, Effects of Blade and

Nozzle losses, Reaction staging.

Centrifugal Pumps: Definition of terms used in the design of centrifugal pumps like manometric

head, suction head, delivery head, manometric efficiency, hydraulic efficiency, volumetric

efficiency, overall efficiency, multistage centrifugal pumps design procedure.

UNIT V

Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow and Thermodynamic Analysis of Compression and Expansion Processes: Stagnation and static properties and their relations, Compression process – overall

isentropic efficiency of compression, State efficiency, Comparison and relation between overall

efficiency and stage efficiency, Polytrophic efficiency, Preheat factor, Expansion process – Overall

isentropic efficiency for a turbine, Stage efficiency for a turbine, Comparison and relation between

stage efficiency and overall efficiency for expansion process, polytropic efficiency of expansion,

Reheat factor for expansion process.

Centrifugal Compressors and Axial Flow Compressors: Centrifugal compressors, Main parts and

principle of operation power input factor, pre whirl vanes, surging and checking phenomenon.

Axial Flow Compressors: Construction and working principle, work done factor (No Numerical

Problems).

TEXT BOOKS

1. An Introduction to energy conversion, Volume III – Turbo machinery, V.Kadambi and

Manohar Prasad, New Age International Publishers (P) Ltd.

2. A Treatise on Turbo Machines, G.Gopalakrishnan, & D.Prithviraj, Scitech Publications (India)

Pvt. Limited 2nd

edition 2002.

3. Turbomachines By Dr.Niranjan Murthy and Dr.R.K.Hegde, Sapna Publications Bangalore,

2013

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “Principles of Turbo Machinery”, D.G.Shepherd, The Macmillan Company (1964)

2. “Gas Turbine Theory”, H.Cohen, GFC Rogers, & HIH Saravanamuttoo, Thomson Press (India)

Ltd., 4th Edition (1998)

3. Fundamentals of Turbomachinery: William W Perg John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2008.)

4. “Turbines, Compressors & Fans”, S. M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill Co., 2nd

Edition (2002).


1. Sound understanding of positive displacement machines and turbomachines.

2. Sound understanding of Euler turbine equation and velocity triangles of axial flow turbines and

pumps.

3. Sound understanding of velocity triangles of radial flow turbines and pumps.

4. Sound understanding of hydraulic turbines, steam turbines and pumps.

5. Sound understanding of thermodynamic compression, expansion processes, pre-heat and re-

factors.

21

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES-II

Sub Code: ME504 Credits: 3:0:0

Pre-requisites: Nil

Preamble

In industries, the main focus is on manufacturing/production with advent of various machines like

lathe, drilling machine, milling machine, shaping machine, grinding machine. These machines are

used in production. Improvements were made in these machines to make it semi-automatic or

automatic. These are conventional or traditional machining processes.

Later in non-traditional machining processes like EDM, ECM came into existence. Here in this

course a study of these conventional and non-conventional processes are made by the students.

Simultaneously in the lab session, students learn practical skills.


1. The fundamentals of metal cutting like various cutting forces, tool materials, about tool life and

machinability.

2. The parts and working of Capstan and Turret lathes, work holding devices, tool layout.

3. Types of drilling machines, drill bit nomenclature/operations like reaming, boring

4. Parts and operations on broaching, shaping and planing machines.

5. Parts and operations on milling

6. About grinding, honing, lapping, super finishing processes.

7. Basics of non-conventional processes like EBM, ECM, EDM.

UNIT I

Theory of metal cutting: single point cutting tool nomenclature, geometry, orthogonal and oblique

cutting, mechanism of chip formation, types of chips, Merchant’s analysis, Ernst- Merchant’s

solution, shear angle relationship, problems of merchant analysis, tool wear, and tool failure, effect

of cutting parameters, tool life criteria, taylor’s tool life equation, problems on tool evaluation.

Machinability, factors affecting machinability, heat generation in metal cutting, factors affecting

heat generation, measurement of tool tip temperature.

UNIT II

Cutting tool materials: Desired properties, types of cutting tool materials- HSS, carbides, coated

carbides, ceramics. Cutting fluids, desired properties, types and selection.

production Lathes: Capstan and Turret lathes- construction features, tool and work holding devices,

tool layout.

UNIT III

Drilling and its related operations: types of drills, drill bit nomenclature, machining time,

Numerical problems, Boring: Boring machines, types, Reaming, trepanning.

Broaching: Broach nomenclature, broaching machines.

Shaping and planning machine: classification, construction features, driving mechanisms, shaping

and planning operations, tool and work holding devices, Problems on calculation of machining time.

22

UNIT IV

Milling Machines: Classification, constructional features, milling cutters, Nomenclature, milling

operations, indexing: simple, compound, differential and angular indexing, calculations and simple

problems on simple and compound indexing.

Grinding machines: Types of abrasives, bonding process, classification, Constructional features,

surface, designation and selection of grinding wheel, Balancing, dressing and truing of grinding

wheel. Super finishing process: Honing, lapping and super finishing operations.

UNIT V

Introduction to nontraditional machining processes: principle, equipment, operation and

applications of EDM, ECM and EBM.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing process and materials of manufacture- Roy A Lindberg Prentice Hall of India,

1998.

2. Fundamental of metal machining and machine tools- G. Boothroyd, McGraw Hill 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing science- Amitabha Ghosh and Mallik, Affiliated East West press, 1995

2. Production technology, HMT- Tata Mcgraw hill, 2001.

3. Introduction to manufacturing processes by John A Schey- Mc Graw Hill. 3rd

edition 2001.

4. Manufacturing processes for engineering materials by seropeKalpakjian and Steve R.

Schimidpearson education, 2003


1. The fundamentals of metal cutting, merchant circle diagram, to solve tool life problems, types

of tool wear, tool-tip temperature.

2. The working of capstan and turret lathe, tool layout

3. Types and operations of drilling machine, boring and reaming, broaching, shaping and planing,

grinding, honing, lapping and superfinishing operations.

4. Problem solving skills on machining time, metal removal rate.

5. Principles and operations of EBM, ECM and EDM.

6. The practical training on lathe, milling and shaping machine to turn the job, to cut slots and

gears

23

CONTROL ENGINEERING

SUB CODE: ME505 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Modern day control engineering (also called control systems engineering) is a relatively new field of

study that gained a significant attention during 20th century with the advancement in technology. It

can be broadly defined as practical application of control theory. Control engineering has an essential

role in a wide range of control systems, from simple household washing machines to high-

performance F-16 fighter aircraft. It seeks to understand physical systems, using mathematical

modelling, in terms of inputs, outputs and various components with different behaviours; use control

systems design tools to develop controllers for those systems; and implement controllers in physical

systems employing available technology. A system can be mechanical, electrical, fluid and even

biological and the mathematical modelling, analysis and controller design uses control theory in one

or many of the time, frequency and complex-S domains, depending on the nature of the design

problem.


1. To understand the fundamentals related to automatic control and study different types of

controllers in the design and analysis of closed loop control system.

2. To be able to obtain mathematical models of the engineering systems and write the differential

equations describing the behavior of engineering systems and determine the time domain

response to a wide range of inputs

3. To use the block diagram reduction techniques and signal flow graphs to derive system transfer

functions (input-output relations)

4. To understand and gain the in-depth knowledge in the transient and steady state response

analysis pertaining to first and second order system response to various standard input test

signals.

5. To analyze the performance and determine the stability of control systems using Root locus,

polar plots, Nyquist plots and Bode plots and design feedback control systems.

UNIT I

Introduction: Concept of automatic controls, open and closed loop systems, concepts of feedback,

requirement of an ideal control system. Types of controllers– Proportional, Integral, Proportional

Integral, Proportional Integral Differential controllers.

Mathematical Models: Transfer function models, models of mechanical systems, models of

electrical circuits, DC and AC motors in control systems, models of thermal systems, models of

hydraulic systems, Pneumatic system, Analogous systems :Force voltage, Force current.

UNIT II

Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs: Transfer Functions definition, function, block

representation of system elements, reduction of block diagrams, Signal flow graphs: Mason’s gain

formula.

24

UNIT III

Transient and Steady State Response Analysis: Introduction, first order and second order system

response to step, ramp and impulse inputs, concepts of time constant and its importance in speed of

response, System stability: Routh’s-Hurwitz Criterion.

UNIT IV

Frequency Response Analysis: Polar plots, Nyquist Stability Criterion, Stability Analysis, Relative

stability concepts, phase and gain margin, M & N circles.

Frequency Response Analysis using Bode Plots: Bode attenuation diagrams, Stability Analysis

using Bode plots, Simplified Bode Diagrams.

UNIT V

Root locus plots: Definition of root loci, general rules for constructing root loci, Analysis using root

locus plots.

Control Action and System Compensation: Series and feedback compensation, Physical devices

for system compensation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Modern Control Engineering: Katsuhiko Ogata, Pearson Education, 2004.

2. Control Systems Principles and Design: M. Gopal, TMH, 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Feedback Control Systems: Schaum’s series 2001.

2. Control systems: I.J. Nagarath& M. Gopal, New age International publishers 2002.

3. Automatic Control Systems – B.C. Kuo, F. Golnaraghi, John Wiley & Sons, 2003.


1. Develop skill to Identify the basic elements and structures of feedback control systems and

develop mathematical models.

2. Use efficient signal flow graphs and block diagrams to study the input-output relations of

various control systems.

3. Obtain competence in transient response analysis of control systems subjected to standard test

signals and stability analysis.

4. Obtain competence in frequency analysis of control systems using various plots such as polar,

Nyquist and bode plots.

5. Be able to construct design and analyze performance of control systems using root-locus and

understand the various system compensation techniques and devices.

25

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS

Subject Code: ME 506 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequistes: Nil

Preamble

Engineering economics is at the heart of making decisions based on fundamental elements of cash

flows, time, Interest factors, and interest rates. The main objective of learning the subject therefore is

to understand the various contexts and premises in all engineering domains where the principles of

engineering economy can be applied and the benefits appreciated.


1. To help the students realize the importance of decision making based on financial reasoning,

demand and supply concepts and familiarization with interest and interest factors.

2. To appreciate the need for Present worth and future worth analysis while comparing projects

with different financial outlays

3. To make the students relate to the real world concepts of paying EMI’s, anuuity contracts,

sinking fund as retirement benefits.

4. To help students especially budding entrepreneurs understand the basic concepts of rate of

return and its importance in starting new ventures.

5. To introduce to students the theories of depreciation and their basic calculations while making

them understand the need for it. To also introduce basics of costing in order to understand

fixing of price for simple products.

UNIT I

Introduction: Engineers as decision makers, engineering and economics, problem solving and

decision making, intuition and analysis, tactics and strategy, law of demand and supply, law of

returns, Interest and interest factors, interest rates, simple interests, compound interests, cash flow

diagrams, problems.

UNIT II

Present worth comparisons: Introduction, Conditions for present worth comparisons, Basic present

worth comparison, present worth equivalence, net present worth, assets with unequal lives, assets

with infinite lives, future worth comparisons, pay back comparisons, problems.

UNIT III

Equivalent annual worth comparisons: Introduction, methods of equivalent annual-worth

comparison, situations for EAW comparisons, consideration of asset life, comparisons of assets with

equal and unequal lives, use of sinking fund method, annuity contract for guaranteed income,

problems.

UNIT IV

Rate of return calculations: Introduction, Minimum acceptable rate of return, Internal rate of

return, External rate of return, misconceptions about IRR, application of rate of return concept in

industries, cost of capital concepts, problems.

26

UNIT V

Depreciation: Meaning, causes of depreciation, basic methods of computing depreciation charges,

tax concepts, corporate income tax, problems.

Estimating and costing: Introduction, components of costs – direct costs, indirect costs, material

cost, labour cost, overheads, etc., Estimation of selling price for simple components, problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering Economy, RiggsJ.L, McGraw Hill Company, 2002.

2. Principals of Management by Koontz O. Donnell, McGraw Hill, 2005.

3. Engineering Economics, R. Panneerselvam,PHI Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2001.


1. Students should be able to realize the importance of decision making based on financial

reasoning. They should be able to clearly understand demand and supply concepts and

familiarize themselves with interest and interest factors.

2. Students should understand how to calculate present and future worth of business projects and

should be able to compare them while selecting the best based on results.

3. Students should understand the concept of calculating EMI’S which is part of our real life.

They must know how to do the calculations themselves just the way banks would do.

4. Students especially those who wish to become entrepreneurs should understand the basic

concepts of rate of return and its importance in starting new ventures.

5. Students should be thorough with the theories of depreciation and their basic calculations since

these they appear in all facets of business. They also should understand the elements of costing

so that it helps them later in their professional lives.

27

TURBO MACHINES LABORATORY

Subject Code: ME 503 L Credits: 0:0:1

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Turbo Machines is relevant to study the performance of machines which involves energy conversion

processes and the study also involves measurement of flow & to determine the head loss in flow

through pipes.


Students apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments on Flow measuring devices, Energy

conversion devices such as pumps, turbines and compressors.

1. Determination of coefficient of friction of flow in a pipe.

2. Determination of minor losses in flow through pipes.

3. Determination of force developed by impact of jets on vanes.

4. Calibration of flow measuring devices

a. Orifice plate

b. Vertical orifice

c. Venturimeter

d. Rotameter

e. V notch

5. Performance testing of Turbines

a. Pelton wheel

b. Francis Turbine

c. Kaplan Turbines

6. Performance testing of Pumps

a. Single stage and Multi stage centrifugal pumps

b. Reciprocating pump

7. Experiments on Compressors and Blowers

TEXT BOOKS:

1. An Introduction to energy conversion, Volume III – Turbo machinery, V.Kadambi and

Manohar Prasad, New Age International Publishers (P) Ltd.

2. A Treatise on Turbo Machines, G.Gopalakrishnan, &D.Prithviraj, Scitech Publications (India)

Pvt. Limited 2nd

edition 2002.

3. Turbo Machines laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT

REFERENCE BOOKS:






Edition (2002).

28


Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the procedure

conduction and analyzing the results with respect to Flow measuring devices, Energy conversion

devices such as pumps, turbines and compressors.

Scheme of Examination:




experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

29

MANUFACTURING PROCESS – II LABORATORY

Subject Code: ME 504L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Machine shop is a place where components are produced on a large scale. The students will be

conducting experiments in the laboratory pertaining to lathe work, shaping machine, milling and

grinding.

Course Learning Objective:

Students apply the knowledge and conduct the following experiments.

The experiments to be conducted in the laboratory are listed below:

Lathe: Step turning, thread cutting (V-thread, Square thread, Left hand and Right hand threads)

Milling Machine: Indexing, Indexing methods, cutting of gear tooth (Spur gear, Helical gear), face

milling and grooving.

Surface Grinding: Demonstration of Surface grinding machine.

Shaping Machine: Cutting of V groove, Dovetail and Rectangular groove.

Wood Turning Lathe: Study of wood working machines and tools. Three models to be prepared

involving important wood turning operations.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Manufacturing Process – II laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering,

MSRIT.


1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the operation,

procedure, conduction and analyzing the results of experiments

2. Students able to prepare the models using the above machines, study their importance and

applications.

30





experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

31

PROJECT MANAGEMENT

Subject Code: MES51 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Project management is the discipline of planning, organizing, motivating, and controlling resources

to achieve specific goals. A project is a temporary endeavor with a defined beginning and end. The

primary challenge of project management is to achieve all of the project goals and objectives while

honoring the preconceived constraints.


1. To learn the concepts of Project Management and how the categories are differentiated out of

them.

2. To understand the methods followed to accomplish the goals through planning of a project like

Feasibility study, preparation cost estimates.

3. To learn the preparation of graphical scheduling

UNIT I

CONCEPTS OF PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Concepts of a Project, Categories of projects,

Phases of project life cycle, Roles and responsibilities of project leader, tools and techniques for

project management.

PROJECT PLANNING AND ESTIMATING: Feasibility report, phased Planning, Project

planning steps, Objectives and goals of the project, preparation of cost estimation, evaluation of the

project profitability.

UNIT II

ORGANIZING AND STAFFING: The Project Team: Skills / abilities required for project

manager, Authorities and responsibilities of project manager, Project organization and types,

Accountability in project execution, controls, Authorities and responsibilities, project organization,

Accountability in Project Execution.

UNIT III

TENDERING AND SELECTION OF CONTRACTORS: 3 R’s, Responsibility, Reimbursement,

Risk, Contracting-Types.

PROJECT SCHEDULING: Project implementation scheduling, different scheduling techniques-

bar (GANTT) charts Bar charts for combined activities. Project Evaluation and Review Techniques

(PERT) planning. Simple Numerical Problems.

32

UNIT IV

PROJECT INVENTORY MANAGEMENT: Nature of project inventory, supply and

transportation of materials.

CO-ORDINATION AND CONTROL: Project direction co-ordination; and communication in a

project, Role of MIS in project control, performance control, schedule control, cost Control

Examples.

CONFLICT AND NEGOTIATION: Nature of Negotiation, Partnering, Chartering and Change,

conflict and Project and Lifecycle, Requirements and Principles of Negotiation.

UNIT V

PERFORMANCE MEASURES IN PROJECT MANAGEMENT: Performance indicators,

Performance improvement for the CM & DM companies for better project management.

CLOSING OF PROJECT: Types of project termination, strategic implications, project in trouble,

termination strategies, evaluation of termination possibilities.

INTRODUCTION TO MATERIAL REQUIREMENT PLANNING: Capacity Requirement

Planning, Bill of Materials(BOM) Material production Schedule(MPS),Material Resource

Planning(MRP),Enterprise Resource Planning(ERP),Business Process Re-engineering(BPR) ,the

7R”s of Re-engineering.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Project Management by S.Choudhury, Tata McGraw-Hill Education, 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Project Management Handbook, UddeshKohli, K. K. Chitkara, 2006.

2. Project Management, Jack.R.Herdith, Samuel.J.MantrelJr, Wiley India, 2008.

3. Moderen Project Planning, R.C.Mishra, TarunSoota, New-Age International Pbllishers, 2006.

4. Project Management, Bhavesh M Patel, Vikas Publishing House, ISBN 81-259-0777-7 2002.

5. Project Management a System approach to Planning Scheduling & Controlling, Harold

Kerzner, CBS Publishers and Distributors.2002.

Course Learning Outcome:

1. Students able to understood the basic concept of Project Management

2. Students able to understand the methods to prepare a Feasibility study and preparation of cost

estimation

3. Students able to understand the different methods adopted for termination of project based on

its successful completion

33

STATISTICAL QUALITY CONTROL

Sub Code: MES52 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Quality is the key to success in any business today; customer’s lives are increasingly dependent on

the quality of house hold / industrial products and services. Quality failures can and do result in

serious human inconvenience, economic waste, and some time loss of life. Quality is important in

everyday life, the objective is to give the reader a sound understanding of the principle and the basis

for applying them in a variety of both product and nonproduction situation

This course includes modern statistical method for quality control and improvement will

comprehensive coverage of the subject from basic principles to state of the art concepts and

applications. This course will helps our students community who want to become a professional

practioners, including quality and reliability engineers, manufacturing and development engineers,

managers, procurement specialists, marketing professionals. Many professional have also used this

course self study and preparation for certificate examination.


The students shall able to:

1. Know meaning of quality, history of quality control, methodology, statistical methods for

quality control, quality cost and quality improvement, normal distribution etc.,

2. Understand the concept of Statistical process control [SPC] , sample size and sampling

frequency, rational subgroups, analysis of pattern on control charts, warning limits, variable

charts and charts for attributes.

3. To understand the concept of Process Capability, Natural Tolerance limits, cp – process

capability index, Cp, Cpk, – process performance index, summary of process measures.

Sampling techniques, Lot-By-Lot acceptance sampling for attributes.

4. Quality level can be monitored by some of the terms like average out going Quality Limit

(AOQL),Lot tolerance percent defective (LTPD), Operating Characteristics (OC) curves,

Average total inspection ( ATI).

5. Students are exposed to some sampling standards in SQC. To study some special control charts

like, Cumulative-Sum (CUSUM) & Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA)

Control Charts.

UNIT I

Introduction: The Meaning of Quality and Quality Improvement; Brief History of Quality

Methodology; Statistical Methods for Quality Control and Improvement; Total Quality Management

(quality philosophy, links between quality and productivity, quality costs legal aspects of quality

implementing quality improvement).

Modeling Process Quality: Mean, Median, Mode, Standard deviation, Calculating area, The

Deming funnel experiment, Normal distribution tables, finding the Z score, Central limit theorem.

UNIT II

Methods and Philosophy of Statistical Process Control: Chance and assignable causes, Statistical

Basis of the Control Charts (basic principles, choices of control limits, significance of control limits,

34

sample size and sampling frequency, rational subgroups, analysis of pattern on control charts,

warning limits, Average Run Length-ARL)

Control Charts for Variables: Control Charts for X-Bar and R charts, Type I and Type II errors,

the probability of Type II error. Simple Numerical Problems

UNIT III

Process Capability: The foundation of process capability, Natural Tolerance limits, cp – process

capability index, Cpk, pp – process performance index, summary of process measures. Numerical

problems

Control Charts For Attributes: Binomial distribution, Poisson distribution (from the point of view

of Quality control) Control Chart for Fraction Nonconforming, Control Chart for number

Nonconforming, Control Charts for Nonconformities or Defects, Control Chart for Number of non

conformities per unit. Numerical problems

UNIT IV

Lot-By-Lot Acceptance Sampling For Attributes: The accepting sampling problem, single

sampling plan for attributes, Double sampling & Multiple sampling, Average Out going Quality

Limit (AOQL),Lot Tolerance Percent Defective (LTPD), Operating Characteristics (OC) curves,

Average total inspection ( ATI), Numerical problems

UNIT V

Sequential sampling plan: Military Standard 105E, the Dodge-Roming sampling plans, Numerical

problems. Cumulative-Sum (CUSUM) & Exponentially Weighted Moving Average (EWMA)

Control Charts: CUSUM Control Chart (basic principles of the chart for monitoring the process

mean); EWMA control chart (EWMA control chart for monitoring process mean), design of a

EWMA control chart.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Statistical Quality Control: E.L. Grant and R.S. Leavenworth, 7th edition, McGraw- Hill

publisher.

2. Statistical Quality Control:RC Gupta, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi, 2005

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Statistical Process Control and Quality Improvement: Gerald M. Smith, Pearson Prentice Hall.

ISBN 0 – 13-049036-9.

2. Statistical Quality Control for Manufacturing Managers: W S Messina, Wiley & Sons, Inc..

New York, 1987

3. Statistical Quality Control:Montgomery, Douglas, 5th Edition, John Wiley & Sons, Inc. 2005,

Hoboken, NJ (ISBN 0-471-65631-3).

4. Principles of Quality Control: Jerry Banks, Wiley & Sons, Inc... New York.

5. Quality Control Hand Book by Juran

35


1. Students will be able to understand the basic concept of quality, history of quality control,

quality cost and quality improvement concept of Statistical process control [SPC], limits,

sample size etc.

2. Practical concept of control charts for Variables, Type I and Type II errors, the probability of

Type II error. The concept of Process Capability, its application in industry.

3. Student will have knowledge of Lot-By-Lot acceptance sampling, operating characteristics

curve and its application in industry.

4. Student will have knowledge of inspection technique, small variation in process, avoiding

wastages, reduces production time, increases profit.

5. Students will be able to expose knowledge of quality control by statistical tools.

36




VI SEMESTER B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl. No.

Subject

Code Subject

Teaching

Department

CREDITS

L* T* P* Total

1 ME 601 Machine Design – II Mechanical

Engineering 4 0 0 4

2 ME602 Manufacturing Process – III Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

3 ME603 Finite Element Analysis Mechanical

Engineering 4 0 0 4

4 ME604 Professional Ethics Mechanical

Engineering 2 0 0 2

5 ME605 Hydraulics and Pneumatics

Mechanical

Engineering

3 0 0 3

6 ME 601 L Machine Design – II Lab Mechanical

Engineering

0 0 1 1

7 ME 603 L Finite Element Analysis Lab Mechanical

Engineering

0 0 1 1

8

Soft Core ( Any one subject)

MES61 Mechatronics and

Microprocessor Mechanical

Engineering

3 0 0 3

MES62 Theory of Elasticity 3 0 0 3

Total 19 0 2 21

L: Lecture T: Tutorial P: Practical S: Soft Core


Sl. No. Subject


1 ME-PE02 Mechanism Design 7 ME-PE12 Rapid Prototyping



Manufacturing 8 ME-PE23

Computational Fluid

Dynamics


Conditioning 9 ME-PE30

Operations

Management

5 ME-PE21 Solar Energy 10 ME-PE17 Robotics


37

MACHINE DESIGN II


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In machine design certain topics were discussed in detail. In the course Machine Design -2 some

more components for complete design are considered. This enables the person who undergoes the

course understanding the subject as below.


1. Concept is selection of material.

2. Deciding the proper steps to be followed in the manufactured product of the components

involved.

3. Knowledge regarding deciding the components to be designed.

4. Factors to be considered while designing the components which involves human life at risk such

as brakes, clutches, springs, bearings etc

5. Alternate design procedure

6. Selection of some of the components from charts, catalogues and by other means

UNIT I

Curved Beams: Stresses in curved beams of standard cross sections used in crane hook, punching

presses & clamps, closed rings and links.

Belts Ropes and Chains: Flat belts: Length & cross section, Selection of V-belts, ropes and chains

for different applications.

UNIT II

Springs: Types of springs - stresses in Helical coil springs of circular and non-circular cross

sections. Tension and compression springs, springs under fluctuating loads, Leaf Springs: Stresses in

leaf springs. Equalized stresses.

UNIT III

Spur & Helical Gears: Spur Gears: Definitions, stresses in gear tooth: Lewis equation and form

factor, Design for strength, Dynamic load and wear load. Helical Gears: Definitions, formative

number of teeth, Design based on strength, dynamic and wear loads.

Bevel Gear: Definitions, formative number of teeth, Design based on strength, dynamic and wear

loads.

38

UNIT IV

Worm Gears: Definitions, Design based on strength, dynamic, wear loads and efficiency of worm

gear drives.

Clutches & Brakes: Design of Clutches: Single plate, multi plate and cone clutches. Design of

Brakes: Block and Band brakes: Self locking of brakes: Heat generation in Brakes.

UNIT V

Lubrication and Bearings: Lubricants and their properties, Mechanisms of Lubrication bearing

modulus, coefficient of friction, minimum oil film thickness, Heat Generated, Heat dissipated,

Bearing Materials, Examples of journal bearing and thrust bearing design.


1. Design Data Hand Book – K. Lingaiah, McGraw Hill, 2nd

Ed. 2003.

2. Design Data Hand Book by K. Mahadevan and K.Balaveera Reddy, CBS Publication


TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanical Engineering Design: Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke. McGraw Hill

International edition, 6th

Edition 2003.

2. Design of Machine Elements: V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd.,

New Delhi, 2nd

Edition 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:





Somani, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, Special Indian Edition,

2008.

4. Machine Design: A CAD Approach: Andrew D DIMAROGONAS, John Wiley Sons, Inc,

2001.


1. Confidently and comfortably make the theoretical aspects in reality

2. Can differentiate on their own the components to be designed to select from the available

resources such as charts, catalogues, tables, etc

3. To change the existing design with minimum effort for better (result) performance

4. Performance of the components can be increased with better knowledge of the course.

5. Software packages can be developed with better knowledge of the design concepts.

39

MANU FACTURING PROCESS-III


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The basic objective of forming process is to produce the components having superior Properties

compared with the other manufacturing Process. The components obtained from this process can be

used for the critical applications. The present course deals with various processes such as Forging,

rolling, drawing, extrusion, Sheet metal forming and powder metallurgy. The various parameters

load calculations and the defects occurred during the manufacture of wrought products will be

studied.


1. To provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in the field of metal

working process with other manufacturing techniques.

2. To learn the different methods of Metal working process for different materials.

3. To learn the methods, load determination and various defects in the forging process.

4. To understand the various processes, defects occurred for the manufacture of sheet metal

products.

5. To learn preparation of powders, Mixing, Compaction and sintering of various components

using powder metallurgy

UNIT I

Introduction and Concepts: Classification of metal working processes, characteristics of

wrought products, advantages and limitations of metal working processes.

Effects of parameters on metal working: Temperature, strain rate, friction and lubrication,

hydrostatic pressure in metalworking, Deformation zone geometry, workability of materials,

Residual stresses in wrought products.

UNIT II

Forging: Classification of forging processes. Forging machines & equipments. Forging pressures &

load in open die forging and closed die forging by slab analysis (No derivation), concepts of friction

hill and factors affecting it. Die-design parameters. Material flow lines in forging. Forging defects,

Residual stresses in forging.

UNIT III

Drawing: Steps involved in wire drawing, Drawing die details, Optimal cone angle & dead zone

formation, Redundant work and its estimation, Types of tube drawing processes, Frictionless

drawing of cylindrical rod.

Extrusion: Types of extrusion processes, Variables involved in extrusion process, Relation between

variables in extrusion, Special type of extrusion processes, Metal flow pattern in extrusion, Defects

in extruded products.

40

UNIT IV

Rolling: Classification of Rolling processes. Types of rolling mills, Metal flow pattern in rolling,

Power required in rolling, Effects of front & back tensions, friction, friction hill. Maximum possible

reduction. Defects in rolled products. Rolling variables.

UNIT V

Sheet metal forming: Definition of sheet metal, Material used for sheet metal, Sheet metal

operations, Classification of power presses.

Powder metallurgy: Basic steps in Powder metallurgy, Production of metal powders, Blending

metal powders, Compaction, Sintering and Finishing, Application, advantages and limitations of

powder metallurgy.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanical metallurgy by George E. Dieter Tata McGraw - Hill publication. 3rd edition 2013.

2. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering materials by Serope kalpakajiam and Steven R

Schimid, Pearson education, 4th edition 2007.

3. Manufacturing Process-III, By Dr.Radha Krishna, Sudha Publications.2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials & Processes in Manufacturing by Paul Degarmo E, Jt Black, Ronald A Kohser.

Prentice -hall of India, 8th

edition 2006

2. Manufacturing Science, by Asok Kumar Mallik & Amitabha Ghosh –

Affiliated East-west Press Pvt Ltd, 2nd

edition 2012.

3. Theory of Plasticity and Metal Forming Processes by Dr. Sadhu Singh Khanna Publishers,

2008.

4. Fundamentals of Metal forming processes, B.L.Juneja, First edition New age International,

2007.

5. Theory of Plasticity and Metal forming Processes, Dr.sadhu singh, Khanna Publishers, 3rd

edition 2003

6. Metal Forming processes, by G.R Nagpal, Khanna Publishers,Second edition, 2005.

41


1. The students should learn and understand necessity of forming process compared with other

manufacturing techniques

2. They will be able to analyze the stresses and yield criteria used for the deformation analysis of

the process

3. The students should know the parameters effect on the processing of the wrought products and

able to select the process, load required and possible reasons for the formation defects of the

forged components

4. They should identify the process, load calculations and reasons for the formation defects of the

various metal working processes such as forging, rolling, wire, rod, tube drawing, extrusion

and sheet metal.

5. They can able to select the different high energy rate forming process and the methods used for

the various powder metallurgical components.

42

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Finite Element Method is proving to be a very powerful technique of solving and analyzing complex

engineering problems. It is a numerical method which yields fairly accurate results for complex

engineering problems and of late has emerged as a very rapidly growing area of research for applied

mathematics. Its usefulness in various branches of engineering is due to the ease with which the

method is made amenable to computer programming, leading to a process of iterative design. Its

uniqueness lies in the fact that complex engineering problems having no analytical solutions can be

solved with ease and iterative designs can be worked out. Of late, this technique has found a lot of

applications in the area of manufacturing as newer and specialized techniques and materials are

being used with changing technology. In this context it is desirable to introduce the subject of FEM

in the curriculum of BE course as an open elective for other branches to train the students for

developing skills for designing and analyzing the various manufacturing processes to arrive at an

optimized process. The method can also be used in the development of machine tools, newer

materials and failure analysis of processes.


1. To understand and apply concepts of matrices, solution of linear simultaneous equations,

principle of minimum potential energy and numerical integration Rayleigh Ritz’s method,

Galerikin’s method and know procedure of finite element method

2. To understand convergence criteria, geometrical isotropy and be able to solve one

dimensional bar and Truss problems

3. Understand iso, sub and super parametric elements. CST elements, shape functions, strain

matrix, stiffness matrix and concept of Jacobian matrix

4. To understand the fundamentals of Higher Order elements and their shape functions, strain

and stiffness matrices

5. To be able to solve Beam problems

6. To understand the application of FEA in dynamic problems.

UNIT I

Introduction: Equilibrium equations in elasticity subjected to body force, Traction force, Stress

strain relations for plane stress and plane strain, Variation approach, Calculus of variation, Euler’s

Lagrange’s equation, Principle of minimum potential energy, Principle of Virtual work, Rayleigh-

Ritz method, Galerkins method. General Description of Finite Element Method, Advantages, Basic

steps in the formulation of Finite Element Analysis..

UNIT II

Shape functions of Linear simplex element, Co ordinate systems, Stiffness matrix by potential

energy approach, Load vector, Boundary conditions, Elimination approach, Penalty approach,

Temperature effect Quadratic Shape Functions of 1D Elements, Problems on stepped bar subjected

to axial and thermal loads. Truss Element: Truss element, Local and Global coordinate systems,

Elemental stiffness matrix, Element stress, Temperature effects, Problems on trusses.

43

UNIT III

Shape functions of CST element, isoparametric representation of CST element, Four node

quadrilateral element, Stiffness matrix, Element stress, Lagrangian interpolation functions, Higher

order elements, six nodes triangular element, eight nodes quadrilateral element. Geometric Isotropy,

Pascal’s triangle, Pyramid, Convergence criteria, Numerical Integration using one, two and three

point’s Gaussian quadrature formula.

UNIT IV

Beam element: Beam element, Hermit shape function, Stiffness matrix, Load vector, Shear force

and Bending moment, Problems on beams.

UNIT V

Equation of motion for 1D elements, derivation of element mass and stiffness matrices, Eigen value

and Eigen vector problems for beams subjected to axial vibrations.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Finite Element IN Engineering, Chandrupatla T.R., 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, India., 2000

2. The Finite Element Method in Engineering, S.S.Rao, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Text book of Finite Element Analysis, P.Seshu, 2004

2. Finite Element Method, J.N.Reddy, McGraw- Hill International Edition.

3. Finite Element Analysis, C.S. Krishnamurthy,- Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. Ltd, New

Delhi, 1995


1. Apply matrices concept, solution of simultaneous equations, use of minimum potential

energy principle to derive equilibrium equations and numerical integration for engineering

problems. Apply Rayleigh Ritz’s and Galerikin’s method for elasticity problems

2. Learn and understand the steps involved in FEM and concept of convergence criteria and

geometric isotropy for solving real time problems.

3. Solve real time 1D, truss problems and plane stress and plane strain problems

4. Comprehend finite element concepts of quadrilateral and triangular elements for use in two

dimensional elasticity problems and higher order elements.

5. Be able to solve beam and dynamic problems using concepts of FEM.

44

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Ethics is concerned not only with distinguishing right from wrong and good from bad but also with

commitment to do what is right or what is good. Learning Professional Ethics as a subject has

become imperative because the lines that divide the ethical and unethical activities have been

blurred. Professional ethics, therefore, is made a part of the curricula, the world over in an attempt to

temper the ambitions of future engineers and inculcate in them a sense of ‘live and let live’ which is

part of our philosophy and which is essential for peaceful co-existence in the world today.


1. To make the students appreciate the need and the values associated with studying professional

ethics as a subject.

2. To make the students aware of the existence of different theories and their content in various

topics of professional ethics.

3. To familiarize the students of the various aspects of professional ethics in the industrial world.

UNIT I

Introduction to Business Ethics: Meaning, Objectives, need and types of business ethics. Scope

and Functions, Kohlberg’s and Gilligan’s theory of business ethics, values, norms, beliefs and

standards.

UNIT II

Ethics in Profession: Principles of ethics in production and operation management: working

conditions, Health and safety, OSHA, Ethics in finance: book-keeping and insider trading, corporate

social responsibility.

UNIT III

Scope and Aims of Engineering Ethics: Introduction, scope of engineering ethics, role of morality,

types of inquiries, responsibility of engineers, concept and meanings of responsibility: minimalist

view, reasonable care, good works, impediments to responsibility.

UNIT IV

Honesty, Integrity and Reliability: Introduction, ways of misusing the truth, honesty on campus,

integrity in engineering research and testing, integrity in the use of intellectual property, integrity in

client – professional confidentiality, Integrity and expert testimony, integrity and failure to inform

public, whistle – blowing, conflicts of interest.

UNIT V

Risk, Safety and Liability: Introduction, the codes of engineering practice, difficulties in estimating

risk, normalizing deviance, the experts approach to acceptable risk, identifying and defining

45

acceptable risk, the lay persons approach to acceptable risk, the engineering liability for risk,

becoming a responsible engineering regarding risk.

TEXT BOOKS

1. Engineering Ethics: by Charles E Harris, Michael S Pritchard and Michael J Robins, Thompson

Asia, 2003

2. Business Ethics – C.S.V Murthy, Himalaya Publishing House

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Introduction to Engineering Ethics by Roland Schinzinger and Mike W Martin

2. Ethics in Engineering by Mike W Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd

Edition


1. To ensure that the students honestly and genuinely appreciate the need to practice professional

ethics for harmonious coexistence in the society.

2. To ensure that the students understand the different theories and their content in various topics

of professional ethics in the background of the current world.

3. To ensure that the students understand the challenges of practicing ethics at the work place and

the conflicts that arises in the discharge of duties as a professional.

46

HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

History of fluid power goes back to our ancient civilization wherein man used water to generate

power using water wheels, and air to run windmills and propel ships. These fluids were used in large

quantities at relatively low pressure (corresponding to atmospheric pressure). Until industrial

revolution in 1850 in England fluid power concept was not introduced in industries. But by 1870

fluid power was used in hydraulic cranes, jacks, shearing and riveting machines, water pumps etc.

During and after World War II, fluid power technology gained momentum. And today there is an

after list of fluid power application in almost every industry. Automobiles, missiles, machine tools,

aero planes etc. extensively use fluid power technology. This course deals with the fundamental

aspects of hydraulics and pneumatics, the two fields of relevance to fluid power engineering.


1. To provide a sound understanding of the working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

2. To provide an understanding of energy transfer in hydraulic actuators and motors

3. To provide knowledge about controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

4. To provide knowledge of design of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and analyze them.

5. To introduce the concept of signal processing elements and control.

UNIT - I

Introduction to Hydraulic Power: Pascal’s law and problems on Pascal’s Law, continuity

equations, introduction to conversion of units, Structure of Hydraulic Control System. The Source of

Hydraulic Power: Pumps Pumping theory, pump classification, gear pumps, vane pumps, piston

pumps, pump performance, pump selection. Variable displacement pumps.

Hydraulic Actuators: Linear Hydraulic Actuators [cylinders], Mechanics of Hydraulic Cylinder

loading.

UNIT - II

Hydraulic Motors: Hydraulic Rotary Actuators, Gear motors, vane motors, piston motors,

Hydraulic motor theoretical torque, power and flow rate, hydraulic motor performance.

Control Components in Hydraulic Systems: Directional Control Valves – Symbolic

representation, Constructional features, pressure control valves – direct and pilot operated types,

flow control valves.

47

UNIT - III

Hydraulic Circuit Design and Analysis: Control of single and double – acting hydraulic cylinder,

regenerative circuit, pump unloading circuit, counter balance valve application, hydraulic cylinder

sequencing circuits. Cylinder synchronizing circuits, speed control of hydraulic cylinder, speed

control of hydraulic motors, Accumulators.

Maintenance of Hydraulic Systems: Hydraulic oils; desirable properties, general type of fluids,

sealing devices, reservoir system, filters and strainers, problem caused by gases in hydraulic fluids,

wear of moving parts due to solid particle contamination, temperature control, trouble shooting.

UNIT - IV

Introduction to Pneumatic Control: Choice of working medium, characteristics of compressed air.

Structure of pneumatic control system. Compressed air: Production of compressed air – compressors,

preparation of compressed air- Driers, filters, regulators, lubricators, distribution of compressed air.

Pneumatic Actuators: Linear cylinders – types, conventional type of cylinder working, end position

cushioning, seals, mounting arrangements applications.

UNIT - V

Directional Control Valves: Symbolic representation as per ISO 1219 and ISO 5599. Design and

constructional aspects, poppet valves, slide valves spool valve, suspended seat type slide

valve. Simple Pneumatic Control: Direct and indirect actuation pneumatic cylinders, use of memory

valve.

Flow control valves and speed control of cylinders supply air throttling and exhaust air throttling, use

of quick exhaust valve.

Signal Processing Elements: Use of Logic gates – OR and AND gates pneumatic applications,

practical examples involving the use of logic gates, pPressure dependent controls types construction–

practical applications, time dependent controls – principle, construction, practical applications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fluid Power with applications, Anthony Esposito, Fifth edition pearson education, Inc. 2000.

2. Pneumatics and Hydraulics, Andrew Parr. Jaico Publishing Co. 2000.

3. Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Dr.Niranjan Murthy and Dr.R.K.Hegde, Sapna Publications, 2013

48

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Oil Hydraulic Systems - Principles and Maintenance, S.R. Majumdar, Tata Mc Graw Hill

publishing company Ltd. 2001.

2. Pneumatic Systems, S.R. Majumdar, Tata Mc Graw Hill publishing Co., 1995.

3. Industrial Hydraulics, Pippenger, Hicks, McGraw Hill, New York, 2009


1. Sound understanding of the working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

2. Self understanding of energy transfer in hydraulic actuators and motors.

3. Identify and differentiate the controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems.

4. Design simple hydraulic and pneumatic circuits for practical systems and analyze them.

5. Judiciously select signal processing elements and apply them for system control.

49

MACHINE DESIGN LABORATORY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Machine design subject deals with the design of machine elements such as beams, ropes, belts,

chains, springs, gears concepts of lubrication of bearings and bearing design. All these machine

elements are subjected to vibrations, stresses and strains while in operation, machine design lab

provides students to gain insight into these practical aspects and develop skill in measuring various

parameters influencing the design of machine elements, eventually to obtain better designs.


1. To develop skill in conducting experiments related to vibrations and their measurements

2. To develop skills in carrying experiments related to photo elasticity

3. To develop skills in conducting experiments related to dynamics of machines such as governors

and determination of stresses & strains using strain gauges.

List of Experiments

1. Determination of Natural Frequency of Single degree of freedom systems (Longitudinal,

transverse and Torsional Vibrations.)

2. Balancing of Rotating Masses.

3. Determination of Critical speed of rotating shaft.

4. Determination of fringe constant of photoelastic material using

5. Circular disc subjected to diametric compression.

6. Pure bending specimen (4 Point bending)

7. Determination of Stress Concentration using photoelasticity for simple component like plate

with a hole under tension.

8. Determination of frictional force and controlling force in porter and hartnell governor.

9. Determination of pressure distribution in journal bearing.

10. Determination of principal stresses and strains in a member subjected to combined loading

using strain rosettes.


The students will be able to design & conduct experiments related to vibrations, photo elasticity

dynamics of machines, bearings and lubrication. This skill with practical experiments will equip

students to realize efficient & better design of Machine elements.

50

TEXT BOOK:

1. Design laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT.




2. Students has to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual

experiment).

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

51

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS -LAB

Course Code: ME 603L Credits:0:0:1

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble: FEA is gaining popularity day by day and is a sought after dream career for mechanical

engineers. Enthusiastic engineers and managers who want to refresh or update the knowledge on

FEA are encountered with volumes of published books. FEA is now a commonly used synonym for

a wide range of computational techniques in engineering practice. All the engineering structures

today; should be simulated for their performance on a computer compulsorily. This lab aims at

teaching the basics of commercially available general purpose software for carrying out engineering

analysis.


1. Apply the knowledge of FEM to construct finite element models using the library of finite

elements available in the software

2. Choose suitable number of finite elements for the given domain to carry out analysis

3. Use the appropriate type of boundary conditions for the given problem

4. Solve the problem using a commercially available software (Solver)

5. Compare the results obtained using FEA with analytical or experimental techniques.

List of Exercises:

1. Bars of constant cross section area, tapered cross section area and stepped bar, Multipoint

Constraints, Temperature Stresses in 1D Bars

2. Trusses

3. Beams – Simply supported, cantilever beams with UDL, beams with varying load etc

4. Stress analysis of a rectangular plate with a circular hole subjected to both axial and bending

5. Thermal Analysis – 2D problem with conduction and convection Boundary conditions.

6. a) Natural Frequencies of Spring mass and dampers systems of Single and two degrees

Systems.

b) Natural Frequencies of fixed – fixed beam.

c) Bars subjected to forcing function

d) Fixed- Fixed beam subjected to forcing function.


1. The student should be knowing the steps involved in solving a given analysis problem and

understand the procedure for carrying out engineering analysis

2. The student should be able to use the software for doing the analysis and simulation.

3. The student should be able to compare the results obtained with other methods of analysis.

4. The student should be able to carry out number of iterations by changing the parameters

involved in FEA software.

TEXT BOOK:

1. FEA Laboratory Manual ----- By the Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT

52

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Practical Finite Element Analysis ---- Published By Finite to Infinite, Pune, India.

---- ISBN 978-81-906195-0-9


The student should solve 2 exercises. 1 of them should be a heat transfer / vibration problem.

Each exercise carries 20 marks.

Viva – Voce carries 10 Marks

Total Maximum Marks = 50




2. Students have to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual

experiment).

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

53

MECHATRONICS AND MICROPROCESSOR


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The subject of Mechatronics has often been described as a combination of the subjects of Electrical

Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Computer Engineering and Applied Control Engineering – in

the union between these subjects the discipline of Mechatronics emerge. A typical Mechatronics

system picks up signals from the environment processes them to generate output signals,

transforming them for example into forces, motions and actions. It is the extension and the

completion of mechanical systems with sensors and microcomputers which is the most important

aspect. The fact that such a system picks up changes in its environment by sensors, and reacts to their

signals using the appropriate information processing, makes it different from conventional methods.


1. Understand the dynamic system investigation process and be able to apply it to a variety of

dynamic physical systems.

2. Understand the key elements of a measurement system and the basic performance

specifications and models of a variety of analog and digital Mechatronics sensors. 3. Understand the characteristics and models of various electromechanical actuators (brushed dc

motor, brushless dc motor, and stepper motor) and hydraulic and pneumatic actuators.

4. Understand analog and digital circuits and components and semiconductor electronics as they

apply to Mechatronics systems

5. Understand the fundamentals of MICROPROCESSOR and MICROCONTROLLER.

UNIT I

Introduction to Mechatronics: Introduction to mechatronics systems, Measurement system,

control systems, microprocessor based controllers, Mechatronics approach and their associated

problems. Examples and discussion on typical systems.

Sensors & Transducers: Introduction to sensors & transducers, performance terminology,

Displacement, position & proximity LVDT light sensors, half effect sensors selection

UNIT II

Electrical actuation systems: Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, solid state switches,

solenoids DC & AC motors, stepper motors and their merits and demerits.

Signal conditioning: Introduction to signal conditioning. The operational amplifier, Protection,

Filtering, Wheatstone bridge, digital signals Multiplexers, data acquisition, Introduction to Digital

system processing pulse modulation, Numerical problems.

54

UNIT III

Introduction to Microprocessors: Evaluation of Microprocessor, Organization of Microprocessors

(preliminary concepts), basic concepts of programming of microprocessors. Review of concepts-

Boolean algebra, Logic Gates and gate networks, binary & decimal number systems, memory

representation of positive and negative integers, maximum and minimum integers. Conversion of

real numbers , floating point notation, representation of floating point numbers, accuracy and range

in floating point representation, overflow and underflow, addition of floating point numbers,

character representation.

UNIT IV

Microprocessor architecture & micro computer systems. Microprocessor architecture and its

operation, Memory, Input and output devices, microprocessor- Based system application. Difference

between microprocessor and micro controllers. Requirements for control and their implementation in

micro controllers.

UNIT V

Assembly Language Programming: 8085 programming, model instruction, classification, 8085

instruction set, Data format & storage, simple assembly programming.

Central processing unit of Microprocessors: Introduction, timing and control unit basic concepts,

instruction and data flow, system timing, examples of INTEL 8085 and INTEL 4004 register

organization.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Microprocessor Architecture, programming and applications with 8085.8085A- R.S. Ganokar,

Wiley Eastern.

2. Mechatronics- W. Bolton, Longman, 2nd

Pearson Publications, 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechatronics Principles & applications by Godfrey C. Canwerbolu, Butterworth- Heinemann

2006.

2. Mechatronics- danNecsulescu, Pearson Publication, 2007

3. Introduction Mechatronics & Measurement systems, David. G. Aliciatore & Michael.B.

Bihistand, tata McGraw Hill, 2000.

4. Mechatronics : Sabricentinkunt, John wiley& sons Inc. 2007

55


1. The student will familiarize himself with basic mechanisms, mechanical components, actuators

and sensors used in mechatronic systems and also with controllers of mechatronic systems

2. Measurement and signal handling techniques

3. Graphical development environment for control From large-scale industrial systems to

components in consumer applications, mechatronics has woven itself into the very fabric of

modern technology

4.Among the most important Mechatronics systems are electromagnetic sensors and

electromechanical actuators. Cultivated over years of industrial and research experience,

5. The student will Understand the fundamentals of MICROPROCESSOR (INTEL 8085 AND

4004) and application of MICROCONTROLLER.

56

THEORY OF ELASTICITY


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble: In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Theory of

Elasticity provides a machine designer with an advanced approach for design of components. With

the advances being made in the areas of manufacturing, design and automotive engineering newer

and efficient design of machinery and equipments require an in depth knowledge of behavior of

components under stressed condition within elastic limit. The course being a first course at UG level,

the topics cover the fundamentals of TOE and application of the concepts to solve problems

encountered in designing of machine components. The various topics of practical interest give the

students a deeper insight into the field of machine design.


1. Introduce the various aspects of Theory of Elasticity as applied to engineering problems in a

systematic manner.

2. Impart the knowledge of fundamental concepts of Stress and Strain at a point.

3. Understand the concepts of Stress and Strain at a point by solving problems of practical

interest.Develop skill to solve simple problems on concepts of Plane stress and Plane strain.

4. Develop competence in analysing the 2D problems of elasticity.Develop an understanding of

problems on thermal stresses and develop skill to solve them.

5. Develop a understanding of the concepts of torsion of shafts of circular and non circular cross

section and applying them for solving problems.Learn the practical implications and

applications of torsion of thin walled tubes.

UNIT I

Definition And Notations, Stress, Stress at a point, equilibrium equations, principal stress, octahedral

stress, boundary condition equations, stress on an inclined plane. Strain At A Point, Compatibility

equations, principal strains, Mohr’s Diagram.

UNIT II

Generalized Hooke’s Law, Plane stress and Plain Strain, Aeris Stress Function, Analysis of beams,

cantilever beam General Equation In Cylindrical Coordinators, Equilibrium equations, analysis of

thick cylinder subjected to internal and external pressure, shrink fits.

UNIT III

Stresses in Rotating Discs and Cylinders, Stress Concentration in an infinite plate.

UNIT IV

Thermal Stresses, Thermo elastic stress strain relation, thermal stresses in think circular disc and

long cylinders. Principal of superposition theorem, Saint venants principle, uniqueness theorom

57

UNIT V

Torsion of circular elliptical and triangular bar, membrane analogy, torsion of thin open section and

thin tubes .

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Elasticity – SP Timoshenko and Goodier, Mc Graw Hill International, 3rd

Edition

1972

2. Advanced Mechanics of Solids – LS Srinath – Tata Mc Graw Hill

REFERENE BOOKS:

1. Applied Elasticity – CT Wang, Mc Graw Hill Book 1953

2. Eleasticity Theory applications and numericals – Martin H Sadd, Elsiver 2005


1. Evaluate and compare the conventional strength of material approach and that of TOE.

2. Compile fundamentals of TOE for engineering applications.

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of TOE.

Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of practical interest.


components.

5. Demonstrate ability to have the competence for undergoing knowledge up gradation in the field

of TOE with particular reference to Theory of Plasticity and Finite Element Method.

58



SCHEME OF TEACHING

DEPARTMENT OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

LIST OF ELECTIVE SUBJECTS

Sl. No. Subject Code Subject

1 ME-PE01 Mechanics of Composites

2 ME-PE02 Mechanism Design

3 ME-PE03 Theory of Plasticity

4 ME-PE04 Experimental Stress Analysis

5 ME-PE05 Micro and Smart System Design

6 ME-PE06 Tribology


8 ME-PE08 Nano technology

9 ME-PE09 Machine Tool Design

10 ME-PE10 Non Traditional Machining

11 ME-PE11 Product Design and Manufacturing

12 ME-PE12 Rapid Prototyping

13 ME-PE13 Foundry Technology

14 ME-PE14 Industrial Engineering and Ergonomics

15 ME-PE15 Design for Manufacturing and Assembly

16 ME-PE16 Automation in Manufacturing

17 ME-PE17 Robotics

18 ME-PE18 Smart Materials

19 ME-PE19 Experimental Methods for Engineers & Design of Experiments

59

20 ME-PE20 Refrigeration and Air Conditioning

21 ME-PE21 Solar Energy

22 ME-PE22 Gas Dynamics

23 ME-PE23 Computational Fluid Dynamics

24 ME-PE24 Biomass Energy System

25 ME-PE25 Design of Heat Exchangers

26 ME-PE26 Jet Propulsion and Gas Turbines

27 ME-PE27 Nuclear Engineering


29 ME-PE29 Industrial Management

30 ME-PE30 Operations Management

31 ME-PE31 Total Quality Management

32 ME-PE32 Financial Management and Accounting

33 ME-PE33 Organizational Behavior

34 ME-PE34 Data Base Management System

35 ME-PE35 Management Information System

36 ME-PE36 Expert CAD Management

37 ME-PE37 Project Management

38 ME –PE38 Wind Energy

39 ME –PE39 Energy Audit and Management

40 ME –PE40 Engineering Economics

41 ME –PE41 Finance and Infrastructure Development

42 ME –PE42 Engineering Project Appraisal, Planning & Control

43 ME –PE43 Elements of Food Process Engineering

60

LIST OF PROFESSIONAL ELECTIVE SUBJECTS OFFERED FOR 5th

& 6th

SEMESTER

Sl. No. Subject


1 ME-PE02 Mechanism Design 6 ME-PE20

Refrigeration and Air

Conditioning 2 ME-PE07 Fracture Mechanics


Manufacturing 7 ME-PE21 Solar Energy

4 ME-PE12 Rapid Prototyping 8 ME-PE23 Computational Fluid

Dynamics

5 ME-PE17 Robotics 9 ME-PE30 Operations

Management

61

MECHANISM DESIGN

Course Code: MEPE02 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil Contact hours: 42 Session

Preamble

Course consists of chapters basically related to, analysis and synthesis of four bar and slider crank

mechanism, involving important terminologies. Numerical, such as calculation of mechanical

advantages, transmission angle, precision position etc. Course also contains, Two position and three

position synthesis of slider crank by Kinematic inversion and relative pole methods. Analytical

analysis of displacement, velocity and acceleration in four bar and slider crank mechanisms. Basic

and applications of computing mechanisms.



1. Understand analysis and synthesis of mechanisms with basic terminologies

2. Develop skills in synthesis of mechanisms and inversions

3. Develop ability in the analytical analysis of mechanisms and generation of coupler curves

4. Develop skills in the dimensional synthesis and basics of spatial mechanisms

5. Understand basic and applications of computing mechanisms.

UNIT I

Introduction to analysis and synthesis of mechanism, Terminologies: planar, spherical and spatial,

mobility, Grashof’s Law, Mechanical advantage, simple numerical. Type, number and dimensional

synthesis, Function generation path generation and body guidance, Precision positions, structural

error, Chebychev spacing, numerical.

UNIT II

Kinematic inversions, poles and relative poles four bar mechanisms; Kinematic inversions, poles and

relative poles slider crank mechanism, Two position and three position synthesis of four bar

mechanisms by Kinematic inversion and relative pole methods. Two position and three position

synthesis of slider crank by Kinematic inversion and relative pole methods, numerical.

UNIT III

Analytical analysis of displacement, velocity and acceleration in four bar and slider crank

mechanisms, coupler curve and generation of coupler curves for simple mechanisms, simple cases of

path generation, function generation and rigid body guidance, cognate linkages, numerical.

62

UNIT IV

Freudenstein’s equations for four bar mechanism mechanisms and examples, Freudenstein’s

equations slider crank mechanisms and examples, Bloch’s method of synthesis, Mobility of spatial

mechanisms, The Eulerian angles, The Denavit-Hartenberg parameters, Transformation Matrix

position, velocity and acceleration analyses, Forward and inverse kinematics.

UNIT V

Computing mechanisms: Analog computers, mechanisms for addition and subtraction,

multiplication and division, Mechanisms for integration, trigonometric functions, inversion, squares,

square roots and square roots of products, computing gears and cams.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, Joseph Edwrd Shigley and John Joseph Uicker Jr,

McGrawHill International Book Company.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, John J Uicker Jr, Gordon R Pennock, Joseph E

Shigley, Indian Edition, Third Ed, Oxford University Press, 2007.

3. Robotics for Engineers, Yaren Koren, McGraw Hill book Co, ISBN 0070353417

4. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery Hamilton H. Mabie and Fred W. Ocvirk, Third

edition, SI version, John Wiley and Sons, 1978

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Kinematics, Dynamics and Design of Machinery, Kenneth J Waldron, Gary L Kinzel. 2007,

Wiley India.

2. Mechanism and Machine Theory, A G Ambekar Prentice Hall, India.

3. Design of Machinery, R.C. Norton, Tata McGraw Hill


1. Student will be able to analyse and synthesize a mechanism using graphical and analytical

methods

2. Will demonstrate ability to apply different methods of synthesis such as, two and three position

synthesis and relative pole method.

3. Will be able to use analytical methods of analyses of four bar and slider crank mechanism

along with generation of curves.

4. Will be able to demonstrate the synthesis of spatial mechanisms and skill in using computing

mechanism in engineering applications.

63

FRACTURE MECHANICS

Sub. Code: ME-PE07 CREDITS:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Fracture mechanics is the field of mechanics concerned with the study of the propagation of cracks in

materials. It uses methods of analytical solid mechanics to calculate the driving force on a crack and

those of experimental solid mechanics to characterize the material's resistance to fracture. In modern

materials science, fracture mechanics is an important tool in improving the mechanical performance

of mechanical components. It applies the physics of stress and strain, in particular the theories of

elasticity and plasticity, to the microscopic crystallographic defects found in real materials in order to

predict the macroscopic mechanical failure of bodies. Fractography is widely used with fracture

mechanics to understand the causes of failures and also verify the theoretical failure predictions with

real life failures. The prediction of crack growth is at the heart of the damage tolerance discipline.

Therefore study of fracture mechanics is important in order to understand the various factors

influencing the failure of the components when subjected to various loads.


1. Understand the kinds of failure of materials under different conditions, such as load rate,

temperature effect, strain rate etc.

2. Able to learn about modes of Fracture failure, importance of stress intensity factors especially

complex cases.

3. Comprehend the anelastic deformation at the crack tip, importance of Irwin Plastic zone

correction, etc.

4. Be aware of dynamic crack and its method of arrest, Fatigue crack and growth rate, Fracture

toughness testing of metals.

UNIT I

Kinds of failure, Brittle and ductile fracture, Modes of failure, Damage Tolerance, Surface energy,

Energy Release Rate(ERR)-Griffith’s Analysis, Compliance approach, ERR of Double Cantilever

Beam(DCB), Crack resistance, R – curves, Stable and unstable crack growth, Critical ERR.

UNIT II

Linear Elastic Fracture Mechanics (LEFM)-Stress and Displacement Fields, Stress Intensity Factors

(SIF) of simple geometries, Critical SIF, Relation between ERR and SIF. Plastic deformation at

crack tip, plane stress and plane strain plastic zone shape, Dugdale approach for plastic zone size,

effect of thickness.

64

UNIT III

Elastic-Plastic Fracture Mechanics, J – integral, path independence of J integral, determination of J

integral for simple cases, Crack Tip Opening Displacement (CTOD), relation between CTOD, ERR

and SIF, Mixed mode of fracture and crack propagation.

UNIT IV

Fracture testing – Compact Tension, 3 point bending and 4 point bending test specimens, Load

Displacement test, NDT for crack detection, Determination of critical CTOD, Dynamic nature of

fracture, Stress waves, Crack speed limits, Crack arrest.

UNIT V

Fatigue fracture mechanics, S-N curve, Crack initiation, crack propagation, effect of overload, crack

closure, variable amplitude fatigue loading, Computational fracture mechanics.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, Karen Hellan McGraw Hill Pub, 2000.

2. Fracture of Engineering Brittle Materials, Jayatilake, Applied Science, London, 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS.

1. Fracture Mechanics – Fundamentals and Application, T.L. Anderson, CRC press 1998

2. Elementary Engineering Fracture Mechanics, DavidBroek, ArtinusNijhoff, London 1999.

3. Fracture and Fatigue Control in Structures, Rolfe and Barsom, Printice Hall 2000.

4. Fundamentals of Fracture Mechanics, Knott, Bureworth 2000.


1. Brittle and Ductile fracture of materials, effect of load, temperature and strain rate on fracture

with construction of graphs

2. Mode-I, II and III failure of materials, SIF calculations with equations each for different modes.

3. Differentiate between elastic and plastic Fracture mechanics, Irwin plastic zone correction

calculation.

4. Testing method of fracture toughness, fatigue test and about specimens, dynamic crack and

arresting methods.

65

PRODUCT DESIGN AND MANUFACTURING

Sub Code: ME-PE11 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The subject aims at teaching the students the fundamentals of product design, various definitions and

the design principles. The subject aims at having understanding of concept of design practices.

Understanding the concepts of strength, stiffness and rigidity considerations in product design also

included in the subject to enable the students for taking up challenging task in the industrial sector,

government organization, research organization and to pursue higher studies and to become

entrepreneur. The study of various engineering concepts of design for production, value engineering

and product design, optimization in design, economic factor influencing design, human engineering

considerations in product design, value engineering and product design also the students learn more

practical applications.


1. To learn the fundamentals of product design, various definitions and the design principles

2. To understand the concept of design practices.

3. To Understanding the concepts of strength, stiffness and rigidity considerations in product.

4. To study value engineering and product design, optimization in design, economic factor

influencing design, human engineering considerations in product design

5. To study value engineering and product design in detail and learn more practical applications.

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION TO PRODUCT DESIGN: Asimow’s model: Definition of product design,

Design by Evolution, Design by Innovation, Essential Factors of Product design, Production-

Consumption Cycle, Flow and Value Addition in the Production-Consumption Cycle, The

Morphology of Design ( The seven phases), Primary Design Phases and Flowcharting, Role of

Allowance, Process Capability and Tolerance in Detailed Design & Assembly.

PRODUCT DESIGN PRACTICE AND INDUSTRY: Introduction, Product Strategies, Time to

Market, Analysis of the Product, The S’s Standardization, Renard Series, Simplification, Role of

Aesthetics in Product Design, Functional Design Practice.

UNIT II

REVIEW OF STRENGTH, STIFFNESS AND RIGIDITY CONSIDERATIONS IN

PRODUCT DESIGN: Principal Stress Trajectories (Force-Flow Lines), Balanced Design, Criteria

and Objectives of Design, Material Toughness: Resilience Designing for Uniform Strength, Tension

vis-a-vis Compression. Review of Production Process: Introduction, Primary Processes, Machining

Process, Non-traditional Machining Processes.

66

DESIGN FOR PRODUCTION – METAL PARTS: Producibility requirements in the Design of

machine Components, Forging Design, Pressed components Design, Casting Design, and Design for

Machining Ease, The Role of Process Engineer, Ease of Location Casting and Special Casting.

Designing with Plastic, rubber, ceramics and wood: Approach to design with plastics, plastic bush

bearings, gears in plastics, rubber parts, design recommendations for rubber parts, ceramic and glass

parts.

UNIT III

OPTIMIZATION IN DESIGN: Introduction, Siddal’s Classification of Design Approaches,

Optimization by Differential Calculus, Lagrange Multipliers, Linear Programming (Simplex

Method), Geometric Programming, Johnson’s Method of Optimum Design.

ECONOMIC FACTOR INFLUENCING DESIGN: Product Value, Design for Safety, Reliability

and Environmental Considerations, Manufacturing Operations in relation to Design, Economic

Analysis, Profit and Competitiveness, Break – even Analysis, Economic of a New Product Design.

UNIT IV

HUMAN ENGINEERING CONSIDERATIONS IN PRODUCT DESIGN: Introduction, Human

being as Applicator of Forces, Anthropometry; Man as occupant of Space, the Design of Controls, of

controls, the Design of Displays, Man/Machine Information Exchange.

UNIT V

VALUE ENGINEERING AND PRODUCT DESIGN: Introduction, Historical Perspective, What is

Value? Nature and Measurement of Value, Normal Degree of Value, Importance of Value, The

Value analysis Job Plan, Creativity, Steps to Problems-solving and Value Analysis, Value Analysis

Test, Value Engineering Idea Generation Check-list Cost Reduction through value engineering case

study on Tap Switch Control Assembly, Material and Process Selection in Value Engineering

Modern Approaches to Product Design: Concurrent Design and Quality Function Deployment

(QFD).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Product Design and Manufacturing, A.C. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, PHI 4th

edition 2007.

2. Product Design & Development, Karl T. Ulrich & Steven D, Epinger, Tata Mc. Graw Hill, 3rd

Edition, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. New Product Development, Tim Jones, ButterworhHeinmann, Oxford, mc 1997.

2. New Product Development: Design & Analysis by Roland EngeneKinetovicz, John Wiley and

Sosn Inc., N.Y. 1990.

67


1. Will be able to understand the fundamentals of product design, various definitions and the

design principles

2. Will be able to understand the concept of design practices

3. Will be able to understanding the concepts of strength, stiffness and rigidity considerations in

product.

4. Will be able to study value engineering and product design, optimization in design, economic

factor influencing design, human engineering considerations in product design

5. Will be able to study value engineering and product design in detail and learn more practical

applications.

68

RAPID PROTOTYPING

SUB CODE: ME-PE12 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The current marketplace is undergoing an accelerated pace of change that challenges companies to

innovate new techniques to rapidly respond to the ever changing global environment. A country's

economy is highly dependent on the development of new products that are innovative with shorter

development time. Organizations now fail or succeed based upon their ability to respond quickly to

changing customer demands and to utilize new innovative technologies. In this environment, the

advantage goes to the firm that can offer greater varieties of new products with higher performance

and greater overall appeal.

At the center of this environment is a new generation of customers. These customers have forced

organizations to look for new methods and techniques to improve their business processes and speed

up the product development cycle. As the direct result of this, the industry is required to apply new

engineering philosophy such as Rapid Response to Manufacturing (RRM). RRM concept uses the

knowledge of previously designed products in support of developing new products.


1. The aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to conceive, design, and

implement products quickly and effectively, using the latest rapid prototyping methods.

2. Technologies associated with material addition process are identified and its advantages are

evaluated.

3. students learn to differentiate various process parameters associated with Rapid manufacturing

technique

4. Selectively choose tooling techniques for a specific application

5. Learn how relative improvements can be established by using computers and optimization

techniques as compared to initial, manual solutions.

6. Software associated with rapid prototyping techniques are explained to enable the students

choose specific tools for a specific application.

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION: History of RP system, Need for the compression in Product development,

Growth of RP industry, classification of RP system.

STEREO LITHOGRAPHY SYSTEMS: Principle, Process parameter, Data preparation, data files

and machine details, application.

UNIT II

SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING: Type of machine principle of operation, process parameters,

application.

FUSION DEPOSITION MODELING: Principle, process parameter, application.

69

UNIT III

SOLID GROUND CURING: Principle of operation, applications Laminated Object

Manufacturing: principle of operation, LOM materials. Process details, application.

CONCEPT MODELERS: Principle, Thermal jet printer, Sander’s model maker, 3-D printer.

Genesis printer, HP system, Object Quadra systems.

UNIT IV

RAPID TOOLING: Indirect Rapid tooling. Silicone rubber tooling, Aluminum filled epoxy tooling,

Spray metal tooling ,Direct Rapid Tooling, Quick cast process, copper polyamide, DMILS, Prometal,

Sand casting tooling, Soft tooling and hard tooling.

UNIT V

SOFTWARE FOR RP: STL files, Overview of Solid view, magics, imics, magic communicator,

Internet based software.

RAPID MANUFACTURING PROCESS OPTIMIZATION Factors influencing accuracy, data

preparation errors, Part building errors, Error in finishing, influence of build orientation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Stereo lithography and other RP & M Technologies, Paul F.Jacobs: “SME, NY 1996.

2. Rapid manufacturing, FIham D.T &Dinjoy S.S verlog London 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Rapid prototyping, Terry Wohler’s Report 2000” association 2000.

2. Rapid prototyping materials by Gurumurthi. IISc Bangalore.

3. Rapid automated by lament wood. Indus press New York.


1. Students can express the concept of product design stages and methods, thereby making him a

better product designer.

2. stages of development in rapid prototyping technology will help the students to evaluate and

look forward for newer techniques and processes in the future

3. The student can assess and implement RP techniques for specific application leading to better

ROI for the company that uses RP machines

4. students can enhance the production sequence of tooling process by choosing the correct

material for the job

5. students are in a position to incorporate the productivity sequence by choosing the right CAD

70

ROBOTICS

Sub. Code: ME- PE17 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

This course provides an overview of robot mechanisms, dynamics, and intelligent controls. Topics

include planar and spatial kinematics, and motion planning; processes for manipulators and mobile

robots, multi-rigid-body dynamics, exposure is given to 3D graphic simulation; control design,

actuators, and sensors;

Students are exposed to the concept of DH Methods, transformation matrices. A wide scope is given

to the area of Applications where in students understand as to how robotics can be applied in area of

welding machine loading and unloading, die casting, forging, spray painting and drilling. Various leg

configuration are discussed followed by programming sequence, planning, path planning, obstacle

avoidance are discussed.


1. Aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to conceive design and

implement robotics systems quickly and effectively, using the various techniques available in

robotic technology

2. The students will be exposed to the history of robotics and its stages and developments in various

industries

3. The students learn the various applications of robotics in different fields of engineering,

medicine.

4. Learn how relative improvements can be established by using concept of degree of Steerability,

mobility, maneuverability techniques as compared to manual solution

5. The software associated with robotic programming are explained to enable the students choose

specific programs and customized programs for a specific application

UNIT I

Introduction: History of Robot, Definition of Robot, Anatomy of Robot, Classification of Robot,

Robot joints, Work volume, Resolution, Repeatability, Position representation, Wrist and its

motions, End effectors and types.

Mathematical representation of Robots: Properties of rotation Matrices, Successive rotation, Euler

angle representation, Transformation between coordinate system, Homogeneous coordinates, Link

representation by Denvit and Hertenberg parameters, Application of D-H method for 3-axis robot

arm.

UNIT II

Programming of Robots: Types of programming- Off line programming-types, On-line

programming –types, Programming languages, Programming with graphics. Levels of programming

languages, VAL and its commands, writing a simple program for pick-place operation.

Mobile robots: Applications, Construction and Control of mobile robots, Mobile robot

maneuverability – degree of mobility, degree of Steerability, robot maneuverability.

71

UNIT III

Planning and Navigation: Introduction, Competences for navigation – planning and reacting – path

planning, obstacle avoidance. Navigation Architecture – Modularity code reuse and sharing, control

localization, techniques for decomposition.

Drives and Actuators: Types-Hydraulic, Pneumatic and Electric, Merits and Demerits. Actuators-

type.

UNIT IV

Sensors: Sensor characteristics, Position sensors- potentiometers, Encoders, LVDT, Resolvers,

Displacement sensors, Velocity sensors- encoders, tachometers, Acceleration sensors, Force and

pressure sensors – piezoelectric, force sensing resistor, Strain gages, Torque sensors, Micro switches,

Light and infrared sensors, Touch and tactile sensor, Proximity sensors – magnetic, optical,

ultrasonic, inductive, capacitive, eddy-current proximity sensors, range sensors.

UNIT V

Robotic Vision and Applications: Introduction, the sensing and digitizing function in machine

vision, Image processing and analysis, application of robotic vision system.

Application: Industrial and non-industrial applications of Robots, applications of mobile robots.

Limitations and feature applications of robots.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Robotics for Engineers- YoramKoren

2. Industrial Robotics- Mikell P Groveer, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel and Nicholas

G Odrey.

3. Robotics- K S Fu, R C Gonzalez and C S G Lee

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Robot Technology – Philippe Coffet (Vol. 1 to Vol. 7)

2. Walking Machines, An introduction to legged Robots- D J Todd

3. Fundamentals of Robot Technology by D J Todd

4. Introduction to Autonomous – Roland Siegwart, Illah R Nourbakhsh, MIT Press, 2004


1. The students can express the concept of developmental stages in robotics

2. Students can selectively choose various methods that are available in robotics

3. The student can assess and implement robotic process for specific application leading to better

ROI for the company that uses robots in their work flow

4. Students can selectively increase the mobility and speed of robots for specific application

5. Students can enhance the productivity of robots for specific applications by selecting the

appropriate programming language and techniques

72

REFRIGERATION AND AIR CONDITIONING

SUB CODE: ME-PE20 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

This subject deals with the concepts, methods of producing coldness and maintaining the space with

proper temperature and humidity. It has a great importance in preservation of food products and

conditioning of air to meet the requirements of comfort of human beings, industrial and automobile

applications.


1. The concepts and analysis of air refrigeration system, Vapour compression refrigeration system

2. The advanced Vapor compression system, also analyzes the multi loads and multi pressure

systems.

3. The description and working of different equipments used in Vapour compression system. Also

learns the concepts, types and analysis of Vapour absorption refrigeration system.

4. Psychrometry- Definitions, Chart and different Psychrometric process used and study the

different control equipments used in air conditioning system.

5. Design of air conditioning systems, cooling load calculations and transmission and distribution of

air in the air conditioning system.

UNIT I

Brief review of various methods of refrigeration and refrigerants: Air cycle refrigeration, Carnot

and Brayton cycles of refrigeration, Analysis, Numerical problems, Basic definitions like Tonnes of

Refrigeration, COP, RE etc, Properties of refrigerants and types of refrigerants.

Vapour compression cycle: Vapour compression cycle, Components of a VCR system, Analysis,

Effect of changing operating conditions i) evaporator and condenser pressures, ii) superheating the

vapour iii) Under cooling the refrigerant in the condenser on cycle performance, Numerical problems

on above.

UNIT II

Multi pressure vapour Compression systems: Single load system with compound compression,

Single evaporator and multiple expansion valves, Single evaporator and multiple expansion valves

with flash chambers., Compound compression with water intercooler and single expansion valves,

Compound compression with flash inter cooling and individual expansion valves, Compound

compression with flash inter cooling and multiple expansion valves without inter cooling, Simple

numerical problems on above.

Multi load systems: Single and multi evaporator systems, Multiple evaporators at same

temperatures, Multiple evaporators at different temperatures with back pressure valves, Single

compressor and multiple expansion valves, Cascade systems, Production of dry CO2, Simple

numerical on multi load systems.

73

UNIT III

Equipments used in vapour compression system: Compressors, types, Condensers and types,

Expansion devices and valves like automatic expansion valve, thermostatic expansion valve,

Capillary tube, Evaporator sizing (No Numerical).

Vapour Absorption System: Common refrigerant absorbent combinations, Ammonia-Water vapour

absorption system, Theoretical diagram, Actual VAR system and its representation on h-c diagram,

Simple calculations of COP on VAR system, Three fluid VAR system, Water- LiBr system.

UNIT IV

Psychrometry: Basic definitions: Specific humidity, Relative humidity, Humidity ratio,

DBT,WBT,DPT, Different psychrometric processes, adiabatic humidifier, Use of psychrometric

chart, summer and winter air-conditioning systems, Numerical problems on above.

Control equipments: Basic components of control systems, Temperature control elements-

thermostat, Humidity control elements, High pressure and low pressure cut-out, solenoid valves,

motor control, bypass control, VAV control.

UNIT V

Design Conditions of Air Conditioning systems: Outside design conditions, Choice of inside

conditions, Use of comfort chart, Choice of supply design conditions.

Cooling Load Calculations: Internal and external heat gains, Different factors like ESHF, RSHF,

SHF AND BF, Simple cooling load estimates, cooling and dehumidification, evaporative cooling.

Transmission and Distribution of Air: Room air distribution, Friction loss in ducts, Air flow

through ducts, Duct system and Duct design.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, C.P.Arora, TMH Publication, 2006 edition

2. “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, S.C.Arora, DhanapatRai & Sons, 2007 edition

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. “Principles of Refrigeration”, Dossat, Pearson International, 2008

2. “Refrigeration and Air conditioning”, Jordan and Preister, McGraw Hill, 2001 edition

3. “Air Conditioning” PITA, 4TH

edition, Pearson, 2005

74


Students are capable to demonstrate and analyze:

1. Air refrigeration system. Simple and advanced Vapour compression refrigeration system,

including multi load and multi pressure systems.

2. The working of Vapour absorption refrigeration systems and also different equipments used in

Vapour compression refrigeration system.

3. The different Psychrometric process used and different control equipments used in air

conditioning system.

4. Air conditioning systems-cooling load estimate, transmission and distribution of air in the air

conditioning system.

75

SOLAR ENERGY

Subject code: ME-PE21 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The demand for clean energy sources is increasing at a fast rate because of the depletion of fossil

fuels and the damage caused by emissions to the environment. Solar energy is an important

renewable and clean energy source being explored in a large scale for heating and power generation

all over the world. Proper assessment of the availability of solar energy and understanding of the

various solar energy conversion systems is essential for the optimum application and use of solar

energy.

The course on Solar Energy has been tailored to provide the understanding of thermal and photo-

voltaic methods of solar energy conversion. Methods to predict the availability of solar energy and

principles of working and performance evaluation of various solar thermal devices such as liquid flat

plate collectors, concentrating collectors and air heaters will be introduced. The course also includes

the study of photo-voltaic conversion and the economic analysis of investments in solar energy

conversion power plants.


1. To make students understand importance of renewable energy and in particular solar energy.

2. To enable them to understand the measurement of solar radiation using various instruments.

3. To enable them to design liquid flat collectors for liquid heating systems.

4. To enable them to design concentrating collectors and solar air heater.

5. To enable them to know photovoltaic cell operation and economics of solar systems.

UNIT I

Introduction: energy sources, Renewable energy sources, potential, Achievements in India,

energy alternatives, Solar energy option, overview, devices for thermal collection and storage,

Thermal applications, Water and space heating, Power generation, Space cooling and

refrigeration, Distillation, Drying, cooking.

UNIT II

Solar Radiation: Solar radiation outside atmosphere, Solar radiation at earth’s surface,

Instruments for measuring solar radiation and sunshine recorder, solar radiation data, Solar

radiation geometry, Empirical equations, prediction of availability of solar radiation, solar

radiation on tilted surfaces, Numerical problems.

UNIT III

Liquid flat plate collectors: Performance analysis, Transmissivity of cover, transmissivity-

absorptivity product, Overall loss coefficient, hear transfer correlations,Collector efficiency

factor, Collector heat removal factor, Numerical problems, Effect of various parameters on

76

performance, Analysis of collectors, transient analysis, testing procedures, Alternative to

conventional collectors, numerical problems.

UNIT IV

Concentrating Collectors: Introduction, Flat plate collectors with plane reflectors, cylindrical

parabolic collector, compound parabolic collectors, parabolic dish collctor. Central receiver

collector, tracking, numerical problems.

Solar air heaters: performance analysis, types, testing procedures.

Thermal energy storage: sensible, latent heat and thermo-chemical storage.

UNIT V

Photo-Voltaic Conversion: Solar cell, working principles, conversion efficiency, commercial

solar cells, applications.

Economic analysis: initial and annual costs, definitions, present worth calculations, Repayment

of loan, annual solar savings, payback period, concluding remarks.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Solar Energy-Principles of energy conversion and storage, S P Sukhatme, Tata Mcgraw hill co.,

New Delhi.

2. Solar Energy Utilisation, G. D. Rai, Khanna publishers, New-delhi

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Solar engineering of Thermal processes, Duffi J A and Beckman, W. A. John Wiley & Sons,

NewYork.


1. A good understanding of energy and its impact on the environment.

2. A thorough understanding of solar energy use for various heating applications.

3. Increased interest and ability to design various capacity heating, cooling and power generation

capacity system..

77

COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS

Subject Code: ME-PE23 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In recent years, industrial revolution and modernization, lot of competition is there among the

various industries. To fulfill need of customers and give the components at lower cost, it is important

to produce the components with minimum time using various available techniques. Computational

Fluid Dynamics, cost effective tool, is more often used to change the design of various components.

It provides numerical approximation to the equations that govern fluid motion. Application of the

CFD is to analyze a fluid problem requires the following steps. First, the mathematical equations

describing the fluid flow and are usually a set of partial differential equations. These equations are

then discretized to produce a numerical analogue of the equations. The domain is then divided into

small grids or elements. Finally, the initial conditions and the boundary conditions of the specific

problem are used to solve these equations. The solution method can be direct or iterative. In addition,

certain control parameters are used to control the convergence, stability, and accuracy of the method.


1. Ability to apply knowledge of Mathematics, science and Engineering in static and dynamic

flow analysis of fluids

2. Ability to design and understand how exactly CFD problems are categorized and differentiated

before solving for solution

3. Ability to apply the exact mathematical, physical, thermal conditions to solve the given

problem

4. Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems either by using Finite element

method or Finite volume method.

5. Ability to apply numerical methods like implicit or explicit methods.

6. Finally to apply and use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools, necessary for

engineering practice such as application of Engineering Maths, Engineering techniques and

develop codes for solving flow related, chemical reactions or combustion problems.

UNIT I

Introduction to CFD: Comparison of Experimental, Theoretical & computational approach, 3-D

general mass conversation, Momentum & Energy equation in differential form, Integral form and

vector form representation, Cartesian and curvilinear coordinates.

Partial differential equations: Classification physical and mathematical, Equilibrium problems,

Marching problems, Hyperbolic, parabolic problems, Elliptic and system of equations.

UNIT II

Basics of numerical methods: Solution of algebraic equations – Newton Raphson method, Solution

of system of algebraic equations, Gauss elimination, Gauss seidel, Crouts method, Solution of ODE

BY Taylors, Euler’s, Rungekutta , Milnes predictor, Introduction to solution of tridigonal system of

equations(THEORY ONLY).

78

UNIT III

Basics of Discretization methods: Finite difference equations, Finite difference rep.n of PDE,

Truncation Error, Round off and Discretisation error, Consistency, Stability, Convergence criteria.

Taylors method: Polynomial fitting, Integral method, Finite volume method , Uniform grid

generation.

UNIT IV

Application of numerical methods: Heat equation Simple explicit method, Richardson’s method

simple implicit method, Laplace equation FD rep.n, Simple example for Laplace equations

UNIT V

Finite volume Method: Finite volume method for diffusion equation-simple problems, Finite

volume method for convection, diffusion equation, steady 1-dimensional convection diffusion,

Conservativeness, boundedness, transportiveness, Central differencing schemes, upwind differencing

schemes.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat transfer- 2nd

Edition 1998, John C Tannehill, Dule A

Anderson, Richard H, Taylor and Francis, UK 2001

2. Numerical Fluid and Heat Transfer, Patankar, 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Numerical Methods for Engineers – Iyer and Iyer 2001

2. An Introduction to Computational Fluid dynamics H K V and W Malalasekera


1. Able to categorize the given problem and develop mass, momentum and energy equations.

2. Able to differentiate the given problem based on physical and mathematical model

3. Able to discretize the given problem and develop FINITE DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS

4. Able to apply the above numerical methods for heat and wave equations using implicit and

explicit methods.

5. Able to solve FVM basic problems.

6. Able to solve software related problems

79

CRYOGENICS

SUB CODE : ME-PE28 CREDITS:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In the field of cryogenics, one is concerned with developing and improving low temperature

techniques, process and equipments. Cryogenic engineering primarily involves the practical

utilization of low temperature phenomenon.


1. To increase awareness of low temperature engineering and cryogenics

2. To provide an introduction to the behavior and properties of materials at low temperature

3. To provide an introduction to the production and application of low temperatures

4. To provide examples of particular engineering applications

5. To provide an introduction to superconductivity

6. To provide an introduction to heat transfer at low temperatures

Introduction to Cryogenic Systems, Gas liquification systems, Gas cycle Cryogenic refrigeration,

Gas separation and gas purification systems, Ultra low temperature Cryo – Refrigerators, Vacuum

Cryogenic, Cryogenic fluid storage and transfer and Application of cryogenic systems.


Having successfully completed the course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and

understanding of:

1. The properties of cryogens

2. The production of low temperatures

3. Heat transfer at low temperature

4. The behavior of materials at low temperature

5. Superconductivity

6. Design of low temperature systems

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Cryogenic Systems – Randall Barron – Oxford Press, 1985

2. Cryogenic Engineering – Thomas M.Flynn, Marcel Dekker, Inc N.Y. Basal 1997

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Cryogenic Process Engineering: Klaus D. Timmerhaus& Thomas M. Flynn, Plenum Press,

New York & London 1989.

80

OPERATION MANAGEMENT

SUB CODE: ME- PE30 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

The success of any industry or service sector depends on two factors. Technical aspect is one thing

and equally important is management of resources. It is important to learn the basics of production

planning and controlling the operations so that resources are optimally used and finally productivity

increases.


1. Know the basics of operations management and productivity concepts.

2. Study the various aspects of decision making situation, probability rules, and breakeven

analysis by solving problems.

3. Learn forecasting methods and errors in them and problems on the above topic, fundamentals

of supply chain management.

4. Understand aggregate planning and production schedules and related problems.

5. Know the MRP & CRP basics, to solve problems on that.

6. Understand scheduling methods using single/ multiple machines, Gantt charts.

UNIT I

Operations Management Concepts: Introduction, Historical Development, Operations

Management Definition, Production and Manufacturing Systems, Products v/s Services,

Productivity, Factors affecting Productivity, International Dimensions of Productivity.

Operations Decision Making: Introduction, Characteristics of decisions; framework for Decision

Making, Decision methodology, Decision support systems; Economic models; Statistical models.

UNIT II

.Forecasting: Forecasting Objectives and Uses, Forecasting Variables, Opinion and Judgmental

methods, Time Series methods, Simple Exponential smoothing, Regression and Correlation methods,

Application and Control of Forecasts.

Supply Chain Management: Introduction, components of supply chain, Process orientation, supply

chain structure, Bullwhip effect in supply chains, Contracts and supply chain performance, Measures

of supply chain performance.

UNIT III

Aggregate Planning and Master Scheduling: Introduction, Planning and Scheduling, Objectives

of Aggregate Planning, Pure Strategies of Aggregate Planning. Master Scheduling - Objectives,

Master Scheduling Methods.

81

UNIT IV

Material and Capacity Requirements Planning: Overview: MRP and CRP; MRP: Time phasing

concepts, MRP inputs and outputs; Bill of Materials; MRP Logic ; System refinements CRP inputs

and outputs; CRP activities; Infinite and finite loading.

.

UNIT V

Scheduling and controlling production activities: Introduction, PAC objectives and data

requirements; forward and backward scheduling; Gantt charts.

Single Machine Scheduling: concepts, measures of performance SPT Rule, Weighted SPT Rule;

EDD Rule; minimizing number of tardy jobs.

Multi-Machine Scheduling: Johnson’s algorithm, n-jobs to 2-machines, n-jobs to 3-machines, 2

jobs to n machines, Graphical solutions.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Operations Management, B. Mahadevan. Theory and practice, Pearson, 2007

2. Operations Management, Monks, J.G., McGraw-Hill International Editions, 1987.

3. Operations Management, Monks, J.G., Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill Ed.

(2004).

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Modern Production/Operations Management, Buffa and Sarin, Wiley Eastern Ltd.2001

2. Production and Operations Management, Pannerselvam. R., PHI. 2002

3. Productions & Operations Management, Adam & Ebert. 2002

4. Production and Operations Management, Chary, S. N., Tata-McGraw Hill. 2002


1. Take a better decision for a given situation.

2. Forecast the future demand from the history.

3. Plan the production satisfying the demand, scheduling accordingly.

4. Calculate material required, men and machines required.

5. Schedule properly so that there will be full utilization of men and machines and time taken will

be minimum.

82

MECHANICS OF COMPOSITE MATERIALS


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction to composite Materials, Fiber Reinforced Plastic Processing, Applications and

Mechanics of Fiber Reinforced Plastics, Characteristics of fiber-Reinforced lamina, Laminated

structure, Metal Matrix Composites, Fabrication Process for MMC’s and Study Properties of MMC’s

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Composite Science and Engineering by K.K. ChawlaSpringerVerlag 1998

2. Introduction to composite materials by Hull and Clyne, Cambridge university

3. Fiber Reinforced Composites by P.K.Mallick,MarcelDekker,Inc

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanics of Composite Materials, Robert M.Jones, McGraw Hill Kogakusha Ltd.1998

2. Composite materials hand book,MeingSchwaitz,” McGraw Hill book company.1984

3. Forming Metal hand book, 9th

edition, ASM hand book,V15.1988, P327-338.

4. Mechanics of composites by Artar Kaw, CRC press.2002.

5. Principles of composite Material mechanics by Ronald .F.Gibron. McGraw Hill international,

1994.

83

MECHANISM DESIGN


Prerequisite: Nil

Geometry of Motion, Generalized principles of dynamics, Lagrange’s Equation, Synthesis of

Linkages, Motion Generation, Graphical Methods of Dimensional Synthesis, Analytical Methods of

Dimensional Synthesis.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. “Theory of Machines and Mechanism” by E.Shigley, J.J.Uicker, McGraw Hill Company.

2. “Classical Dynamics” by Greenwood, Prentice Hall of India, 2004

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. “Mechanism & machine Theory” by A.G. Ambekar, PHI, 2007

2. “Kinematics, Dynamics & Design of Machinery” by K.J.Waldron, G.L.Kinzel, Wiley India,

2007.

3. “Design of machinery” by R.C.Nortan , Tata McGraw Hill

4. “Advanced Mechanism Design”, by Erdman Ssandoor, Vol-1 PHI, 2006.

84

THEORY OF PLASTICITY

SUB CODE: ME-PE03 CREDITS : 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Fundamental of Elasticity, Plastic Deformation of Metals, Stress Strain Relations, Yield Criteria, Slip

Line Field Theory, Bending of Beams and Torsion of Bars

TEXT BOOKS:

1. ‘Theory of Plasticity’Chakraborty 3rd

Edition Elsevier.

2. ‘ Engineering Plasticity’W.Johnson and P.B.Mellor D Van N.O Strand Co.Ltd 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Basic Engineering Plasticity by DWA Rees 1stEdition Elsevier.

2. Theory of Plsticityby L.S.Srinath TMH,

3. Theory of Plasticity by Sadhu Singh, Kanna Publication.

85

EXPERIMENTAL STRESS ANALYSIS

SUB CODE: ME-PE04 CREDITS:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Strain gauges and Strain gauge Rosettes, Nature of light, Two- dimensional Photo,

Photo elastic Analysis, Bire fringent coating and Introduction to holography.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Experimental stress analysis: L.S. Srinath, M.R. Raghavan, K. Lingaiah, G. Gargesh, K.

Ramachandara& B. Pant, Tata McGraw Hill publication 2000.

2. Experimental stress analysis by Dally & Riley, Tata McGraw Hill Publication 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Analysis of stress and strain: A.J. Duraelli, E.A. Phillips and C.H. Trao McGraw Hill, 1958.

2. Applied stress analysis: A.J. Durelli, prentice hall India, 1970.

3. Moire analysis of strain: Durelli & parks. 1996.

4. Hand Book of experimental mechanics: A.S. Kobayassin (Ed.,) SEM/ VCH, 2nd

edition. 2000.

86

MICRO AND SMART SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction to micro and smart systems, Microsystems, Micro and smart devices and systems,

principles and materials, Sensors, Actuators, Micro-manufacturing and material processing,

Modeling, Computer-aided simulation and design, Electronics, circuits and control, Integration and

packaging of micro-electromechanical systems, Integration of microelectronics, Case studies and

Mini-projects and class-demonstrations

TEXTBOOK AND A CD-SUPPLEMENT:

1. A course-pack with matter taken from the following books including some newly written

material. (This is until the textbook is ready. Chapter-wise resource material is indicated

below.)

2. MEMS & Microsystems: Design and Manufacture, Tai-Ran Tsu, Tata Mc-Graw-Hill.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Animations of working principles, process flows and processing techniques, A CD-supplement

with Matlab codes, photographs and movie clips of processing machinery and working devices.

2. Laboratory hardware kits for (i) BEL pressure sensor, (ii) thermal-cycler and (iii) active control

of a cantilever beam.

3. Microsystems Design, S. D. Senturia, 2001, Kluwer Academic Publishers, Boston, USA. ISBN

0-7923-7246-8.

4. Analysis and Design Principles of MEMS Devices, Minhang Bao, Elsevier, Amsterdam, The

Netherlands, ISBN 0-444-51616-6.

5. Design and Development Methodologies, Smart Material Systems and MEMS: V. Varadan, K.

J. Vinoy, S. Gopalakrishnan, Wiley.

6. MEMS- NitaigourPremchandMahalik, TMH

87

TRIBOLOGY

Sub. Code: ME-PE06 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Hydrodynamic Lubrication, Mechanism of pressure development in an oil film, Slider /

Pad bearing with a fixed and pivoted shoe, Oil flow and thermal equilibrium of journal bearing,

Hydrostatic Lubrication, Bearing Materials, Wear and Behavior of tribological components

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Tribology , Basu S K., Sengupta A N., Ahuja B. B., PHI 2006

2. Introduction to Tribology Bearings, Mujumdar B. C., S. Chand Company Pvt. Ltd., 2008.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Theory and Practice of Lubrication for Engineers, Fuller, D., New York company 1998

2. Principles and applications of Tribology, Moore, Pergamaon press 1998

3. Tribology in industries, Srivastava S., S Chand and Company limited, Delhi 2002

4. Lubrication of bearings – theoretical principles and design, Redzimovskay E I., Oxford press

company 2000

88

NANOTECHNOLOGY


Prerequisite: Nil

An overview of Nanoscience & Nanotechnology, Experimental Techniques and Fullerenes, Carbon ,

Self-assembled, Gas Phase, Semiconductor Quantum Dots, Monolayer-protected Metal, Core-shell,

Nanoshells, Nanosensors, Molecular Nanomachines and Nanotribology.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. NANO: The Essentials – Understanding Nanoscience and Nanotechnology; T Pradeep (Professor,

IIT Madras); Tata McGraw-Hill India (2007).

2. Nanotechnology: Richard Booker & Earl Boysen; Wiley (2005).

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Nanoscale Science and Technology [Series: Nanostructure Science and

Technology]: Di Ventra, et al (Ed); Springer (2004)

2. Nanotechnology Demystified: Linda Williams & Wade Adams; McGraw-Hill (2007)

3. Introduction to Nanotechnology: Charles P Poole Jr, Frank J Owens, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd.,

New Delhi, 2007.

89

MACHINE TOOL DESIGN


Prerequisite: Nil

Principles of Machine Tool Design, Machine Tool Drives and Mechanisms, Cutting force analysis

and power requirement, Design of Machine Tool Structures, Design of Guide Ways and Power

Screws, Design of Spindle and Spindle Bearings, Dynamics of Machine Tools and Control Systems

in Machine Tools.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Machine Tool Design, N.K.Mehta, Tata McGraw Hill, 2001.

2. Principles of Machine Tools, Sen and Bhattacharaya, Oxford IBM Publishing, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Machine Tool Design, Volume – II and III, N.Acharkan, MIR Publications, 2000.

2. Design of Machine Tools, S.K.Basu and D.K.Pal, 2000.

3. Principles of Machine Tool Design, Koensberger, 1993.

90

NON – TRADITIONAL MACHINING


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Ultra sonic machine(USM), Abrasive Jet Machining (AJM, Electrochemical machining

(ECM), Chemical Machining (CHM), Electrical discharge machining (EDM) Electrode wear,

Plasma Arc Machining (PAM), Laser Beam Machining (LBM) and Electron Beam Machining

(EBM)

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Modern machining process, by Pandey and Shan, TATA McGraw Hill 2000

2. New technology by Bhattacharaya, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Production Technology, by HMT TATA McGraw Hill. 2001

2. Modern Machining Process by ADITYA. 2002

3. Non-Conventional Machining by P.K.Mishra, The Institution of Engineers (India) Test book

series, Narosa Publishing House – 2005.

4. Metals Handbook: Machining(Hardcover) volume 16 by Joseph R. Davis (Editor),

American Society of Metals (ASM)

91



Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction to Product Design, Product Design Practice And Industry, Review of Strength, Stiffness

and Rigidity Considerations in Product Design, Design for Production – Metal Parts, Optimization in

Design, Economic Factor Influencing Design, Human Engineering Considerations In Product

Design, Value Engineering and Product Design Modern Approaches to Product

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Product Design and Manufacturing by A.C. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, PHI 4th

edition 2007.

2. Product Design & Development – Karl T. Ulrich & Steven D, Epinger, Tata Mc. Graw Hill, 3rd

Edition, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. New Product Development by Tim Jones, ButterworhHeinmann, Oxford, mc 1997.



92

RAPID PROTOTYPING

SUB CODE:ME-PE12 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Stereo Lithography Systems, Selective Laser Sintering, Fusion Deposition Modeling

Solid Ground Curing, Concepts Modelers Rapid Tooling, Rapid Tooling, Software for RP and Rapid

Manufacturing Process Optimization

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Stereo lithography and other RP & M Technologies, Paul F. Jacobs: " SME, NY 1996.

2. Rapid Manufacturing, Flham D.T & Dinjoy S.S Verlog London 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Rapid Prototyping, Terry Wohlers Wohler's Report 2000" Wohler's Association 2000.

2. Rapid prototyping materials by Gurumurthi, IISc Bangalore.

3. Rapid automated by Lament wood . Indus press New York

93

FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY

SUB CODE : ME-PE13 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Foundry metallurgy, casting design, solidification of casting, risering and gating, special moulding

techniques, cupola melting, ferrous foundry, nonferrous foundry, modernisation and mechanisation

of foundry.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Metal Casting- HeiniLoper and Rosental TMH 2005

2. Principles of Foundry Technology PL Jain TMH 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Casting John Cambell, 2nd

edisionelsevier

2. Foundry Technology by P. N Roa

94

INDUSTRIAL ENGINEERING & ERGONOMICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction,Productivity and Work study, Method Study, Work Measurement, Time study,

Industrial Design Visual Effect of Line and Form, Colour Models & Aesthetic Concepts

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Work Study ILO, 3rd

edition 2006

2. Human Factor Engineering, Sanders and Mc Cormick Mc Grawhill Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS.

1. Applied Ergonomics Hand Book Brien Shakel” ButterWorth Scientific, London1988

2. Mayall W.H.” Industrial Design for Engineers” London Cliffee Books Ltd.,1988

95

DESIGN FOR MANUFACTURING AND ASSEMBLY


Prerequisite: Nil

Tolerance Limits and Fits, Geometric Tolerance, Surface roughness, Statistical Quality control,

Component design from Casting consideration, component design from Machining considerations,

Design considerations & selection of materials in design

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering Metrology R K Jain, Khanna Publications, 2000

2. Design for manufacture, Harry Pech, Pitman Publications, 1983

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. ASM Hand Book, Vol 20 Material selection and design

2. Design for Manufacturability Hand Book, JameshGBralla, Mc Graw Hill 1998

3. Product design for Manufacture and Assembly Geoffrey et al New York

96

AUTOMATION IN MANUFACTURING


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Manufacturing Operations, Industrial Control System, Automated Manufacturing

Systems, Group Technology & Flexible Manufacturing Systems, Quality Control Systems,

Inspection Technologies and Manufacturing support system

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Automation, Production Systems and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, M.P.Groover,

Pearson education. Third Edition, 2008

2. Principles of CIM by Vajpayee, PHI.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Anatomy of Automation, Amber G.H & P. S. Amber, Prentice Hall.

2. Performance Modeling of Automated Manufacturing Systems by Viswanandham, PHI

3. Computer Based Industrial Control, Krishna Kant, EEE-PHI

97

ROBOTICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Mathematical representation of Robots, Differential Motions and Velocities Dynamics

of Manipulator, Trajectory Planning and Control, Actuators, Sensors and Fuzzy Logic Control.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamental Concepts and Analysis: Ghosal A., Robotics Oxford, 2006

2. Introduction to Robotics Analysis, Systems, Applications, Niku, S B., Pearso Education,

2008.

3. Robotics for Engineers, Yoren and Koren.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Robotics: Mechanica and Control, Craig, J J., 2nd

Edition, Addison-Welsey,

1989.

2. Fundamentals of Robotics, Analysis and Control, Schilling R J., PHI 2006

98

SMART MATERIALS


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Sensing and Actuation, Types of sensors, Control Design, Optics and Electromagnetic,

Structures Controls, Principles of Vibration and Modal Analysis, MEMS and Information

Processing.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Analysis and Design’A.V.Srinivasan, ‘Smart Structures –Cambridge University Press, New

York, 2001, (ISBN : 0521650267)

2. ‘Smart Materials and Structures’, M V Gandhi and B S Thompson Chapmen & Hall,

London, 1992 (ISBN : 0412370107)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. ‘Smart Materials and Structures’, Banks HT, RC Smith, Y Wang, Massow S A, Paris 1996

2. G P Gibss’AdaptiveStructres’, Clark R L, W R Saunolers, Jhon Wiles and Sons, New York,

1998

3. An introduction for scientists and Engineers’,EsicUdd, Optic Sensors : Jhon Wiley & Sons,

New York, 1991 (ISBN : 0471830070)

99

EXPERIMENTAL METHODS FOR ENGINEERS & DESIGN OF EXPERIMENTS SUB CODE: ME-PE19 CREDITS:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Basic Statistical concepts, Experimental Design, Analysis and Interpretation methods,

Quality by Experimental Design, Experiment Design using Taguchi’s Orthogonal Arrays, Signal to

Noise Ratio and Parameter and Tolerance Design. Basic concepts of experiments.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Design and Analysis of Experiments: Douglas C. Montgomery, 5th

Edition Wiley India Pvt.

Ltd. 2007

2. Quality Engineering using Robust Design: Madhav S. Phadke, Prentice Hall PTR,

Englewood Cliffs, New Jersy 07632, 1989.

3. Experimental Methods for Engineers 7th

Edn., 2007, J.P. Holman, McGraw Hill Publication.

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Quality by Experimental Design: Thomas B. Barker, Marcel Dekker, Inc ASQC Quality

Press.1985.

2. Experiments Planning, analysis, and parameter Design optimization. By C.F.Jeff Wu

Michael Hamada, John Wiley Editions. 2002.

3. Reliability Improvement by Experiments: W.L. Condra, Marcel Dekker, Inc ASQC Quality

Press.1985.

4. Taguchi Techniques for Quality Engineering: Phillip J. Ross, 2nd

Edn. McGraw Hill

International Editions, 1996.

100



Prerequisite: Nil

Brief review of various methods of Refrigeration, Multi Pressure Vapour Compression systems,

Equipments used in vapour compression Refrigeration system, Vapour Absorption System,

Expansion devices, Psychometry of Air conditioning process-Review, Load calculations and applied

psychometrics and Transmission and distribution of Air.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. ‘Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning’ by C.P.Arora, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2nd

edition, 2001.

2. ‘Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning’ by W.F.Stoecker, Tata McGraw Hill Publication, 2nd

edition, 1982.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. ‘Principles of Refrigeration’Dossat, Pearson-2006.

2. ‘Heating, Ventilation and Air Conditioning’ by McQuistion, Wiley Students edition, 5th

edition 2000.

3. ‘Air conditioning’ by PITA, 4th

edition, pearson-2005

4. ‘Refrigeration and Air-Conditioning’ by Manoharprasad

101

SOLAR ENERGY


Prerequisite: Nil

Energy resource, Renewable energy sources , potential and achievements in India. Solar radiation at

the earth surface, solar raditaion geometry, solar thermal radiation devices, solar photvoltavic

system, performace analysis of liquid flat plate collector, concentrators, types classification and

tracking.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Solar Energy – Principles of thermal collection and storage SP Sukhatme Tata Mc Graw

Hill Publihing company New Delhi

2. Solar Power Energy – PK Nag – THH – 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS.

1. Solar Engineering of Thermal Processes, Duffie JA and Beck Man WA John Wiley and

Sons, Network – 1991

2. Solar Energy Utilization – GD Rai.

3. Non Conventional Energy Resources – BH Khann TMH.

4. Renewable Energy Sorensen – Elsiver Publication

102

GAS DYNAMICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Fundamental Equations of Steady Flow, Isentropic Flow, Adiabatic Flow, Flow With Friction, Wave

Phenomena, Variable Area Flow, Applications of dimensional analysis and similitude to gas

dynamic problems. Introduction to Flames and combustion

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Compressible flow: Yahya, 2nd

Edn. 1991; Wieley Eastern.

2. Compressible fluid flow by J. F. Anderson

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Gas Dynamics: Rolty, wiley 1998.

2. Elements of Gas Dynamics: Liepmann and roshko, Wiley 1994.

3. The dynamiacs and thermodynamics of compressible fluid flow: Shapiro Ronold press.

1994.

4. Gas Dynamics, E.Rathakrishnan, PHI 2006.

103


Subject Code: ME-PE23 CREDITS:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Partial differential equations, Basics of Numerical Methods, Basics of discretization

methods, Application of numerical methods, Heat equations, Laplace equations & Finite Volume

Method

TEXT BOOKS:


Edition 1998, John C Tannehill,

Dule A Anderson, Richard H, Taylor and Francis, UK 2001

2. Numerical Fliud and Heat Transfer Patankar 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:

i. Numerical Methods for Engineers – Iyer and Iyer 2001

ii. An Introduction to Computational Fluid dynamics H K V and W Malalasekera

104

BIOMASS ENERGY SYSTEMS


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Biomass as source of Enrgy, Biomass conversion, Agrochemical and Thermal

conversions, Gasification, Bio Methanization and Biogas for power generation, Ethanol and Bio-

Diesel and Bio-Diesel and Bio Power Plants.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Renewable Energy Resources- Basic Principles and Applications. G.N. Tiwari and M.K.

Goshal, Narosa Publishing House, New Delhi (ISBN: 81-7319-563-3).

2. Energy Technology., 1999.S. Rao and B.B. Panulkar, Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

3. Non Coventional Energy Sources. G.D. Rai. Khanna Publishers, New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS.

1. Renewable Energy Resources., 2001.John, W. Twidell, Tony Weir., Academic Press, NY.

2. Renewable Energy, 3rd

Edn., 2004. Bent Sorenson, Elsevier Publ., NY.

3. Industrial Uses of Bio-Mass Energy., 2000 S.V. Bajay and H. Rothams, Publ., Taylor and

Francis, London.

105

DESIGN OF HEAT EXCHANGERS

SUB CODE : ME-PE25 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction to Heat exchanger design. Shell and tube heat exchanger process, efect By- Pass and

leakage calculations procedure for shell and tube heat exchanger, Steam condensors, Double Pipe

Heat exchangers, Compact heat exchangers, Air cooled heat exchangers.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Process heat transfer: Donald Q . Kern Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications edition 1997

2. Compact heat exchangers W M kays and A L London. Tata Mc Graw Hill Publications

edition 1997

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Heat Transfer: A Basic ApproachNecatiOzsisik Tata Mc Graw Hill International

Publications edition 1985

2. Heat exchanger design data Hand book Volume 2 and 3 Edited by Ernst u schlunder at.al

Hemisphere Publication company 1983

106

JET PROPULSION AND GAS TURBINES


Prerequisite: Nil

Reaction principles, essential factors and propulsive devices, types of jet engines. Rocket propulsion,

performance of vehicles, types of rocket engines.Gas turbines, working principles, ideal and real

cycles.Performance of practicle gas turbines, gas turbine cycles, auxillaries for gas turbine cycles and

rotary components.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Gas turbine theory and jet propulsion by R.K Jain Kanna Publications, 1996.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanics and thermodynamics of propulsion, Hill P.G and C. R, Adison Wesley 1988.

2. Air craft Engine and gas turbine MIT 1977.

107

NUCLEAR ENERGY


Prerequisite: Nil

Review of nuclear physics, Nuclear fission, Nuclear chain reactors, Reactor theory. Radiation

Shielding, Materials of Construction , Reactor instrumentation and control

TEXT BOOK:

1. “Introduction to Nuclear Engineering” Richard Stephenson Second Edition, Mc Graw hill

Book Co.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. “Introduction to Nuclear Engineering,” Lamarsh V R Second edition (1983), Addison

Wesley H.A.

2. M M El Wakl, Nuclear Power Engineering, Mc Graw Hill Company

3. Thomas J Cannoly“ Fundamentals of Nuclear Engineering” John Wiley (1978)

108

CRYOGENICS


Prerequisite: Nil



Cryogenic, Cryogenic fluid storage and transfer and Application of cryogenic systems

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:



109

INDUSTRIAL MANAGEMENT


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Quality Philosophy, Industrial Psycology and human relations. Motivations, industrial

re;ations, factory legislation in india, financial management, process management, industrial safety,

management of technology.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of management, Koontz O Donnel, Mc Graw hill Int. Book Company.

2. Statistical control, E L Grant and R S Leavenworth, 7th

Edition Mc Graw hill Publisher.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Essentials of Management, Koontz Werich TATA McGraw Hill Int Book Company 7th

edition.

2. Management of Organizational Behaviour, Hersey Paul and Kenneth H PHI

3. Operations Management- Strategy and Analysis, Lee and Larry 5th

edition

4. Organizational behaviour , Stephen P Robbins 9th

edition Pearson Education Publications

110



Prerequisite: Nil

Operations Management Concepts, Operations Decision Making, Facilities location & layout,

Forecasting, Aggregate Planning and Master Scheduling, Material and Capacity Requirements

Planning, Scheduling and controlling production activities.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Operations Management, I. B. Mahadevan. Theory and practice, Pearson, 2007.

2. Operations Management, I. Monks, J.G., McGraw-Hill International Editions, 2000.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Modern Production/Operations Management,Buffa, Wiely Eastern Ltd.2001

2. Production and Operations Management,Pannerselvam. R., PHI.2002

3. Productions & operations management, by Adam & Ebert. 2002


111

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction to TQM. Evolution of TQM, Leadership and Quality costs, Continuous improvement,

Tools and Techniques, Quality function deployment and Failure mode effect analysis, Quality

management system & Product acceptance control,

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Total Quality Management Dale H Baster field, publisher pearson education India

2. Total Quality Management for Engineers , M Zairi Wood Head Publishing

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. A New American TQM Four revolutions in management , ShogiShiba, Alan Graham,

David Walder, Productivity press, Oregon 1990

2. 100 Methods for total Quality management by Gopal K Kanji and Mike Asher, Sage

Publications Inc Edition 1

3. Organizational Excellence thro TQM H Lal, New Age Publishers 2008

112

FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT AND ACCOUNTING

Subject Code: ME-PE32 CREDITS:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction to Financial Management, Risk and Required Return, Working Capital Management,

Long term Financing, Book keeping, Ratio Analysis / Accounting Ratio, Costing and Budgeting.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Financial Management, Khan & Jain, text & problems TMH ISBN 0-07-460208-A. 20001

2. Financial Accounting, costing and management accounting. S.M. Maheshwari, 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Financial Management ,I.M.Pandey, Vikas Publication House ISBN 0-7069-5435-1. 2002

2. Financial Management byAbrish Gupta, Pearson.

3. Financial Decision Making by Humpton. 2000

4. Financial Management – Theory and Practice, Prasanna Chandra TMH ISGN -07-462047-9,

3rd

edition 2002

113

ORGANIZATIONAL BEHAVIOUR


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, The Individual, Learning perception, Motivation, The Groups, Conflict and stress

management & Principles of communication

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Organizational Behaviour, Stephen P Robbins 9th

edition Pearson Educations , publications

2. Organizational Behaviour, Fred Luthans 9th

edition McGraw-Hill Int edition

REFERENCE BOOKS.

1. Organizational BehaviourHellriEgel, Srocum and Woodman, Thompson Learning, 9th

edition

2001

2. Organizational Behaviour, Aswathappa- Himalaya Publishers 2001

3. Organizational Behaviour, VSP Rao, Konark Publishers 2002

4. Organizational Behaviour, 9th

edition John Newstron 2002

114

DATA BASE MANAGEMENT SYSTEM


Prerequisite: Nil

Data base and Data base users, Data Base system concepts & architecture, Data Modelling, Record

Storage and Primary file organizations, Relational Data Model and Relational algebra, Structural

Query Language, Data Base Designs and System Implementations

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Data Base systems, RamezElmasri and Shanmkanth, 3rd

edition, Addison

Pearson

2. Data Base Management systems. Raghu Ramakrishna, Tata Mc Grawhill 3rd

edition 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Data Base Management and Design, Gray and James V 2nd

edition Printice Hall 2002

2. Data Base Management system Gerald V Post 3rd

edition Tata Mc Grawhill 2005

115

MANAGEMENT INFORMATION SYSTEMS


Prerequisite: Nil

Foundation Concepts, Review of Information Technologies, Data Resource, Business Applications,

Business Decision, Development Processes, Management Challenges and Managing Global Systems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Management Information systems – Managing information Technology in the int4ernet

worked enterprise, Jams, A O’Braien - McGraw Hillpublishing company Ltd., 2002. 5th

edition

ISBN 0-07048637-9

2. Managing information systems,W.S.Jawadekar,Tata McGraw Hillpulbishing Co. Ltd., New

Delhi 1998. ISBN 0-07-463197-9

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Management information systems, Laaudon & Laudon, PHI 1998 Ed. ISBN 81-203-1282-1

2. Management Information systems, S.Sadagopan, Prentice Hall of India, 1998 Ed. ISBN 81-

203-1180-9

3. Information systems for Modern managaement, G.R.Murdick PHI 2002.

116

EXPERT CAD MANAGEMENT


Prerequisite: Nil

Assess the capabilities of your people and resources, Formulate, write, and communicate in-house

and vendor standards, Establish a budget, find cost savings, and determine ROI, Manage intellectual

property, file security, and document control, Get involved with network and IT planning and Sell

your ideas to management and end users

TEXT BOOK:

1. Expert CAD Management: The Complete Guide : Robert Green Sybex (April 30, 2007).

117

PROJECT MANAGEMENT


Prerequisite: Nil

1. Concepts of Project Management, Phases ,tools and techniques, Planning And estimation,

feasibility report, steps, objectives and goals, cost estimation, evaluation.

2. Organizing and staffing, skills and abilities of Project manager, Organization and types,

accountability, controls, tendering and selection. Project scheduling, Gantt charts, Bar charts,

PERT, numerical problems.

3. Co-ordination and control, role of MIS, performance, schedule and cost control. Performance

indicators, CM and DM companies.

4. Closing of projects, termination, implications, strategies, evaluation, project inventory, supply

and transportation of materials.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Project management, Haroldkerzner, CBS publications.

2. Project management, Benningston Lawrence—Mc Graw hill

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Project Management, Bhavesh Patel, Vikas publishing

2. Project planning, scheduling and control, JamesP.Lewis

118

WIND ENERGY

SUB CODE: ME-PE38 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction; Wind resource assessment; Aerodynamic aspects of rotor; Classification and

components of wind turbines; Siting and wind farm design; Wind turbine design; Wind energy

economics; Electrical and control systems; Environmental impact.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Wind Energy – Theory and Practice by Siraj Ahmed, PHI Learning Private Limited, Eastern

Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Freris, L.L., Wind Energy Conversion Systems, Prentice Hall.

2. Spera, D.A., Wind Turbine Technology: Fundamental Concepts of Wind Turbine Engineering,

ASME Press.

119

ENERGY AUDIT AND MANAGEMENT

SUB CODE: ME-PE 39 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Industrial energy audit and conservation, Potential for energy conservation, Economic analysis of

investments, Energy management information systems, Building envelope audit, Passive solar

building designs, Thermal systems audit: Boilers, Steam distribution systems, Thermic fluid

heaters, Industrial furnaces, Mechanical systems audit: Compressed air networks, Fans and blowers,

Pumps and pumping systems, Diesel generating sets, Refrigeration and air-conditioning, Electrical

systems audit: Electric motors, Lighting, Transformers; Introduction to climate change, energy and

CDM, Environment management in industries.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hand Book on Energy Audit and Environment Management – Y P Abbi and Shashank Jain

(Editors), TERI, 2006.

2. Energy Management, Supply and Conservation – Clive Beggs, Elsevier Publ., 2009.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Handbook of Energy Audits, 7th

edition, Albert Thumann, P E, William J Younger. CRC Press,

2007.

2. National Strategy for CDM Implementation in India – The Energy Research Institute, TERI,

2005.

3. Energy Auditing Made Simple – P.Balasubramanian, 1st Edition, Bhaskar Enterprises, Chennai,

2010.

120


SUB CODE: ME-PE 40 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Engineering decision makers Interests and interest factors Present worth comparisons,

Equivalent annual worth comparisons methods, Rate of return calculations rare of return, minimum

acceptable rate of return, IRR, IRR misconception cost of capital concepts Depreciation, causes,

basic methods of computing depreciation charges, tax concepts Estimating and costing, Replacement

analysis, reasons for replacements, Break even analysis, linear break even analysis, Effects of

inflation, consequences and control of inflation lease or buy decision.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Engineering economy, Riggs.J.L, Mcgraw Hill company 2002

2. Engineering economy, Thueson H.G PHI, 2002

3. Engineering economics by Naidu, Babu and Rajendra, New age international Pvt Ltd 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Industrial engineering and management by O.P.Khanna, DanpatRai and sons 2000

2. Engineering economics by K.R.Phaneesh, Sudha Publications Bangalore

3. Engineering economics by R.K. Hegde, Sapna Book house Bangalore

121

FINANCE AND INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT


Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Role of Public and Private Sectors in Infrastructure Development, Financing, Reforms

in Infrstructure Financing, Infrastructure in specific sectors Infrastructure and Project Management.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. B.B.Tandon and K.K.Tandon, Indian Economy , Tata Mc.Graw Hill publications.

2. Managing the risk inherent in infrastructure projects, Inter American Development Bankreport,

1995.

3. Kirit S. Parikh, India Development report, Oxford University Press, Delhi, 1977.

4. Report on commission to promote investment in America’s infrastructure. US Department of

transportation.

5. RuddarDutt and K.P.M. Sundaram, Indian Economy, S.Chand& Co. New Delhi, 2005.

122

ENGINEERING PROJECT APPRAISAL, PLANNNING & CONTROL


Prerequisite: Nil

Planning & Analysis, Technical Analysis, Risks and Risk analysis,Risk treatment by financial

Institutions. Social cost-benefit analysis, Environmental Appraisal, Projects.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Prasanna Chandra- Project planning: Analysis, selection, implementation and review –TMH,

7th edition.

2. Narendrasingh- Project Management and control – HPH, 2003

3. UNIDO guidelines on project evaluation-UNIDO

REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Gray & Larson-Project Management: The Managerial process –TMH, 3rd edition 2005.

123

ELEMENTS OF FOOD PROCESS ENGINEERING

SUB CODE: ME-PE 43 Credits 2:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Introduction, Types of pumps and fans, Pump characteristics and selection. Application of Heat

transfer in food processing. Physical, chemical and biological methods of food preservation. Food

dehydration. Humidity and equilibrium moisture content (EMC). Air drying, drying rate curves,

Evaporation Mechanical Separations.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Earle, R.L. and Earle, M.D. Unit Operations in Food Processing: An Introduction to the

Principles of Food Process Engineering.,Publ: NZIFST.

2. The Web Edition (2010), Free Download Permitted: http://www.nzifst.org.nz/unitoperations

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. McCabe, W.L., Smith, J.C., and Harriot, P. (2008). Unit Operations of Chemical Engineering,

7th Ed., McGraw-Hill, New York.

2. Geankoplis, C.J. (2003). Transport Processes and Separations, 4th Ed., Prentice Hall Pub., NJ.

Institute of Food Technologists (IFT), Food Engineering Division-Instructional Resources.

www.ift.org/divisions/food_eng/

1


BANGALORE-54


SYLLABUS




V & VI Semester B. E.

2


our Founder Chairman who was a renowned visionary, philanthropist, and a pioneer in creating

several landmark infrastructure projects in India. Noticing the shortage of talented engineering

professionals required to build a modern India, Dr. M.S. Ramaiah envisioned MSRIT as an institute

of excellence imparting quality and affordable education. Part of Gokula Education Foundation,

MSRIT has grown over the years with significant contributions from various professionals in

different capacities, ably led by Dr. M.S. Ramaiah himself, whose personal commitment has seen the

institution through its formative years. Today, MSRIT stands tall as one of India’s finest names in

Engineering Education and has produced around 35,000 engineering professionals who occupy

responsible positions across the globe.


The Department of Mechanical Engineering started in the year 1962 with an intake of 40 students.

The department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of 180 students and

48 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post graduate degree with

20 doctorates.



Department also offers research program which includes MSc Engineering by research and PhD

degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD.

The department received software grants from Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design

multinational company and has been using them in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken

up number of research projects funded by external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and

Visvesvaraya Technological University and received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the

golden jubilee celebrations, the department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an

International Conference on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial

Engineering and Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have

published books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by




participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th

position out of 64 teams from all over

the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN COUNTRIES.



Place in the technical session out

of 36 participating teams from all over the world.



teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs 1,20,000 and also received a free Trip to Autodesk


3

Faculty



























4























5

Vision and Mission





Quality Policy




concerned”.





Mission of the Department: To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through conducive

and creative learning environment to produce qualified and skilled human resources in Mechanical

Engineering, offer post graduate programme in the emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering,

create R & D environment to be a centre of excellence in Mechanical Engineering.

6



Periodic Review

Vision &

Mission of the

Department by

the committee

Management


Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

7


Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision &

Mission



Academic Council &

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs


Collect data



summarize the data

(Board of Studies)

8

PEOs of the Program

PEO1: To prepare engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required practical

skills in the core areas of mechanical engineering like materials and manufacturing, design and

development, thermal and fluid systems, automation and robotics, management science and also use

of modern analytical and computational tools.



PEO3: To motivate students to take up higher studies in specified areas of mechanical engineering

and explore possible profession in R & D, academic and self employment opportunities.

PEO4: To create awareness on environmental issues and commitments towards professional ethics

and social responsibilities and need for lifelong learning.

9







Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE, VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

10






problems.




Engineering.

e) Apply the modern engineering tools and information technology to virtually understand and

analyze complex engineering problems.

f) Assess societal, health, safety, legal, cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant

to the professional engineering practices and using codes contextual knowledge.





objectives.

j) Communicate, document and present effectively at all stages of product / system design and

development with the engineering community and society at large.


l) Prepare and engage themselves for lifelong learning to address the day-to-day technological

challenges in the industry.

11


The correlation between the Programme outcomes and Program Educational objectives are mapped



Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1



practical skills in the core areas of

Mechanical Engineering like Materials and

Manufacturing, Design and Development,

Thermal and Fluid systems, Automation

and Robotics, Management Science and

also use of Modern Analytical and

Computational Tools.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2


communication skills among students

through Seminars, Engineering projects,

Managerial Skills and industry interactions.

X X X X X X

3


studies in specified areas of Mechanical

Engineering and explore possible

profession in R & D, academic and self-

employment opportunities.

X X X X X

4





learning.

X

X

X

X

12




Electives

Open

Elective

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I 06

20 24 - - -

50 II - - -

III - 04 - 22 - - -

26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25

V - - - 26 - - - 26

VI 02 - - 19 3 - - 24

VII - - - 18 6 3 - 27

VIII - - - 6 3 - 13 22

Total 08 28 24 112 12 3 13

200




Computers) - 24





Subject Areas - 03



13






L T P Total

1 ME501 Machine Design -I 4 0 0 4

2 ME502 Dynamics of Machines 4 0 0 4

3 ME503 Turbo Machines 4 0 0 4

4 ME504 Manufacturing Process-II 3 0 0 3

5 ME505 Control Engineering 3 0 0 3

5 ME506 Engineering Economics 3 0 0 3

6 ME507 Robotics 3 0 0 3

7 ME503L Turbo Machine Laboratory 0 0 1 1

8 ME504L Manufacturing Process-II Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 26

L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practicals

14

MACHINE DESIGN -1

Sub Code: ME501 CREDITS: 4:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble For the manufacture of any machine component the first and foremost operation is design. The

design concept involves identifying the problem, selection of process material, environmental

conditions and proper understanding of various types of loads and its effect for the maximum

production of any machine component.




This course gives us the clean picture of the following






6. This subject deals with the topics such as design for static, impact and dynamic loads, the detailed

design procedure for various machine components such as shafts, couplings, keys, welded joints,

riveted joints, power screws, cotter and knuckle joints.

UNIT I

Introduction: Design considerations: codes and standards, Stress analysis, Definitions: Normal,

shear, biaxial and tri axial stresses, Stress tensor, Principal Stresses and Mohr’s Circle. Static

Strength, Static loads and Factor of safety. Impact loads, Impact stresses due to axial and bending.

Theories of failure & Stress concentration: Maximum normal stress theory, Maximum shear

stress theory, Distortion energy theory; Failure of brittle materials, Failure of ductile materials. Stress


loading.

UNIT II





UNIT III

Shafts, Keys and Couplings: Torsion of shafts, design for strength and rigidity with steady loading,




UNIT IV Riveted Joints – Types, rivet materials, failures of riveted joints, Joint Efficiency, Boiler Joints,

Tank and Structural Joints, Riveted Brackets.


15

UNIT V Power Screws: Mechanics of power screw, Stresses in power screws, efficiency and self-locking,



DESIGN DATA HAND BOOKS: 1. Design Data Hand Book – K. Lingaiah, McGraw Hill, 2nd Ed. 2003.


3. Machine Design Data Hand Book by H.G. Patil, Shri Shashi Prakashan, Belgaum.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mechanical Engineering Design: Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke McGraw Hill


2. Design of Machine Elements: V.B. Bhandari, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New

Delhi, 2nd Edition 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Machine Design: Robert L. Norton, Pearson Education Asia, 2001.




Somani, Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, Special Indian Edition, 2008.




1. Develop an understanding of design of machine component subjected to static, impact and fatigue loads.

(PO: a,b,d,f,k)

2. Compile fundamentals of theories of failure and stress concentration effect in the design of machine

components. (PO: a,b,d,f,k)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of machine design. (PO:

a,b,d,k)

4. Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of practical interest & have the competence for undergoing

knowledge upgradation in the advanced subjects of Machine Design II, FEM and Design for

Manufacturing. (PO: a,b,c,e,g,j,l)

5. Develop competence to design the machine components like shafts, keys, couplings, riveted joints, welded

joints, power screws, cotter and knuckle joints. (PO: a,b,d,f,k,l)

16


Sub Code: ME502 CREDITS: 4:0:0

Prerequisite: ME 404

Preamble

The subject comprises a wider and deeper on the engineering aspects involving forces, inertia,

friction and balancing of masses.





It is aimed to study the different types of power transmission by using flat belt drives of open and

cross belt with problems. The subject involves the study of rotating masses, so as balance the system

by using the counter balancing masses in the same or different planes graphically or analytically.




applications. For example applications of gyroscope to four wheeler, boat, aeroplane, etc.




1. Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and Engineering in static and dynamic force

analysis of deferent mechanisms, flywheel, balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses.

2. Ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyze and interpret data of governors and

gyroscopic effect on aeroplane, naval ships and in automobiles.








UNIT I

Static Force Analysis: Static force analysis: Introduction: Static equilibrium. Equilibrium of two

and three force members. Members with two forces and torque, free body diagrams, principle of

virtual work. Static force analysis of four bar mechanism and slider-crank mechanism (without

friction).

UNIT II


analysis of four-bar mechanism and slider crank mechanism. Dynamically equivalent systems,

Turning moment diagrams Fluctuation of Energy. Determination of size of flywheels.

UNIT III

Friction and Belt Drives: Belt drives: Flat & V belt drives, ratio of belt tensions, centrifugal

tension, and power transmitted.

17




UNIT IV


engine, balancing in multi cylinder-inline engine (primary & Secondary forces), V-type engine;

Radial engine – Direct and reverse crank method.



UNIT V

Gyroscope: Vectorial representation of angular motion, basic definitions, Gyroscopic couple. Effect


four wheelers.



TEXT BOOKS:


Edition, 2006.


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan, CBS Publication 1984.




1. Ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams by having knowledge of Mathematics, Science and

Engineering in the field of analysis of motions & forces responsible for that in different mechanisms. (PO:

a, b, e, i, k)

2. Develop ability to evaluate the effect of inertia forces in different mechanisms. (PO: a, b, d, j, k)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of transmission and concepts of

friction. (PO: a, b, e, i)

4. Demonstrate ability to design and apply the concepts of governors, cams and balancing of masses in

various machines wherever applicable. (PO: a, b, c, e, i, k)

5. Possess knowledge of the gyroscopic effect on ship, aeroplane, two wheeler and four wheeler. (PO: a, b, c,

e, i, j, k)

18

TURBO MACHINES


Prerequisite: ME406

Preamble

Turbomachines are most commonly used devices in day to day life. These are the machines used to

produce head or pressure or to generate power. Turbo Machines are different from reciprocating and

rotary machines (i.e. Reciprocating air compressor and Gear pump) in the energy transfer aspect. In

turbo machines, fluid is not positively contained but flows steadily undergoing pressure change due

to dynamic effects. This course deals with the fundamental aspects related to the design of turbo

machines.


1. To provide a sound understanding of the comparison of positive displacement machine and turbo

machine and energy transfer in turbomachinery.







UNIT I

Introduction: Definition of a Turbomachine; parts of a Turbomachine; Comparison with positive



studies.



UNIT II

General Analysis of Turbines Utilization factor, Vane efficiency, Relation between utilization factor

and degree of reaction, condition for maximum utilization factor – optimum blade speed ratio for

different types of turbines.



values of degree of reaction. Effect of blade discharge angle on energy transfer and degree of

reaction, Effect of blade discharge angle on performance,; Theoretical head – capacity relationship.

UNIT III


efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Francis turbine – velocity triangles, runner shapes for different

blade speeds, Design of Francis turbine, Functions of a Draft tube, types of draft tubes, Kaplan and

Propeller turbines – Velocity triangles and design parameters. Characteristic curves for hydraulic

turbines.

19

UNIT IV

Steam Turbines: Introduction to steam nozzles and optimum pressure ratio. Impulse Staging and

need for compounding, Velocity and pressure compounding, velocity triangle, condition for

maximum utilization factor for multistage turbine with equiangular blades, Effects of Blade and

Nozzle losses, Reaction staging.


head, suction head, delivery head, manometric efficiency, hydraulic efficiency, volumetric

efficiency, overall efficiency, multistage centrifugal pumps design procedure.

UNIT V

Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow and Thermodynamic Analysis of Compression and Expansion

Processes: Stagnation and static properties and their relations, Compression process – overall









Problems).

TEXT BOOKS

1. An Introduction to energy conversion, Volume III – Turbo machinery, V.Kadambi and Manohar

Prasad, New Age International Publishers (P) Ltd.


Pvt. Limited 2nd

edition 2002.

3. Turbomachines By Dr.Niranjan Murthy and Dr.R.K.Hegde, Sapna Publications Bangalore, 2013

REFERENCE BOOKS






Edition (2002).


1. Student will have the Knowledge of working and various energy transfer processes in turbo-machines.

(PO: a, b, d, h, j, k)

2. Student will be Capable of analyzing the fluid flow in steam and hydraulic turbines. (PO: a, b, c, f, h, j, k)

3. Students analyze the fluid flow in centrifugal and axial flow compressors, and centrifugal pumps. (PO: a,

b, c, f, h, j, k)

4. Exercise and conduct thermodynamic analysis of fluid flow in nozzles. (PO: a, b, c, f, h, j, k)

5. Become expertise in the design and selection of turbo-machines. (PO: c, d, e, g, i, l)

20



Pre-requisites: ME305

Preamble

In industries, the main focus is on manufacturing/production with advent of various machines like

lathe, drilling machine, milling machine, shaping machine, grinding machine. These machines are

used in production. Improvements were made in these machines to make it semi-automatic or

automatic. These are conventional or traditional machining processes.

Later in non-traditional machining processes like EDM, ECM came into existence. Here in this

course a study of these conventional and non-conventional processes are made by the students.




machinability.







UNIT I

Theory of Metal Cutting: single point cutting tool nomenclature, geometry, orthogonal and oblique

cutting, mechanism of chip formation, types of chips, Merchant’s analysis, Ernst- Merchant’s

solution, shear angle relationship, problems of merchant analysis, tool wear, and tool failure, effect

of cutting parameters, tool life criteria, taylor’s tool life equation, problems on tool evaluation.

Machinability, factors affecting machinability, heat generation in metal cutting, factors affecting

heat generation, measurement of tool tip temperature.

UNIT II

Cutting Tool Materials: Desired properties, types of cutting tool materials- HSS, carbides, coated

carbides, ceramics, Cutting fluids, desired properties, types and selection.

Production Lathes: Capstan and Turret lathes- construction features, tool and work holding devices,

tool layout.

UNIT III

Drilling and its related Operations: types of drills, drill bit nomenclature, machining time,



Shaping and Planning Machine: classification, construction features, driving mechanisms, shaping


21

UNIT IV




Grinding Machines: Types of abrasives, bonding process, classification, Constructional features,

surface, designation and selection of grinding wheel, Balancing, dressing and truing of grinding

wheel. Super finishing process: Honing, lapping and super finishing operations.

UNIT V

Introduction to Nontraditional Machining Processes: Principle, Equipment, Operation and

Applications of EDM, ECM and EBM.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing Process and Materials of Manufacture- Roy A Lindberg Prentice Hall of India,

1998.

2. Fundamental of Metal Machining and Machine Tools- G. Boothroyd, McGraw Hill 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing Science- Amitabha Ghosh and Mallik, Affiliated East West press, 1995

2. Production Technology, HMT- Tata Mcgraw hill, 2001.

3. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes by John A Schey- Mc Graw Hill. 3rd

edition 2001.

4. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials by serope Kalpakjian and Steve R.



1. Apply the concept of metal cutting operations and machinability aspects. (PO: a, d)

2. Differentiate various cutting tool materials and cutting fluid properties and the working of a production

lathe (PO: a, e)

3. Recognize the different drilling operations and the drill bit configurations and also the operations such as

broaching, shaping and planning (PO: b, e, i)

4. Recognize the working of milling operations, grinding operations and different levels of finishing

operations (PO: e, i)

5. Use the concept of modern machining methods and their applications. (PO: j)

22

CONTROL ENGINEERING

Sub Code: ME505 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble




role in a wide range of control systems, from simple household washing machines to high-

performance F-16 fighter aircraft. It seeks to understand physical systems, using mathematical

modelling, in terms of inputs, outputs and various components with different behaviors; use control

systems design tools to develop controllers for those systems; and implement controllers in physical

systems employing available technology. A system can be mechanical, electrical, fluid and even

biological and the mathematical modelling, analysis and controller design uses control theory in one

or many of the time, frequency and complex-S domains, depending on the nature of the design

problem.


1. To understand the fundamentals related to automatic control, open and closed loop systems and

feedback control of dynamic systems.

2. To understand and study different types of controllers in the design and analysis of closed loop

control system.

3. To write the differential equations describing the behavior of engineering systems.

4. Use the Laplace transforms to describe the transfer functions of engineering systems and

determine the time domain response to a wide range of inputs

5. Use the block diagram reduction techniques and signal flow graphs to derive system transfer


6. To understand and gain the in-depth knowledge in the transient and steady state response analysis

pertaining to first and second order system response to various standard input test signals.

7. Analyze the performance and determine the stability of control systems using Root locus, polar

plots, Nyquist plots and Bode plots.

UNIT I



Integral, Proportional Integral Differential Controllers.

Mathematical Models: Transfer function models, models of mechanical systems, models of

electrical circuits, DC and AC motors in control systems, models of thermal systems, models of

hydraulic systems, Pneumatic system, Analogous systems :Force voltage, Force current.

UNIT II

Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs: Transfer Functions definition, function, blocks


formula.

23

UNIT III



response, System stability: Routh-Hurwitz’s Criterion.

UNIT IV



Frequency Response Analysis using Bode Plots: Bode attenuation diagrams, Stability Analysis

using Bode plots, Simplified Bode Diagrams.

UNIT V

Root Locus Plots: Definition of root loci, general rules for constructing root loci, Analysis using

root locus plots.

Control Action and System Compensation: Series and feedback compensation, Physical devices

for system compensation.

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:





1. Develop skill to identify the basic elements and structures of feedback control systems and develop

mathematical models. (PO: a, b)

2. Use efficiently signal flow graphs and block diagrams to study the input-output relations of various control

systems. (PO: a, b, f)

3. Obtain competence in transient response analysis of control systems subjected to standard test signals and

stability analysis. (PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j)

4. Obtain competence in frequency response analysis of control system using various plots such as polar,

Nyquist and Bode plots (PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j, k)

5. Be able to construct design and analyse performance of control systems using Root-locus and understand

the various system compensation techniques and devices. (PO: a, b, c, f, g, h, i, j, k, l)

24


Sub Code: ME 506 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

Engineers are planners and builders; they are also problem solvers, Managers and decision makers.

Engineering economy is one of the few engineering topics that is equally applicable to both

individual and corporate and government employee. It can analyze personal finances and

investments in a fashion similar to corporate project finances.

Engineering economics touches each of these activities. Plans and productions must be financed.

Problems are eventually defined by dollar dimensions and decisions are evaluated by their monetary

consequences.

This course engineering economics is at the heart of making decisions; these decisions involve the

fundamental elements of cash flows of money, time, Interest factors, and interest rates. It will

explain and demonstrate the principle and Techniques of engineering economic analysis as applied in

different fields of engineering.


1. The main objective of this course is to explain and demonstrate the principles and techniques of

engineering economics analysis as applied in different fields of engineering.

2. Course will able to provide basic knowledge of engineering economics, cash flows that account

for the time value of money and inflation.

3. This course will applicable to both individuals and corporate and government employees..it can

analyze personal finances and investments in a fashion similar to corporate project finances.

4. Students can able to understand basic concepts like decision making, demand and supply, tactics

and strategy and institution and analysis.

5. Main objective is to understand the meaning of interest, interest factors, interest rate, and cash

flow diagram used in calculating simple interest and compound interest before taking any

financial decision.

UNIT I:

Introduction: Engineering decision makers, engineering and economics, problem solving and

decision making, intuition and analysis, tactics and strategy law of demand and supply, law of

returns .Interests and interest factors, interest rates, simple interests, compound interests, cash flow

diagrams, problems

UNIT II:

Present worth comparisons, conditions for present worth comparisons present worth equivalence, net

present worth, infinite lives future worth comparisons, pay back comparisons, problems Equivalent

annual worth comparisons methods (EAW) situations for EAW comparisons consideration of assets

life, comparisons of assets with equal and unequal lives

25

UNIT III:

Minimum acceptable rate of return, IRR, Rate of return calculations, problems, Depreciation, causes,

basic methods of computing depreciation charges, tax concepts

Estimating and costing: components of costs selling price.

UNIT IV:

Introduction to Industrial Management, contributions of Pioneers – F W Taylors, Frank Gilberth,

Henri Fayol, Elton Mayo. Functions of Managements, Levels of Management. Organization, types,

functions.

Ownership, types of ownerships, Methods of rising capital.

UNIT V:

Personal Management, duties and responsibly of personal department, functions of Personal

department, recruitment, training

Industrial psychology and human relations. Motivation, Theories of motivation, Maslow’s hierarchy

of needs, theory X and Y .Hawthorne experiments, communications,

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Industrial engineering and management by O.P.Khanna, Danpat Rai and sons 2000


3. Industrial management by Banga and Sharma Dhanapathrai and sons

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Engineering Economy, Riggs.J.L, Mcgraw Hill company 2002

2. Principals of Management by Koontz O Donnel Mc Grraw Hill Book Company

3. Engineering Economics .R .Panner selvam PHI Pvt Ltd New Delhi , 2001


1. Students should be able to realize the importance of decision making based on financial reasoning. They

should be able to clearly understand demand and supply concepts and familiarize themselves with interest

and interest factors. (PO: b, i, k)

2. Students should understand how to calculate present and future worth of business projects and should be

able to compare them while selecting the best based on results. (PO: a, b, c, d, i & k)

3. Students should understand the concept of calculating EMI’S which is part of our real life. They must

know how to do the calculations themselves just the way banks would do.(PO: a, b, i, l, & k)

4. Students especially those who wish to become entrepreneurs should understand the basic concepts of rate

of return and its importance in starting new ventures.(PO: a, d, f, g, i & k)

5. Students should be thorough with the theories of depreciation and their basic calculations since these they

appear in all facets of business. They also should understand the elements of costing so that it helps them

later in their professional lives. (PO: g, i, k)

26

ROBOTICS

Sub. Code: ME- 507 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

This course provides an overview of robot mechanisms and intelligent controls. Topics include

planar and spatial kinematics, and motion planning; processes for manipulators and mobile robots,

exposure is given to mobile robots and it’s Degree of mobility, actuators, and sensors and its effects

on the application of robots. A wide scope is given to the area of Applications where in students

understand as to how robotics can be applied in area pertaining to industrial and non-industrial

applications.



industries.

2. Aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to conceive design and

implement robotics systems quickly and effectively, using the various techniques available in

robotic technology.


industries.

4. Learn how relative improvements can be established by using concept of advanced techniques

involved in drive systems.


specific programs and customized programs for a specific application.

UNIT I

Introduction: History of Robot, Definition of Robot, Anatomy of Robot – Robot configuration

Robot Motion and Work volume.

Classification of Robot- Point to Point and Continuous path systems, Numerical control of Machine

tools, Resolution, Repeatability, Position representation.

End effectors Mechanical Grippers, other types of grippers, Tools as end effectors.

UNIT II

Drives and Control system: Hydraulic Drives and Actuators: Linear Hydraulic Actuators,

Hydraulic Power supply, servo valve, Hydraulic Motor.

Pneumatic Actuators: Introduction to Pneumatic system, linear cylinders - types and working.

Electrical Drives and Actuation systems: Introduction to Electrical systems, solenoids,

DC & AC motors, stepper motors, Direct Current Servo motor. Control approaches of Robots.

UNIT III

Programming of Robots: Types of programming- Off line programming-types, On-line

programming –types, Manual and Lead through teaching, Programming languages, Programming

with graphics. Levels of programming languages, VAL and its commands, Storing and Operating

task Programs, Programming Point-to-point Robots and Continuous – Path robots.

27

UNIT IV

Transducers and sensors – Sensors in Robotics, Tactile sensor, Proximity and range sensors –

Magnetic, optical, ultrasonic, inductive, capacitive proximity sensors, range sensors. Uses of sensors

in Robotics.

Robotic Vision and Applications: Introduction, the sensing and digitizing function in machine

vision, Image processing and analysis, application of robotic vision system.

UNIT V

Mobile Robots: Introduction to Mobile robots, Construction and Control of Mobile robots, Mobile

Robot maneuverability – degree of mobility, degree of Steerability, Mobile Robot maneuverability.

Robot Application: Industrial and non-industrial applications of Robots, applications of mobile

robots. Limitations and future applications of robots.

TEXT BOOKS:


2. Industrial Robotics- Mikell P Groveer, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel and Nicholas G Odrey.


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Robot Technology – Philippe Coffet (Vol. 1 to Vol. 7)





1. The students can express the concept of developmental stages in robotics. (PO: a, b, c, d)

2. Students can selectively choose various methods that are available in robotics. (PO: a, b, c)


ROI for the company that uses robots in their work flow. (PO: a, b, c, e, l)

4. Students can selectively increase the mobility and speed of robots for specific application. (PO: a,

b, d, e, l)


appropriate programming language and techniques. (PO: a, b, c, e, l)

28

TURBO MACHINERY LABORATORY

Sub Code: ME 503 L Credits: 0:0:1

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Turbo Machines is relevant to study the performance of machines which involves energy conversion


through pipes.








a. Orifice plate

b. Vertical orifice

c. Venturimeter

d. Rotameter

e. V notch


a. Pelton wheel

b. Francis Turbine

c. Kaplan Turbines





TEXT BOOKS:




Pvt. Limited 2nd

edition 2002.


REFERENCE BOOKS:






Edition (2002).

29


1. Sound understanding of the basic principles and laws of fluid mechanics.. (PO: a,b, c,d, g)

2. Knowledge of the calibration of various flow measuring devices and be able to determine discharge

coefficient for those devices. (PO: a, b, c, d, e)

3. Capability to determine losses in pipes and solve practical problems associated with flow through pipes

(PO: a, b, c, e, g)

4. Capability to conduct performance test on hydraulic turbines provide solutions on various performance

parameters and able to assess the performance of pumps and solve the problems associated with pumps. (PO:

a, b, c, d, e, j, l)

5. Familiarization with the experimental methodology and ability to solve problems and to develop capability

to analyze and solve practical problems which are of interest to R&D organizations and industry. (PO: a, b, c,

e, f, g, l)


1. Student should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become eligible

for appearing the examination.

2. Student has to conduct two experiments(One group experiment and one individual experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

30


Sub Code: ME 504L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Machine shop is a place where components are produced on a large scale. The students will be


grinding.





Eccentric turning.





REFERENCE BOOK:

1. Manufacturing Process – II laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT.


1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the operation,

procedure, conduction and analyzing the results of experiments ( PO: b, c, d, e, g, h, k, l)

2. Students able to prepare the models using the above machines, study their importance and

applications. ( PO: b, c, d, e, f, h, i, k, l)





Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

31






L T P Total

1 ME601 Machine Design -II 4 0 0 4

2 ME602 Manufacturing Process-III 3 0 0 3

3 ME603 Finite Element Analysis 4 0 0 4

4 ME604 Professional Ethics 2 0 0 2

5 ME605 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 0 0 3

6 ME606 Mechatronics and Microprocessor 3 0 0 3

7 MEPEXX Professional Electives-I 3 0 0 3

8 ME601L Machine Design Laboratory 0 0 1 1

9 ME603L Finite Element Analysis Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 24

L: Lecture T: Tutorial P: Practical


Sl. No. Subject


1 ME-PE02 Mechanism Design 7 ME-PE21 Solar Energy

2 ME-PE03 Theory of Elasticity

3 ME-PE07 Fracture Mechanics 8 ME-PE23 Computational Fluid

Dynamics


Manufacturing 9 ME-PE28 Cryogenics

5 ME-PE12 Rapid Prototyping 10 ME-PE30 Operations

Management


Conditioning

32

MACHINE DESIGN - II


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In machine design certain topics were discussed in detail. In the course Machine Design -2 some

more components for complete design are considered. This enables the person who undergoes the

course understanding the subject as below.



2. Deciding the proper steps to be followed in the manufactured product of the components

involved.






UNIT I

Curved Beams: Stresses in Curved Beams of Standard Cross Sections used in Crane Hook,

Punching Presses & Clamps, Closed Rings and Links.

Belts Ropes and Chains: Flat Belts: Length & Cross Section, Selection of V-belts, Ropes and

Chains for Different Applications.

UNIT II

Springs: Types of Springs - Stresses in Helical Coil Springs of Circular and Non-Circular Cross

Sections. Tension and Compression Springs,Springs under Fluctuating Loads, Leaf Springs: Stresses

in Leaf Springs & Equalized Stresses.

UNIT III

Spur & Helical Gears: Spur Gears: Definitions, Stresses in Gear Tooth: Lewis Equation and Form

Factor, Design for Strength, Dynamic Load and Wear Load. Helical Gears: Definitions, Formative

Number of Teeth, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic and Wear Loads.

Bevel Gear: Definitions, Formative Number of Teeth, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic and

Wear Loads.

UNIT IV Worm Gears: Definitions, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic, Wear Load and Efficiency of

Worm Gear Drives.

Clutches & Brakes: Design of Clutches: Single Plate, Multi Plate and Cone Clutches. Design of

Brakes: Block and Band Brakes: Self Locking of Brakes: Heat Generation in Brakes.

UNIT V

Lubrication and Bearings: Lubricants and their properties, Mechanisms of Lubrication, Bearing

Modulus, Coefficient of Friction, Minimum Oil Film Thickness, Heat Generated, Heat Dissipated,

Bearing Materials, Examples of Journal Bearing and Thrust Bearing Design.

33


1. Design Data Hand Book – K. Lingaiah, McGraw Hill, 2nd

Ed. 2003.



TEXT BOOKS:


International edition, 6th

Edition 2003.


Delhi, 2nd

Edition 2007.

REFERENCE BOOKS:






4. Machine Design: A CAD Approach: Andrew D DIMAROGONAS, John Wiley Sons, Inc, 2001.


1. Confidently and comfortably make the theoretical aspects in reality (PO: a, b, e, f)

2. Can differentiate on their own the components to be designed to select from the available resources such as

charts, catalogues, tables, etc (PO: b, c, d, e)

3. To change the existing design with minimum effort for better (result) performance (PO: d, e, f)

4. Performance of the components can be increased with better knowledge of the course.(PO: d, f, i)

5. Software packages can be developed with better knowledge of the design concepts.(PO: c, d, e, g, h, i)

34

MANUFACTURING PROCESS-III


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The basic objective of forming process is to produce the components having superior Properties



rolling, drawing, extrusion, Sheet metal forming and powder metallurgy. The various parameters

load calculations and the defects occurred during the manufacture of wrought products will be

studied.


1. To provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in the field of metal working

process with other manufacturing techniques.



4. To understand the various processes, defects occurred for the manufacture of sheet metal products.

5. To learn preparation of powders, Mixing, Compaction and sintering of various components using

powder metallurgy

UNIT I

Introduction and Concepts: Classification of metal working processes, characteristics of

wrought products, advantages and limitations of metal working processes.


hydrostatic pressure in metalworking, Deformation zone geometry, workability of materials,

Residual stresses in wrought products.

UNIT II

Forging: Classification of forging processes. Forging machines & equipments. Forging pressures &




UNIT III

Drawing: Steps involved in wire drawing, Drawing die details, Optimal cone angle & dead zone

formation, Redundant work and its estimation, Types of tube drawing processes, Frictionless

drawing of cylindrical rod.


variables in extrusion, Special type of extrusion processes, Metal flow pattern in extrusion, Defects

in extruded products.

UNIT IV




35

UNIT V

Sheet metal forming: Definition of sheet metal, Material used for sheet metal, Sheet metal


Powder metallurgy: Basic steps in Powder metallurgy, Production of metal powders, Blending

metal powders, Compaction, Sintering and Finishing, Application, advantages and limitations of

powder metallurgy.

TEXT BOOKS:


2. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering materials by Serope kalpakajiam and Steven R Schimid,

Pearson education, 4th edition 2007.


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials & Processes in Manufacturing by Paul Degarmo E, Jt Black, Ronald A Kohser.

Prentice -hall of India, 8th edition 2006

2. Manufacturing Science, by Asok Kumar Mallik & Amitabha Ghosh – Affiliated East-west Press

Pvt Ltd, 2nd edition 2012.

3. Theory of Plasticity and Metal Forming Processes by Dr. Sadhu Singh Khanna Publishers, 2008.

4. Fundamentals of Metal forming processes, B.L.Juneja, First edition New age International, 2007.

5. Theory of Plasticity and Metal forming Processes, Dr.sadhu singh, Khanna Publishers, 3rd edition

2003



Students will be able

1. To learn and understand necessity of forming process compared with other manufacturing

techniques. (PO: a, c, e, g, k)

2. To analyze various methods of forming. (PO: b, c, g)

3. To know the parameters effect on the processing of the wrought products. (PO: a, b, c, e)

4. To indentify and analyze production of wire, rod, tubes using different process and problems

occurred in the process. (PO: e, k)

5. To identify the methods used for the various powder metallurgical components. (PO: a, b, c, e, i,

k)

36



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Finite Element Method is proving to be a very powerful technique of solving and analyzing complex



mathematics. Its usefulness in various branches of engineering is due to the ease with which the

method is made amenable to computer programming, leading to a process of iterative design. Its

uniqueness lies in the fact that complex engineering problems having no analytical solutions can be

solved with ease and iterative designs can be worked out. Of late, this technique has found a lot of

applications in the area of manufacturing as newer and specialized techniques and materials are

being used with changing technology. In this context it is desirable to introduce the subject of FEM

in the curriculum of BE course as an open elective for other branches to train the students for

developing skills for designing and analyzing the various manufacturing processes to arrive at an

optimized process. The method can also be used in the development of machine tools, newer

materials and failure analysis of processes.




Galerikin’s method and know procedure of finite element method.

2. To understand convergence criteria, geometrical isotropy and be able to solve one dimensional

bar and Truss problems

3. Understand iso, sub and super parametric elements. CST elements, shape functions, strain matrix,

stiffness matrix and concept of Jacobian matrix

4. To understand the fundamentals of Higher Order elements and their shape functions, strain and

stiffness matrices

5. To be able to solve Beam problems

6. To understand the application of FEA in dynamic problems.

UNIT I

Introduction: Equilibrium equations in elasticity subjected to body force, Traction force, Stress

strain relations for plane stress and plane strain, Variation approach, Calculus of variation, Euler’s

Lagrange’s equation, Principle of minimum potential energy, Principle of Virtual work, Rayleigh-

Ritz method, Galerkins method. General Description of Finite Element Method, Advantages, Basic

steps in the formulation of Finite Element Analysis.

UNIT II

Shape functions of Linear simplex element, Co ordinate systems, Stiffness matrix by potential

energy approach, Load vector, Boundary conditions, Elimination approach, Penalty approach,

Temperature effect Quadratic Shape Functions of 1D Elements, Problems on stepped bar subjected

to axial and thermal loads. Truss Element: Truss element, Local and Global coordinate systems,

Elemental stiffness matrix, Element stress, Temperature effects, Problems on trusses.

37

UNIT III

Shape functions of CST element, isoparametric representation of CST element, Four node

quadrilateral element, Stiffness matrix, Element stress, Lagrangian interpolation functions, Higher

order elements, six nodes triangular element, eight nodes quadrilateral element. Geometric Isotropy,

Pascal’s triangle, Pyramid, Convergence criteria, Numerical Integration using one, two and three

point’s Gaussian quadrature formula.

UNIT IV

Beam element: Beam element, Hermit shape function, Stiffness matrix, Load vector, Shear force

and Bending moment, Problems on beams.

UNIT V

Equation of motion for 1D elements, derivation of element mass and stiffness matrices, Eigen value


TEXT BOOKS 1. Finite Element IN Engineering, Chandrupatla T.R., 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, India., 2000


REFERENCE BOOKS




Delhi, 1995


1. Apply matrices concept, solution of simultaneous equations, use of minimum potential energy principle to

derive equilibrium equations and numerical integration for engineering problems. Apply Rayleigh Ritz’s

and Galerikin’s method for elasticity problems. (PO: a, c, e, g, k, l)

2. Learn and understand the steps involved in FEM and concept of convergence criteria and geometric

isotropy for solving real time problems. (PO: a, c, f, i)

3. Solve real time 1D, truss problems and plane stress and plane strain problems . (PO: a, b, c, d, h, j)

4. Comprehend finite element concepts of quadrilateral and triangular elements for use in two dimensional

elasticity problems and higher order elements. (PO: a, c, e)

5. Be able to solve beam and dynamic problems using concepts of FEM. (PO: a, b, f, g, l)

38

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Ethics is concerned not only with distinguishing right from wrong and good from bad but also with

commitment to do what is right or what is good. Learning Professional Ethics as a subject has

become imperative because the lines that divide the ethical and unethical activities have been

blurred. Professional ethics, therefore, is made a part of the curricula, the world over in an attempt to

temper the ambitions of future engineers and inculcate in them a sense of ‘live and let live’ which is

part of our philosophy and which is essential for peaceful co-existence in the world today.




2. To make the students aware of the existence of different theories and their content in various

topics of professional ethics.


UNIT I

Introduction to Business Ethics: Meaning, Objectives, need and types of business ethics. Scope

and Functions, Kohlberg’s and Gilligan’s theory of business ethics, values, norms, beliefs and

standards.

UNIT II

Ethics in Profession: Principles of ethics in production and operation management: working



UNIT III

Scope and Aims of Engineering Ethics: Introduction, scope of engineering ethics, role of morality,



UNIT IV

Honesty, Integrity and Reliability: Introduction, ways of misusing the truth, honesty on campus,




UNIT V

Risk, Safety and Liability: Introduction, the codes of engineering practice, difficulties in estimating

risk, normalizing deviance, the experts approach to acceptable risk, identifying and defining

acceptable risk, the lay persons approach to acceptable risk, the engineering liability for risk,

becoming a responsible engineering regarding risk.

39

TEXT BOOKS


Asia, 2003


REFERENCE BOOKS


2. Ethics in Engineering by Mike W Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition


1. To ensure that the students honestly and genuinely appreciate the need to practice professional

ethics for harmonious coexistence in the society.(PO: f & h)

2. To ensure that the students understand the different theories and their content in the financial and

the industrial world. (PO: f & h)

3. To ensure that the students understand the challenges of practicing ethics at the work place and

the conflicts that arises in the discharge of duties as a professional. (PO’s accomplished – f & h)

4. To enable students to integrate the values required to work honestly and with integrity in their

working careers.(PO: f & h)

5. To see that the students ensure for themselves and also for their subordinates and customers the

need for safety and reliability in all the services they provide.(PO: f & h)

40



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

History of fluid power goes back to our ancient civilization wherein man used water to generate

power using water wheels, and air to run windmills and propel ships. These fluids were used in large

quantities at relatively low pressure (corresponding to atmospheric pressure). Until industrial

revolution in 1850 in England fluid power concept was not introduced in industries. But by 1870

fluid power was used in hydraulic cranes, jacks, shearing and riveting machines, water pumps etc.

During and after World War II, fluid power technology gained momentum. And today there is an

after list of fluid power application in almost every industry. Automobiles, missiles, machine tools,

aero planes etc. extensively use fluid power technology. This course deals with the fundamental

aspects of hydraulics and pneumatics, the two fields of relevance to fluid power engineering.

Course learning objectives






UNIT - I

Introduction to Hydraulic Power: Pascal’s law and problems on Pascal’s Law, continuity

equations, introduction to conversion of units, Structure of Hydraulic Control System. The Source of

Hydraulic Power: Pumps Pumping theory, pump classification, gear pumps, vane pumps, piston

pumps, pump performance, pump selection. Variable displacement pumps.


loading.

UNIT - II

Hydraulic Motors: Hydraulic Rotary Actuators, Gear motors, vane motors, piston motors,

Hydraulic motor theoretical torque, power and flow rate, hydraulic motor performance.

Control Components in Hydraulic Systems: Directional Control Valves – Symbolic

representation, Constructional features, pressure control valves – direct and pilot operated types,

flow control valves.

UNIT - III

Hydraulic Circuit Design and Analysis: Control of single and double – acting hydraulic cylinder,


sequencing circuits. Cylinder synchronizing circuits, speed control of hydraulic cylinder, speed

control of hydraulic motors, Accumulators.




41

UNIT - IV

Introduction to Pneumatic Control: Choice of working medium, characteristics of compressed air.





UNIT - V

Directional Control Valves: Symbolic representation as per ISO 1219 and ISO 5599. Design and

constructional aspects, poppet valves, slide valves spool valve, suspended seat type slide

valve. Simple Pneumatic Control: Direct and indirect actuation pneumatic cylinders, use of memory

valve.




practical examples involving the use of logic gates, Pressure dependent controls types construction–


TEXT BOOKS:




REFERENCE BOOKS:




3. Industrial Hydraulics, Pippenger, Hicks, McGraw Hill, New York, 2009 Course Learning Outcomes

1. Get knowledge about working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. (PO: a, f, h, j, k)

2. Become aware about controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. (PO: b, c, f, h, j, k)

3. Have good understanding in selection, preparation and distribution of compressed air. (PO: a, b f, g h, j, k)

4. Be capable to compile the design of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and analyze them. (PO: a, b, c, f, h,

j, k)

5. Demonstrate the need of pressure and time dependent controls. (PO: a, c, d, e, g, i, l)

42



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble




system picks up signals from the environment processes them to generate output signals,

transforming them for example into forces, motions and actions. It is the extension and the

completion of mechanical systems with sensors and microcomputers which is the most important

aspect. The fact that such a system picks up changes in its environment by sensors, and reacts to their

signals using the appropriate information processing, makes it different from conventional methods.




2. Understand the key elements of a measurement system and the basic performance specifications

and models of a variety of analog and digital Mechatronics sensors.

3. Understand the characteristics and models of various electromechanical actuators (brushed dc





UNIT I

Introduction to Mechatronics: Introduction to mechatronics systems, Measurement system,

control systems, microprocessor based controllers, Mechatronics approach and their associated

problems. Examples and discussion on typical systems.



UNIT II

Electrical actuation systems: Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, solid state switches,

solenoids DC & AC motors, stepper motors and their merits and demerits.




UNIT III

Introduction to Microprocessors: Evaluation of Microprocessor, Organization of Microprocessors



representation of positive and negative integers, maximum and minimum integers. Conversion of

real numbers , floating point notation, representation of floating point numbers, accuracy and range

43

in floating point representation, overflow and underflow, addition of floating point numbers,

character representation.

UNIT IV

Microprocessor architecture & micro computer systems. Microprocessor architecture and its



micro controllers.

UNIT V

Assembly Language Programming: 8085 programming, model instruction, classification, 8085




organization.

TEXT BOOKS:


Wiley Eastern.

2. Mechatronics- W. Bolton, Longman, 2nd Pearson Publications, 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:


2006.






1. The student will familiarize himself with basic mechanisms, mechanical components, actuators and sensors

used in Mechatronics systems and also with controllers of Mechatronics systems (PO: a, b , c, d, e, l)

2. The student will familiarize himself with Measurement and signal handling technique (PO: a, b, d, e, g, j)

3. The student will familiarize himself with Graphical development environment for control from large-scale

industrial systems to components in consumer applications; Mechatronics has woven itself into the very

fabric of modern technology (PO: a, b, d, e, j, i)

4. The student will familiarize himself with Among the most important Mechatronics systems are

electromagnetic sensors and electromechanical actuators. Cultivated over years of industrial and research

experience. (PO: a, b, d, e, j, l)

5. The student will familiarize himself with The student will Understand the fundamentals of

MICROPROCESSOR (INTEL 8085 AND 4004) and application of MICROCONTROLLER.(PO: a, b, d,

e, j)

44



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Machine design subject deals with the design of machine elements such as beams, ropes, belts,

chains, springs, gears concepts of lubrication of bearings and bearing design. All these machine

elements are subjected to vibrations, stresses and strains while in operation, machine design lab

provides students to gain insight into these practical aspects and develop skill in measuring various

parameters influencing the design of machine elements, eventually to obtain better designs.






List of Experiments








7. Determination of Stress Concentration using photoelasticity for simple component like plate with

a hole under tension.



10. Determination of principal stresses and strains in a member subjected to combined loading using

strain rosettes.


1. The students will be able to design & conduct experiments related to Longitudinal, transverse and torsional

vibrations. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, j, k)

2. The students will use the knowledge of dynamics of machines, design and conduct experiments on

governors, bearings and lubrication. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, j, k)

3. The students will be able to understand, demonstrate the use of experimental techniques and design the

machine elements using Polari scope and strain gauges. (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

4. The students will be able to compare the results obtained with other methods of engineering analysis. (PO:

a, b, e)

5. The above skills with practical experiments will equip students to realize efficient &better design of

machine elements in practice. (PO: f, g, h, i, j, l)

45

REFERENCE BOOK:



1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become eligible


2. Students has to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual experiment).

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

46


Sub Code: ME 603L Credits:0:0:1

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

FEA is gaining popularity day by day and is a sought after dream career for mechanical engineers.

Enthusiastic engineers and managers who want to refresh or update the knowledge on FEA are

encountered with volumes of published books. FEA is now a commonly used synonym for a wide

range of computational techniques in engineering practice. All the engineering structures today;

should be simulated for their performance on a computer compulsorily. This lab aims at teaching the

basics of commercially available general purpose software for carrying out engineering analysis.


1. Apply the knowledge of FEM to construct finite element models using the library of finite






List of Exercises:



2. Trusses




6. a) Natural Frequencies of Spring mass and dampers systems of Single and two degrees Systems.





1. The student should be expressive the steps involved in solving a given analysis problem and understand the

procedure for carrying out engineering analysis. (PO – a, b, d, e, j)

2. The student should be able to use the software for doing the analysis and simulation.(PO: a, b, d, e, j)

3. The student should be able to compare the results obtained with other methods of analysis.(PO: a, b, d, e)

4. The student should be able to carry out number of iterations by changing the parameters involved in FEA

software. (PO: a, b, d)

REFERENCE BOOK:


2. Practical Finite Element Analysis ---- Published By Finite to Infinite, Pune, India.

---- ISBN 978-81-906195-0-9

47










experiment).

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

48

PROFESSIONAL ELCTIVES

MECHANISM DESIGN

Sub Code: MEPE02 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

Course consists of chapters basically related to, analysis and synthesis of four bar and slider crank













UNIT I

Introduction to analysis and synthesis of mechanism, Terminologies: planar, spherical and spatial,


synthesis, Function generation path generation and body guidance, Precision positions, structural

error, Chebychev spacing, numerical.

UNIT II





UNIT III

Analytical analysis of displacement, velocity and acceleration in four bar and slider crank



UNIT IV

Freudenstein’s equations for four bar mechanism mechanisms and examples, Freudenstein’s

equations slider crank mechanisms and examples, Bloch’s method of synthesis, Mobility of spatial

mechanisms, The Eulerian angles, The Denavit-Hartenberg parameters, Transformation Matrix

position, velocity and acceleration analyses, Forward and inverse kinematics.

49

UNIT V

Computing mechanisms: Analog computers, mechanisms for addition and subtraction,

multiplication and division, Mechanisms for integration, trigonometric functions, inversion, squares,

square roots and square roots of products, computing gears and cams.

TEXT BOOKS:



2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, John J Uicker Jr, Gordon R Pennock, Joseph E Shigley,

Indian Edition, Third Ed, Oxford University Press, 2007.




REFERENCE BOOKS:


Wiley India.




1. Student will be able to analyse and synthesize a mechanism using graphical and analytical methods (PO: a,

b, c, e)

2. Will demonstrate ability to apply different methods of synthesis such as, two and three position synthesis

and relative pole method.(PO: b, c, d, e)

3. Will be able to use analytical methods of analyses of four bar and slider crank mechanism along with

generation of curves.(PO: b, c, d, e, g)

4. Will be able to demonstrate the synthesis of spatial mechanisms and skill in using computing mechanism

in engineering applications.(PO: d, e, g)

50


Sub Code: MEPE 03 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Theory of Elasticity

provides a machine designer with an advanced approach for design of components. With the

advances being made in the areas of manufacturing, design and automotive engineering newer and

efficient design of machinery and equipments require an in depth knowledge of behavior of







systematic manner.


3. Understand the concepts of Stress and Strain at a point by solving problems of practical interest.

Develop skill to solve simple problems on concepts of Plane stress and Plane strain.

4. Develop competence in analyzing the 2D problems of elasticity. Develop an understanding of


5. Develop a understanding of the concepts of torsion of shafts of circular and non circular cross

section and applying them for solving problems. Learn the practical implications and applications

of torsion of thin walled tubes.

UNIT I

Definition And Notations, Stress, Stress at a point, equilibrium equations, principal stress, octahedral



UNIT II Generalized Hooke’s Law, Plane stress and Plain Strain, Aeris Stress Function, Analysis of beams,



UNIT III

Stresses in Rotating Discs and Cylinders, Stress Concentration in an infinite plate.

UNIT IV

Thermal Stresses, Thermo elastic stress strain relation, thermal stresses in think circular disc and

long cylinders. Principal of superposition theorem, Saint Venant’s principle, uniqueness theorom

51

UNIT V

Torsion of circular elliptical and triangular bar, membrane analogy, torsion of thin open section and

thin tubes .

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Theory of Elasticity – SP Timoshenko and Goodier, Mc Graw Hill International, 3

rd Edition 1972


REFERENE BOOKS:

1. Applied Elasticity – CT Wang, Mc Graw Hill Book 1953

2. Elasticity Theory applications and numericals – Martin H Sadd, Elsiver 2005


1. Evaluate and compare the conventional strength of material approach and that of TOE.(PO: a, b, d)

2. Compile fundamentals of TOE for engineering applications.(PO: a, b, c, e)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of TOE. Demonstrate the ability

to solve problems of practical interest.(PO: a, b, c, e)

4. Develop competence to design and analyze problems of engineering involving design of components.(PO:

c, d, e, g)

5. Demonstrate ability to have the competence for undergoing knowledge up gradation in the field of TOE

with particular reference to Theory of Plasticity and Finite Element Method.(PO: d, e, i, l)

52

FRACTURE MECHANICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble
















complex cases.


correction, etc.



UNIT I




UNIT II


(SIF) of simple geometries, Critical SIF, Relation between ERR and SIF. Plastic deformation at

crack tip, plane stress and plane strain plastic zone shape, Dugdale approach for plastic zone size,

effect of thickness.

UNIT III




UNIT IV




http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Mechanics

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Solid_mechanics

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Materials_science

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Physics

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Stress_(physics)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Strain_(materials_science)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Elasticity_(physics)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Plasticity_(physics)

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Crystallographic_defect

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Fractography

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Damage_tolerance

53

UNIT V



TEXT BOOKS: 1. Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, Karen Hellan McGraw Hill Pub, 2000.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Fracture Mechanics – Fundamentals and Application, T.L. Anderson, CRC press 1998





1. Brittle and Ductile fracture of materials, effect of load, temperature and strain rate on fracture with

construction of graphs (PO: a, b, d)

2. Mode-I, II and III failure of materials, SIF calculations with equations each for different modes. (PO: b, c,

e, f).

3. Differentiate between elastic and plastic Fracture mechanics, Irwin plastic zone correction calculation.(PO:

a, c, d, e)

4. Testing method of fracture toughness, fatigue test and about specimens, dynamic crack and arresting

methods.(PO: b, c, e, g)

54



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

















UNIT I









UNIT II

REVIEW OF STRENGTH, STIFFNESS AND RIGIDITY CONSIDERATIONS IN

PRODUCT DESIGN: Principal Stress Trajectories (Force-Flow Lines), Balanced Design, Criteria

and Objectives of Design, Material Toughness: Resilience Designing for Uniform Strength, Tension

vis-a-vis Compression. Review of Production Process: Introduction, Primary Processes, Machining

Process, Non-traditional Machining Processes.





55


parts.

UNIT III


Optimization by Differential Calculus, Lagrange Multipliers, Linear Programming (Simplex

Method), Geometric Programming, Johnson’s Method of Optimum Design.

ECONOMIC FACTOR INFLUENCING DESIGN: Product Value, Design for Safety, Reliability

and Environmental Considerations, Manufacturing Operations in relation to Design, Economic

Analysis, Profit and Competitiveness, Break – even Analysis, Economic of a New Product Design.

UNIT IV




UNIT V


Value? Nature and Measurement of Value, Normal Degree of Value, Importance of Value, The

Value analysis Job Plan, Creativity, Steps to Problems-solving and Value Analysis, Value Analysis

Test, Value Engineering Idea Generation Check-list Cost Reduction through value engineering case

study on Tap Switch Control Assembly, Material and Process Selection in Value Engineering

Modern Approaches to Product Design: Concurrent Design and Quality Function Deployment

(QFD).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Product Design and Manufacturing, A.C. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, PHI 4th

edition 2007.


Edition, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:





1. The student will familiarize the basic approaches in product design by following the standard design

phases practiced in an industry. (PO: a, c, d, f, h, k)

2. The student will understand the importance of consideration of various material properties and abilities of

manufacturing aspects in product design. (PO: a, b, e, f, j)

3. The students will be able to analyses the economics and optimizations of the design for the best profit level

by not compromising its utility. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, i, l)

4. The students will be able to understand the use of computers in design and other related areas of a

manufacturing industry in consideration with safety, reliability and environmental aspects. (PO: a, b, e, f,

h, k)

5. The students will inculcate the effective problem solving techniques and modern design approaches. (PO:

a, c, d, g, i, j, l)

56

RAPID PROTOTYPING


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The current marketplace is undergoing an accelerated pace of change that challenges companies to
















evaluated.

3. Students learn to differentiate various process parameters associated with Rapid Manufacturing

Technique & choose tooling techniques for a specific application.



5. Software associated with rapid prototyping techniques are explored.

UNIT I

INTRODUCTION: History of RP system, Need for the compression in Product development,

Growth of RP industry, classification of RP system.



UNIT II


application.


UNIT III



CONCEPT MODELERS: Principle, Thermal jet printer, Sander’s model maker, 3-D printer.

Genesis printer, HP system, Object Quadra systems.

57

UNIT IV




UNIT V





TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:





1. Apply the concept of RP Theory in real word application (PO : a, c, d)

2. Able to apply the process parameter for different RP Machines (PO : a, b)

3. Able to create a database of tooling technique for different applications (PO : a, f)

4. Understand the process of RP standards for STL, File Format and create a manufacturing DATA (PO : a, b,

c, f, g, l)

5. Able to create a database of different software system for different applications and machine system (PO :

a, d, e, g, l)

58


Sub Code: ME-PE20 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

This subject deals with the concepts, methods of producing coldness and maintaining the space with



applications.




systems.



4. Psychrometry- Definitions, Chart and different Psychrometric process used and study the different

control equipments used in air conditioning system.



UNIT I




Vapor compression cycle: Vapour compression cycle, Components of a VCR system, Analysis,



on above.

UNIT II

Multi pressure vapor Compression systems: Single load system with compound compression,






Multi load systems: Single and multi evaporator systems, Multiple evaporators at same

temperatures, Multiple evaporators at different temperatures with back pressure valves, Single

compressor and multiple expansion valves, Cascade systems, Production of dry CO2, Simple

numerical on multi load systems.

59

UNIT III


Expansion devices and valves like automatic expansion valve, thermostatic expansion valve,

Capillary tube, Evaporator sizing (No Numerical).




UNIT IV

Psychometric: Basic definitions: Specific humidity, Relative humidity, Humidity ratio,

DBT,WBT,DPT, Different psychometric processes, adiabatic humidifier, Use of psychometric chart,

summer and winter air-conditioning systems, Numerical problems on above.


thermostat, Humidity control elements, High pressure and low pressure cut-out, solenoid valves,

motor control, bypass control, VAV control.

UNIT V





Transmission and Distribution of Air: Room air distribution, Friction loss in ducts, Air flow

through ducts, Duct system and Duct design.

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:



3. “Air Conditioning” PITA, 4TH edition, Pearson, 2005



1. Air refrigeration system. Simple and advanced Vapor compression refrigeration system, including multi

load and multi pressure systems.(PO: a, b, c)

2. The working of Vapor absorption refrigeration systems and also different equipments used in Vapor

compression refrigeration system. (PO: a, b, c g)

3. The different Psychometric process used and different control equipments used in air conditioning system.(

PO: b, c, f)

4. Air conditioning systems-cooling load estimate, transmission and distribution of air in the air conditioning

system.( PO: c, f, g)

60

SOLAR ENERGY

Sub Code: ME-PE21 credits 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble



renewable and clean energy source being explored in a large scale for heating and power generation

all over the world. Proper assessment of the availability of solar energy and understanding of the

various solar energy conversion systems is essential for the optimum application and use of solar

energy.













UNIT I

Introduction: energy sources, Renewable energy sources, potential, Achievements in India, energy

alternatives, Solar energy option, overview, devices for thermal collection and storage, Thermal

applications, Water and space heating, Power generation, Space cooling and refrigeration,

Distillation, Drying, cooking.

UNIT II

Solar Radiation: Solar radiation outside atmosphere, Solar radiation at earth’s surface, Instruments

for measuring solar radiation and sunshine recorder, solar radiation data, Solar radiation geometry,

Empirical equations, prediction of availability of solar radiation, solar radiation on tilted surfaces,

Numerical problems.

UNIT III Liquid flat plate collectors: Performance analysis, Transmissivity of cover, transmissivity-

absorptivity product, Overall loss coefficient, hear transfer correlations, Collector efficiency factor,

Collector heat removal factor, Numerical problems, Effect of various parameters on performance,

Analysis of collectors, transient analysis, testing procedures, Alternative to conventional collectors,

numerical problems.

61

UNIT IV


parabolic collector, compound parabolic collectors, parabolic dish collector. Central receiver




UNIT V

Photo-Voltaic Conversion: Solar cell, working principles, conversion efficiency, commercial solar

cells, applications.

Economic analysis: initial and annual costs, definitions, present worth calculations, Repayment of

loan, annual solar savings, payback period, concluding remarks.

TEXT BOOKS:


New Delhi.


REFERENCE BOOK:


NewYork.


1. Awareness of the need for various non-conventional energy sources, energy conservation and energy

storage. (PO: a, b)

2. Understanding of the fundamentals of solar energy, and energy systems based on solar thermal and photo-

voltaic principles of working. (PO: a, b, e)

3. A good understanding of solar energy use for various heating applications and its impact on the

environment. (PO: b, c, e, f)

4. Increased interest and ability to design various capacity heating, cooling and power generation capacity

system. (PO: e, f, g)

5. Understanding the fundamentals of photovoltaic cell operation & economic analysis of solar system. (PO:

a, b, c, d)

62



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In recent years, industrial revolution and modernization, lot of competition is there among the

various industries. To fulfill need of customers and give the components at lower cost, it is important

to produce the components with minimum time using various available techniques. Computational

Fluid Dynamics, cost effective tool, is more often used to change the design of various components.

It provides numerical approximation to the equations that govern fluid motion. Application of the

CFD is to analyze a fluid problem requires the following steps. First, the mathematical equations

describing the fluid flow and are usually a set of partial differential equations. These equations are

then discretized to produce a numerical analogue of the equations. The domain is then divided into

small grids or elements. Finally, the initial conditions and the boundary conditions of the specific

problem are used to solve these equations. The solution method can be direct or iterative. In addition,

certain control parameters are used to control the convergence, stability, and accuracy of the method.


1. Ability to apply knowledge of Mathematics, science and Engineering in static and dynamic flow

analysis of fluids



3. Ability to apply the exact mathematical, physical, thermal conditions to solve the given problem







UNIT I






UNIT II

Basics of numerical methods: Solution of algebraic equations – Newton Raphson method, Solution




63

UNIT III




generation.

UNIT IV

Application of numerical methods: Heat equation Simple explicit method, Richardson’s method


UNIT V

Finite volume Method: Finite volume method for diffusion equation-simple problems, Finite

volume method for convection, diffusion equation, steady 1-dimensional convection diffusion,


schemes.

TEXT BOOKS:


Edition 1998, John C Tannehill, Dule A



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Numerical Methods for Engineers – Iyer and Iyer 2001



1. Able to categorize the given problem and develop mass, momentum and energy equations. (PO: a, b, c, d)

2. Able to differentiate the given problem based on physical and mathematical model (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

3. Able to discretize the given problem and develop FINITE DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

4. Able to apply the above numerical methods for heat and wave equations using implicit and explicit

methods. (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

5. Able to solve FVM basic problems. (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

6. Able to solve software related problems (PO: a, b, c, d, g, j, l)

64

CRYOGENICS

Sub Code : ME-PE28 CREDITS:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In the field of cryogenics, one is concerned with developing and improving low temperature

techniques, process and equipments. Cryogenic engineering primarily involves the practical

utilization of low temperature phenomenon.












1. Having successfully completed the course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and

und The properties of cryogens.(PO: a, b, c)

2. The production of low temperatures. .(PO: a, b, c, d)

3. Heat transfer at low temperature. .(PO: a, b, c, g, f )

4. The behavior of materials at low temperature. .(PO: a, b, c, i)

5. Superconductivity and design of low temperature systems. .(PO: a, b, c, d )

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Cryogenic Process Engineering: Klaus D. Timmerhaus& Thomas M. Flynn, Plenum Press, New

York & London 1989.

65


Sub Code: ME- PE30 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble The success of any industry or service sector depends on two factors. Technical aspect is one thing



increases.



2. Study the various aspects of decision making situation, probability rules, and breakeven analysis

by solving problems.

3. Learn forecasting methods and errors in them and problems on the above topic, fundamentals of

supply chain management.




UNIT I






UNIT II







UNIT III

Aggregate Planning and Master Scheduling: Introduction, Planning and Scheduling, Objectives

of Aggregate Planning, Pure Strategies of Aggregate Planning. Master Scheduling - Objectives,

Master Scheduling Methods.

UNIT IV

Material and Capacity Requirements Planning: Overview: MRP and CRP; MRP: Time phasing



.

66

UNIT V







TEXT BOOKS:



3. Operations Management, Monks, J.G., Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill Ed. (2004).

REFERENCE BOOKS:






Students will be able to

1. Take a better decision for a given situation.(PO: a,e,h,k,l)

2. Forecast the future demand from the history.( PO:b,d,e,h,I,l)

3. Plan the production satisfying the demand, scheduling accordingly.( PO: a,b,d,e,k)

4. Calculate material required ,men and machines required.( PO: b,e,i,l)

5. Schedule properly so that there will be full utilization of men and machines and time taken will be

minimum.( PO: b,e,i,l)

M. S. RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY BANGALORE-54


SYLLABUS


(For the Academic year 2014 – 2015)


VII & VIII Semester B. E.


Ramaiah, our Founder Chairman who was a renowned visionary, philanthropist, and a pioneer in

creating several landmark infrastructure projects in India. Noticing the shortage of talented

engineering professionals required to build a modern India, Dr. M.S. Ramaiah envisioned

MSRIT as an institute of excellence imparting quality and affordable education. Part of Gokula

Education Foundation, MSRIT has grown over the years with significant contributions from

various professionals in different capacities, ably led by Dr. M.S. Ramaiah himself, whose

personal commitment has seen the institution through its formative years. Today, MSRIT stands

tall as one of India’s finest names in Engineering Education and has produced around 35,000

engineering professionals who occupy responsible positions across the globe.



students. The department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of 180

students and 48 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post

graduate degree with 20 doctorates.


Manufacturing Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, with an intake

of 18 each. The Department also offers research program which includes MSc Engineering by

research and PhD degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at present 24

researchers are pursuing PhD. The department received software grants from Autodesk a leading

Computer Aided Design multinational company and has been using them in the curriculum. The

faculty members have taken up number of research projects funded by external agencies like

DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya Technological University and received funding to the

tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee celebrations, the department has conducted a

national level project exhibition and an International Conference on “Challenges and

Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Management Studies” –

ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have published books on different domains of

Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by Visvesvaraya Technological University Board

of Studies as reference text books.


throughout the year, in the year 2013 – AeRobusta – 4 member student team from the

department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th

position out of 64 teams

from all over the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN

COUNTRIES.



Place in the technical session

out of 36 participating teams from all over the world.



PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs 1,20,000 and also received a

free Trip to Autodesk University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

Faculty

























Vision and Mission




learning environment for a better tomorrow through continuous improvement and customization

Quality Policy




concerned”.







conducive and creative learning environment to produce qualified and skilled human resources in

Mechanical Engineering, offer post graduate programme in the emerging fields of Mechanical

Engineering, create R & D environment to be a centre of excellence in Mechanical Engineering.



Periodic Review

Vision &

Mission of the

Department by

the committee

Management

Institute’s Vision &

Mission

Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry


Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision

& Mission



Academic Council &

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs

Student

s PG faculty Parents Alumni Industry

Collect data



summarize the data

(Board of Studies)

PEOs of the Program









opportunities.





alumni, Industry and also from guidelines put across by regulatory/professional bodies and

graduate attributes which are in line with programme educational objectives. The following

block diagram indicates the information flow.


Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE,

VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student






problems.




Engineering.

e) Apply the modern engineering tools and information technology to virtually understand


f) Assess societal, health, safety, legal, cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practices and using codes contextual knowledge.





objectives.

j) Communicate, document and present effectively at all stages of product / system design



l) Prepare and engage themselves for lifelong learning to address the day-to-day






Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1




mechanical engineering like materials and

manufacturing design and development,

thermal and fluid systems, automation

and robotics, management science and

also use of modern analytical and

computational tools.

X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2



through seminars. Engineering projects

and its development and management.

X X X X X X

3


studies in specified areas of mechanical

engineering and explore possible

profession in R & D, academic and self


X X X X X

4





learning.

X

X

X

X

VII SEMESTER B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl.

No. Subject Code Subject

Teaching

Department

Credits*

L T P Total

1 ME701 CAD/CAM Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

2 ME702 Heat and Mass Transfer Mechanical

Engineering 4 0 0 4

3 ME703 Mechanical Vibrations Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

4 ME701L CAD/CAM Laboratory Mechanical

Engineering 0 0 1 1

5 ME702L Heat and Mass Transfer

Laboratory

Mechanical

Engineering 0 0 1 1

6

Soft Core ( Any Two Subjects)

MES71N Automotive Engineering Mechanical

Engineering

3 0 0

6 MES72N Composite Materials 3 0 0

MES73 Operations Research 3 0 0

Professional Elective (Any one)

7

MEPE10 Non-Traditional Machining Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

MEPE38 Wind Energy Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

MEPE39 Energy Audit and Management Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

Total 19 0 2 21

CAD/CAM

Sub Code : ME701 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) involves all the processes of

conceptualizing, designing, analyzing, prototyping and actual manufacturing with Computer's

assistance. Computer based information technologies have been extensively used to help both

designing and manufacturing industries manage their processes and information system to focus

their efforts on increasing the overall efficiency and meet the customer's requirements.

CAD/CAM attempts to integrate the various stages of product design and development with a

"Geometric Model", created from fundamentals of computational geometry (CG). Latest

techniques of geometric modeling (Feature based or parametric modeling etc) and manufacturing

like Rapid prototyping (RP) have bridged the gap between product conceptualization and product

realization. A versatile Geometric Model can characterize all physical properties of real

component and can incorporate all types of simulations and can quickly generate the modified

outcomes (Production drawings) for a predefined set of design rules. The benefits extend beyond

design to engineering analysis, manufacturing and inspection which can be automated and

integrated with the design.


During the course the students will be learning

1. The fundamentals of CAD/CAM, CAD process, use of data base, advantages of

CAD/CAM.

2. The functions of graphic packages, transformation of geometry.

3. In the CAM part, student is introduced the starting from conventional NC System,

coordinate system, Application of NC, CNC/DNC basics and adaptive control system

4. The manual part programming and computer aided part programming.

5. Finally the basics of robotics, types of configurations, end effectors, sensors and robot

applications

UNIT I

Fundamentals of CAD: Definition of CAD/CAM, product cycle (conventional &

computerized), Design process, applications of computers in design process, creating

manufacturing data base, advantages and disadvantages of CAD/CAM

Hardware in CAD: Basic Structure, CPU, Memory Types, Input Devices, Display Devices,

Hard Copy Devices, Storage Devices and Software

UNIT II

Computer Graphics: Raster Scan Graphics, Coordinate Systems, Database Structure for

Graphic Modeling, functions of graphics package, Transformation of geometry, 2D

transformations – Simple problems

Geometric Modelling: Requirements for geometric modeling, Geometric Models, Geometric

Based Modelling, Constrain Based Modelling, Curve Representation, Surface Representation

methods.

UNIT III

Introduction to NC technology: Basic components of NC system. NC Coordinate system, types

of NC systems, advantages and applications of NC, influence of computers in manufacturing

environment.

DNC, CNC Systems: Types, advantages of adaptive control systems, types of CNC turning

centers and machining centers,

UNIT IV CNC Programming: NC Programming Process, Program Planning, Part Program Structure, G

codes, M codes, drilling and milling programs, turning programs. Cutter Radius Offset, Sub

Programs, Tool Length Offset, Fixed Cycles

UNIT V

Robotics: Introduction, robot configuration, types of robot programming, end effectors work

cell, control and interlock, robot sensor, robot applications.

Introduction to GD&T: Introduction to GD& T, advantages, application, Dimensioning and

Tolerancing fundamentals, Symbols, Terms, Rules.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM principles and applications by P.N. Rao, Tata MC Graw Hill 2002

2. CAD/CAM by Groover, Tata MC Graw Hill 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd

eidtion

2. Computer graphics- Steron Harrington- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd

eidtion

3. Computer aided manufacturing- P.N. Rao, Tiwar, Tata MC Graw Hill 3rd

eidtion

4. Geometric dimensioning and Tolerancing for Mechanical design: By Gene R. Cogorno


At the end of the course student will have learnt the:

1. The basics of CAD/CAM, CAD process, CAM process and advantages of CAD/CAM

hardware including memory /storage devices.

2. The software functions, transformation of geometries the modeling types, basics of

exchange of data.

3. In Cam part, they will have learnt fundamentals of NC/CNC/DNC and adaptive control.

4. Both manual and computer assisted part programming

5. The basics of robotics, types of configurations, end effectors, sensors and robot

applications.

HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER


Prerequisite: ME303, ME406.

Preamble:

Heat transfer is the science that seeks to predict the energy transfer that may takes place between

material bodies as a result of a temperature difference. The course is normally required in

mechanical and chemical engineering curricula but it has applications in cooling problems in the

field of electrical and electronics engineering, space applications etc. the three modes of heat

transfer that is conduction, convection and radiation are clearly described in this course and

students will learn how to formulate, analyze, design and solve the problems related to heat

transfer. In addition a small portion of mass transfer is also presented in the course for the

students to understand the problems related to simultaneous heat and mass transfer.


This course enables the students to understand: 1. Modes and basic laws of heat transfer, one dimensional steady state conduction through

plane wall, cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and

without heat generation.

2. The steady state heat transfer from straight fins subjected to different boundary conditions

and unsteady state conduction with lumped analysis and use of Heisler charts.

3. The evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls,

cylinder etc under different conditions with the use dimensional analysis method.

4. The thermal design of heat exchangers with LMTD and NTU methods and also learn the

heat transfer with change of phase i.e. boiling and condensation.

5. The radiation heat transfer for different cases including radiation shield and learn the basis

of diffusion and convective mass transfer.

UNIT I

Introductory concepts :Modes of Heat Transfer, Basic Laws of Heat Transfer, Overall Heat

Transfer Coefficient, Boundary Conditions, 3-D Conduction equation In Cartesian coordinates,

Discussion On 3-D Conduction equation in Cylindrical and Spherical coordinate systems(No

Derivation). 1-DConduction equations in Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinate

Systems. Composite Walls, Cylinders and Spherical Systems with Constant Thermal

Conductivity, Numerical Problems.

Derivation for 1-D heat flow and temperature distribution in plane wall, cylinder, sphere with

variable thermal conductivity. Insulating materials and their selection, critical thickness of

insulation. Steady state 1-D conduction in slab, cylinder and spheres with heat generation.

UNIT II

Heat transfer in extended surfaces: Derivation for 1-D heat flow and temperature distribution

in straight fin with end conditions such as, infinitely long fin, fin with insulated tip, fin with

convection at the tip and fin connected between two heat sources. Fin efficiency and

effectiveness, 1-D numerical method for fin. Numerical problems.

1-D transient conduction: conduction in solids with negligible internal temperature gradient

(lumped system analysis), Use of Heislers charts for transient conduction in slab, long cylinder

and sphere, Use of transient charts for transient conduction in semi-infinite solids, Numerical

problems.

UNIT III

Concepts and basic relations in boundary layers: Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers,

critical Reynolds number, local heat transfer coefficient, average heat transfer coefficient, Flow

inside a duct, hydrodynamic and thermal entrance lengths.

Natural or Free convection: Application of dimensional analysis for free convection. Physical

significance of Grasshoff number, Rayleigh number. Use of correlations in free convection for

horizontal, vertical plates and cylinders. Numerical problems

Forced convection heat transfer: Application of dimensional analysis for forced convection.

Physical significance of Reynolds, Prandtl, Nusselt and Stanton numbers. Use of correlations for

hydro-dynamically and thermally developed flows in case of a flow through tubes, flow over a

flat plate, cylinder and across a tube bundle. Numerical problems.

UNIT IV

Heat exchangers: Classification of heat exchangers, Tubular and compact heat exchangers,

overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling factor, L.M.T.D method, effectiveness, NTU method of

analysis of heat exchangers, Numerical problems.

Condensation and Boiling heat transfer: Types of condensation, Nusselt’s theory for laminar

condensation on a vertical flat surface, expression for film thickness and heat transfer coefficient,

use of correlations for condensation on inclined flat surfaces, horizontal tube and horizontal tube

banks, Regimes of pool Boiling, Numerical problems.

UNIT V

Mass Transfer: Fick`s law of diffusion mass transfer, Isothermal evaporation of water,

convective mass transfer, Numerical problems.

Radiation heat transfer: Thermal radiation, definitions of various terms used in radiation heat

transfer, Stefan-Boltzman law, Kirchoff`s law, Planck`s law and Wein`s displacement law,

Radiation heat exchange between two parallel infinite black surfaces and gray surfaces, effect of

radiation, shield, Intensity of radiation and solid angle, Lambert`s law, radiation heat exchange

between two infinite surfaces, Radiation shape factor, properties of shape factors, shape factor

algebra, Hottel`s cross string formula, network method for radiation heat exchange in an

enclosure, Numerical problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Heat and Mass Transfer, S.C. SACHDEV, New Age International Edition. ,2006.,

2. Basic Heat Transfer, OZISIK, McGraw-Hill publications, NY. 2005.,

3. Heat and Mass Transfer, M.THIRUMALESHWAR, Pearson Edition. 2006.,

4. Heat and Mass transfer Data book , C.P KOTHANDARAMAN & S.SUBRAMANYAN ,

New age international(p) limited publishers, 2007

REFERENC BOOKS:

1. Heat Transfer, a practical approach. YUNUS A CENEGAL, Tata McGraw-Hill publishers,

NY. 2001.,

2 Heat Transfer, J.P HOLMON, McGraw-Hill Publishers special Indian edition 2011.

3. Principles of engineering heat transfer., KRIETH F, Thomas learning. 2001.


After studying the course the student is able to:

1. Analyze and calculate one dimensional steady state conduction heat transfer through plane

wall, cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and without

heat generation.

2. Determine temperature and heat flow from straight fins subjected to different boundary

conditions and also analyzes unsteady state conduction problems with lumped analysis and

using Heisler charts.

3. Demonstrate the evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from

walls, cylinder etc under different conditions.

4. Do thermal design of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods and also

demonstrate the heat transfer with change of phase that is boiling and condensation.

5. Workout the radiation heat transfer problems for different cases including radiation shield

and also solve simple numerical on diffusion & convective mass transfer.

MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS Sub Code: ME703 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The study of vibrations is concerned with the oscillatory motions of bodies and the forces

associated with them. All bodies possessing mass and elasticity are capable of vibration. Thus,

most engineering machines and structures experience vibration to some degree, and their design

generally requires consideration of their oscillatory behavior. Vibration problems occur wherever

there are rotating or moving parts in machinery. In recent times, many investigations have been

motivated by the engineering applications of vibration, such as the design of machines,

foundations, structures, engines, turbines and control systems.

A vibratory system is a dynamic system for which the variables such as excitations (inputs) and

responses (outputs) are time dependent. The response of a vibrating system generally depends on

the initial conditions as well as the external excitations. The analysis of a vibrating system

usually involves mathematical modeling, derivation of the governing equations, solution of the

equations and interpretation of the results.


1. Impart the knowledge of fundamentals of vibrations for various applications.

2. Understand the concepts of vibrations of damped and un-damped systems under free and

forced vibrations.

3. Develop skill to solve simple problems on single degree of freedom and multidegree of

freedom systems.

4. Develop competence in applying the numerical methods in solving multidegree of freedom

systems.

5. Develop an understanding of working of various automotive components based on

vibrations.

UNIT I

Introduction: Types of vibrations, S.H.M, principle of super position applied to Simple

Harmonic Motions. Beats, Fourier theorem and simple problems.

Undamped free vibrations: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-

natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring,

Compound Pendulum.

UNIT II

Damped free vibrations: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of

critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of

under damping critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement. Steady state solution with

viscous damping due to harmonic force.

UNIT III

Forced Vibration: Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance,

vibration isolation-transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic excitation and support motion.

Vibration measuring instruments & Whirling of Shafts: Vibrometer and accelerometer.

Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of speeds above and below critical

speeds.

UNIT IV

Systems with two degrees of freedom: Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of

vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and principal co-ordinates, free vibration in terms of

initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced Oscillations-Harmonic excitation. Applications:

Vehicle suspension. Dynamic vibration absorber. Dynamics of reciprocating Engines.

UNIT V

Numerical methods for Multi degree Freedom systems: Introduction, Influence coefficients,

Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerley’s equation. Orthogonality of principal modes, Method

of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the natural frequencies using sweeping matrix

and orthogonality principle. Holzer’s method, Stodola method.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson

Education 5th

edition, 2007.

2. Mechanical Vibrations: V.P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Company Pvt. Ltd., 3rd

edition, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th

Edition, 2003.

2. Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill,

Special Indian edition, 2007.

3. Theory & Practice of Mechanical vibrations: J.S. Rao & K. Gupta, New Age International

Publications, New Delhi, 2001.

4. Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian

edition, 2007.


1. Develop an understanding of concept of periodic motion, principle of superposition,

compound pendulum, natural frequency and stiffness of springs.

2. Compile fundamentals of vibrations for engineering applications.

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of mechanical

vibrations.

4. Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of practical interest.


components subjected to mechanical vibrations.

CAD/ CAM LAB

Sub Code : ME701L Credits: 0:0:1

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble



assistance. A versatile Geometric Model can characterize all physical properties of real


outcomes (eg. Production drawings) for a predefined set of design rules. Use of CAD/CAM

technologies enables the user to make accurate and precise changes in the geometric models,

production drawings and simulation at any stage of the Product Design and Development Cycle.



1. The fundamentals of CAD/CAM process, use of data base, applications of CAD/CAM.

2. Various types of turning and machining centers.


4. Programming for milling and turning operations using CAM PACKAGES.

5. Programming the Industrial Robots etc.

PART A

CAM: Simulation of machining process (Turning and Milling) using CAM PACKAGES

(MASTER CAM or ESPRIT etc.)

CNC Machining: Demonstration of part programming. Manual Part programming for CNC

Machines to perform Turning and Milling operations.

PART B

Pneumatics, Hydraulics, Electro-Pneumatics: Four typical experiments on the basis of these

topics to be conducted.

Robot programming: Using Teach Pendent & Offline programming to perform pick and place,

stacking of objects.

Development of Ladder Logic Diagram/ Programming PLC for level control, Position control,

Robot pick and place or any two simulations to be carried out.

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd

edition


eidtion


At the end of the course the students are accustomed with:

1. The fundamentals of CAD/CAM process

2. Practical knowledge about turning and Milling centers.

3. Emerging Manual part program for the machining process.

4. Application of various CAM PACKAGES.

5. Teaching and Programming the Industrial Robots etc…


The student should solve 2 exercises. 1 of them should be from PART A and the other from

PART B




Max Marks: 50

PART A: 20

PART B: 20

Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

HEAT & MASS TRANSFER LAB

Course Code: ME702L Credits: 0:0:1


Course learning Objectives

Student is expected to: 1. Conduct and determine various parameters in experiments related to various modes of heat

transfer such as Conduction, Convection and Radiation.

2. Do the experiments on Heat exchangers, Pins and change of phase.

3. Handle R&D projects in heat and mass transfer.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of a Metal Rod.

2. Determination of Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient of a Composite wall.

3. Determination of Effectiveness ofa Metallic fin.

4. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a free Convection on a vertical tube.

5. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a Forced Convention Flow through a Pipe.

6. Experiment on Transient Conduction Heat Transfer

7. Determination of Emissivity of a Surface.

8. Determination of Stefan Boltzman Constant.

9. Determination of LMDT and Effectiveness in a Parallel Flow and Counter Flow

Heat Exchangers.

10. Experiments on Boiling of Liquid and Condensation of Vapour.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Heat transfer Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.

2. Heat and Mass Transfer, 2006., M.Thirumaleshwar, Pearson Edition.

3. Heat and Mass Transfer data book ( seventh Edition) C P Kothandaraman and S

Subramanyam


Student successfully completing this course will demonstrate the following:

1. Knowledge of the various modes of heat transfer, combined heat transfer processes.

2. Capability to analyze and solve practical problems from basic principles using heat transfer

data hand book.

3. Familiarization with the experimental methodology and ability to solve problems

AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING

Sub Code : MES71 Credits:3:0:0

Prerequisite : Nil

Preamble

The rise in civilization is closely related to improvements in transportation. In the development

of transport the internal combustion engines and automotive engineering occupies very important

position. The internal combustion engines have provided reliable small power unit for the

personalized transport of the layman and in this way revolutionized the living habits of people to

a great extent. Indeed internal combustion engine may be considered as an important landmark

of the machine age. The teaching of automotive engineering is a very important part of

mechanical engineer’s education.


The students shall be able to:

1. Understand IC engine, its components and different types of fuels.

2. Develop skills in fuel supply & ignition systems for SI and CI engines.

3. Develop skills in power trains.

4. Understand basic types of automotive chassis, springs and brakes.

5. Develop skills in automotive control system.

UNIT I

I C Engine Components, Cooling & Lubrication systems: SI & CI engines, cylinder –

arrangements and their relatives merits, Liners, Piston, connecting rod, crankshaft, valves, valve

actuating mechanisms, valve and port timing diagrams, Compression ratio, choice of materials

for different engine components, engine positioning, cooling requirements, methods of cooling,

different lubrication arrangements.

Fuels: Conventional fuels, LPG and Natural gas operation of SI engines; Operation of SI

engines with alternate fuels like ethanol and ethanol blends, introduction to new fuels for

Automotive Engines like hydrogen, hybrid fuels and fuel cells.

UNIT II

Fuel supply systems for SI and CI engines: Properties of air-fuel mixtures - Mixture

requirements for steady state and transient operation, Mixture formation studies of volatile fuels,

design of elementary carburetor Chokes - Effects of altitude on carburetion -Carburetor for 2-

stroke and 4-stroke engines - carburetor systems for emission control. Petrol injection - Open

loop and closed loop systems, mono point, multi point and direct injection systems - Principles

and Features, Bosch injection systems. Fuel feed systems, Mechanical and electrical pumps.

Normal and abnormal combustion.

Ignition systems: Battery Ignition systems, magneto Ignition system, Electronic Ignition,

Automatic Ignition advance systems.

UNIT III

Power Trains: Principle of friction clutches and constructional details, Fluid flywheel, Single

plate, multi-plate and centrifugal clutches.

Gear box: Necessity for gear ratios in transmission, synchromesh gear box. Freewheeling

mechanism, planetary gears systems, over drives, fluid coupling and torque converters, Epi-

cyclic gear box, principles of automatic transmission, calculation of gear ratio.

Drive to wheels. Propeller shaft and universal joints, Hotchkiss and torque tube drives,

differential, rear axle, different arrangements of fixing the wheels to rear axle, steering geometry,

camber, king pin inclination, included angle, castor, toe in & toe out, condition for exact

steering, steering gears, power steering- hydraulic and electric power assisted, over steer, under

steer and neutral steer (No numerical).

UNIT IV

Automotive Chassis: Types of chassis layout with reference to power plant locations and drive,

Vehicle frames. Various types of frames. Constructional details, Materials. Testing of vehicle

frames. Unitized frame body construction: Loads acting on vehicle frame.

Suspension and springs: Requirements, Torsion bar suspension systems, leaf spring, coil

spring, independent suspension for front wheel and rear wheel. Air suspension system.

Brakes: Types of brakes, mechanical, air, vacuum and hydraulic braking systems, construction

and working of master and wheel cylinder, brake shoe arrangements, Disk brakes, drum brakes,

Antilock –Braking systems, purpose and operation of antilock-braking system. (No numerical)

UNIT V

Automotive emission control systems: Automotive emission controls, Controlling crankcase

emissions, Controlling evaporative emissions, Cleaning the exhaust gas, Controlling the air-fuel

mixture, Controlling the combustion process, Exhaust gas recirculation, Treating the exhaust

gas, Catalytic converter, Emission standards- Euro I, II, III and IV norms, Bharat Stage II, III

norms.

Performance parameters and Engine Test Technology: Various performance parameters used

for testing, Engine diagnosis, Electronic system testing and ECU diagnostics.

Superchargers and Turbochargers: Introduction. Turbocharger construction and operation,

Intercooler, Turbocharger lag.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Automotive mechanics, William H Crouse & Donald L Anglin, 10th

Edition Tata

McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2007

2. Automotive Mechanics by S.Srinivasan, Tata McGraw Hill 2003.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Automotive mechanics: Principles and Practices, Joseph Heitner, D Van Nostrand

Company, Inc

2. Fundamentals of Automobile Engineering, K.K.Ramalingam, Scitech Publications

(India) Pvt. Ltd.

3. Automobile Engineering, R.B.Gupta, Satya prakashan, 4th

edn. 1984.

4. Automobile engineering, Kirpal Singh. Vol I and II 2002.


Two questions to be set from each unit. Students have to answer any FIVE full questions

choosing at least ONE question from each unit.


1. Student will be able to understand IC engine, its components and selection of fuels.

2. Will be able to analyze carburetor & ignition system to be suitable for CI and SI engines.

3. Will be able to demonstrate power trains and its structure.

4. Will be able to familiarize with automotive chassis, suspension system and brakes.

5. Will be able to expose knowledge of automotive emission control system.

COMPOSITE MATERIALS

Sub Code: MES72 Crédits:3 :0 :0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In present days different types of materials pertaining to engineering field. The conventional

materials whose properties are already there in the hand books. As the new inventions are

taking place, the conventional materials are not fit at that place. So there is a need for newer

materials which suits to the need, with improved properties and structures. And also there is

a need for the newer materials with improved mechanical, chemical, electrical and other

properties. This course deals with the study of such advanced materials to serve the

required purpose in the field of aerospace and specialty areas, where light weight and high

strength are of interest.


1. Students are initially made to know the concept of the conventional materials and their

applications.

2. To analyze the different processing/ fabrication techniques of composite materials

especially fiber components

3. To obtain brief descriptions for the need of newer materials which are having better

improved properties to suit with conventional materials.

4. To analyze the types of composite materials and their properties, and their applications.

UNIT I

Introduction: Definition of composite material, Classification based on matrix and

topology, Constituents of composites, Interfaces and Inter phases, Distribution of

constituents, Characteristics and selection of Fiber Composites, laminated composites,

Particulate composites, sandwich construction.

UNIT II

Fabrication of Metal Matrix Composites: Commonly used Matrices, Basic Requirements in

Selection of constituents, solidification processing of composites , Spray processes - Osprey

Process, Rapid solidification processing, Dispersion Processes - Stir-casting & Compo casting,

Screw extrusion, Liquid- metal impregnation technique - Squeeze casting, Pressure infiltration,

Lanxide process.

UNIT III

Fabrication of Polymer Matrix Composites: Commonly used Matrices Basic Requirements in

selection of Constituents, Moulding method, Low pressure closed Moulding, pultrusion,

Filament winding.

Application in aircrafts, missiles, space Hardware, automobile, electrical and electronics, Marine,

recreational and Sports equipment, future potential of composite materials

UNIT IV

Secondary Processing and Joining of Composite: Forging and extrusion of composites –

critical issues, dynamic recovery and dynamic recrystallization, mechanical properties; Induction

Heating, Fusion Bonding, Ultrasonic welding, Gas tungsten arc welding, Gas metal arc welding,

Resistance spot & seam welding.

UNIT V

Fracture & Safety of Composite: Fracture behavior of composites, Mechanics and Weakest

link statistics, Griffith theory of brittle fracture and modification for structural materials, Basic

fracture mechanics of composite Fracture Mechanics of MMC and polymer Matrix composites.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Rober M.Jones “Mechanics of composite Materials” McGraw Hill Kogakusha Ltd.

2. Michael W,Hyer “ Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced composite materials”,McGraw

Hill InternationalKrishnan K Chawla, “Composite material science and Engineering”,

Springer

3. P.C.Mallik, “Fibre reinforced composites” Marcel Decker


Students are capable to define the concept of materials i.e., conventional materials, alloys,

composite materials, hybrid composites with their structure. Students become aware of

different reinforcement materials, matrix materials and their applications.

1. Students will be able to demonstrate the need for composite materials by comparing the

limitations of conventional materials.

2. The students are given a thorough knowledge of different fabrication techniques and also

by giving on hand practical knowledge of casting.

3. The students are given a thorough knowledge about the materials having light weight to

high strength ratio.

4. The students have thorough knowledge about the composite materials, hybrid composites

and their properties and applications.

OPERATIONS RESEARCH


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Technology as it advances, offers many advantages, should be backed by management

techniques to improve efficiency. Operations research is one of optimization tool to find the best

solution in the given situation of the problem with many constraints. It can be a maximization or

minimization problem.


1. Fundamentals of OR, formulation of linear programming problems.

2. Graphical solution, Simplex method, Big M method, duality principals

3. Various types of transportation and assignment problems

4. Replacement of machines at suitable time, queing model & Network analysis(PERT/CPM)

5. Games theory, solution by graphical method and dominance rule.

UNIT I

Introduction, Definition, Scope of OR, Characteristics of OR, Phases of OR, Models in OR,

Advantages and limitations of OR, Formulation of LPP, Graphical solutions.

Linear Programming Problems-The Simplex Method, Big M method.

UNIT II

Concept of Duality, Finding solution for Primal and Dual problems, Dual Simplex

method.Assignment problems Hungarian method, Maximisation problem, unbalanced problems.

Travelling Salesmen problems.

UNIT III

Transportation problems, basic feasible solution, optimality methods, unbalanced problems,

maximization problems, degenerate problems.

Replacement problems: Replacement of machines with and without considering the value of

money, Group replacement problems.

UNIT IV

Game theory: 2 person zero sum game, Games with and without saddle point, Graphical

solutions for 2Xn, mX2 games, Dominance property.

Queing theory: Queing systems and their characteristics, M/M/1 Queing systems, problems.

UNIT V

PERT-CPM Techniques: Network construction, determining critical path, Floats, Project

duration, PERT problems, Crashing of simple networks.

TEXTBOOKS:

1. Operations Research: An Introduction by Taha.H.A.-Pearson Education Edition.

2. Operations Research-S.D. Sharma, Kedarnath Ramnath and Co. 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Operations Research- Hiller and Liberman, Mcgrawhill 5th

Edition, 2001.

2. Operations Research-Principles And Practice, Ravindran, Philips, Wiley India Ltd, 2nd

Edition 2007.


1. Formulate a given problem, then to solve either by Graphical/Simplex/Big M method.

2. The usage of duality property

3. To solve transportation and assignment problem

4. To find the best time to replace the old machine

5. Queuing theory application & network analysis, crashing etc & to solve games theory

problem using graphical and dominance rule

NONTRADITIONAL MACHINING

Sub Code: MEPE10 Crédits:3 :0 :0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of all machining operations is to remove excess material to obtain the desired

shape and size. Unlike in the conventional machining operation as cited above, unconventional

machining uses special technique for the removal of material which leads to a greater accuracy,

surface finish. The source of energy could be electrical, mechanical motion, chemical reaction,

power radiation or fluid motion, etc. Normally the magnitude of energy involved will be highly

concentrated at any given point/location. A very rapid development of newer materials having

higher hardness and other mechanical properties which demand higher dimensional accuracy and

high production rate, a need for developing newer manufacturing process arose. The present

subject deals with various nontraditional machining processes and its advantages and limitations

over the conventional processes.


1. Introduction of non-traditional machining methods and their difference with conventional

machining methods

2. Different classification criteria of non-traditional machining methods and their

classifications

3. Working principle, process details, applications, advantages and limitations of non-

traditional machining

UNIT I

Introduction to NTM, Classification of NTM, Comparison between conventional and Non

conventional process.

Ultrasonic Machining: Introduction ,Equipment, Tool material and tool size, Abrasive slurry,

cutting tool system design, Effect of parameter: effect of amplitude, frequency, Effect of

vibration, abrasive diameter, Effect of applied static load, slurry, tool and work material, USM

process characteristics: MRR, tool wear, accuracy, surface finish, Application, advantages and

disadvantages of USM.

Abrasive Jet Machining: Introduction, Equipment, Variables in AJM, Carrier gas, types of

abrasive, size of abrasive grain, Velocity of the abrasive jet, mean number, abrasive particles/unit

volume of carrier gas, Work material, stand-off distance, nozzle design, shape of cut, Process

characteristics: MRR, nozzle wear, accuracy , surface finish, Applications, advantages and

disadvantages of AJM.

UNIT II

Electro Chemical Machining: Introduction, study of ECM machine, elements of ECM, Cathode

tool, Anode work piece, source of DC power, Electrolyte, chemistry of process, ECM process

characteristics,-MRR, accuracy, surface finish, ECM tooling: ECM tooling technique and

Example, Tool and insulation materials, tool size, electrolyte flow arrangement, Handling of

slug, Economics of ECM, applications such as electrochemical turning, Electrochemical

grinding, Electrochemical honing, deburring, advantages, limitations.

Chemical Machining: Introduction, elements of process, Chemical blanking process:

preparation of work piece, Preparation of masters, masking with photo resists, etching for

blanking, Accuracy ,applications of chemical blanking, chemical milling, Process steps-masking,

etching, process characteristics of CHM, MRR, accuracy, surface finish, hydrogen

embrittlement, Advantages and application of CHM.

UNIT III

Electro Discharge Machining: Introduction, Mechanism of material removal, Dielectric fluid,

Spark generator, EDM tools, electrode feed control, electrode manufacture, Electrode wear,

EDM tool design, choice of machining operation, Electrode material selection, under sizing,

length of electrode, machining time, Flushing, pressure flushing, suction flushing, Side flushing,

pulsed flushing, EDM process characteristics: MRR, accuracy, surface finish, HAZ, machine

tool selection, Application, EDM accessories/ applications, Electric discharge grinding, traveling

wire EDM.

UNIT IV

Plasma Arc Machining: Introduction, equipment, non thermal generation of plasma, Selection

of gas, Mechanism of metal removal, PAM parameter, Process characteristics, safety

precautions, applications, advantages and limitations

Laser Beam Machining: Introduction, equipment of LBM, Mechanism of metal removal LBM

parameters, process characteristics, Advantages, limitations

UNIT V

Electron Beam Machining: principles, Equipment, operations, Applications, advantages,

limitations of EBM.

Water Jet Machining: principle, equipment, operation, Applications, advantages and

limitations of WJM.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. P.C. Pandey, H.S.Shan, A text book on Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw Hill,

N Delhi, 2009

2. Advanced Machining Processes, Vijay K Jain, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2009

3. Production Technology, HMT, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Unconventional Manufacturing Process, M.K. Singh, New Age International (P), Ltd.,

2008

2. New Technology, Amitabh Bhattacharya Institution of Engrs (I), 2000

3. Manufacturing Science, Ghosh & Mallick, New Age Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2008


1. Students will be appreciate the importance of NTM methods and their advantages over

conventional methods

2. Students will be able to demonstrate different NTM methods

3. Students will be able to correlate specific applications of various NTM methods

WIND ENERGY

Sub Code: MEPE38 Credits:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Wind energy is an important non-conventional and renewable energy source which contributes

for a significant portion of total energy consumption in India and the world. It is one of the thrust

areas in the energy sector and the demand for wind energy is expected to grow at faster rate in

the coming years. Considerable progress has been made in the recent years in wind energy

technologies because of the need for very large machines and complex working conditions. This

course has been tailored to expose students to the recent advances in wind energy technologies

and to prepare them to the challenges in the coming years.


1. Study of modern wind turbines, components and various types of wind turbines.

2. Study of the methods and importance of wind resource assessment.

3. Study of aerodynamics and performance parameters of wind turbines.

4. Study of the wind turbine design and various aspects of siting and wind farm design.

5. Study of the economics and environmental impacts of wind energy generation.

UNIT I

Introduction: Modern wind turbines; Wind resource; Technology achievements; Wind energy

penetration levels.

Wind resource assessment: Characteristics of steady wind; Weibull wind speed distribution

function; Vertical profiles of steady wind; Wind rose; Energy pattern factor; Energy content of

the wind; Resource assessment; Numerical problems

UNIT II

Aerodynamics: Introduction; Aerofoil; Actuator disc; Axial momentum theory; Momentum

theory for a rotating wake; Blade element theory; Strip theory; Tip losses; Tip loss correction;

Wind machine parameters; Cp-λ characteristics, SERI Blade sections; Wind machine mechanics;

Numerical problems.

Wind turbine: Classification of wind turbines; turbine components.

UNIT III

Wind turbine design: Rotor blade theory; Blade geometry; Variation of aerofoil characteristics

with Reynolds number; cambered aerofoil’s; Simplified methods for loss calculation; basis for

design loads; Functions of control and safety systems; Turbulence and wakes; Non-operational

load cases; Cost modeling; Relationship between rotational speed and solidity; Teetering; Power

control; Braking systems; Blades.

UNIT IV

Siting and Wind farm design: Wind flow modeling, Power curve for wind turbine generator;

Capacity factor; Planning of wind farms, Siting, wake models.

Wind energy economics: Annual energy output; Simple payback period; Capital recovery

factor, Depreciation; Life cycle costing; Project appraisal.

UNIT V

Electrical and control systems: Classification of electrical machines; synchronous and

induction generators; Variable speed generators; Control systems; Power collection systems;

earthing of wind farms; Embedded (Dispersed) Wind generation.

Environmental impact: Biological impact; Surface water and wet lands; Visual impact; Sound

impact; Communication impact.

TEXT BOOK:

1. Wind Energy – Theory and Practice by Siraj Ahmed, PHI Learning Private Limited,

Eastern Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:


2. Spera, D.A., Wind Turbine Technology: Fundamental Concepts of Wind Turbine

Engineering, ASME Press.


1. Understanding of the construction and operation of modern wind turbines, components and

different types of wind turbines.

2. Understanding of the methods and importance of wind resource assessment.

3. Knowledge of aerodynamics and performance parameters of wind turbines.

4. Understanding of the wind turbine design procedures and various aspects of siting and

wind farm design.

5. Knowledge of the economics and environmental impacts of wind energy generation.


Subject code MEPE39 Credits:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Energy is an absolutely necessary component for the economic development of the country.

Developing countries like India have greater energy intensity and therefore greater energy

dependence has compared to the developed countries .Energy sector assumes a critical

importance because of the ever increasing energy needs and related huge investments. Because

of the limited amount of fossil fuels, the environmental impacts of energy use and for sustainable

energy development, energy conservation is important


1. To minimise energy costs/waste without affecting production and quality.

2. To minimise environmental effects /changes.

3. To optimise utilisation and procurement of energy for all means/process/organisation.

4. To reduce energy requirements per unit of output.

5. To frame plan for short, mid and long term supply as per demand requirements.

UNIT I

Industrial energy audit and conservation: Energy using systems; Potential for energy conservation,

preliminary and detailed energy audit, Economic analysis of investments; Energy management

information systems: Components, energy bench marking.

Building envelope audit; Building dynamics; Building characteristics and construction; Infiltration; Heat

flow; Energy audit of roofs; Glass audit; Window treatments; Passive solar building designs.

UNIT II

Thermal systems audit: Boilers: Classification, efficiency evaluation, energy conservation opportunities,

Steam distribution systems: energy auditing and saving opportunities; Cooling towers: Classification,

performance evaluation, energy saving opportunities. Thermic fluid heaters: Classification, performance,

energy conservation measures; Industrial furnaces: fuel fired furnaces, electrical furnaces, performance

evaluation, energy savings measures in different types of furnaces.

UNIT III

Mechanical systems audit: Compressed air networks: Performance monitoring, distribution systems,

energy saving opportunities; Fans and blowers: Flow control methods, performance evaluation and

energy saving opportunities. Pumps and pumping systems: Classification, pump performance, flow

control strategies, energy conservation opportunities; Diesel generating sets: System, fuel and lubricating

oil conservation. Refrigeration and air-conditioning: performance evaluation, energy conservation

opportunities.

UNIT IV

Electrical systems audit: Electric motors: Selection and application, type of losses, energy conservation

options, energy efficient motors, case studies; Lighting: Quality, types of light source, energy efficiency,

lighting controls; Electrical load management: Transformers, power factor improvement, demand

management; Power quality: End user limits.

UNIT V

Introduction to climate change, energy and CDM: Potential industries for emission reduction and CDM in

India, concepts of carbon trade, CDM project cycle, and project formulation, important guide lines and

information sources for CDM projects.

Environment management in industries; Elements of environmental audit: objectives and procedures.

TEXT BOOKS:




REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Handbook of Energy Audits, 7th edition, Albert Thumann, P E, William J Younger. CRC Press,

2007.


2005.

3. Energy Auditing Made Simple – P.Balasubramanian, 1st Edition, Bhaskar Enterprises, Chennai,

2010.


1. As conservationist, stretching finite resource to longer length of time.

2. As industrialist, enhancing profit by reducing cost.

3. As environmentalist, improving the social health and arrest environment degradation.

4. As economist, sustainable growth.

5. As rationalist, rate of consumption of natural resources is matched with rate of

regeneration thereby maintaining ecological balance.

VIII SEMESTER B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING


** ME802: Seminar/Industrial Training – Mandatory one Credit

Industrial training has to be done between VI & VII semester or between VII & VIII

semester, for a period of two weeks. A report, certificate from the industry has to be

submitted at the end of VIII semester and a seminar has to be presented in presence of

panel of examination.

Sl.

No.

Subject

Code Subject

Teaching

Department

Credits*

L T P Total

1 ME801 Intellectual Property Rights Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

2 ME802** Seminar/ Industrial Training Mechanical

Engineering 0 0 1 1

3 ME803 Project Work Mechanical

Engineering 0 0 12 12

Soft Core (Any one Subject)

5

MES81 Energy Engineering Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

MES83 CNC Machines Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

Professional Elective (Any one)

6 ME-PE21 Solar Energy

Mechanical

Engineering

3 0 0 3

ME-PE30 Operations Management 3 0 0 3

Total 9 0 13 22

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS

SUB CODE: ME 801 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

As the world moves towards organized living with the outlook of a global village, it becomes

imperative for every nation to ensure that the rights of people who innovate, invent, discover,

research, etc are safeguarded. Without risks and rewards that goes with inventions and new

innovative products, the world would have never come this far. IPR therefore is a must-study for

students for all students especially those from professional courses since there are at the forefront

of technology which is the main source of all innovations.


1. To introduce to the student the fundamentals of intellectual property rights and the various IPR’s as

accorded in India.

2. To introduce and delve into the details of Patents which is the most important IPR.

3. To understand as to what is industrial designs and trademarks and their importance in the practical

world.

4. To get a basic idea of what copyrights are and their infringements. To understand the basic meaning

of Geographical indicator tag and to learn through examples.

5. To learn the fundamentals of Research Methodology which would help in R&D activities in future.

UNIT I

Introduction to Intellectual property rights: Nature of Intellectual property, Commercial

exploitation, Enforcement of rights and remedies against infringement, Intellectual property and

economic development, International character of intellectual property rights.

Patents: Introduction, definition, object and value of patent system, International character of

patents, advantages of patents to inventor, validity of patent, patentable invention, Inventions not

patentable and patents- a source of technological information.

UNIT II

Procedure to obtain a patent: Introduction, Specification, types – general specification,

provisional specification and complete specification. Construction and amendment of

specification.

Register of patents and patent office: Introduction, Patent office, powers of the controller,

Powers of central government and appeals, Rights and Obligations of a Patentee, Nature of

patent rights, Limitations of patentee rights and obligations of patentee, transfer of patent rights,

UNIT III

Industrial Designs: Introduction, appeal to the eye, Novelty and originality, publication,

registration of design, rights conferred by registration, infringement of copy right in a design,

civil remedies against piracy, defenses, suit for injunction and recovery of damages.

Trade Marks: Introduction, distinctiveness, procedure, basic principles of registration of trade

mark, opposition to trade mark, duration and renewal of registration, defensive registration,

certification for trade mark, marks not registrable.

UNIT IV

Copy right: Introduction, object of copyrights, copyright and technology, International

conventions, copyright and GATT(General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade ), Multiple nature of

copyright, subject matter of copyrights like literary works, dramatic works, musical works,

artistic works, cinematography and sound recording, Infringement of copyrights.

Geographical Indicators: Introduction, need for GI’s, Protection of GI’s, well known GI’s of

India, Guidelines for application of GI’s, Examples, Advantages and limitations of GI’s.

UNIT V:

Research Methodology: Meaning of Research, Objectives, Types andImportance of Research,

Research Process for Applied and Basic Research, brief introductions to steps in Engineering

Research – data collection, processing and analysis of data hypothesis testing and reporting ,

Role of Computers in Research, Use of Internet.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi, 2007

edition.

2. Basic Principles and acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights, Dr. T Ramakrishna, CIPRA,

NLSU-2005.

3. 2. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi, 1st

edition.2007

4. 3. Intellectual Property Law Handbook. Dr.B.L.Wadehhra, Universal Law Publishing Co. Ltd.,

2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law in India by Justice P S Narayana’s, Gogia Law Agency,

Hyderabad.

2. Intellectual Property by W R Cornish, Sweet and Maxwell. 3. Research Methodology – Methods & Techniques, by Kothari C. R, WishwaPrakashan, A Division

of New Age International Pvt. Ltd.


1. Students must appreciate the needs and the necessities of the various intellectual property rights as

seen legally in India.

2. Students should get an in-depth understanding on patents, on what can be patented, on what cannot

be patented and on how to obtain patents.

3. Students should understand as to what is industrial designs and trademarks and their importance in

the business world.

4. In the world of entertainment and publishing copyrights and infringements play an important role

and therefore students should get a basic idea of these.India has about 186 geographical indicator

tags and are protected by the Govt. of India. To sustain and develop this further students should be

able to understand the basics of granting this IPR.

5. Students should be able to learn the fundamentals of research methodologies so as to be able to

carry out research in a professional manner.

ENERGY ENGINEERING

Sub Code: MES81 Credits 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Energy is an important sector and knowledge in power plant technologies and non-conventional

energy sources is essential for the students of mechanical engineering. Energy engineering deals

with the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel engine power plants,

hydroelectric power plants and nuclear power plants. In view of present trends towards adopting

renewable and green energy, sources such as solar, wind, bio-mass, ocean, geothermal, fuel cells

and hydrogen have been included. Overall, this course provides students the basic understanding

of the various commonly used conventional and non-conventional power generation

technologies.


1. Study of the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel power plants,

hydroelectric power plants and nuclear power plants.

2. Study of solar thermal and photovoltaic energy conversion.

3. Study of wind energy, biomass, ocean and geothermal energy conversion technologies.

4. Study of fuel cells and hydrogen energy conversion.

5. Study of the importance and applications of various renewable and green energy

technologies.

UNIT I

Steam Power Plant: Different types of fuels used for steam generation, equipment for burning

coal in lump form, different types of stockers, oil burners, advantages and disadvantages of using

pulverized fuel, equipment for preparation and burning of pulverized coal, unit system and bin

system. pulverized fuel furnaces, cyclone furnace, coal and ash handling, generation of steam

using forced circulation, high and supercritical pressures, brief account of Benson, Velox,

Schmidt steam generators. chimneys: natural, forced, induced and balanced draft, calculations

involving height of chimney to produce a given draft. cooling towers and Ponds. Accessories for

steam generators such as super-heaters, de-superheaters, economizers, air pre-heaters and re-

heaters.

UNIT II

Diesel Engine Power Plant- Applications of diesel engines, layout of diesel power plant,

methods of starting diesel engines, cooling and lubrication system for the diesel engine, filters,

centrifuges, oil heaters, intake and exhaust system.

Hydro-Electric Plants: Storage and pondage, flow duration and mass curves, hydrographs,

general layout of hydro-electric power plant, low, medium and high head plants, pumped storage

plants, penstock, water hammer, surge tanks, gates and valves, power house.

UNIT III

Nuclear Power Plant: Elements of the nuclear reactor, brief description of reactors of the

following types - pressurized water reactor, boiling water reactor, sodium graphite reactor, fast

breeder reactor, homogeneous graphite reactor and gas cooled reactor, radiation hazards,

shielding, radioactive waste disposal.

Geothermal Energy Conversion: Principle of working, types of geothermal stations with

schematic diagrams, problems associated with geothermal conversion, scope of geothermal

energy.

UNIT IV

Solar Energy – Solar radiation outside the earth’s atmosphere, solar radiation at the earth

surface, solar radiation measurement, working principles of solar flat plate collectors, solar air

heaters, thermal energy storage, solar pond and photovoltaic conversion.

Wind Energy: Properties of wind, wind velocity and power from wind, major problems

associated with wind power, types of wind machines and their characteristics, horizontal and

vertical axis wind mills.

Fuel cells: Principles of working, advantages, disadvantages and applications.

UNIT V

Energy from Ocean: Tides and waves as energy suppliers and their mechanics, fundamental

characteristics of tidal power, harnessing tidal energy, limitations. ocean thermal energy

conversion: principle of working, problems associated with OTEC.

Energy from Bio-mass: Bio gas production from organic wastes by anaerobic fermentation,

description of bio gas plants, transportation of bio-gas, problems involved with bio-gas

production, applications of bio-gas.

Hydrogen energy: Production, storage, safety, advantages, disadvantages, applications.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Power Plant Engineering, P.K.Nag Tata McGraw Hill 2nd edition 2001.

2. Non conventional resources: B H Khan Tata McGraw Hill 1st edition– 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Power Plant Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi publication, New Delhi.

2. Principles of Energy conversion, A.W.Culp Jr., McGraw Hill. 1996

3. Power Plant Engineering by Domakundawar, Dhanpath Rai sons. 2003

4. Non conventional Energy sources by G D Rai Khanna Publishers.


1. Understanding of the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel power plants,


2. Knowledge of the solar thermal and photovoltaic energy conversion technologies.

3. Understanding of the resource, construction and working of wind energy, biomass, ocean

and geothermal energy conversion technologies.

4. Knowledge of the construction, working and applications of fuel cells and hydrogen energy

technologies.

5. Understanding of the importance and applications of various renewable and green energy

technologies.

CNC MACHINES


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

Machine tools can be operated manually, or under automatic control. Early machines used

flywheels to stabilize their motion and had complex systems of gears and levers to control the

machine and the piece being worked on. Soon after World War II, the numerical control (NC)

machine was developed. NC machines used a series of numbers punched on paper tape or

punched cards to control their motion. In the 1960s, computers were added to give even more

flexibility to the process. Such machines became known as computerized numerical control

(CNC) machines. NC and CNC machines could precisely repeat sequences over and over, and

could produce much more complex pieces than even the most skilled tool operators.


1. Recognize the need for numerically controlled machine tools

2. Use the knowledge of AC and DC motors for selecting drives for CNC machines

3. Apply the fundamental concepts of numerical control for designing CNC machines

4. Formulate the part programs for operating CNC machines.

5. Verify the CNC machines for various parameters like accuracy and safety.

UNIT I

Numerical Control of Machine Tools: Fundamental concepts, Classification and structure of

numerical control systems, open and close loop systems, Point systems, positioning cum straight

cut systems, continuous path systems, coding Systems, program mediums –tape format and

codes, interpolators – linear interpolation, Circular interpolation and parabolic interpolation,

feedback devices – encoders, linear Scales inductosyn, resolvers.

Drives for CNC Machine Tools: Introduction to drives, spindle drives, Requirements, types of

spindle drives – AC drives and DC drives; feed drives – Requirement, servo mechanisms, types

of feed drives – stepper motors, DC servo drives, AC servo drives, selection criterion for drive

system.

UNIT II

Design of Modern CNC Machines and Manufacturing Elements (Excluding Numerical Problems): Introduction, machine Structures, guide ways – linear motion guides, feed drives,

servo motors, mechanical Transmission systems including ball screws. Timer belts, flexible

belts, flexible Connections for connection encoders, spindle / spindle bearings, measuring

systems. Controls, software and user interface, gauging, tool monitoring systems.

UNIT III

Assembly Techniques: Guide ways, ball screws and nut, feedback elements, spindle bearings.

Introduction to Modern CNC Machines and Manufacturing Systems: Introduction,

advantages of CNC Machines, CNC machining center developments, turning center

developments, automatic tool changing, tool monitoring on CNC machine, other CNC machine

development like adaptive control, advanced manufacturing systems, benefits of FMS, trends in

adaptation of FMS systems.

UNIT IV

Programming and operation of CNC Machine: Introduction to part programming, co-ordinate

systems, dimensioning, axes and motion nomenclature, structure of a part program, word address

format, circular interpolation, tool compensation, sub-routines, canned cycles, programming

examples for machining centers, programming for turning center, computer assisted part

programming,

UNIT V

Testing of CNC Machine Tools: Introduction, Verification of technical specification,

verification of functional aspect, verification during idle running, verification of machine tool

accuracy & work piece accuracy, metal removal capability test, safety aspects.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computer control of Manufacturing Systems - Yoram Koren, McGraw Hill Intl. Pub.

2. Mechatronics - HMT Ltd., Tata MaGraw Hill Pub.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Numerical control of machine tools - S.J. Martin

2. Computer Numerical Control - Joseph Pusztai and Michael Sava

3. Programming for Numerical Control - Roberts Prentice.

4. Numerical control and Computer Aided Manufacture - Pressman and Williams.

5. CAD/CAM - Mikell P. Groover and Emory W. Zimmers Jr.

6. Introduction to Automated Process Planning System - Tiess Chieu Chang & Richard A.

Wysk


1. The student will be able to identify the importance of CNC machines in the modern world.

2. The student will be able to select drives for CNC machines

3. The student will be able to construct the different components of CNC machines

4. The student will be able to write NC part programs for milling and turning

5. The student will be able to assess the CNC machines for various functional parameters

SOLAR ENERGY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble:



renewable and clean energy source being explored in a large scale for heating and power

generation all over the world. Proper assessment of the availability of solar energy and

understanding of the various solar energy conversion systems is essential for the optimum

application and use of solar energy.


voltaic methods of solar energy conversion. Methods to predict the availability of solar energy

and principles of working and performance evaluation of various solar thermal devices such as

liquid flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors and air heaters will be introduced. The course

also includes the study of photo-voltaic conversion and the economic analysis of investments in

solar energy conversion power plants.


1. To make students understand importance of renewable energy and in particular solar

energy.

2. To enable them to understand the measurement of solar radiation using various

instruments.




UNIT I


energy alternatives, Solar energy option, overview, devices for thermal collection and

storage, Thermal applications, Water and space heating, Power generation, Space cooling

and refrigeration, Distillation, Drying, cooking.

UNIT II





UNIT III

Liquid flat plate collectors: Performance analysis, Transmissivity of cover, transmissivity-

absorptivity product, Overall loss coefficient, hear transfer correlations,Collector efficiency

factor, Collector heat removal factor, Numerical problems, Effect of various parameters on

performance, Analysis of collectors, transient analysis, testing procedures, Alternative to

conventional collectors, numerical problems.

UNIT IV

Concentrating Collectors: Introduction, Flat plate collectors with plane reflectors,

cylindrical parabolic collector, compound parabolic collectors, parabolic dish collctor.

Central receiver collector, tracking, numerical problems.



UNIT V

Photo-Voltaic Conversion: Solar cell, working principles, conversion efficiency,

commercial solar cells, applications.

Economic analysis: initial and annual costs, definitions, present worth calculations,

Repayment of loan, annual solar savings, payback period, concluding remarks.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Solar Energy-Principles of energy conversion and storage, S P Sukhatme, Tata Mcgraw hill

co., New Delhi.


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Solar engineering of Thermal processes, Duffi J A and Beckman, W. A. John Wiley &

Sons, NewYork.


1. A good understanding of energy and its impact on the environment.

2. A thorough understanding of solar energy use for various heating applications.

3. Increased interest and ability to design various capacity heating, cooling and power

generation capacity system.



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

The success of any industry or service sector depends on two factors. Technical aspect is one

thing and equally important is management of resources. It is important to learn the basics of

production planning and controlling the operations so that resources are optimally used and

finally productivity increases.



2. Study the various aspects of decision making situation, probability rules, and breakeven

analysis by solving problems.

3. Learn forecasting methods and errors in them and problems on the above topic,

fundamentals of supply chain management.




UNIT I




Operations Decision Making: Introduction, Characteristics of decisions; framework for

Decision Making, Decision methodology, Decision support systems; Economic models;

Statistical models.

UNIT II


methods, Time Series methods, Simple Exponential smoothing, Regression and Correlation

methods, Application and Control of Forecasts.

Supply Chain Management: Introduction, components of supply chain, Process orientation,

supply chain structure, Bullwhip effect in supply chains, Contracts and supply chain

performance, Measures of supply chain performance.

UNIT III

Aggregate Planning and Master Scheduling: Introduction, Planning and Scheduling,

Objectives of Aggregate Planning, Pure Strategies of Aggregate Planning. Master Scheduling -

Objectives, Master Scheduling Methods.

UNIT IV

Material and Capacity Requirements Planning: Overview: MRP and CRP; MRP: Time

phasing concepts, MRP inputs and outputs; Bill of Materials; MRP Logic ; System refinements

CRP inputs and outputs; CRP activities; Infinite and finite loading.

UNIT V



Single Machine Scheduling: concepts, measures of performance SPT Rule, Weighted SPT

Rule; EDD Rule; minimizing number of tardy jobs.



TEXT BOOKS:



3. Operations Management, Monks, J.G., Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill Ed.

(2004).

REFERENCE BOOKS:






1. Take a better decision for a given situation.

2. Forecast the future demand from the history.

3. Plan the production satisfying the demand, scheduling accordingly.

4. Calculate material required, men and machines required.

5. Schedule properly so that there will be full utilization of men and machines and time taken

will be minimum.

1



SYLLABUS





2
































department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th

position out of 64 teams


COUNTRIES.



Place in the technical session




PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs 1,20,000 and also received a


3

Faculty


























4
























5

Vision and Mission





Quality Policy “We at M.S.Ramaiah Institute of Technology, Bangalore strive to deliver comprehensive,



concerned”.





Mission of the Department: To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through

conducive and creative learning environment to produce qualified and skilled human resources in

Mechanical Engineering, offer post graduate programme in the emerging fields of Mechanical

Engineering, create R & D environment to be a centre of excellence in Mechanical Engineering.

6



Periodic Review

Vision &

Mission of the

Department by

the committee

Management


Mission

Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

7


Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision

& Mission



Academic Council &

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs

Student


Collect data



summarize the data

(Board of Studies)

8

PEOs of the Program









opportunities.



9







Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE,

VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

10






problems.




Engineering.

e) Apply the modern engineering tools and information technology to virtually understand


f) Assess societal, health, safety, legal, cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practices and using codes contextual knowledge.





objectives.

j) Communicate, document and present effectively at all stages of product / system design



l) Prepare and engage themselves for lifelong learning to address the day-to-day


11




Electives

Open

Elective

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I 06

20 24 - - -

50 II - - -

III - 04 - 22 - - -

26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25

V - - - 26 3 - - 29

VI 02 - - 19 3 - - 24

VII - - - 18 6 - - 24

VIII - - - 6 - 3 13 22

Total 08 28 24 112 12 3 13

200




Computers) - 24





Subject Areas - 03



12





Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1










X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2





X X X X X X

3






X X X X X

4





learning.

X

X

X

X

13


Sl.


Teaching

Department

Credits*

L T P Total


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 4 0 0 4


Engineering 3 0 0 3

4 MESXX Soft Core 1 Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3

6 MEPEXX Professional Elective 1 Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 0 0 1 1


Laboratory

Mechanical

Engineering 0 0 1 1

9

Soft Core


Engineering

3 0 0



Professional Elective

10


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3

MEPE13 Foundry Technology Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

MEPE31 Total Quality Management Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

Total 22 0 2 24

14

CAD/CAM


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

















1. The fundamentals of CAD/CAM, CAD process, use of data base, advantages of CAD/CAM.


3. In the CAM part, student is introduced the starting from conventional NC System, coordinate

system, Application of NC, CNC/DNC basics and adaptive control system



applications

UNIT I

Fundamentals of CAD: Definition of CAD/CAM, product cycle (conventional &





UNIT II

Computer Graphics: Raster Scan Graphics, Coordinate Systems, Database Structure for





methods.

15

UNIT III

Introduction to NC technology: Basic components of NC system. NC Coordinate system, types


environment.



UNIT IV

CNC Programming: NC Programming Process, Program Planning, Part Program Structure, G



UNIT V

Robotics: Introduction, robot configuration, types of robot programming, end effectors work




TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid-Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd

eidtion

2. Computer graphics- Steron Harrington- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd eidtion

3. Computer aided manufacturing- P.N. Rao, Tiwar, Tata MC Graw Hill 3rd eidtion



At the end of the course student will have learnt the:


hardware including memory /storage devices. (PO: a, b, c, d, e, g)

2. The software functions, transformation of geometries the modelling types, basics of exchange of data.

(PO: a, b, d, e, j)

3. In Cam part, they will have learnt fundamentals of NC/CNC/DNC and adaptive control (PO: a, b, c, d,

e)

4. Both manual and computer assisted part programming. (PO: a, b, c, d, e, g, l)

5. The basics of robotics, types of configurations, end effectors, sensors and robot applications. ( PO: c,

d, g, k, l)

16



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

Heat transfer is the science that seeks to predict the energy transfer that may takes place between









This course enables the students to understand:

1. Modes and basic laws of heat transfer, one dimensional steady state conduction through plane

wall, cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and without heat

generation.

2. The steady state heat transfer from straight fins subjected to different boundary conditions and

unsteady state conduction with lumped analysis and use of Heisler charts.

3. The evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls, cylinder

etc under different conditions with the use dimensional analysis method.

4. The thermal design of heat exchangers with LMTD and NTU methods and also learn the heat

transfer with change of phase i.e. boiling and condensation.

5. The radiation heat transfer for different cases including radiation shield and learn the basis of

diffusion and convective mass transfer.

UNIT I










UNIT II





17




problems.

UNIT III











UNIT IV








UNIT V










TEXT BOOKS:

1. Heat and Mass Transfer, S.C. SACHDEV, New Age International Edition. ,2006

2. Basic Heat Transfer, OZISIK, McGraw-Hill publications, NY. 2005

3. Heat and Mass Transfer, M.Thirumaleshwar, Pearson Edition. 2006



18

REFERENCE BOOKS:


NY. 2001.,




1. Analyze and calculate one dimensional steady state conduction heat transfer through plane wall,

cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and without heat generation.

(PO: a, b, c, d, g)

2. Determine temperature and heat flow from straight fins subjected to different boundary conditions

and also analyzes unsteady state conduction problems with lumped analysis and using Heisler charts.

(PO: a, b, c, e, j, l)

3. Demonstrate the evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls,

cylinder etc under different conditions. (PO: a, b, c, e, f, g)

4. Do thermal design of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods and also demonstrate the heat

transfer with change of phase that is boiling and condensation. (PO: a, b, c, d, e, j, l)

5. Workout the radiation heat transfer problems for different cases including radiation shield and also

solve simple numerical on diffusion & convective mass transfer. (PO: a, b, c, e, f, g, l)

19

MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble














1. Impart the knowledge of fundamentals of vibrations for various applications.


forced vibrations.


freedom systems.


systems.

5. Develop an understanding of working of various automotive components based on vibrations.

UNIT I

Introduction: Types of vibrations, S.H.M, principle of super position applied to Simple




Compound Pendulum.

UNIT II

Damped free vibrations: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of




UNIT III

Forced Vibration: Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance,




speeds.

20

UNIT IV

Systems with two degrees of freedom: Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of




UNIT V

Numerical methods for Multi degree Freedom systems: Introduction, Influence coefficients,




TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson

Education 5th

edition, 2007.

2. Mechanical Vibrations: V.P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Company Pvt. Ltd., 3rd

edition, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th

Edition, 2003.






edition, 2007.


1. Develop an understanding of concept of periodic motion, principle of superposition, compound

pendulum, natural frequency and stiffness of springs. (PO: a, b)

2. Compile fundamentals of vibrations for engineering applications (PO: a, b, f)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of mechanical vibrations.

(PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j)

4. Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of practical interest. (PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j, k)

5. Develop competence to design and analyze problems of engineering involving design of components

subjected to mechanical vibrations. (PO: a, b, c, f, g, h, i, j, k, l)

21

CAD/ CAM LAB


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) involves all the processes of














PART A

CAM: Simulation of machining process (Turning and Milling) using CAM PACKAGES




PART B

Pneumatics, Hydraulics, Electro-Pneumatics: Four typical experiments on the basis of these






REFERENCE BOOKS:



3. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid-Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd

edition


edition

22


At the end of the course the students are accustomed with:

1: The fundamentals of CAD/CAM process (PO: a, b, c, d, e)

2: Practical knowledge about turning and Milling centers. (PO: a, b, c, d)

3: Emerging Manual part program for the machining process. (PO: a, b, c, d, e)

4: Application of various CAM PACKAGES. (PO: a, b, c, d)

5: Teaching and Programming the Industrial Robots (PO: a, b, c, d)


The student should solve 2 exercises. 1 should be from PART A and the other from PART B




Max Marks: 50

PART A: 20

PART B: 20

Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

23





Student is expected :

1. To understand the concept and theoretical aspects of experiments conducted in the laboratory.

2. To analysis and solve practical problems from various modes of heat transfer by using basic

principles.

3. To investigate complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer data

hand book.


1. Determination of thermal conductivity of metal rod

2. Determination of heat transfer co-efficient in a free convection on a vertical tube.

3. Determination of heat transfer co-efficient in a forced convection heat transfer in flow through

a pipe.

4. Determination of effectiveness of metallic fin.

5. Determination of emissivity of a surface.

6. Determination of Stefan Boltzmann constant.

7. Determination of LMTD and effectiveness in a parallel flow heat exchanger.

8. Determination of LMTD and effectiveness in a counter flow heat exchanger.

9. Shell and tube heat exchanger.

10.Determination of overall heat transfer co-efficient of a composite wall.

11.Determination of theoretical, actual and relative COP of refrigeration tutor.

12.Test and viva.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Heat transfer Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.


3. Heat and Mass Transfer data book (seventh Edition) C P Kothandaraman and S Subramanyam



1. study theoretical aspects of experiments conducted in heat transfer laboratory. (PO:a, b, c, d,

e)

2. Evaluate the concept of each and every experiment, along with relevant theory, description

and step by step procedure for conducting experiment.(a, c)

3. Describe over all heat transfer co-efficient, local heat transfer co-efficient and thermal

conductivity of the material.(PO: a, b, c, d, h)

24


Sub Code : MES71N Credits:3:0:0

Prerequisite : Nil

Preamble

The rise in civilization is closely related to improvements in transportation. In the development








The students shall be able to:






UNIT I

I C Engine Components, Cooling & Lubrication systems: SI & CI engines, cylinder –








UNIT II










25

UNIT III Power Trains: Principle of friction clutches and constructional details, Fluid flywheel, Single










UNIT IV

Automotive Chassis: Types of chassis layout with reference to power plant locations and drive,








UNIT V





norms.





TEXT BOOKS:

1. Automotive mechanics, William H Crouse & Donald L Anglin, 10th

Edition Tata McGraw

Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2007


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Automotive mechanics: Principles and Practices, Joseph Heitner, D Van Nostrand

Company, Inc

2. Fundamentals of Automobile Engineering, K.K.Ramalingam, Scitech Publications (India)

Pvt. Ltd.

3. Automobile Engineering, R.B.Gupta, Satya prakashan, 4th

edn. 1984.

26



Two questions to be set from each unit. Students have to answer any FIVE full questions



1. Student will be able to understand IC engine, its components and selection of fuels. (PO: a, c).

2. Will be able to analyze carburetor & ignition system to be suitable for CI and SI engines. (PO: b, d).

3. Will be able to demonstrate power trains and its structure. (PO: c, d).

4. Will be able to familiarize with automotive chassis, suspension system and brakes. (PO: c, e).

5. Will be able to expose knowledge of automotive emission control system. (PO: e, f).

27

COMPOSITE MATERIALS

Sub Code: MES72N Credits:3 :0 :0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In present days different types of materials pertaining to engineering field. The conventional










applications.

2. To analyse the different processing/ fabrication techniques of composite materials





UNIT I





UNIT II





Lanxide process.

UNIT III



Filament winding.



28

UNIT IV

Secondary Processing and Joining of Composite: Forging and extrusion of composites –




UNIT V




TEXT BOOKS:


2. Michael W,Hyer “ Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced composite materials”,McGraw Hill

InternationalKrishnan K Chawla, “Composite material science and Engineering”, Springer




composite materials, hybrid composites with their structure. Students become aware of different

reinforcement materials, matrix materials and their applications.


limitations of conventional materials.(PO: a, d, e, f, k)

2. The students are given a thorough knowledge of different fabrication techniques and also by giving

on hand practical knowledge of casting.(PO: a, b, e, f, j)

3. The students are given a thorough knowledge about the materials having light weight to high

strength ratio.(PO: c, e, f)

4. The students have thorough knowledge about the composite materials, hybrid composites and their

properties and applications.(PO:b, e, f)

5. The students will able to understand the fracture and its role in designing the structure of the

composites.(PO: a, c, d, j)

29

OPERATIONS RESEARCH


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Technology as it advances, offers many advantages, should be backed by management




Course Learning Objectives 1. Fundamentals of OR, formulation of linear programming problems.





UNIT I

Introduction, Definition, Scope of OR, Characteristics of OR, Phases of OR, Models in OR,



UNIT II

Concept of Duality, Finding solution for Primal and Dual problems, Dual Simplex



UNIT III

Transportation problems, basic feasible solution, optimality methods, unbalanced problems,




UNIT IV

Game theory: 2 person zero sum game, Games with and without saddle point, Graphical



UNIT V

PERT-CPM Techniques: Network construction, determining critical path, Floats, Project


TEXTBOOKS:

1. Operations Research: An Introduction by Taha.H.A.-Pearson Education Edition.


30

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Operations Research- Hiller and Liberman, Mcgrawhill 5th

Edition, 2001.


Edition

2007.


1. To formulate a given problem, then to solve either by Graphical/Simplex/Big M method.(PO: a, b, c,

e, f, h, l)

2. To study duality property and solve and assignment problem(PO: a, b, c, e, h, l)

3. To solve transportation and find the best time to replace the old machine(PO:a, b, c, d, e, g,h)

4. To solve games theory problem using graphical and dominance rule , Queuing theory application (PO:

a, c, e, k)

5. To study network, PERT, CPM and crashing etc(PO: a, b, e, g, h, I, l)

31

NON TRADITIONAL MACHINING


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of all machining operations is to remove excess material to obtain the desired











1. Introduction of non-traditional machining methods and their difference with conventional

machining methods

2. Different classification criteria of non-traditional machining methods and their classifications.

3. Working principle, process details, applications, advantages and limitations of non-traditional

machining.

UNIT I

Introduction to NTM, Classification of NTM, Comparison between conventional and Non












UNIT II

Electro Chemical Machining: Introduction, study of ECM machine, elements of ECM, Cathode






32






UNIT III

Electro Discharge Machining: Introduction, Mechanism of material removal, Dielectric fluid,






wire EDM.

UNIT IV

Plasma Arc Machining: Introduction, equipment, non thermal generation of plasma, Selection





UNIT V

Electron Beam Machining: principles, Equipment, operations, Applications, advantages,

limitations of EBM.


limitations of WJM.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. P.C. Pandey, H.S.Shan, A text book on Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw Hill, N

Delhi, 2009



REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Unconventional Manufacturing Process, M.K. Singh, New Age International (P), Ltd., 2008




1. Students will be able to appreciate the importance of NTM methods and their advantages over

conventional methods (PO: a, d)

2. Students will be able to demonstrate different NMT methods (PO: b, e)

3. Students will be able to compare various NTM processes and characteristics of processes (PO: b, g)

4. Students will be able to select an appropriate NTM process for the machining of the components (PO:

a, d)

5. Students will be able to correlate specific applications of various NMT methods. (PO: a, e)

33

WIND ENERGY


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Wind energy is an important non-conventional and renewable energy source which contributes













UNIT I

Introduction: Modern wind turbines; Wind resource; Technology achievements; Wind energy

penetration levels.




UNIT II

Aerodynamics: Introduction; Aerofoil; Actuator disc; Axial momentum theory; Momentum



Numerical problems.


UNIT III

Wind turbine design: Rotor blade theory; Blade geometry; Variation of aerofoil characteristics





34

UNIT IV

Siting and Wind farm design: Wind flow modeling, Power curve for wind turbine generator;




UNIT V

Electrical and control systems: Classification of electrical machines; synchronous and





TEXT BOOK:

1. Wind Energy – Theory and Practice by Siraj Ahmed, PHI Learning Private Limited, Eastern

Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:





1. Understanding of the construction and operation of modern wind turbines, components and different

types of wind turbines. (PO: b,c)

2. Understanding of the methods and importance of wind resource assessment. (PO: g,h)

3. Knowledge of aerodynamics and performance parameters of wind turbines. (PO: e,f)

4. Understanding of the wind turbine design procedures and various aspects of siting and wind farm

design. (PO: j,k)

5. Knowledge of the economics and environmental impacts of wind energy generation. (PO: l)

35


Sub Code : MEPE39 Credits:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Energy is an absolutely necessary component for the economic development of the country.












UNIT I

Industrial energy audit and conservation: Energy using systems; Potential for energy

conservation, preliminary and detailed energy audit, Economic analysis of investments; Energy

management information systems: Components, energy bench marking.

Building envelope audit; Building dynamics; Building characteristics and construction;

Infiltration; Heat flow; Energy audit of roofs; Glass audit; Window treatments; Passive solar

building designs.

UNIT II

Thermal systems audit: Boilers: Classification, efficiency evaluation, energy conservation

opportunities, Steam distribution systems: energy auditing and saving opportunities; Cooling

towers: Classification, performance evaluation, energy saving opportunities. Thermic fluid

heaters: Classification, performance, energy conservation measures; Industrial furnaces: fuel

fired furnaces, electrical furnaces, performance evaluation, energy savings measures in different

types of furnaces.

36

UNIT III

Mechanical systems audit: Compressed air networks: Performance monitoring, distribution

systems, energy saving opportunities; Fans and blowers: Flow control methods, performance

evaluation and energy saving opportunities. Pumps and pumping systems: Classification, pump

performance, flow control strategies, energy conservation opportunities; Diesel generating sets:

System, fuel and lubricating oil conservation. Refrigeration and air-conditioning: performance

evaluation, energy conservation opportunities.

UNIT IV

Electrical systems audit: Electric motors: Selection and application, type of losses, energy

conservation options, energy efficient motors, case studies; Lighting: Quality, types of light

source, energy efficiency, lighting controls; Electrical load management: Transformers, power

factor improvement, demand management; Power quality: End user limits.

UNIT V

Introduction to climate change, energy and CDM: Potential industries for emission reduction and

CDM in India, concepts of carbon trade, CDM project cycle, and project formulation, important

guide lines and information sources for CDM projects.

Environment management in industries; Elements of environmental audit: objectives and

procedures.

TEXT BOOKS:




REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Handbook of Energy Audits, 7th

edition, Albert Thumann, P E, William J Younger. CRC

Press, 2007.


2005.

3. Energy Auditing Made Simple – P.Balasubramanian, 1st Edition, Bhaskar Enterprises,

Chennai, 2010.


1. As conservationist, stretching finite resource to longer length of time. (PO: b,c)

2. As industrialist, enhancing profit by reducing cost. (PO: c,d)

3. As environmentalist, improving the social health and arrest environment degradation. (PO: f,g)

4. As economist, sustainable growth. (PO: g,h)

5. As rationalist, rate of consumption of natural resources is matched with rate of regeneration thereby

maintaining ecological balance. (PO: j)

37

FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY

Sub Code: MEPE13 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisites – NIL


1. Foundry metallurgy and concept of solidification of metals.

2. Design aspects of casting, Riser and gating system

3. Melting techniques

4. Mechanization and Modernization of foundry.

5. Ferrous and non ferrous foundry practice.

UNIT I

Foundry Metallurgy – Oxidation of Metals ,Gas dissolution in liquid Metals, Methods of

degassing, Fluidity ,factors affecting Fluidity, hot tearing, Shrinkage of liquid metals.

Casting design – Introduction, Functional design Simplification of foundry practice,

Metallurgical design, Economical design.

UNIT II

Solidification of Castings – Crystallization and development of cast structure, Nucleation and

growth , Dendrite growth, Structure of castings, Significance and practical control of cast

structure, Concept of progressive and directional solidification, Refinement and modification of

cast structure, Solidification time and Chworinov rule

Risering - Needing for risering , Riser shape , size, Types of risers, Design and location of

feeder heads, Design modifications, padding, chills and insulation.

UNIT III

Gating of Castings – Essential features of gaiting system, Design of gating system, General

aspects of gating practice, Forces acting on the mould.

Special Casting Techniques :- Principle, material used , process details and application of

Vacuum Process or V-Process Dissamatic moulding or Flaskless moulding

Cupola Melting:- Construction, Preparation and Operation of the cupola, Zones of Cupola

Development of Cupola, Charge calculations.

UNIT IV

Ferrous foundry - Composition, Properties, applications of Gray Iron, Malleable Iron, SG

Iron - Production, Magnesium recovery, Heat treatment and properties , application of SG Iron,

ADI Production, Properties, , application.

Composition ,properties , application of Low , Medium , High Carbon Steel, Alloy steels

38

UNIT V

Nonferrous foundry - Introduction, Melting procedure, Casting characteristics of Aluminum

based alloys, Copper based alloys, Magnesium based alloys.

Modernization and Mechanization - Introduction, Need for modernization, mechanization,

Elements of Mechanization, Moulding line mechanization, Mechanization of Melting , Pouring

and shakeout units. Material Handling equipments.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of metal casting by Heine, Loper & Rosenthal, Tata McGraw Hill 2001

2. Foundry technology by Beeley.P.R.( Buttersworth) 2000

3. Principles of Foundry Technology P L Jain TMH 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metal casting – ASME handbook 2002

2. Metal casting technology by P.C. Mukerji 2002

3. Principles of solidification by B. Chalmers, Tata McGraw Hill 2001



1. Design casting, gating and risering systems.(PO: c and h)

2. Solidification of advanced alloys and microstructure evaluation.(PO: a and d)

3. Select melting and molding techniques for a particular alloy.(PO: c,e,i and l)

4. To use the techniques, skills and engineering tools to produce castings of grey cast iron, ductile iron

and malleable iron. (PO: d,g and i)

5. Foundry practices in Non ferrous alloys. (PO: b,c,e and j)

39


Sub Code: MEPE31

Prerequisites: NIL

Course Credits : 3:0:0


1. The aim of course provides the knowledge of TQM, Benefits of TQM, and Contribution of

Gurus.

2. Students learn characteristics of leaders and role of TQM leaderships. Continuous process

improvement.

3. Selectively choose Tools & Techniques of TQM.

4. Learn how to select product acceptance control plan and characteristics of OC curves.

5. Learn how to check reliability and life of process.

UNIT I

Over view of Total Quality Management: Introduction, Definition, Basic Approach,

Contribution Of quality Gurus. Quality circle TQM frame work , Historical review, benefits of

TQM, TQM organisation .

Leadership: characteristics of quality leaders, Demings Philosophy, role of TQM Leaders,

continuous processes improvement, Juranos Triology, quality costs, 6 sigma, Reengineering.

UNIT II

Tools and techniques of TQM: Basic tools of TQM, Bench marking, processes of bench

marking, quality management systems .ISO-9000 series of standards, implementation and

documentation of ISO_9000.

Introduction of QFD and QFD process, TQM exemplatory organisation. Design of Failure Mode

and Effect analysis [FMEA] ,process of FMEA.

UNIT III

Statistical Process control (SPC): Seven basic tools of quality control, control charts for

variables .construction and interpretation and analysis of control charts process capability

indices, process improvement through problem analysis . .( Intensive coverage with numerical

problems )

Control charts for attributes: construction ,interpretation and analysis of P-chart np-chart, C-

chart and U-chart, improvement through problem analysis .( Intensive coverage with numerical

problems )

UNIT IV

Product acceptance control: Design of single sampling, double sampling and multiple

sampling plan analysis of the characteristics of the SSP, DSP and MSP . .( Intensive coverage

with numerical problems )

Operating characteristics curves ( OC-Curves ) : construction, characteristics of OC curves,

Terms used in OC curves , LTPD, Outgoing quality Level(OQL), LTPD.AOQ, AOQL etc.,

(Intensive coverage with numerical problems)

40

UNIT V

Reliability and Life Testing : Reliability and analysis of components, standard configurations

systems like series, parallel redundancy and principles of design for reliability .reliability testing


Experimental design : one factor design, two factor design, orthogonal design, full factorial

and fractional design .Taguchi philosophy of quality engineering, loss function, orthogonal array

,sign to noise function, parameter design, tolerance design ( Basic concepts and treatment only ) .

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Total quality Management Dale H Berster field(et al) Pears education , Third edition Indian

Reprint -2004

2. Statistical quality Control by Grant Levenworth (2000)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Statistical quality control by Douglos C Mantego third edition Pearson Education -2006

2. A new American TQM for revolution in management: Sho- shiba, Alan Graham and, David

walder Productivity press Oregon-1990

3. Organizational excellence through TQM H Lal, New Age Publishers

4. Quality control and Total quality management-PL Jain TMH Publications company Ltd -

2001 New Delhi

5. Total quality management and Text cases by Sreedhar Bhat .K Himalaya publishing House

edition-1, 2002


1. Students can express basic approach of TQM and Gurus. (PO: b,c,d,e,f,i,j,k,l)

2. Quality leaders will know customer satisfaction and perception.(PO: a,b,c,d,f,g,j,k,l)

3. Students can assess selection of tool, charts and ISO standards.(PO: a,b,d,f,g,h,i,l)

4. Student will have knowledge of Lot-By-Lot acceptance sampling, operating characteristics curve and

its application in industry. (PO: a,b,c,d,e,i,j,k,l)

5. Student will have knowledge of reliability analysis, procedure for life testing and DOE. (PO:

a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j,l)

41








Sl.

No.

Subject

Code Subject

Teaching

Department

Credits*

L T P Total


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 0 0 1 1




Engineering 3 0 0 3

5 MEO8XX Open Elective Other

Departments 3 0 0 3


6


Engineering 3 0 0 3

MES 82 Artificial Intelligence Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3

Total 9 0 13 22

42


Sub Code: ME 801 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

As the world moves towards organized living with the outlook of a global village, it becomes







1. To introduce to the student the fundamentals of intellectual property rights and the various

IPR’s as accorded in India.


3. To understand as to what is industrial designs and trademarks and their importance in the

practical world.

4. To get a basic idea of what copyrights are and their infringements. To understand the basic

meaning of Geographical indicator tag and to learn through examples.

5. To learn the fundamentals of Research Methodology which would help in R&D activities in

future.

UNIT I

Introduction to Intellectual property rights: Nature of Intellectual property, Commercial






UNIT II

Procedure to obtain a patent: Introduction, Specification, types – general specification,


specification.




UNIT III







43

UNIT IV

Copy right: Introduction, object of copyrights, copyright and technology, International






UNIT V:





TEXT BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi, 2007

edition.

2. Basic Principles and acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights, Dr. T Ramakrishna, CIPRA,

NLSU-2005.

3. 2. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi, 1st

edition.2007

4. 3. Intellectual Property Law Handbook. Dr.B.L.Wadehhra, Universal Law Publishing Co.

Ltd., 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law in India by Justice P S Narayana’s, Gogia Law Agency, Hyderabad.

2. Intellectual Property by W R Cornish, Sweet and Maxwell.

3. Research Methodology – Methods & Techniques, by Kothari C. R, WishwaPrakashan, A

Division of New Age International Pvt. Ltd.


1. Students must appreciate the needs and the necessities of the various intellectual property rights as

seen legally in India.(PO: c, f, g, I, l)

2. Students should get an in depth understanding on patents, on what can be patented, on what cannot be

patented and on how to obtain patents. (PO: c, d, f, h)

3. Students should understand as to what is industrial designs and trademarks and their importance in the

business world.(PO: a, b, e, h, k, l)

4. In the world of entertainment and publishing copyrights and infringements play an important role and

therefore students should get a basic idea of these. India has about 186 geographical indictor tags and

are protected by the Govt. of India.(PO: a, d, h, j, l)

5. Students should be able to learn the fundamentals of research methodologies so as to be able to carry

out research in a professional manner.(PO: b, d, g, j, k, l)

44

ENERGY ENGINEERING


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Energy is an important sector and knowledge in power plant technologies and non-conventional







technologies.


1. Study of the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel power plants,





5. Study of the importance and applications of various renewable and green energy technologies.

UNIT I









heaters.

UNIT II







45

UNIT III







energy.

UNIT IV








UNIT V








TEXT BOOKS:


2. Non-conventional resources: B H Khan Tata McGraw Hill 1st edition– 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:





46


1. Understanding of the construction and working of steam power plant, Diesel power plants, Hydro

electric power plants and nuclear power plants.(PO: a,b,d,k,l)

2. Knowledge of the solar thermal and photo voltaic energy conversion technologies.(PO: a,b,d,e,g,k,l)

3. Understanding of the resource, construction and working of wind energy, bio mass, ocean and

geothermal energy conversion technologies.(PO:a,b,c,k,l)

4. Knowledge of construction, working and applications of fuel cells and hydrogen energy

technologies.(PO: a,b,c,k,l)


technologies.(PO: a,b,c,d,g,k)

47

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

Sub Code: MES 82 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil


1. Examine the different ways of approaching AI & example systems that use AI

2. Students should be able to understand and implement the forward & backward chaining

reasoning algorithm

3. Students should understand the representing predicate logic and syntax and semantics for

prepositional logic

4. Students should learn about different aspects of a statistics and probabilistic reasoning and

expert systems.

5. Students will understand the examples of expert system and machine learning

systems

.

UNIT I

Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, definition, underlying assumption, importance of AI & AI

related fields.

Space Representation: Defining a problem. Production systems and its characteristics, Search

and Control strategies – Generate and Test, Hill Climbing, Best – first Search, Problem

reduction, Constraint Satisfaction, Means – Ends Analysis.

UNIT II

Knowledge Representation Issues: Representations and Mappings, Types of knowledge –

Procedural Vs Declarative, Logic programming. Forward Vs Backward reasoning, matching.

UNIT III

Use of Predicate Logic: Representing simple facts, Instance and Isa relationships, Syntax and

Semantics for Prepositional logic, FOPL and properties of Wffs, Conversion to Clausal form,

Resolution, Natural deduction.

UNIT IV

Statistical And Probabilistic Reasoning: Symbolic reasoning under uncertainty, Probability and

Bayes’ theorem, Certainty factors and Rule based systems, Bayesian Networks, Shafer Theory,

Fuzzy Logic.

Expert Systems: Structure and uses, Representing and using domain knowledge, Expert System

Shells. Pattern recognition learning classification patterns, recognizing and understanding

speech. Introduction to knowledge Acquisition, Types of Learning.

48

UNIT V

Typical Expert Systems: MYCIN, Variants of MYCIN, PROSPECTOR, DENDRAL, PUFF,

ETC.

Introduction To Machine Learning: Perceptrons, Checker Playing Examples, Learning

Automata, Genetic Algorithms, Intelligent Editors.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Artificial Intelligence, Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight, 3rd Ed., M/H 1983.

2. Introduction to AI & ES, Dan W. Patterson, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Artificial Intelligence, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1981.

2. Artificial Intelligence in business, Science & Industry, Wendy B. Ranch 179

3. A guide to expert systems, Waterman, D.A., Addison – Wesley inc. 1986

4. Building expert systems, Hayes, Roth, Waterman, D.A. Addison – Wesley, 1983


1. The students understand the basics of artificial intelligence and its related fields.(PO:

a,c,d,f,k)

2. The students appreciate the logics and knowledge implementing in the artificial

intelligence.(PO: b,f,j)

3. The students should learn the various logics used and conversion to clausal form.(PO: a,b,d,l)

4. The students should understand the pattern recognition and learning classification of

patterns.(PO: c,f,k)

5. Students should learn about different aspects of a learning system, concept of mycin, variants

of mycin and prospector.(PO: a,c,d,j,l)

49

CNC MACHINES


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

Machine tools can be operated manually, or under automatic control. Early machines used









1. Recognize the need for numerically controlled machine tools





UNIT I

Numerical Control of Machine Tools: Fundamental concepts, Classification and structure of








system.

UNIT II

Design of Modern CNC Machines and Manufacturing Elements (Excluding Numerical

Problems): Introduction, machine Structures, guide ways – linear motion guides, feed drives,




UNIT III

Assembly Techniques: Guide ways, ball screws and nut, feedback elements, spindle bearings.






http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Flywheel

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Numerical_control

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Paper_tape

http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Punched_card

50

UNIT IV

Programming and operation of CNC Machine: Introduction to part programming, co-ordinate




programming,

UNIT V

Testing of CNC Machine Tools: Introduction, Verification of technical specification,



TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computer control of Manufacturing Systems - Yoram Koren, McGraw Hill Intl. Pub.


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Numerical control of machine tools - S.J. Martin





6. Introduction to Automated Process Planning System - Tiess Chieu Chang & Richard A. Wysk


1. The student will be able to identify the importance of CNC machines in the modern world. (PO: a,e,i).

2. The student will be able to select drives for CNC machines (PO: b,g,k).

3. The student will be able to construct the different components of CNC machines (PO: d,f,h).

4. The student will be able to write NC part programs for milling and turning (PO: c,j,l).

5. The student will be able to assess the CNC machines for various functional parameters (PO: a,g,i,k).

1

CURRICULUM

for the Academic year 2017 – 2018


emester B. E.

RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY


BANGALORE – 54


2

About the Institute :

Ramaiah Institute of Technology (RIT) (formerly known as M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology) is a self-financing institution established in Bangalore in the year 1962 by the industrialist and philanthropist, Late Dr. M S Ramaiah All engineering departments offering bachelor degree programs have been accredited by NBA. RIT is one of the few institutes with faculty student ratio of 1:15 and achieves excellent academic results. The institute is a participant of the Technical Education Quality Improvement Program (TEQIP), an initiative of the Government of India. All the departments are full with competent faculty, with 100% of them being postgraduates or doctorates. Some of the distinguished features of RIT are: State of the art laboratories, individual computing facility to all faculty members. All research departments are active with sponsored projects and more than 130 scholars are pursuing PhD. The Centre for Advanced Training and Continuing Education (CATCE), and Entrepreneurship Development Cell (EDC) have been set up on campus. RIT has a strong Placement and Training department with a committed team, a fully equipped Sports department, large air-conditioned library with over 80,000 books with subscription to more than 300 International and National Journals. The Digital Library subscribes to several online e-journals like IEEE, JET etc. RIT is a member of DELNET, and AICTE INDEST Consortium. RIT has a modern auditorium, several hi-tech conference halls, all air-conditioned with video conferencing facilities. It has excellent hostel facilities for boys and girls. RIT Alumni have distinguished themselves by occupying high positions in India and abroad and are in touch with the institute through an active Alumni Association. RIT obtained Academic Autonomy for all its UG and PG programs in the year 2007. As per the National Institutional Ranking Framework, MHRD, Government of India, Ramaiah Institute of Technology has achieved 45th rank in 2017 among the top 100 engineering colleges across India and occupied No. 1 position in Karnataka, among the colleges affiliated to VTU, Belagavi. About the Department: The Department of Mechanical Engineering started in the year 1962 with an intake of 40 students. The department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of 180 students and 50 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post graduate degree with 20 doctorates. The department offers four year degree course and also offers two Master’s Degree in Manufacturing Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, with an intake of 18 each. The Department also offers research program which includes MSc Engineering by research and PhD degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD. The department received software grants from Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design multinational company and has been using them in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken up number of research projects funded by external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya Technological University and received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee celebrations, the department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an International Conference on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have published books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by Visvesvaraya Technological University Board of Studies as reference text books.

3

The students from the department participate both at the national and international competition throughout the year, in the year 2013 – AeRobusta – 4 member student team from the department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th position out of 64 teams from all over the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN COUNTRIES. Another team from the department also participated in the “Unmanned Air Vehicle System “conducted by U.S. Navy at Maryland, USA. The team secured 5th Place in the technical session out of 36 participating teams from all over the world. A team of two students also participated in the CAD Design Competition conducted by Autodesk, a CAD multinational company, in association with IIT Madras and secured FIRST PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs1,20,000 and also received a free Trip to Autodesk University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

4

Faculty



















18 Dr. Sridhar B.S. M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor

19 Dr. Nagesh S.N. M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor


21 Dr. Jyothilakshmi R. M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor


23 Dr. Anil Kumar T. M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor


5

25 Dr. Sunith Babu L M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor




29 Mr. Arunkumar P.C M.Tech Assistant Professor





34 Mr. MahanteshMatur M.Tech Assistant Professor




38 Mr. Bharath M R M.Tech Assistant Professor






44 Mr. VinayakTalugeri M.Tech Assistant Professor


46 Mr. Nishanth Acharya M.Tech Assistant Professor

47 Mr.Vijayakumar S L M.Tech Assistant Professor

48 Dr. Prakrathi S M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor

49 Mr. Gururaj M.Tech Assistant Professor

6

VISION OF THE INSTITUTE

To evolve into an autonomous institution of international standing for imparting quality technical education

MISSION OF THE INSTITUTE

MSRIT shall deliver global quality technical education by nurturing a conducive learning environment for a better tomorrow through continuous improvement and customization

QUALITY POLICY

We at M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology strive to deliver comprehensive, continually enhanced, global quality technical and management education through an established Quality Management

System complemented by the synergistic interaction of the stake holders concerned

VISION OF THE DEPARTMENT

To be a centre of International repute in Mechanical Engineering and to create qualified human

resources needed to meet the demanding challenges in different areas and emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering and allied sciences.

MISSION OF THE DEPARTMENT

To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through conducive

and creative learning environment, to produce qualified and skilled human resources, create R&D environment, to be a centre of excellence and to offer post graduate programs in the emerging fields

of Mechanical Engineering.

7

Program Educational Objectives (PEOs)

1. To produce engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required practical skills in various specialized fields of Mechanical Engineering.

2. To inculcate team work capabilities and communication skills among students through co-curricular activities.

3. To motivate students for higher studies in specialised areas of Mechanical Engineering and explore possible profession in R & D, academic and self-employment opportunities.

4. To bring in awareness on environmental issues and commitments towards Professional ethics, social responsibilities and need for lifelong learning

8

PROGRAM OUTCOMES (POs):

PO1: Engineering knowledge: Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science, engineering

fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze

complex engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of

mathematics, natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering

problems and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with

appropriate consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and

environmental considerations.

PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering

activities with an understanding of the limitations.

PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practice.

PO7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional

engineering solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge

of, and need for sustainable development.

PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities

and norms of the engineering practice.

PO9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member

or leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with

the engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and

write effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and

receive clear instructions.

9

PO11: Project management and finance: Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the

engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

10

PSOs of the program offered Mechanical Engineering Graduates will be able to:

PSO1: Ability to apply their knowledge in engineering mechanics, materials science, design, thermal engineering, production, management, CAD/CAM, robotics - on an applied basis.

PSO2: Ability to apply the learned principles to the analysis, design, development and implementation to advanced mechanical systems and processes, be prepared to work professionally in mechanical engineering domain.

11



Sem HSS BS ES PCC Professional

Electives PC-E

Other Elective

OE

Project / Seminar/ Internship

PW/IN

Total Credits

I 06

20 24

- - - 50

II - - - III - 04 - 18 3 - - 25 IV - 04 - 18 3 - - 25 V - - - 21 4 - - 25 VI - - - 15 4 - 6 25 VII - - - 14 8 4 - 26 VIII - - - 4 - 20 24

Total 06 28 24 86 26 4 26

200

HSS - Humanities and Social Science - 06 BS - Basic Sciences (Mathematics, Physics, Chemistry) - 28 ES - Engineering Sciences (Materials, Workshop, Drawing,

Computers) - 24 PCC - Professional Core Courses - 86 Prof. Elective - Professional Electives, relevant to the chosen

specialization branch - 26 Other Elective - Elective Subjects, from other technical and / or emerging

Subject Areas - 04 Project / Seminar / - Project Work, Seminar and / or Internship in industry Internship or elsewhere - 26

12

RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BANGALORE 560 054 (Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to VTU)


Program Articulation Matrix

Sl. No

Subject Code

Subject PO1

PO 2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO 9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PS O1

PSO2

1 MEMAT31

Engg. Mathematics III 3 3 2 - 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - 2 2

2 ME32 Materials science & Metallurgy

3 3 1 1 - - - - - 1 - - 3 3

3 ME33 Basic Thermodynamics 3 3 3 3 2 - 2 1 - - - 1 3 3 4 ME34 Mechanics of Materials 3 3 - 1 3 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 3 3 5 ME35 Manufacturing Process-I 3 3 3 1 1 1 - 1 - - - 1 2 3 6 ME361 Energy Engineering 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 - - - - 3 2

ME362 Mechatronics & Microprocessor

3 3 1 3 3 - 1 - 1 3 - 2 2 2

7 ME37L Materials Testing Laboratory

3 3 1 1 2 1 - 3 2 - 1 2 2 2

8 ME38L Computer Aided Machine Drawing

1 3 2 3 3 - - - 1 3 - 2 2 2

1. Low 2. Moderate 3. Substantial

COs- Course Outcomes, PO – Program Outcomes, PSO – Program Specific Outcomes. PEO- Program Educational Objectives

13




Sl.No Course Code

Course Name Category Credits Contact Hours L T P S** Total

1 MAT31 Engg. Mathematics III BS 3 1 0 4 4 2 ME32 Materials science &

Metallurgy

PC-C

4 0 0 4 4

3 ME33 Basic Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 4 4 ME34 Mechanics of Materials 3 1 0 4 4 5 ME35 Manufacturing Process-I 3 0 0 1 4 4 6 ME361 Energy Engineering

PC-E

3

0

0

3

3 ME362 Mechatronics & Microprocessor

7 ME37L Materials Testing Laboratory PC-C

0 0 1 1 2

8 ME38L Computer Aided Machine Drawing

0 0 1 1 2

Total 25 27 L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practical S** -Self Study

14

Engineering Mathematics-III

Course code: MAT31 Course Credits: 3:1:0 Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics-I & II (MAT101 & MAT201) Contract Hours: 42 L+14T = 56 Course coordinator: M Girinath Reddy Course Learning Objectives

1. Learn to solve algebraic, transcendental and ordinary differential equations numerically.

2. Learn to fit a curve, correlation, regression for a statistical data. 3. Learn to represent a periodic function in terms of sines and cosines. 4. Understand the concepts of continuous and discrete integral transforms in the form of

Fourier and Z-transforms. 5. Understand the concepts of calculus of functions of complex variables.

Course Contents: Unit I

Numerical solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations: Method of false position, Newton - Raphson method. Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations: Taylor series method, Euler & modified Euler method, fourth order Runge-Kutta method. Statistics: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, fitting a linear curve, fitting a parabola, fitting a Geometric curve, Correlation and Regression.

Unit II

Fourier Series: Convergence and divergence of infinite series of positive terms. Periodic functions, Dirichlet conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2π and arbitrary period, Half range Fourier series, Practical harmonic analysis.

Unit III

Fourier Transforms: Infinite Fourier transform, Infinite Fourier sine and cosine transforms, properties, Inverse transforms, Convolution theorem, Parseval identities (statements only). Z-Transforms: Definition, standard Z-transforms, Single sided and double sided, Linearity property, Damping rule, Shifting property, Initial value and Final value theorems, Inverse Z-transforms, Application of Z-transforms to solve difference equations.

Unit IV

Complex Variables - I: Functions of complex variables ,Analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann Equations in cartesian and polar coordinates, Consequences of Cauchy-Riemann Equations, Construction of analytic functions. Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z2,

w = ez and = + (z ≠ 0), Bilinear transformation.

15

Unit V

Complex Variables-II: Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula. Taylor & Laurent series (statements only). Singularities, Poles and residues, Cauchy residue theorem (statement only).

Text Books:

1. Erwin Kreyszig – Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Wiley publication – 10th edition-2015.

2. B. S. Grewal – Higher Engineering Mathematics – Khanna Publishers – 43rd edition – 2015.

References:

1. Glyn James – Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics – Pearson Education – 4th edition – 2010.

2. Dennis G. Zill, Michael R. Cullen - Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones and Barlett Publishers Inc. – 3rd edition – 2009.

3. Dennis G. Zill and Patric D. Shanahan- A first course in complex analysis with applications- Jones and Bartlett publishers-second edition-2009.

Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course, students will be able to 1. Solve the problems of algebraic, transcendental and ordinary differential equations using

numerical methods and fit a suitable curve by the method of least squares and determine the lines of regression for a set of statistical data.

2. Apply the knowledge of Fourier series and expand a given function in both full range and half range values of the variable and obtain the various harmonics of the Fourier series expansion for the given numerical data.

3. Evaluate Fourier transforms, Fourier sine and Fourier cosine transforms of functions and apply the knowledge of z-transforms to solve difference equations.

4. Analyze functions of complex variable in terms of continuity, differentiability and analyticity. Apply Cauchy-Riemann equations and harmonic functions to solve problems related to Fluid Mechanics, Thermo Dynamics and Electromagnetic fields and geometrical interpretation of conformal and bilinear transformations.

5. Find singularities of complex functions and determine the values of integrals using residues.

CO-PO Mapping

Course Outcomes

Program Outcomes 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

1 3 1 2 3 1 3 3 1 4 3 1 5 3 1


16


Subject Code: ME32 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

In this advanced age that we live in, a wide array of materials are used all around us and at the same time a constant challenge is being posed by the ever increasing demands for better materials of greater strength, lightness, hardenability, cutting power, toughness, cost-effectiveness, resistance to corrosion & heat, and so on. The main objectives of this subject to make the students understand and appreciate the properties of materials at both macro and at micro levels in a way that it would help them conceive and build these materials. Without adequate information and knowledge, the selection of appropriate materials for the specific applications would not become an optimized one resulting in products which minimize profit and utility of the end product. The subject gives an introduction about the correlations that exist between composition, structure, property and applications of engineering materials. Course Learning Objectives

1. To introduce students to the fundamentals of structure-property correlation by familiarizing them with crystalline materials, their properties and their defects.

2. To make students learn the basics of stress-strain diagrams and properties associated with them. To also introduce students to failure in crystalline materials due to creep and fatigue.

3. To give an introduction to the studies of solidification, solid solutions and phase diagrams. To solve problems in phase-diagrams.

4. To understand the importance of Fe-C equilibrium diagram and the TTT diagrams and the difference between them to get an introduction to the various heat treatment processes and to understand the world of important engineering alloys and composites regarding their production and applications.

5. To learn the role of engineering materials in shaping products having desired mechanical properties by understanding their compositions, structures, defects and properties.

Course Contents: UNIT I

Structure of crystalline solids: Fundamental concepts of unit cell space lattice, Bravais space lattices, unit cells for cubic structure & HCP, calculations of radius, Coordination Number and Atomic Packing Factor for different cubic structures. Crystal imperfections: Classification, point, line, surface & volume defects, Diffusion, Diffusion mechanisms, and factors affecting diffusion, Fick’s laws of diffusion Stress & Strain: - Stress strain diagrams to show ductile & brittle behavior of metals. Linear & non-linear elastic properties,

UNIT II True stress & strain, Plastic deformation of single crystals: Concept of true stress and strain, Plastic deformation of metals by slip and twinning, strain hardening, mechanism of strain hardening.

17

Fracture& Creep: types, transition from ductile to brittle fracture, Fatigue, types of fatigue load, mechanism of fatigue failure, fatigue properties, S-N diagram, factors affecting fatigue strength Creep:- Definition, Three stages of creep, creep properties,

UNIT III Solidification, Solid solutions & Phase diagrams: Nucleation, homogeneous & heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth, cast metal structures. Solid solutions, Types, Rules governing the formation of solids solutions. Phase diagrams: Basic terms, phase rule, Lever rule, cooling curves, construction of phase diagrams, Types of phase diagrams, interpretation of equilibrium diagrams - eutectic, eutectoid, peritectic & peritectoid, problems in phase diagrams.

UNIT IV Iron carbon equilibrium diagram& TTT diagram: Equilibrium phases in the Fe-C system, Invariant reactions, Microstructure of slowly cooled steels, TTT diagram, construction of TTT diagram, Superimposing cooling curves on TTT diagram, non-equilibrium phases in Fe-C system, CCT diagram. Heat Treatment: Annealing and its types, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering, Martempering, Austempering, Surface hardening like case hardening, carburizing, cyaniding, nitriding, Induction hardening, hardenability, Jominy end-quench test, Age hardening taking the example of duralumin.

UNIT V Engineering Alloys: Properties, composition and uses of low carbon, mild, medium & high carbon steels. Cast irons, gray CI, white CI, malleable CI, Spheroidal Graphite iron. Microstructures of cast irons, Al & Mg & Titanium alloys, Copper & its alloys, brasses and bronzes. Composite Materials: Definitions, classification, types of matrix materials and reinforcements, fundamentals of production of FRP’s - hand lay-up technique, bag moulding, filament winding and Pultrusion processes, advantages and applications of composites.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Material Science for Engineering, 6th edition, James F.Shackel Ford, Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2006.

2. Physical Metallurgy, Principles & Practices, V.Raghavan, PHI, 2nd edition, 2006,New Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials Science & Engineering- An Introduction, William D.Callister Jr., Wiley,India Pvt. Ltd., 6th edition, 2006, New Delhi.

2. Essentials of Materials for Science And Engineering, Donald R. Askeland, PradeepP.Phule Thomson-Engineering, 2nd edition 2006

3. Foundation of Material Science and Engineering, Smith, 3rdEdition,McGraw Hill,1997 edition.

18

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to

1. Discuss the concept of crystal structure, crystal imperfections and Mechanical properties in metals.

2. Explain the concept of true stress and true strain, plastic deformation and various modes of failure.

3. Summarize the solidification of metals and alloys and classify draw phase diagrams. 4. Distinguish between various heat treatment processes for metals and alloys 5. Examine composite manufacturing processes and list advantages and applications of

engineering and composite materials

CO-PO Mapping


CO PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

3 3 - 3 - - 3 2 - - 2 - 3 3

CO2

3 3 - 3 - - 2 3 - - 2 - - 3

CO3

2 2 - 2 - - 3 2 - - 2 - 2 2

CO4

3 3 - 2 - - 2 3 - - 3 - 3 3

CO5

3 3 - 3 - - 2 3 - - 3 - 3 3

19

BASIC THERMODYNAMICS Subject Code: ME 33 Credits: 3:1:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble The course aims at teaching the students the fundamentals of thermodynamics, various definitions and the laws governing the thermodynamic principles. The subject aims at having understanding of concept of work and heat, pure substances, entropy principle. The concepts of heat engine, heat pump and refrigeration are also included in the subject to enable the students for taking up challenging task in the industrial sector, government organization, research organization and to pursue higher studies and to become entrepreneur. The fundamental laws of ideal and real gases are also taught in the subject to develop the skill to analyze different types of engineering devices. The study of various engineering devices and analytical calculations are also included in the subject to expose the students to more practical applications. Course Learning Objectives

1. To learn the fundamental concepts of thermodynamic properties, system, state, equilibrium, energy, the concept of work and heat.

2. To understand practical applications of First, Second and Zeroth laws of thermodynamics.

3. To study the basics of heat engine, heat pump, refrigerator and Carnot principle and learn their practical applications.

4. To understand the principle of entropy and behavior of pure substances and to learn calculation of properties of steam.

5. To study the behavior of Ideal and Real gases and thermodynamic relations to analyze the various parameters under different circumstances.

UNIT I

Fundamental concepts and definitions: Thermodynamics; definition and scope, micro scopic and macroscopic approaches, open and closed systems, thermodynamic properties, thermodynamic state, path and process, path and point function, quasistatic process, cyclic and non cyclic processes, thermodynamic equilibrium, Zeroth law of thermodynamics, Temperature concepts and scales, Comparison of temperature scales, Work and heat, Thermodynamic definition of work, expressions for displacement work in various processes through p v diagrams, electrical work, shaft work, paddle wheel work, flow work, heat definition, unit and sign convention, equivalence of heat and work

UNIT II First Law of Thermodynamics: Statement of first law of thermodynamics, extension of first law to non cyclic processes, energy, energy as a property of the system, enthalpy, specific heat at constant volume and constant pressure, Steady state, steady flow energy equation, some important applications Second Law of thermodynamics: Thermal reservoir, Heat engine, schematic representation and efficiency, reversed heat engine, schematic representation and coefficient of performance, Kelvin-Planck statement and Clasius’ statement of second law of thermodynamics, PMMI and PMMII, equivalence of the two statements, reversible and irreversible processes, factors that make a process irreversible, reversible heat engines, Carnot cycle, Carnot principle, thermodynamic temperature scale.

20

UNIT III

Entropy: Clasius’ inequality; statement, proof, application to a reversible cycle, entropy a property, entropy definition, principle of increase of entropy, calculation of entropy using T ds relations, entropy as a coordinate. Availability and Irreversibility: Maximum work, maximum useful work for a system and a control volume, availability of a system and a steadily flowing stream, irreversibility, second law efficiency.

UNIT IV

Pure substance: P-T and P-V diagrams, triple point and critical points, sub cooled liquid, saturated liquid, mixture of saturated liquid and vapour, saturated vapour and superheated vapour states of a pure substance with water as example. Enthalpy of change of phase (Latent heat), dryness fraction, T-S and h-s diagrams, representation of various processes on these diagrams, throttling calorimeter, separating and throttling calorimeter Thermodynamic relations: Introduction, Maxwell’s equations, problems, coefficient of expansion and compressibility, energy relations for simple systems, Tds equations, specific heat relations, relations for internal energy and enthalpy, numerical, characteristic functions, Joule-Thomson coefficient.

UNIT V

Real and Ideal gases: Introduction, Vander wall’s equation, Vander wall’s constants in terms of critical properties, law of corresponding states, compressibility factor, compressibility chart, ideal gas, equation of state, internal energy and enthalpy as functions of temperature only, universal and particular gas constants, evaluation of heat, work, change in internal energy, enthalpy and entropy in various quasi static processes, ideal gas mixture; Dalton’s law of additive pressure, Amagat’s law of additive volumes, evaluation of properties, analysis of various processes. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fundamental of Classical Thermodynamics- G J Van Wylen and R E Sonntag, Wiley Eastern. 1st edition,2002


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Thermodynamics an engineering approach-Yunus A Cenegal and Michael A Boles.

Tata McGraw hill Pub. 1st edition 2002 2. Engineering Thermodynamics- Rajput, Laxmi publications Pvt Ltd, 3rd Edition.,2007.

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, students will be able to

1) Acquaint with the fundamental concepts of thermodynamic Process, temperature, work, heat, entropy, enthalpy, pure substances & ideal gases.

2) Understand the concept of laws of thermodynamics to solve problems on open cycle and closed cycle system using pure substances and ideal gases.

3) Apply the steady-flow energy equation to a thermodynamic system (like: heaters, coolers, pumps, turbines, pistons, etc.) to estimate required balances of heat, work and energy flow.

21

4) Analyze the behavior of pure substance, ideal and real gases during various thermodynamic processes to study change in various properties.

5) Predict principle of thermodynamics to solve numerical and design problems of thermodynamic process and systems to provide useful solutions.

CO-PO Mapping


CO PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO2

3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO3

3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO4

3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5

3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 3 2

22

MECHANICS OF MATERIALS Course code: ME34 Credits: 3:1:0 Pre requisites: Nil Preamble In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Mechanics of Materials provides the mechanical engineer with an approach to understand behavior of various components under stress when loaded. With the advances being made in the areas of manufacturing, design and automotive engineering newer and efficient design of machinery and equipment’s require an in depth knowledge of behavior of components under stressed condition within elastic limit. The various topics of practical interest give the students a deeper insight into the behavior of beams, shafts and cylinders when loaded during service. Course Learning Objectives

1. Introduce the basic concepts of mechanics of materials like stress, strain, material constants, thermal stresses and stresses in composite sections.

2. Impart the knowledge of compound stresses, Mohr’s circle diagram and stresses in thick and thin cylinders.

3. Develop understanding of shear force and bending moment diagrams when beams are subjected to various types of loads.

4. Impart the knowledge of bending and shear stresses induced in the beams. 5. Understanding the concepts of torsion of shafts, deflection of beams, columns and

struts for solving problems of practical interest.

UNIT I Simple stress and strain: Introduction, stress, strain, mechanical properties of materials, linear elasticity, Hook’s law and poisons ratio, stress – strain relation – behavior in tension for mild steel and non ferrous metals. Extension / shorteningof a bar, bars with cross sections varying in steps, bars with continuously varying cross sections (circular and rectangular) Elongation due to self weight, principle of super position, Volumetric strain, expression for volumetric strain. Stress in composite section: Elastic constants, simple shear stress, shear strain, temperature stresses (including compound bars)

UNIT II

Compound stresses: Introduction, plane stress, stresses on inclined sections, principal stresses and maximum shear stresses, Mohr’s circle for plane stress. Thick and thin cylinders: stresses in thin cylinders, changes in dimensions of cylinder (diameter, length and volume), Thick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures (Lame’s equation) (Compound cylinders not included)

UNIT III

Bending moment and shear force in beams : Introduction, types of beams, loads and reactions, shear forces and bending moments, rate of loading, sign conventions, relationship between shear force and bending moments, shear force and bending moment diagrams for different beams subjected to concentrated loads, uniform distributed load (UDL) and Uniformly Varying Load(UVL) for different types of beams.

23

UNIT IV Bending and shear stresses in beams: Introduction, theory of simple bending. Assumptions in simple bending, relationship between bending stresses and radius of curvature, relationship between bending moment and radius of curvature, moment carrying capacity of a section, shearing stresses in beams, shear stress across rectangular, I Section, T Section & circular sections.

UNIT V Deflection of beams: Introduction, differential equation for deflection, equations for deflections, slope and moments, double integration method for cantilever and simply supported beams for point load, UDL. Macaulay’s method. Torsion of circular shafts and elastic stability of columns: Introduction, pure torsion, assumptions, derivation of torsional equations, polar modulus, torsional rigidity / stiffness of shafts, power transmitted by solid and hollow circular shafts. Introduction to columns, Euler’s theory for axially loaded elastic long columns, derivation of Euler’s load for various end conditions, limitations of Euler’s theory, Rankine’s formula.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mechanics of Materials,S.I units, Ferdinand Beer & Russell Johnston, TATA

McGrawHill – 1st edition 2003 2. Strength of materials, W.A Nash , Schaums outline series , 4th edition – 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechanics of materials, K.V. Rao, G.C. Raju, 1st edition, 2007 2. Strength of materials, Ramamrutham, 5th edition 2006. 3. Mechanics of materials, James. M Gere. Thomson, 5th edition, 2004

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the students will be able to

1) Develop an understanding the concepts of mechanics of materials like stress, strain, material constants, thermal stresses and stresses in composite sections.

2) Compile the concepts of compound stresses, Mohr’s circle diagram and stresses in thick and thin cylinders.

3) Develop ability in identifying the problem and apply the fundamental concepts of shear force and bending moment diagrams when beams are subjected to various types of loads.

4) Develop competence in understanding the concepts of bending and shear stresses induced in the beams for solving engineering problems.

5) Demonstrate the ability to have the competence in understanding the concepts of torsion of shafts, columns and struts for solving practical problems

24

CO-PO Mapping


CO PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 3 3 2

CO2

3 2 2 1 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO3

3 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO4

3 3 2 2 2 - - - - - - 2 3 2

CO5

2 2 2 2 2 - - - - - - 1 3 2

25

MANUFACTURING PROCESS – I Subject Code: ME 35 Credits: 3:0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble The present course on manufacturing process-I, provide the mechanical engineer with an approach to understand different methods of transforming raw material to finished goods. Various methods include – Foundry, welding, machining, forming processes etc. In this course, foundry and welding processes are being studied. With the advances being made in the areas of manufacturing engineering newer and efficient methods and equipment are developed. The different topics of practical interest give the students a better insight into the advances in the field of manufacturing. Course Learning Objectives

1. Moulding methods, types of moulds, Cores, core making, Gating Systems, types of Casting, Melting furnaces, defects in Casting and Inspection methods

2. Forging methods, forging analysis, Concept of friction hill, Material flow lines, drawing process, types of drawing process and defects in forging and drawing process and sheet metal.

3. Extrusion and Rolling process, defects in extrusion, Rolling and sheet metal. 4. Welding processes, Classification and Special Welding processes like EWB, EBM,

thermit, Friction and Laser welding. 5. Structure and solidification of weld, welding characteristics of different materials,

Non-destructive Inspection methods.

UNIT- I

Casting Process: Introduction to Casting- Casting, Steps involved in casting, Advantages and limitations of casting. Pattern Making- Types of pattern, allowance, materials and BIS color code. Types of Molding sands, ingredients of molding sands and its properties. Core sand ingredients and properties. Core Making, Core blowing Machine, Core baking, Dielectric baking of cores. Gating System – definition, elements of gating system, functions and gating ratio Molding Methods- Green molding, hand and machine molding. Jolt and Jolt-Squeeze Machine and Sand slingers. No bake sand Molding: Ingredients and properties, CO2 Silicate Molding, Shell Molding and investment casting. Melting Furnaces- Classification of Furnaces, Oil fired furnaces, Electric furnaces Arc, resistance and Induction furnaces. Cupola construction, preparation and operation of conventional Cupola Cleaning and Inspection- Casting and fettling operations, Defects in Casting, Causes and remedies.

UNIT- II Forming Process: Introduction to forming- Forming, classification, Characteristics of wrought products, Advantages, limitations and applications. Forging- Classification of forging processes, forging machines & equipment, Concepts of friction hill and factors affecting it, Die-design parameters, Material flow lines in forging, Forging defects.

26

Drawing- Steps involved in wire drawing, drawing die details, Types of tube drawing processes, Frictionless drawing of cylindrical rod.

UNIT- III

Extrusion- Types of extrusion processes, Variables involved in extrusion process, Relation between variables in extrusion, Special type of extrusion processes, Metal flow pattern in extrusion, Defects in extruded products. Rolling- Classification of rolling processes. Types of rolling mills, Metal flow pattern in rolling, friction hill, Defects in rolled products, Rolling variables. Sheet metal forming- Definition of sheet metal, Material used for sheet metal, Sheet metal operations, Classification of power presses.

UNIT - IV

Fabrication Process: Welding- Introduction, classification – preparation of base metal and joint, Fluxes need and types. Principles, applications and parameters in practice of Gas, TIG, MIG, SAW, FCAW, Electro slag welding, Atomic Hydrogen welding. Other Welding Processes- Principle and applications of resistance welding, Spot, Seam, Projection Welding, Thermit Welding, Friction welding, Explosive Welding, Ultrasonic welding, Electron Beam Welding, Laser Welding.

UNIT- V

Metallurgical aspects of Welding- Solidification and structure of welds, Heat affected Zone, Residual stress, weldability and weldability testing, welding characteristics of ferrous and nonferrous metals, welding defects. NDT for Casting, Forming and Welding processes- Nondestructive Testing, X –Ray radiography, dye penetrant test, Ultrasonic test, Magnetic particle Inspection, Eddy Current testing, Holography methods of Inspection. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing Technology : Foundry Forming and Welding, P.N.Rao 2nd Edition TMH,2003

2. Manufacturing Technology”, Serope Kalpakjain, Steuen.R.Sechmid, Pearson Education Asia, 5th Ed. 2006..

3. Mechanical metallurgy by George E. Dieter Tata McGraw - Hill publication. 3rd

edition 2013.

4. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering materials by Serope kalpakajiam and Steven R Schimid, Pearson education, 4th edition 2007.


27

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1) Materials and Process of Manufacture, Roy A Lindberg, PHI Publications, 2nd edition 2006.

2) Principal of Metal Casting, Heine, Loper, Philip Rosenthal, TMH. 1st edition2005. 3) Materials & Processes in Manufacturing by Paul Degarmo E, Jt Black, Ronald A

Kohser. Prentice -hall of India, 8th edition 2006 4) Manufacturing Science, by AsokKumarMallik &Amitabha Ghosh –

Affiliated East-west Press Pvt Ltd, 2nd edition 2012. 5) Fundamentals of Metal forming processes, B.L.Juneja, First edition New age

International, 2007. 6) Theory of Plasticity and Metal forming Processes, Dr.Ssadhu singh, Khanna

Publishers, 3rd edition 2003 7) Metal Forming processes, by G.R Nagpal, Khanna Publishers,Second edition, 2005.

Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course, the students will be able to

1. Identify the steps in making of casting, selection of melting furnace: analyze the defects and suggest remedies

2. Select suitable forging and drawing methods for different materials to get defect free products

3. Select different extrusion and rolling process for different materials for various types of engineering products

4. Select safe, economical ecofriendly, hazard free welding process for sustainable product development.

5. Summarize welding defects and welding characteristics and apply NDT techniques for quality assurance of cast and welded components.

CO-PO Mapping


COs

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

1 2 - 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 3 3 3

2 2 - 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 3 3 3

3 2 - 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 3 3 3

4 2 - 2 - - 2 2 - - - - 3 3 3

5 2 2 2 2 - 2 2 - - - - 3 2 2

28

ENERGY ENGINEERING

Sub Code: ME361 Credits 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Energy is an important sector and knowledge in power plant technologies and non-conventional energy sources is essential for the students of mechanical engineering. Energy engineering deals with the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel engine power plants, hydroelectric power plants and nuclear power plants. In view of present trends towards adopting renewable and green energy, sources such as solar, wind, bio-mass, ocean, geothermal, fuel cells and hydrogen have been included. Overall, this course provides students the basic understanding of the various commonly used conventional and non-conventional power generation technologies.


1. To Study the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel power plants, hydro electric power plants and nuclear power plants.

2. To Study solar thermal and photo voltaic energy conversion. 3. To Study wind energy, biomass, ocean and geothermal energy conversion

technologies. 4. To Study fuel cells and hydrogen energy conversion. 5. To Study the importance and applications of various renewable and green energy

technologies. UNIT I

Steam Power Plant: Different types of fuels used for steam generation, equipment for burning coal in lump form, different types of stockers, oil burners, advantages and disadvantages of using pulverized fuel, equipment for preparation and burning of pulverized coal, unit system and bin system. pulverized fuel furnaces, cyclone furnace, coal and ash handling, generation of steam using forced circulation, high and supercritical pressures, brief account of Benson, Velox, Schmidt steam generators. chimneys: natural, forced, induced and balanced draft, calculations involving height of chimney to produce a given draft. cooling towers and Ponds. Accessories for steam generators such as super-heaters, de-superheaters, economizers, air pre-heaters and re-heaters.

UNIT II

Diesel Engine Power Plant- Applications of diesel engines, layout of diesel power plant, methods of starting diesel engines, cooling and lubrication system for the diesel engine, filters, centrifuges, oil heaters, intake and exhaust system.

Hydro-Electric Plants: Storage and pondage, flow duration and mass curves, hydrographs, general layout of hydro-electric power plant, low, medium and high head plants, pumped storage plants, penstock, water hammer, surge tanks, gates and valves, power house.

29

UNIT III

Nuclear Power Plant: Elements of the nuclear reactor, brief description of reactors of the following types - pressurized water reactor, boiling water reactor, sodium graphite reactor, fast breeder reactor, homogeneous graphite reactor and gas cooled reactor, radiation hazards, shielding, radioactive waste disposal.

Geothermal Energy Conversion: Principle of working, types of geothermal stations with schematic diagrams, problems associated with geothermal conversion, scope of geothermal energy.

UNIT IV

Solar Energy – Solar radiation outside the earth’s atmosphere, solar radiation at the earth surface, solar radiation measurement, working principles of solar flat plate collectors, solar air heaters, thermal energy storage, solar pond and photovoltaic conversion.

Wind Energy: Properties of wind, wind velocity and power from wind, major problems associated with wind power, types of wind machines and their characteristics, horizontal and vertical axis wind mills.


UNIT V

Energy from Ocean: Tides and waves as energy suppliers and their mechanics, fundamental characteristics of tidal power, harnessing tidal energy, limitations. ocean thermal energy conversion: principle of working, problems associated with OTEC.

Energy from Bio-mass: Bio gas production from organic wastes by anaerobic fermentation, description of bio gas plants, transportation of bio-gas, problems involved with bio-gas production, applications of bio-gas.


TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Power Plant Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi publication, New Delhi.




30

Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course, the students will be able to

1. Understand the concept of construction & working of conventional & non conventional energy resource based power plants

2. Describe recent advancements in conventional & non conventional energy resources and their effective utilization for power generation.

3. Analyze aspects related to harnessing energy from non-conventional energy sources.

4. Evaluate the present state of technologies, dealing non conventional energy sources as cost-effective power generation alternatives.

5. Develop concept of model, analyze and design of solar, wind and biomass energy systems.

CO-PO Mapping

COs

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO 10

PO 11

PO 12

PSO1

PSO2

1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 2 3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3 2 4 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 5 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3


31


Sub Code: ME362 Credits: 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Mechatronics is a field of engineering which deals with the integration of Mechanics and Electronics with intensive computer integration using a multidisciplinary approach to product and manufacturing system design. It is a design philosophy which encourages engineers to integrate precision mechanical engineering, digital and analog electronics, control theory and computer engineering in the design of “intelligent” products, systems and processes rather than engineering each set or requirements separately. Course Learning Objectives

1. Define Mechatronics systems and recognize its various elements. 2. Compile the key elements of electrical actuation systems and signal conditioning

circuits. 3. Express the concepts of system models, controllers and PLC 4. Write the Architecture of INTEL 8085 microprocessor and Compile the differences

between microprocessor and microcontroller 5. Enhance a strong foundation in science and focus in mechanical, electronics, control,

software, and computer engineering, and a solid command of the newest technologies.

UNIT-I

MECHATRONICS, SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS Introduction to Mechatronics Systems, Measurement Systems Control Systems Microproces

sor based Controllers. Sensors and Transducers – Performance Terminology –

Sensors for Displacement, Position and Proximity; Velocity, Motion,Force, Fluid Pressu

re, Liquid Flow, Liquid Level, Temperature, Light Sensors Selection of Sensors. UNIT -II

ACTUATION SYSTEMS Rotary Actuators. MechanicalActuation Systems – Cams – Gear Trains –Ratchet and pawl – Belt and Chain Drives – Bearings.Electrical Actuation Systems – Mechanical Switches Solid State Switches ,Solenoids Constructionand working principle of DC and AC Motorsspeed control of AC and DC drives, Stepper Motors-switching circuitries for stepper motor – AC & DCServo motors

UNIT - III

SYSTEM MODELS AND CONTROLLERS Building blocks of Mechanical, Electrical, Fluid and Thermal Systems, Rotational ,Transnati

onl Systems,Electromechanical Systems –

Hydraulic Mechanical Systems. Continuous and discrete process Controllers –

Control Mode – Two – Step mode – Proportional Mode – Derivative Mode –

Integral Mode – PID Controllers – Digital Controllers – Velocity Control –

Adaptive Control – Digital Logic Control Microprocessors Control.

32

UNIT-IV

PROGRAMMING LOGIC CONTROLLERS Programmable Logic Controllers– Basic Structure – Input / Output Processing –Programming –Mnemonics – Timers, Internal relays and counters – Shift Registers – Master and Jump Controls – DataHandling – Analogs Input / Output, Selection of a PLC.

UNIT-V Microprocessor architecture &micro computer systems: Microprocessor architecture and its operation, Memory , Input and output devices, microprocessor- Based system application. Difference between microprocessor and micro controllers ,. Requirements for control and their implementation in micro controllers

Assembly Language Programming: 8085 programming, model instruction, classification, 8085 instruction set, Data format & storage, simple assembly programming

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechatronics- W. Bolton, Longman, 2nd Pearson Publications, 2007 2. Microprocessor Architecture, programming and applications with 8085.8085A- R.S.

Ganokar, Wiley Eastern. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechatronics Principles & applications by Godfrey C. Canwerbolu, Butterworth- Heinemann 2006.

2. Mechatronics- danNecsulescu, Pearson Publication, 2007 3. Introduction Mechatronics & Measurement systems, David. G.

Aliciatore&Michael.B. Bihistand, tata McGraw Hill, 2000. 4. Mechatronics : Sabricentinkunt, John wiley& sons Inc. 2007

Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1. Define Mechatronics systems and recognize its various elements. 2. Compile the key elements of electrical actuation systems and signal conditioning

circuits. 3. Demonstrate the concepts of system models and controllers. 4. Understand the concepts of programming logic controllers. 5. Analyze the Architecture of INTEL 8085 micro processor and Compile the

differences between microprocessor and microcontroller CO-PO Mapping


COs PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 P10 P11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

1 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 4 3 3 3 2 3 3 5 3 3 3 3 2 3 3

33


Subject Code: ME 37L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble This laboratory course provides an integrated approach to materials science and engineering. The laboratory examines the important relationships between microstructure and the properties of materials. The course provides an introduction to basic characterization techniques for materials, such as microscopy and testing such as tension test, compression test, bending, shear, hardness test, torsion test, impact test etc. Course Learning Objectives

1. Find the various mechanical properties of the specimens, when they are subjected to compression, tension, bending, impact, torsion.

2. Examine the specimens by conducting hardness and wear tests. 3. Investigate the microstructure of different specimens using metallurgical microscope

PART - A. Conduct the following experiments

1.Rockwell Hardness Test 2.Brinell Hardness Test 3.Vickers Hardness Test(Demo) 4.Charpy Impact Test 5. Izod impact test 6.Study of Metallurgical Microscope – Calibration of eyepiece reticle 7. Microstructure Examination

PART - B.

Conduct the following experiments 1.Tensile Test 2.Compression Test 3.Shear Test 4.Bending Test 5.Torsion Test 6.Wear Test 7.Fatigue Test(Demo)

TEXT BOOK:

1. Mechanics of materials James M. Gere, Barry J. Goodno Publication CL

Engineering; 8 edition, 2012. 2. Materials Science & Engineering- An Introduction, William D.Callister Jr.

Publication Wiley, 9 edition , 2013 3. Materials testing laboratory manual , Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT

34


1. Demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the procedure conduction and analysing the results with respect to Tensile, Shear and Compression, Torsion Test, Bending Test etc.

2. Knowledge of various heat treatment processes, hardness test, and wear test. 3. Microstructures examination and identification of metals.

CO-PO Mapping

1. Low 2. Moderate 3. Substantial Scheme of Examination

1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become eligible for appearing the examination.

2. Student has to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and One individual experiment)

Max Marks: 50 Group Experiment: 25 Individual Experiment: 15 Viva-voce: 10 --------------------------------------- TOTAL: 50

COs

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

1 3 - 3 - - - 3 3 - 3 - 3 3 3

2 3 - 3 - - - 3 3 - 3 - 3 3 3

3 3 - 3 - - - 2 3 - 3 - 3 3 3

35


Subject Code: ME 38L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble Drawing is the language of engineers. Especially it is true for Mechanical Engineers. Mechanical Engineers have an important task of converting concepts into reality. The job of a mechanical engineer becomes easy if he can clearly understand the drawing released by the design department. The basic objective of Machine drawing is to create and release the drawings which are unambiguous, crisp and clear to the personnel on the shop floor. Course Learning Objectives: -

1. Draw the sectional views of the solid and develop its lateral surface. 2. Construct / create three dimensional part models from the orthographic / sectional views

of simple machine parts (required for assembly) using a CAD tool. 3. Assemble the 3-D part models using a CAD tool and draw the sectional view,

orthographic views and Isometric view of the assembly including the bill of materials, section plane representation and ballooning.

PART A

Systems of dimensioning: Aligned dimensioning systems, chain dimensioning, unidirectional dimensioning, concepts of Limits Fits and Tolerance. Sections of Solids: Sections of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron, cones and cylinders resting only on their bases. (No problems on axis inclinations, spheres and hollow solids). True shape of sections.

Screw thread forms, Bolt, Nuts and screws Developments of surfaces: Development of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron, cones and cylinders and their frustums. Truncated solids.

Orthographic views: Conversion of pictorial views of a simple machine components in to orthographic projections Pictorial views: Orthographic projections into pictorial views of simple machine parts.

PART B

Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given) Universal Coupling or Hook’s Joint Screw Jack (Bottle type)

Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given)

Plummer Block. (Pedestal Bearing) Machine vice.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computer Aided Machine Drawing K.R. Gopalkrishna, Subhash Publications, 2nd edition 2012.

36


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Machine Drawing, N.D. Bhatt & V.M. Panchal. 5th edition 2005 2. Machine Drawing, N. Siddeshwar, P.Kannaiah, V.V.S.Sastry, Tata Mc GrawHill, 2nd

edition 2012 3. Machine Drawing, Gupta. 2nd edition 2006 4. Machine Drawing, Jones & Jones, 1st edition 2006


1. Draw the sectional views of the solid and develop its lateral surface. 2. Construct / Create three dimensional part models from the orthographic / sectional

views of simple machine parts (required for assembly) using a CAD tool. 3. Assemble the 3-D part models using a CAD tool and Draw the sectional view,

orthographic views and Isometric view of the assembly including the bill of materials, section plane representation and ballooning.

CO-PO Mapping

CO

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

1 3 2 3 2 3 2 2

2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1. Low 2. Moderate 3. Substantial


1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become eligible for appearing End semester examination.

2. Students should complete the sketches before start to work on the computer. 3. Proportionate free hand sketch carries 40% marks and computer aided solutions with

Print out carries 60% Marks 4. Students have to answer any two full questions out of Three questions; from PART A

for 40 Marks (each question carry 20 Marks) and One full question from PART B for 60 Mark (each question carry 60 Marks)

Max Marks: 100 Marks Question No: 1, 2, 3 from PART A for 40 Marks Question No: 4 and 5 from PART B for 60 Marks ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- TOTAL: 100 Marks -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

37



IV SEMESTER B.E. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING Sl.No

Course Code

Course Name Category Credits Contact Hours L T P S* Total

1 MAT41 Engg. Mathematics IV BS 3 1 0 4 4

2 ME42 Manufacturing Process II PC-C

3 0 0 1 4 4 3 ME43 Applied Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4 4 4 ME44 Kinematics of Machines 3 1 0 4 4 5 ME45 Fluid Mechanics 4 0 0 4 4 6 ME461 Robotics

PC-E 3 0 0 3 3

ME462 Management And Entrepreneurship

7 ME47L Applied Thermodynamics Laboratory

PC-C

0 0 1 1 2

8 ME48L Manufacturing Process Laboratory – I

0 0 1 1 2

Total 25 27 L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practical S* -Self Study

38




Sl. No

Subject Code

Subject PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

1 ME MAT41

Engg. Mathematics IV 2 2 1 2 - 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2

2 ME 42

Manufacturing Process II

3 1 - 1 3 - - - 2 1 - - 2 3

3 ME 43

Applied Thermodynamics

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 3 3 3

4 ME 44

Kinematics of Machines

3 3 2 1 3 - - - 3 1 3 - 3 2

5 ME 45

Fluid Mechanics 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - 1 3 1 3 2

6 ME 461

Robotics 3 3 3 1 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2

ME 462

Management And Entrepreneurship

- - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2 3 1 2

7 ME 47L

Applied Thermodynamics Laboratory

2 3 1 2 1 1 - - - 1 1 - 2 2

8 ME 48L

Manufacturing Process Laboratory – I

3 3 3 3 - - 1 1 - - - - 2 3

1. Low 2. Moderate 3. Substantial COs- Course Outcomes, PO – Program Outcomes, PSO – Program Specific Outcomes. PEO- Program Educational Objectives

39

Engineering Mathematics-IV

Course code: MAT41 Course Credits: 3:1:0 Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics-I & II (MAT101 & MAT201) Contract Hours: 42 L+14T = 56 Course coordinator: B. Azghar Pasha


1. Learn the concepts of finite differences, interpolation and it applications. 2. Understand the concepts of PDE and its applications to engineering. 3. Learn the concepts of consistency, methods of solution for linear system of equations

and eigen value problems. 4. Learn the concepts of Random variable and probability distributions. 5. Construct the various tests essentially needed for the testing of small samples for the

testing of hypothesis. Course Contents:

Unit I

Finite Differences and Interpolation: Forward, Backward differences, Interpolation, Newton-Gregory Forward and Backward Interpolation formulae, Lagrange interpolation formula and Newton divided difference interpolation formula (no proof). Numerical Differentiation and Numerical Integration: Derivatives using Newton-Gregory forward and backward interpolation formulae, Newton-Cotes quadrature formula, Trapezoidal rule, Simpson 1/3rd rule, Simpson 3/8th rules. Partial Differential Equations - I: Introduction to PDE , Solution of PDE – Direct integration, Method of separation of variables.

Unit II

Partial Differential Equations-II: Classification of second order PDE, Derivation of one - dimensional heat and wave equations, Numerical solution of One - dimensional heat and wave equations, Two - dimensional Laplace equation, Poisson equation.

Unit III

Linear Algebra: Elementary transformations on a matrix, Echelon form of a matrix, rank of a matrix, Consistency of system of linear equations, Gauss elimination and Gauss – Siedel method to solve system of linear equations, eigen values and eigen vectors of a matrix, Rayleigh power method to determine the dominant eigen value of a matrix, diagonalization of a matrix, system of ODEs as matrix differential equations.

Unit IV

Random Variables: Random Variables (Discrete and Continuous), Probability density function, Cumulative density function, Mean, Variance, Moment generating function..

40

Probability Distributions: Binomial distribution, Poisson distributions, Normal distribution, Exponential distribution, Uniform distribution, Joint probability distribution (both discrete and continuous), Conditional expectation.

Unit-V

Sampling Theory: Sampling, Sampling distributions, Standard error, Weak law of large numbers(without proof), Central limit theorem(no proof), Basics of parametric estimation, Test of Hypothesis for means, Confidence limits for means, Z-test Student’s t-distribution, F-distribution, Chi-Square distribution as a test of goodness of fit. Text Books:

1. B.S.Grewal-Higher Engineering Mathematics-Khanna Publishers-43rd edition-2015. 2. R.E. Walpole, R. H. Myers, R. S. L. Myers and K. Ye – Probability and Statistics for

Engineers and Scientists – Pearson Education – Delhi – 9th edition – 2012. Reference Books:

1. Erwin Kreyszig – Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Wiley publication – 10th edition-2015.

2. Glyn James- Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics-PearsonEducation-4th edition-2010

3. Kishor S. Trivedi – Probability & Statistics with reliability, Queuing and Computer Science Applications – John Wiley & Sons – 2nd edition – 2008.

4. Murray R. Spiegel, John Schiller & R. Alu Srinivasan - Probability & Statistics - Schaum’s outlines -4th edition - 2013.

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to 1) Use a given data for equal and unequal intervals to find a polynomial function for

estimation. Compute maxima, minima, curvature, radius of curvature, arc length, area, surface area and volume using numerical differentiation and integration. Also solve partial differential equations analytically.

2) Solve partial differential equations numerically. 3) Analyze the concept of rank of a matrix and test the consistency of the system of

equations and solution by Gauss Elimination and Gauss Seidel iteration methods. Solve the system of ODE’s by matrix differential equations.

4) Apply the concept of probability distribution to solve engineering problems. 5) Use the concepts of sampling to make decision about the hypothesis.

CO-PO Mapping

CO’s Program Outcomes

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 1 3 1 2 3 1 3 3 1 4 3 1 5 3 1


41

MANUFACTURING PROCESSES-II Sub Code: ME42 Credits: 3:0:0:1 Pre-requisites: Nil

Preamble: The main focus is to impart the knowledge of the fundamentals of the machining processes to understand the metal cutting phenomenon. The manufacturing /production with advent of various machines like lathe, drilling machine, milling machine and grinding machines. Improvements were made in these machines to make it semi-automatic or completely automatic. The discussion on the basics of the machine tool is very much needed to know the design aspects.


1. The fundamentals of metal cutting like various cutting forces, tool materials, tool life and machinability.

2. The working of Capstan and Turret lathes, drilling machine, reaming machine, milling machine and grinding machines.

3. The understanding the design aspects of different machine tools, jigs and fixture and the recent advancement in the areas of machining in terms of numerically controlled machine tool.

4. To know the preparation of powders, mixing, compaction and sintering of various components using powders metallurgy techniques.

5. To understand the manufacturing technology in terms of the machining and newer techniques adopted in industries to solve the real world problems in production.

Unit-I Fundamentals of machining: Introduction, Basic elements of machining, Orthogonal and oblique cutting, Classification of cutting tools, Principal angles of single point cutting tools, Tool signature, Reference planes, Tool geometry in coordinate system, Tool geometry in orthogonal system, Interrelation ship between ASA and ORS Systems, Chip formation, Types of chips, Chip thickness ratio, Chip control and chip breakers, Velocity relationships, Force relationship in orthogonal cutting, Forces on a single point tool in turning, Stress and strain in chip, Work done in cutting, Horse power calculation, Popular metal cutting theories, Forces systems in multipoint cutting, Cutting speed, feed and depth of cut, Sources of heat in metal cutting. Tool failure, Mechanism of wear, Tool life, Factors affecting tool life, Effect of cutting speed, Feed and depth of cut, Tool geometry, Tool material, Work material, Nature of cutting, Rigidity of machine tool and work, Use of cutting fluids, Characteristics of cutting tool materials, Machinability, Machinability index, Economics of metal machining, Relation among cutting speed, production rate and cost, Calculation of cutting speed and tool life for minimum cost and maximum production. Measurement of cutting forces, Tool dynamometers, Mechanical dynamometers, Strain gauge dynamometers and other types of dynamometers.

Unit-II Turret & Capstan lathes and Automatic machines: Introduction, Turret & capstan lathe compared with center lathe, Main parts of a Turret & capstan lathe, Differences between Turret & capstan lathe, Classification of Turret lathe, Turret & capstan lathe size and specification, Primary and secondary motions, Common tools and attachments used on Turret & capstan lathe, The slide tool, Methods of mounting tools, Job holding devices, Bar feed mechanism, Turret index and stop drum mechanisms.

42

Automatic lathes, Selection of lathe, Classification, Tool layouts on Turret, capstan and automatic lathe. Drilling and Reaming: Introduction, Classification of drills, Twist drills parts and terminology, Drill size and specification, Carbide tipped drills, Types of drilling machines, Machine size, Drilling operations, Tool and work holding devices, Problems on estimating machining time. Reamer terminology, Types of reamer, Reaming operation, Precautions in reaming.

Unit-III Milling: Introduction, Working principle in milling, Size and specifications, Types of milling machines, Milling machines attachments, Milling cutters, Milling operations, Indexing or dividing head, Indexing methods. Grinding: Introduction, Common forms of abrasive tools, Wheel material, Symbolic representation of bonds, Grain, Grade, Structure, Common wheel shapes, Built up wheels, Mounted wheels and points, Diamond wheels, Loading and glazing of grinding wheels, Trueing and dressing, Wheel balancing, Use of coolants, Types of grinding machines, Sizes and specification of the grinder.

Unit-IV Fundamentals of machine tool design: Introduction, Basic elements of machine tools, Machine tool structures, Considerations in design of machine tool structures, Machine tool beds, Slides and Slideways, Materials for slideways, Machine tool spindles, Spindle bearings, Kinematic drives of machine tools, Electric drive, Hydraulic drive, Pneumatic drive, Speed regulation, Stepped speed regulation, Layout of spindle speeds, Number of steps of spindle speeds, Structure diagrams or Ray diagrams, Types of ray diagrams. Jigs and Fixtures: Introduction, Differences between jigs and fixtures, Importance consideration in jigs and fixture design, Main principles of design of jigs and fixture, Main elements of jigs and fixtures, Degree of freedom of movement, Principle of six point location, Principle of least points, Principles of extreme positions, Principles of mutually perpendicular planes, Locating devices and methods, Support pins and jack pins, Locating pins, Diamond pin locators, Vee Locators, External pin location, Bush location, Clamping, Basic requirements of clamping devices, Types of clamps, Types of jigs, Jig bushes, Types of fixtures, Jigs and fixtures construction.

Unit –V Numerical Control of machine tools: Introduction, Procedure for manufacturing through NC, NC machine tool system, Machine control unit, Machine tool, Drive units and servo controls, Principle axes of motions, Specifying the origin of coordinate system, Tool position systems, Motion, control systems, Point to point system, Straight line system, Contouring path system, Interpolations, Feedback devices, Transducers, Sensors and convertors, Servo control systems, Classification of NC system, Application of numerical control, Advantages and disadvantages of using NC machines, NC tooling, Types of numerical controls, Adaptive control, Machining centers, Principle parts of a machining center, Turning centres. Powder metallurgy: Basic steps in Powder metallurgy, Production of metal powders, Blending of metal powders, Compaction, Sintering and Finishing, Application, advantages and limitations of powder metallurgy.

43

TEXT BOOKS: 1. A Course in Workshop Technology, Volume II (Machine Tools), B.S. Raghuwanshi,

Dhanpat Rai Publication, 2012 2. Processes and Materials of Manufacture, 4th Edition, Roy A. Lindberg, PHI Learning

Publication, 2008 REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, 3rd Edition, Winston A. Knight, Geoffrey Boothroyd, Taylor and Francis Publication, 2005

2. Production Technology, Volume I, O.P.Khanna, Dhanpat Rai Publication, 2015.

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1. Recognize the various cutting forces acting in metal cutting on cutting tool materials and their tool life

2. Understand the working of Capstan and Turret lathes, drilling machine, reaming machine, milling machine and grinding machines.

3. Apply the design aspects of jigs and fixture and the recent advancement in the areas of machining in terms of numerically controlled machine tool.

4. Comprehend the preparation of powders, mixing, compaction and sintering of various components using powders metallurgy techniques.

5. Demonstrate the knowledge in machining and newer techniques adopted in industries to solve the real-world problems in production.

CO-PO Mapping

CO

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

1 3 3 3 3

2 3 3 3

3 3 3 3 3

4 3 3

3 3 3

5 3 3

3 3 3


44

APPLIED THERMODYNAMICS Subject Code: ME 43 Credits: 3:1:0 Prerequisites: ME 33 Preamble Applied Thermodynamics is the study of science of energy, entropy, and the properties that are related to heat and work. Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of thermodynamic processes involving energy conversion including chemical reactions and the processes that occur in equipment such as power plants, compressors, turbines or rocket engines, IC engines, refrigeration systems, etc. As the world is running short of fossil fuels and the ever increasing price of petroleum resources coupled with increasing demand for clean energy, applied thermodynamics continues to be a fundamental topic of current interest and research. A student should gain knowledge to apply the laws of thermodynamics and energy conversion to seek solutions to several practical applications. The laboratory sessions are included to train the student in designing and conducting experiments, making measurement of test parameters and analysis the test data. The course helps the student to further the knowledge and concepts of thermodynamics as applied to theoretical and practical aspects at an advanced level. Course Learning Objectives:

1. To prepare students understand and apply concepts of thermodynamics to various energy conversion processes and systems and make them aware of current advancement.

2. To study combustion aspects, testing and performance parameters of I C engines 3. To study the various aspects of energy conversion in the gas and vapor power cycles,

reciprocating compressors, gas turbines, jet propulsion systems, steam nozzles and refrigeration systems.

4. To study various psychrometric processes and understand the working of air conditioning systems.

5. To prepare students to apply various concepts in thermodynamics to solve numerical and design problems of various thermodynamic processes and systems and provide useful solution.

Unit I

Combustion in SI and CI engines: Ignition limits, stages of combustion in SI engine, Effect of engine variables on Ignition lag, abnormal combustion, Detonation or knocking and its effect, SI engine combustion chamber design principles, stages of combustion in CI engines, Delay period in CI engines and variables affecting the delay period, diesel knock and methods of controlling the diesel knock, Octane number, Cetane number, CI engine combustion chambers. Testing and Performance of Single Cylinder and Multi cylinder Engines, measurement of performance parameters, heat balance sheet. Numerical problems

Unit II

Gas power cycles: Air standard cycles, Otto, Diesel, Dual , Stirling and Ericsson cycles, p v and T s diagrams, description, efficiencies and mean effective pressures, comparision of otto, diesel and dual combustion cycles

45

Gas turbines and Jet propulsion: Classification of gas turbines, analysis of open cycle gas turbine cycle, methods to improve thermal efficiency ( no numericals on this topic), Jet propulsion and Rocket propulsion

Unit III Steam Nozzles: Introduction, types of nozzles and diffusers, steady flow energy equation in nozzles, entropy changes with friction, nozzle efficiency, diffuser efficiency, mass discharge through nozzle, throat pressure for maximum discharge, critical pressure ratio for adiabatic and frictionless expansion from a given initial velocity, effect of friction on critical pressure ratio, numerical problems Vapour power cycles: Carnot vapour power cycle, drawbacks as a reference cycle, simple Rankine cycle; description, T-S diagram, analysis for performance, comparison of carnot and rankine cycles. Effects of pressure and temperature on Rankine cycle performance. Actual vapour power cycles, Ideal and practical regenerative rankine cycles, open and closed feed water heaters, reheat rankine cycle ( no numericals on regenerative and reheat cycles)

Unit IV Reciprocating Compressors: Operation of a single stage reciprocating compressors, work input through p-v diagram, effect of clearance and volumetric efficiency, adiabatic, isothermal and mechanical efficiencies. Multi-stage compressor, saving in work, optimum intermediate pressure, inter-cooling, minimum work for compression. Refrigeration: Principle, methods of refrigeration, units of refrigeration, COP, air cycle refrigeration, Vapour compression refrigeration (VCR) system; description, analysis, refrigerating effect, capacity, power required, Thermodynamic analysis of VCR cycle, operating parameters affecting the COP of VCR cycle, Vapour absorption refrigeration system (no numerical on this topic), Steam jet refrigeration.

Unit V Psychrometrics: Atmospheric air and psychrometric properties: DBT,WBT, DPT, partial pressures, specific and relative humidity and relation between the two enthalpy and adiabatic saturation temperatures. Construction and use of psychrometric chart. Analysis of various processes: Heating, cooling, dehumidifying and humidifying. Adiabatic mixing of stream of moist air. Summer and winter air conditioning. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Basic and Applied thermodynamics by P K Nag, Tata McGraw Hill pub co., 2nd edition 2002

2. Thermodynamics- An Engineering Approach-Yunus, A Cenegal and Michael A Boles, Tata McGraw Hill Publications.,1st edition 2002

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Internal combustion engines- M L Mathur and R P Sharma, Dhanpat Rai Publications.,3rd edition 2007

2. Thermal Engineering- R K Rajput, Laxmi Publications,3rd edition 2003

46

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1. Analyze the combustion phenomenon and solve the practical problems associated with the performance parameters of the Internal combustion engine and create awareness of current advancement in I C engines

2. Apply the knowledge of thermodynamics in the analysis of air standard and gas turbine cycles and determine cycle efficiency, work output and heat supply.

3. Solve practical problems on steam nozzles, gas turbines and make modifications to improve Rankine cycle efficiency

4. Evaluate the performance parameters of single and multistage air compressors and analyze the different types of refrigeration systems for given comfort conditions.

5. Solve the problems on design of air conditioning systems with the use of psychrometric chart and develop ability to apply the concept of air conditioning systems to solve design problems of real systems.

CO-PO Mapping


CO

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

3 3 2 2 - - 1 - - - - 1 3 1

CO2

3 3 1 2 - - 1 - - - - - 3 1

CO3

3 3 2 1 - - 1 - - - - 1 3 1

CO4

3 3 3 2 - - 0 - - - - 1 2 1

CO5

3 3 2 1 - - 0 - - - - 2 2 1

47

KINEMATICS OF MACHINES Subject Code: ME 44 Credits: 3:1:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble The main objective of the kinematics of machine is to give the overall basic principles and theoretical aspects related to theory of machines. i.e construction of any machine from basic such as linkages, kinematic pairs, kinematic chain with constrained motion and formation of mechanism and their inversions to have different kind of motions. The subject also gives overall view of how velocity and acceleration of linkages changes with the position with reference to change position of points by different methods The subject also gives the knowledge about construction and working of very important mechanism to transform one form of motion to another form and transmit motions from one point to another point. The subject enriches the knowledge of students about different types of gears & gear trains by their working, design, and manufacturing, selection of materials for manufacturing gears and to make gear train by using different gears combinations to execute for the different application. Also students know about different types of cams & followers by their working, design, construction of cam profile for different motion of the follower and selection of followers for different applications. Course Learning Objective

1. To Identify and enumerate different mechanisms with basic understanding of motion and machine.

2. To Understand and Analyse velocity and acceleration by different graphical methods. 3. To Analyse and determine velocity and acceleration by analytical methods. 4. To Apply the knowledge of gears and gear trains. 5. To Formulate and draw cam profile for different types of followers and follower

motion.

UNIT I Introduction: Definitions oflink or element, kinematic pairs, degrees of freedom, Grubler’s criterion (without derivation), kinematic chain, mechanism, structure, mobility of mechanism, inversion, machine, kinematic chains and inversions. Inversions of four bar chain, single slider crank chain and double slider crank chain. Mechanisms: Quick return motion mechanisms – drag link mechanism, straight line motion mechanisms – Peaucellier’s mechanism and Robert’s mechanism, intermittent motion mechanisms – Geneva mechanism and ratchet and pawl mechanism, pantograph, ackerman steering gear mechanism.

UNIT II Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms (Graphical Methods): Velocity and acceleration analysis of four bar mechanism, slider cranks mechanism. vector polygons. Velocity Analysis By Instantaneous Center Method: Definition, Kennedy’s theorem, determination of linear and angular velocity using instantaneous center method. Klein’s construction: Analysis of velocity and acceleration of single slider crank mechanism.

UNIT III Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms: Complex algebra method only for four bar mechanism and slider crank mechanisms.

48

UNIT IV Spur Gears: Gear terminology, law of gearing, characteristics of involutes action, path of contact, arc of contact, contact ratio, interference in involutes gears, methods of avoiding interference, back lash, comparison of involutes and cycloidal teeth. Gear trains: Simple gear trains, compound gear trains for speed reduction, epicyclic gear trains, Algebraic and tabular column methods of finding velocity ratio of epicyclic gear trains. Tooth load and torque calculations in epicyclic gear trains.

UNIT V Cams: types of cams, types of followers, displacement, velocity and acceleration time curves for cam profiles, disc cam with reciprocating follower having knife-edge, roller and flat faced follower, disc cam with oscillating roller follower. Follower motions including, SHM, uniform velocity, uniform acceleration and retardation and cycloidal motion. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education, 2nd edition, 2007 2. Theory of Machines: Thomas Bevan, CBS Publications, 2nd edition 1984

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Rattan, 3rd edition 2005 edition. 2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms: Shigley,J.VandUickers, 2nd edition 2005

edition. 3. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery: Bansal, 2nd edition 2006 4. Theory of Machines: Khurmi, 4th edition 2004


At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1. Identify different mechanisms and motion 2. Analyze velocity and acceleration by different graphical methods. 3. Determine velocity and acceleration by analytical methods. 4. Demonstrate the knowledge of gears and gear trains. 5. Draw cam profile for different types of followers. CO-PO Mapping


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3

CO4 3 3 3 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 3 2

49

FLUID MECHANICS Subject Code: ME45 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble Fluid mechanics is an important field of study in mechanical engineering and involves the study of motion of fluids and the forces generated by interaction with the solid boundaries. It is an active field of research with many unsolved or partly solved problems. Fluid mechanics involves both experimental and theoretical approaches. Problems in fluid mechanics can be solved by numerical methods using computers. The basic ideas taught in this course have significant applications in various areas branches of engineering including mechanical, civil, chemical, and automotive and aerospace engineering. Course Learning Objectives

1. The basic concepts of fluid statics, pressure measurement, buoyancy, kinematics and dynamics of fluid flow.

2. The basic concepts of fluid flow measuring equipment such as venturimeter, orifices, notches and losses in laminar flow through pipes.

3. The head losses in turbulent flow through pipes and fluid flow problems with concepts of dimensional analysis, similitude and model analysis.


UNIT I Properties of fluids-Introduction to fluid mechanics & its applications, properties of fluids, viscosity, thermodynamic properties, surface tension, capillarity, vapor pressure and cavitation. Fluid Statics: Fluid pressure at a point, Pascal’s law, pressure variation in a static fluid, absolute, gauge, atmosphere and vacuum pressure. Manometers, simple and differential manometers, total pressure and location of center of pressure on horizontal/vertical/inclined plane surfaces and curved surfaces submerged in a liquid.

UNIT II Buoyancy: Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, meta-center and meta-center height, conditions of equilibrium of floating and submerged bodies. Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluid flow-introduction, continuity equation in three dimensions (Cartesian co-ordinate system only), velocity and acceleration, velocity potential function and stream function and flow nets.

UNIT III Fluid Dynamics: Introduction, equations of motion, Euler’s equation of motion, Bernoulli’s equation from Euler’s equation, limitation of Bernoulli’s equation, fluid flow measurements: venturi-meter, vertical orifice & orifice meter, Pitot tube, v-notch and rectangular notch, rotometer. Flow through pipes: Frictional loss in pipe flow, Darcy’s-equation and Chezy’s equation for loss of head due to friction in pipes, hydraulic gradient line and total energy line.

UNIT IV Laminar flow and viscous effects: Reynolds number, laminar and turbulent flows, critical Reynolds number, turbulence intensity, laminar flow through circular pipe-Hagen Poiseulle’s equation, laminar flow between parallel plates.

50

Dimensional Analysis: Introduction, derived quantities, dimensions of physical quantities, dimensional homogeneity, Rayleigh’s method, Buckingham’s π theorem dimensionless numbers and their significance, similitude and model studies.

UNIT V

Introduction to compressible flow: Velocity of sound in a fluid and its expression for isothermal and adiabatic flow. Mach number, propagation of pressure waves in a compressible fluid, mach cone and mach angle, isentropic flow relationships, flow in nozzles and diffusers, Mach number – area relationships. Flow past immersed bodies: Drag, lift, expression for lift and drag, pressure drag and friction drag,flow over airfoils, effect of angle of incidence, boundary layer concept, displacement thickness, momentum thickness and energy thickness, flow separation. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanics by Dr. Bansal. R.K, Lakshmi Publications, 4th edition 2011. 2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics, by Dr. Jagadishlal; Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd

4thedition 2004. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fluid Mechanics by Modi & Seth, 5th edition2004 2. Fluid Mechanics by Stecter, 1st edition 2005. 3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by Kumar.D.S, Kataria& Sons., 2nd

edition 2004. Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1) Demonstrate the basic principles of fluid mechanics, properties and concepts of fluid statics.

2) Apply the knowledge of buoyancy and the concepts of fluid kinematic. 3) Analyze the dynamics of fluid flow, its applications. 4) Describe the laminar flow, significance of non-dimensional parameters in fluid flow. 5) Identify the principles of the compressible flow, application of boundary layer

concepts. CO-PO Mapping

CO

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

1 3 2 - - - - - - - - - 2 1 1 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 - 2 - 1 - - - - 2 3 2 4 2 3 3 - 3 - 1 - - - - 2 3 2 5 3 2 3 - 3 - 1 - - - - 2 3 2


51

ROBOTICS

Sub. Code: ME461 CREDITS: 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble:

This course provides an overview of the various functional components of Robots and the application of Robotics. The topics include anatomy, configurations, sensors, actuators, visual planning and mobile robotics. A wide scope is given to the Applications of Robots where in students understand as to how Robotics can be applied in areas pertaining to industrial and non-industrial applications.


1. Define Robot, Robotics and Various Components of Robots. 2. Understand the various Drives and Control Systems for developing an Ideal Actuation

System. 3. Apply the Robot Programming Methods & Algorithms. 4. Evaluate the concepts of Mobility and Visual Planning. 5. Design and develop robotic system using various configurations for different

industrial applications. UNIT I

Introduction Definition of Robotics, Criteria for Defining a Robot; Origin & Definition of the Term Robot; Robot Categories – Description of AeroSpace, Underwater & Ground Based Robots; Anatomy of Robot Classification of Robots based on Configuration – Construction & Working of Cartesian, Cylindrical, Polar, Jointed-Arm Configuration & SCARA; Types of End-Effectors – Features of Mechanical End-Effectors, Grippers & End-of-Arm Tools

UNIT II Sensors Definition of Sensors; Comparison of Human and Robot Sensing; Types of Robot Sensors – Description and Examples of Preprioceptive, Exteroceptive & Environmental Sensors; Classification of Sensors – Attributes & Examples of Analog & Digital Sensors, Active & Passive Sensors; Robot Sensors – Working & Attributes of Color & Light Sensor, Ultrasonic & Infrared Sensor, Camera & Image Sensor; Compass Sensor; Force & Tactile Sensor

UNIT III Actuators & Programming Definition of Actuators; General Features of Hydraulic, Pneumatic & Electric Actuators; Criteria for Selection of Actuators for Pick & Place Robots, Welding Robots, Spray Painting Robots Programming of Robots; Types of Programming – Offline Programming, Online programming – Manual and Lead through Teaching; Algorithms & Flow Charts for developing programs for Pick & Place Robots, Welding Robots, Spray Painting Robots

UNIT IV

52

Mobility & Visual Planning Definition of Mobility & Locomotion; Legged Mobile Robot – Leg Configuration & Stability; Wheeled Mobile Robots – Wheel Configuration & Stability; Description of Robot Maneuverability Definition & Explanation of Robot’s Environment; Deterministic & Non-Deterministic Environments; Terrain Challenges; Algorithms & Flow Charts for Obstacle Avoidance; Mapping the Environment; Creating a Floor Plan; Subroutines

UNIT V Robot Applications List of Industrial and Non-Industrial Applications of Robots; Various features of Robots used in Space Applications – Russian & American Moon Rovers & Martian Rovers Limitations of Robots – Difficulties in Implementing Robots for Military Combat Operations; Industrial Tasks beyond the Capability of Robotic Automation & Difficulties in Implementing Robots for Domestic Tasks TEXT BOOKS: 1. Robotics for Engineers by Yoram Koren, Mc Graw-Hill 2. Industrial Robotics - Mikell P Groover, Mitchell Weiss, Roger N Nagel and Nicholas G Odrey REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Robot Technology by Philippe Coffet (Vol. 1 to Vol. 7) 2. Walking Machines, An introduction to legged Robots by D J Todd 3. Fundamentals of Robot Technology by D J Todd 4. Introduction to Autonomous by Roland Siegwart, Illah R Nourbakhsh, MIT Press, 2004 5. Robot Programming by Cameron Hughes, Tracey Hughes – Pearson Publication, 2015 6. Mars Rover Curiosity by Rob Manning, William L Simon Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1. Acquaint with the basic Configurations, Actuators and Sensors used in Robotic systems.

2. Elucidate the Different Drives and Control Techniques. 3. Build customized Robot Programming Sequence for Industrial Applications. 4. Analyze the Robot Mobility and Visual Planning Scenarios. 5. Evaluate & Implement appropriate Robotics Solutions for Industrial and Domestic

Applications.

53

CO-PO Mapping

COs PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

3 - - - - - 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO2

3 - - - - - 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO3 3 - - - 2 - 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO4

3 3 3 - 2 - 2 - - - - 2 3 2

CO5

3 3 3 - - - 3 3 - - 3 2 3 2


54


Subject Code: ME 462 Credits: 3:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

The main objective of the Entrepreneurship is to instigate substantial innovation beyond what a small business can exhibit. The innovation may be in product or service itself or in the business processes used to deliver it Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for stimulating economic growth and employment opportunities in all societies. In the developing world, successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation, income growth, and poverty reduction. Entrepreneurship is a dynamic process of creating incremental wealth. The wealth is created by individuals who assume the major risks in terms of equity, time and/or career commitment or provide value for some product or service. The product or service may or may not be new or unique, but value must somehow be infused by the entrepreneur by receiving and locating the necessary skills and resources. Management is a continuous, lively and fast developing science. Management is needed to convert the disorganized resources of men, machines, materials and methods into a useful and effective enterprise. Management is a pipeline, the inputs are fed at the end and they are preceded through management functions and ultimately we get the end results or inputs in the form of goods, services, productivity, information and satisfaction. In the wide sense, the management is an art, as well as science, which is concerned with the different human efforts so as achieve the desired objective. Course Learning Objective

1. Provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in the field of entrepreneur, entrepreneurship and management of resources.

2. Learns the function, types, role of entrepreneur in economic growth of a country. And also studies the different stages of entrepreneurial process.

3. With an opportunity to gain the knowledge to start up small scale industries with the support (consultancy & finance) from government, institutes & others.

4. Learn the effect of WTO/GATT and government policies (industrial policy regulations) on small scale industries for their development.

5. Learn the project identification, project selection & project formation by following guide lines of planning commission.

UNIT I

Management- Introduction, Meaning, nature and characteristics of management. Scope & functional areas of management. Management as a science, art or profession. Management and Administration, Role of management, Levels of management, early management approaches, and Modern management approaches

Planning-Nature, Importance and purpose of planning process, Objectives, types of plans (meaning only) Steps in planning, Planning premises, Hierarchy of plans

55

UNIT II

Organizing and Staffing-Nature and purpose of organization, Principles of organization, Types of organization – Departmentation, Committees – centralization V/s decentralization of authority and responsibility, Span of control- MBO and MBE, Nature and importance of staffing, Process of selection and recruitment

Directing & Controlling-Meaning and nature of directing, leadership styles, Motivation theories, Communication- meaning and importance, Co-ordination, meaning and importance, techniques of co-ordination, Meaning and steps in controlling, Essentials of a sound control system, methods of establishing control

UNIT III

Entrepreneurship-Meaning of entrepreneur, evaluation of the concept, function of an entrepreneur, types of entrepreneur, entrepreneurship, concept of entrepreneurship, evolution of entrepreneurship, development of entrepreneurship, Stages in entrepreneurial process, Role of entrepreneurs in economic development entrepreneurship in India, Entrepreneurship – its barriers, limitations of entrepreneurs.

UNIT IV

Small Scale Industry-Definition, characteristics, types, role of SSI in economic development. Steps to start an SSI – Govt. policy towards SSI, different policies of SSI, Govt. support for SSI, Impact of liberalization, privatization, globalization on SSI, Effect of WTO/ GATT, supporting agencies of Govt. for SSI, Ancillary industry and tiny industry (Definitions and objectives only)

Institutional Support-Different Schemes, TECKSOK, KIADB, KSSIDC, KSIMC, DIC, Single window Agency, SISI, NSIC, SIDBI, KSFC.

UNIT V

Preparations for a Project-Meaning of Project: Project Identification Project Selection, Project Report, Need and significance of Report, contents, Formulation Guidelines by Planning Commission for Project report, Network Analysis; Errors of Project Report, Project Appraisal, Identification of Business Opportunities, market Feasibility Study, Technical Feasibility study, Financial Feasibility Study & Social Feasibility study.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Management, PC Tripati, P N Reddy,–Tata Mc Graw Hill, 3rd edition 2005.

2. Dynamics of Entrepreneurial Development & Management, Vasant Desai Himalaya Publishing House, 2nd edition 2006

3. Entrepreneurship Development–small Business Enterprises Poornima M Charanthmath, Pearson Education –3rd edition 2005

56

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Management Fundamentals, Robert Lusier–Concepts, Application, Skill Development

Thomson, 1st edition. 2006 2. Entrepreneurship Development, S S Khanka S Chand & Co, 4th edition2005 3. Management, Stephon Robbins Pearson Education/PHI 17th Edition 2003.


1. Use various fundamental management and entrepreneurial principles 2. Organize and direct different managerial and entrepreneurial activities 3. Identify various stages in entrepreneurship development 4. Derive and choose appropriate support system for an entrepreneurial project 5. Develop the skills required to design a project proposal

CO-PO Mapping


COs

PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

- - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 - -

CO2

- - - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 - -

CO3

- - - - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 - -

CO4

- - - - - 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 - -

CO5

3 - 3 - - - 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

57


Subject Code: ME 47L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of thermodynamic processes involving energy conversion including chemical reactions and the processes that occur in equipment such as power plants, compressors, turbines or rocket engines, IC engines, etc. Course Learning Objectives:

1. Students should apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments of Flash and Fire points, Viscosity and calorific value of a solid, liquid and gaseous fuel.

2. Conduct the tests on two and four stroke petrol and diesel engines. 3. Conduct the Morse Test on a four cylinder petrol engine. 4. Conduct the test on air compressor and centrifugal blower

Syllabus

Tests conducted are listed below A. Conduct the following Experiments.

1. Determination of Flash and Fire point of Light, medium and heavy oils. 2. Determination of solid fuel calorific value using Lewis Thomson Calorimeter 3. Determination of an oil using Redwood and Torsion Viscometer 4. Determination of liquid and gaseous fuel calorific value using Boy’s gas Calorimeter 5. Valve timing diagram for I C Engine. 6. Measurement of an irregular area using Planimeter.

B. Conduct the performance test on the following experiments. 1. Two stroke Petrol engine 2. Four stroke Petrol engine with computerised I C engine test rig 3. Two stroke Diesel engine 4. Four stroke diesel engine with computerised I C engine test rig ( heat balance

sheet) 5. Multi cylinder petrol engine – Morse Test 6. Performance testing of a 2 stage recoprocating Air Compressor 7. Performance testing of Centrifugal Blower

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Applied Thermodynamics Manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Basic and Applied Thermodynamics by P K Nag, Tata-Mc-Graw Hill publications, 2008 2. Applied thermodynamics, Kestoor praveen, SUGGi Publishing, 2014

58

Course Learning Outcomes: At the end of the course, the student will be able to :

1. Determine properties such as flash and fire point, viscosity and calorific value of various types of fuels.

2. Demonstrate the use of Valve timing diagram of I C Engines and use of Planimeter 3. Conduct experiments on I C Engines, Blowers and Air compressors to determine

performance parameters

CO-PO Mapping

COS

Program Outcomes PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

1 3 3 0 2 0 1 0 0 0 1 0 2 1 1 2 3 3 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 1 0 1 2 1 3 3 3 1 3 1 1 2 0 0 1 1 2 3 2


1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become eligible for appearing the examination

2. Students has to conduct two experimenets (one group experment and one individual experiment)

Max Marks 50 Group experiment: 25 Individual Experiment: 15 Viva-voce: 10

59

MANUFACTURING PROCESS LABORATORY – I

Subject Code: ME 48L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble Foundry is a place where castings are produced on a large scale. The students will be conducting experiments in the laboratory pertaining to testing of molding sand, preparation of moulds using cope and drag with patterns or without pattern, and forming the metals using forging process. Course Learning Objectives: Students apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments in the testing of moulding sand, preparation of moulds using cope and drag with patterns or without pattern and also forging models. Tests conducted are listed below 1.Testing of Moulding sand and core sand: Properties of sand specimens and conduction of the following tests.

a. Compression, Shear and Tensile tests on Universal Sand Testing Machine. b. Permeability Test c. Core Hardness and Mould Hardness Test d. Grain Fineness Number Test (Sieve Analysis Test) e. Clay Content test f. Moisture Content test

2.Foundry Practice:

a. Preparation of Moulds using Two Moulding Boxes using Patterns or without patterns. b. Preparation of casting (Non ferrous metals - Demonstration only)

3.Forging Operations:

Preparation of forged Models involving Upsetting, Drawing and Bending operations. TEXT BOOK:

1. Manufacturing Process – I laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT.

2. Mechanical Metallurgy by George E Dieter, McGraw hill publication. 3. Principal of Metal casting by Richard W. Heine, Carl R. Loper, Philip C. Rosenthal, Tata

McGraw-Hill Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course, the student will be able to

1. Evaluate the properties of molding sand.

2. Prepare the moulds using patterns or without patterns.

3. Prepare the forging models related to different forging operation

60

CO-PO Mapping



1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become eligible for appearing the examination.

2. Student has to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual experiment)


CO PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

3 2 - 3 - - - - 2 - - 2 2 3

CO2

3 3 - 2 - - - - 3 - - 2 2 2

CO3

3 2 - 1 - - - - 3 - - 3 3 3

1


BANGALORE-54


SYLLABUS



emester B. E.



2


Ramaiah, our Founder Chairman who was a renowned visionary, philanthropist, and a pioneer

in creating several landmark infrastructure projects in India. Noticing the shortage of talented





personal commitment has seen the institution through its formative years. Today, MSRIT

stands tall as one of India’s finest names in Engineering Education and has produced around

35,000 engineering professionals who occupy responsible positions across the globe.




180 students and 47 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post

graduate degree with 17 doctorates. The department offers four year degree course and also

offers two Master’s Degree in Manufacturing Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated

Manufacturing, with an intake of 18 each. The Department also offers research program which

includes MSc Engineering by research and PhD degree from Visvesvaraya Technological

University and at present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD. The department received software

grants from Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design multinational company and has been

using them in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken up number of research projects

funded by external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya Technological

University and received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee

celebrations, the department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an

International Conference on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering,

Industrial Engineering and Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the

department have published books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are

recommended by Visvesvaraya Technological University Board of Studies as reference text

books.



department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th position out of 64

teams from all over the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN

COUNTRIES.


“conducted by U.S. Navy at Maryland, USA. The team secured 5th Place in the technical




PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs1,20,000 and also received

a free Trip to Autodesk University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

3

Faculty


























4
























5

MSRIT – Vision & Mission

Vision: To evolve into an autonomous institution of international standing for imparting quality

technical education



customization

Quality Policy





Department of Mechanical Engineering – Vision& Mission

Vision:To be a centre of International repute in Mechanical Engineering and to create qualified


fields of Mechanical Engineering and allied sciences.

Mission: To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession

through conducive and creative learning environment, to produce qualified and skilled human

resources, create R&D environment, to be a centre of excellence and to offer post graduate

programs in the emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering.

6

Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department is shown in block diagram

below

Periodic Review

Vision &

Mission of the

Department by

the committee

Management


Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

7


Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision &

Mission



Academic Council&

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs


Collect data



summarize the data

8

Program Educational Objectives

1. To prepare engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required

practical skills in the core areas of Mechanical Engineering like materials and

manufacturing, design and development, thermal and fluid systems, automation and

robotics, management science and also use of modern analytical and computational

tools.

2. To inculcate team work capabilities and communication skills among students through

Seminars, Engineering projects, managerial skills and industry interactions.

3. To motivate students to take up higher studies in specialised areas of Mechanical


opportunities.

4. To create awareness on environmental issues and commitments towards professional

ethics, social responsibilities and need for lifelong learning

9

Process of deriving the Programme Outcomes(POs) The Programme outcomes are defined taking into account the feedback received from





Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE, VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

10

PO’s of the program offered Mechanical Engineering Graduates will be able to:

1. Apply the knowledge of mathematics, science and engineering related to mechanical


2. Identify, formulate, review research literature and analyze complex engineering

problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,

natural sciences and engineering sciences.

3. Design solutions for complex engineering problems and design system components or

processes that meet the needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and

safety, and the cultural societal and environmental considerations

4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,

analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis of the information to provide valid

conclusions.

5. Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and

IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an

understanding of the limitations.

6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health,

safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice.

7. Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and

environmental contexts and demonstrate the knowledge of and need for sustainable

development.

8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and

norms of the engineering practice.

9. Function effectively as an individual and as a member or leader in diverse teams and in

multidisciplinary settings.

10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering

community and with society at large such as being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations and give and


11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management

principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to

manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments

12. Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent

and life – long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

11

PSO’s of the program offered


1. Ability to apply their knowledge in engineering mechanics, materials, design, thermal

engineering on an applied basis

2. Ability to apply the learned principles to the analysis, design, development and

implementation to advanced mechanical systems and processes.

12

Mapping of PEO’s and PO’s The correlation between the Programme outcomes and Program Educational objectives are



Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1

To prepare engineers with sound

basic theoretical knowledge along

with required practical skills in the

core areas of Mechanical

Engineering like Materials and

Manufacturing, Design and

Development, Thermal and Fluid

systems, Automation and Robotics,

Management Science and also use of

Modern Analytical and


X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2



students through Seminars,

Engineering projects, Managerial

Skills and industry interactions.

X X X X X X

3

To motivate students to take up

higher studies in specified areas of

Mechanical Engineering and explore


academic and self-employment

opportunities.

X X X X X X

4

To create awareness on

environmental issues and

commitment towards professional

ethics and social responsibilities and

need for lifelong learning.

X

X

X

X

13




Electives

Open

Elective

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I 06

20 24 - - -

50 II - - -

III - 04 - 18 3 - - 25

IV - 04 - 18 3 - - 25

V - - - 21 4 - - 25

VI - - - 15 4 - 6 25

VII - - - 14 8 4 - 26

VIII - - - 4 - 20 24

Total 06 28 24 86 26 4 26

200




Computers) - 24





Subject Areas - 04



14




Sl.

N

o

Subj

ect

Cod

e

Subject PO

1

PO

2

PO

3

PO

4

PO

5

PO

6

PO

7

PO

8

PO

9

PO

10

PO

11

PO

12

PS

O1

PS

O2

1 ME

MA

T31

Engg.

Mathematics III

3 3 2 - 2 1 1 1 - - 1 - 2 2

2 ME

32

Materials science

& Metallurgy

3 3 1 1 - - - - - 1 - - 3 3

3 ME

33

Basic

Thermodynamics

3 3 3 3 2 - 2 1 - - - 1 3 3

4 ME

34

Mechanics of

Materials

3 3 - 1 3 - 1 1 1 - 1 1 3 3

5 ME

35

Manufacturing

Process-I

3 3 3 1 1 1 - 1 - - - 1 2 3

6 ME

361

Energy

Engineering

3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 - - - - 3 2

ME

362

Mechatronics &

Microprocessor

3 3 1 3 3 - 1 - 1 3 - 2 2 2

7 ME

37L

Materials Testing

Laboratory

3 3 1 1 2 1 - 3 2 - 1 2 2 2

8 ME

38L

Computer Aided

Machine

Drawing

1 3 2 3 3 - - - 1 3 - 2 2 2

15





L T P S** Total

1 MEMAT31 Engg. Mathematics III 3 1 0 4

2 ME32 Materials science & Metallurgy 4 0 0 4

3 ME33 Basic Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

4 ME34 Mechanics of Materials 3 1 0 4

5 ME35 Manufacturing Process-I 3 0 0 1 4

6 ME361 Energy Engineering 3 0 0 3

ME362 Mechatronics & Microprocessor 3 0 0

7 ME37L Materials Testing Laboratory 0 0 1 1

8 ME38L Computer Aided Machine Drawing 0 0 1 1

Total 25

L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practical S** -Self Study

16

Engineering Mathematics-III

Course code: MEMAT31 Course Credits: 3:1:0

Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics-I & II (MAT101 & MAT201) Contract Hours: 42 L+14T = 56

Course coordinator: M Girinath Reddy

Course Objectives:

• Learn to solve algebraic, transcendental and ordinary differential equations numerically.

• Learn to fit a curve, correlation, regression for a statistical data.

• Learn to represent a periodic function in terms of sines and cosines.

• Understand the concepts of continuous and discrete integral transforms in the form of

Fourier and Z-transforms.

• Understand the concepts of calculus of functions of complex variables.

Course Contents:

Unit I

Numerical solution of Algebraic and Transcendental equations: Method of false position,

Newton - Raphson method.

Numerical solution of Ordinary differential equations: Taylor series method, Euler &

modified Euler method, fourth order Runge-Kutta method.

Statistics: Curve fitting by the method of least squares, fitting a linear curve, fitting a parabola,

fitting a Geometric curve, Correlation and Regression.

Unit II

Fourier Series: Convergence and divergence of infinite series of positive terms. Periodic

functions, Dirichlet conditions, Fourier series of periodic functions of period 2π and arbitrary

period, Half range Fourier series, Practical harmonic analysis.

Unit III


properties, Inverse transforms, Convolution theorem, Parseval identities (statements only).

Z-Transforms: Definition, standard Z-transforms, Single sided and double sided, Linearity

property, Damping rule, Shifting property, Initial value and Final value theorems, Inverse Z-

transforms, Application of Z-transforms to solve difference equations.

Unit IV

Complex Variables - I: Functions of complex variables ,Analytic function, Cauchy-Riemann

Equations in cartesian and polar coordinates, Consequences of Cauchy-Riemann Equations,

Construction of analytic functions.

Transformations: Conformal transformation, Discussion of the transformations w = z2,

w = ez and � = � +��

� (z ≠ 0), Bilinear transformations.

17

Unit V

Complex Variables-II: Complex integration, Cauchy theorem, Cauchy integral formula.

Taylor & Laurent series (statements only). Singularities, Poles and residues, Cauchy residue

theorem (statement only).

Text Books:

1. Erwin Kreyszig – Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Wiley publication – 10th edition-

2015.

2. B. S. Grewal – Higher Engineering Mathematics – Khanna Publishers – 43rd edition – 2015.

References:

1. Glyn James – Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics – Pearson Education – 4th

edition – 2010.

2. Dennis G. Zill, Michael R. Cullen - Advanced Engineering Mathematics, Jones

and Barlett Publishers Inc. – 3rd edition – 2009.


applications- Jones and Bartlett publishers-second edition-2009.

Course Outcomes:

1. Solve the problems of algebraic, transcendental and ordinary differential equations using

numerical methods and fit a suitable curve by the method of least squares and determine

the lines of regression for a set of statistical data. (PO – a, b)

2. Find the Fourier series expansion of a function in both full range and half range values of the

variable and obtaining the various harmonics of the Fourier series expansion for the given

numerical data. (PO – a, b)

3. Find Fourier transforms, Fourier sine and Fourier cosine transforms of functions and solving

difference equations using Z-transforms. (PO – a, b)

4. Analyze functions of complex variable in terms of continuity, differentiability and analyticity.

Apply Cauchy-Riemann equations and harmonic functions to solve problems related to Fluid

Mechanics, Thermo Dynamics and Electromagnetic fields and geometrical interpretation of

conformal and bilinear transformations. (PO – a, b)

5. Evaluate line integrals, curve integrals, singularities and determine the values of integrals using

residues. (PO – a, b)

18


Subject Code: ME32 Credits: 4:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble

In this advanced age that we live in, a wide array of materials are used all around us and at the

same time a constant challenge is being posed by the ever increasing demands for better

materials of greater strength, lightness, hardenability, cutting power, toughness, cost-

effectiveness, resistance to corrosion & heat, and so on. The main objectives of this subject to

make the students understand and appreciate the properties of materials at both macro and at

micro levels in a way that it would help them conceive and build these materials. Without

adequate information and knowledge, the selection of appropriate materials for the specific

applications would not become an optimized one resulting in products which minimize profit

and utility of the end product. The subject gives an introduction about the correlations that

exist between composition, structure, property and applications of engineering materials.


1. To introduce students to the fundamentals of structure-property correlation by

familiarizing them with crystalline materials, their properties and their defects.

2. To make students learn the basics of stress-strain diagrams and properties associated

with them. To also introduce students to failure in crystalline materials due to creep and

fatigue.

3. To give an introduction to the studies of solidification, solid solutions and phase

diagrams. To solve problems in phase-diagrams.

4. To understand the importance of Fe-C equilibrium diagram and the TTT diagrams and

the difference between them to get an introduction to the various heat treatment

processes and to understand the world of important engineering alloys and composites

regarding their production and applications.

5. To learn the role of engineering materials in shaping products having desired

mechanical properties by understanding their compositions, structures, defects and

properties.

UNIT I Structure of crystalline solids: Fundamental concepts of unit cell space lattice, Bravais space

lattices, unit cells for cubic structure & HCP, calculations of radius, Coordination Number and

Atomic Packing Factor for different cubic structures.

Crystal imperfections: Classification, point, line, surface & volume defects, Diffusion,

Diffusion mechanisms, and factors affecting diffusion, Fick’s laws of diffusion Stress & Strain:

- Stress strain diagrams to show ductile & brittle behavior of metals. Linear & non-linear elastic

properties,

UNIT II True stress & strain, Plastic deformation of single crystals: Concept of true stress and strain,

Plastic deformation of metals by slip and twinning, strain hardening, mechanism of strain

hardening.

19

Fracture& Creep: types, transition from ductile to brittle fracture, Fatigue, types of fatigue

load, mechanism of fatigue failure, fatigue properties, S-N diagram, factors affecting fatigue

strength Creep:- Definition, Three stages of creep, creep properties,

UNIT III Solidification, Solid solutions & Phase diagrams: Nucleation, homogeneous &

heterogeneous nucleation, crystal growth, cast metal structures. Solid solutions, Types, Rules

governing the formation of solids solutions.

Phase diagrams: Basic terms, phase rule, Lever rule, cooling curves, construction of phase

diagrams, Types of phase diagrams, interpretation of equilibrium diagrams - eutectic, eutectoid,

peritectic & peritectoid, problems in phase diagrams.

UNIT IV Iron carbon equilibrium diagram& TTT diagram: Equilibrium phases in the Fe-C system,

Invariant reactions, Microstructure of slowly cooled steels, TTT diagram, construction of TTT

diagram, Superimposing cooling curves on TTT diagram, non-equilibrium phases in Fe-C

system, CCT diagram.

Heat Treatment: Annealing and its types, Normalizing, Hardening, Tempering,

Martempering, Austempering, Surface hardening like case hardening, carburizing, cyaniding,

nitriding, Induction hardening, hardenability, Jominy end-quench test, Age hardening taking

the example of duralumin.

UNIT V Engineering Alloys: Properties, composition and uses of low carbon, mild, medium & high

carbon steels. Cast irons, gray CI, white CI, malleable CI, Spheroidal Graphite iron.

Microstructures of cast irons, Al & Mg & Titanium alloys, Copper & its alloys, brasses and

bronzes.

Composite Materials: Definitions, classification, types of matrix materials and

reinforcements, fundamentals of production of FRP’s - hand lay-up technique, bag moulding,

filament winding and Pultrusion processes, advantages and applications of composites.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Introduction to Material Science for Engineering, 6th edition, James F.Shackel Ford,

Pearson, Prentice Hall, New Jersey, 2006.

2. Physical Metallurgy, Principles & Practices, V.Raghavan, PHI, 2nd edition, 2006,New

Delhi.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Materials Science & Engineering- An Introduction, William D.Callister Jr., Wiley,India

Pvt. Ltd., 6th edition, 2006, New Delhi.

2. Essentials of Materials for Science And Engineering, Donald R. Askeland,

PradeepP.Phule Thomson-Engineering, 2nd edition 2006

3. Foundation of Material Science and Engineering, Smith, 3rdEdition,McGraw Hill,1997

edition.

20


1. Students should understand the fundamentals of relating crystal structure to their

properties by familiarizing themselves with crystalline materials, their structures and

their defects. (PO: a, b,)

2. Students should get an exposure to the stress-strain diagrams of various materials. They

should understand the properties of crystalline materials in their elastic and plastic

ranges. They should also understand the basics of failure in crystalline materials due to

creep and fatigue.(PO: a, b)

3. Students should grasp the fundamentals of solidification, solid solutions and phase

diagrams. They should be able to solve simple problems in phase-diagrams. (PO: a, b,)

4. Students should have understood the importance and distinctions between Fe-C

equilibrium diagram & TTT diagrams. They should understand the various heat

treatment processes and their role in altering mechanical properties.

5. They should understand the composition, properties, advantages, disadvantages and

applications of the wide variety of various metals and alloys that are available to the

engineers to make all products that we see around us (PO: a, b, e)

21



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble The course aims at teaching the students the fundamentals of thermodynamics, various









applications.


1. Learn the fundamentals of thermodynamics and related definitions to understand the

temperature concept, work, heat and thermodynamic principles.

2. Understand the concept of law of conservation of energy for a process or cycle and to create

awareness of principle of working of various thermodynamic systems to learn their


3. Learn the principle of entropy, availability and irreversibility.

4. Study the behavior of pure substance, ideal and real gases during various thermodynamic

processes and to study change in various properties.

5. Prepare students to apply principle of thermodynamics to solve numerical and design

problems of various thermodynamic processes and systems to provide useful solutions.

UNIT I

Fundamental concepts and definitions: Thermodynamics; definition and scope, micro scopic

and macroscopic approaches, open and closed systems, thermodynamic properties,

thermodynamic state, path and process, path and point function, quasistatic process, cyclic and

non cyclic processes, thermodynamic equilibrium, Zeroth law of thermodynamics,

Temperature concepts and scales, Comparison of temperature scales, Work and heat,




UNIT II First Law of Thermodynamics: Statement of first law of thermodynamics, extension of first

law to non cyclic processes, energy, energy as a property of the system, enthalpy, specific heat

at constant volume and constant pressure, Steady state, steady flow energy equation, some

important applications


and efficiency, reversed heat engine, schematic representation and coefficient of performance,

Kelvin-Planck statement and Clasius’ statement of second law of thermodynamics, PMMI and

PMMII, equivalence of the two statements, reversible and irreversible processes, factors that

make a process irreversible, reversible heat engines, Carnot cycle, Carnot principle,

thermodynamic temperature scale.

22

UNIT III Entropy: Clasius’ inequality; statement, proof, application to a reversible cycle, entropy a

property, entropy definition, principle of increase of entropy, calculation of entropy using T dS

relations, entropy as a coordinate.



law efficiency.

UNIT IV Pure substance: P-T and P-V diagrams, triple point and critical points, subcooled liquid,









UNIT V Real and Ideal gases: Introduction, Vander wall’s equation, Vander wall’s constants in terms

of critical properties, law of corresponding states, compressibility factor, compressibility chart,

ideal gas, equation of state, internal energy and enthalpy as functions of temperature only,

universal and particular gas constants, evaluation of heat, work, change in internal energy,

enthalpy and entropy in various quasistatic processes, ideal gas mixture; Dalton’s law of

additive pressure, Amagat’s law of additive volumes, evaluation of properties, analysis of

various processes.

TEXT BOOKS:




REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Thermodynamics an engineering approach-Yunus A Cenegal and Michael A Boles. Tata

McGraw hill Pub. 1st edition 2002

2. Engineering Thermodynamics- Rajput, Laxmi publications Pvt Ltd, 3rd Edition.,2007.


The students will be able to

1) Analyze problems on temperature scale, work and heat, understand principles of thermodynamics in

engineering applications. (P.O: a, b, c, d, e)

2) Solve problems associated with various thermodynamic processes and calculate properties of the

thermodynamic system during execution of process or cycle. (P.O: a, b, c, d)

3) Calculate entropy during the execution of a process or cycle and demonstrate the concept of availability

and irreversibility (P.O - a, b, c, d, e, l)

4) Analyze the behavior of working fluid in thermodynamic system during a process or cycle and find their

thermodynamic relations. (P.O: a, b, c, d, g, l)

23

5). Develop a capability to apply principles of thermodynamics to solve numerical and design problems of

engineering devices and provide useful solutions. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, l)

24


Course code: ME34 Credits: 4:0:0

Pre requisites: Nil

Preamble In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Mechanics of

Materials provides the mechanical engineer with an approach to understand behavior of various

components under stress when loaded. With the advances being made in the areas of


and equipment’s require an in depth knowledge of behavior of components under stressed

condition within elastic limit. The various topics of practical interest give the students a deeper

insight into the behavior of beams, shafts and cylinders when loaded during service.

Course Learning Objectives: The main objectives of this course are to impart knowledge on:



2. Impart the knowledge of fundamental concepts of stress, strain, Young’s modulus, etc.

and understand the above concepts by solving problems of practical interest.

3. Develop an understanding of compound bars, 2D systems and Mohr’s circle and develop






UNIT I Simple stress and strain: Introduction, stress, strain, mechanical properties of materials,

linear elasticity, Hook’s law and poisons ratio, stress – strain relation – behavior in tension

for mild steel and non ferrous metals. Extension / shorteningof a bar, bars with cross

sections varying in steps, bars with continuously varying cross sections (circular and

rectangular) Elongation due to self weight, principle of super position, Volumetric strain,

expression for volumetric strain.

Stress in composite section: Elastic constants, simple shear stress, shear strain,

temperature stresses (including compound bars)

UNIT II Compound stresses: Introduction, plane stress, stresses on inclined sections, principal



(diameter, length and volume), Thick cylinders subjected to internal and external pressures

(Lame’s equation) (Compound cylinders not included)

UNIT III Bending moment and shear force in beams : Introduction, types of beams, loads and

reactions, shear forces and bending moments, rate of loading, sign conventions, relationship

between shear force and bending moments, shear force and bending moment diagrams for

different beams subjected to concentrated loads, uniform distributed load (UDL) and

Uniformly Varying Load(UVL) for different types of beams.

25

UNIT IV Bending and shear stresses in beams: Introduction, theory of simple bending.

Assumptions in simple bending, relationship between bending stresses and radius of

curvature, relationship between bending moment and radius of curvature, moment carrying

capacity of a section, shearing stresses in beams, shear stress across rectangular, I Section,

T Section & circular sections.

UNIT V Deflection of beams: Introduction, differential equation for deflection, equations for




assumptions, derivation of torsional equations, polar modulus, torsional rigidity / stiffness

of shafts, power transmitted by solid and hollow circular shafts. Introduction to columns,

Euler’s theory for axially loaded elastic long columns, derivation of Euler’s load for various

end conditions, limitations of Euler’s theory, Rankine’s formula.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mechanics of Materials,S.I units, Ferdinand Beer & Russell Johnston, TATA


2. Strength of materials, W.A Nash , Schaums outline series , 4th edition – 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Mechanics of materials, K.V. Rao, G.C. Raju, 1st edition, 2007

2. Strength of materials, Ramamrutham, 5th edition 2006.

3. Mechanics of materials, James. M Gere. Thomson, 5th edition, 2004


1. Develop an understanding of behavior of components when subjected to various type of

loading. (PO: a, b and e)

2. Compile fundamentals of MOM for engineering applications. (PO’s: a, d, e and g)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of MOM.

(PO: a, b and e)


components subjected to stresses and strains. (PO: a, b and e)

5. Demonstrate ability to have the competence for undergoing knowledge up gradation in the

advanced subjects of Machine Design, FEM Theory of Elasticityand Vibrations. (PO: g, h, i, k

and l)

26

MANUFACTURING PROCESS – I

Subject Code: ME 35 Credits: 3:0:0:1

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble The present course on manufacturing process-I, provide the mechanical engineer with an


Various methods include – Foundry, welding, machining, forming processes etc. In this course,

foundry and welding processes are being studied. With the advances being made in the areas

of manufacturing engineering newer and efficient methods and equipment are developed. The

different topics of practical interest give the students a better insight into the advances in the

field of manufacturing.


Students will learn about

1. Molding methods, types of molds, Cores, core making, types of Casting, Melting

furnaces, defects in Casting and Inspections.

2. Forging methods, forging analysis, Concept of friction hill, Material flow lines,

Drawing process, types of drawing process and defects in forging and drawing process

and sheet metal.

3. Extrusion and Rolling process, defects in extrusion, Rolling and sheet metal.

4. Welding processes, Classification and Special Welding processes like EWB, EBM,

thermit, Friction and Laser welding.

5. Solidification of weld, welding characteristics of different materials, Non-destructive

Inspection methods.

UNIT- I

Casting Process: Introduction to Casting- Casting, Steps involved in casting, Advantages

and limitations of casting.

Pattern Making- Types of pattern, allowance, materials and BIS color code. Types of

Molding sands, ingredients of molding sands and properties. Core sands ingredients and

properties. Core Making, Core blowing Machine, Core baking, Dielectric baking of cores

Molding Methods- Green molding, hand and machine molding. Jolt and Jolt-Squeeze Machine

and Sand slingers. No bake sand Molding: Ingredients and properties, CO2 Silicate Molding,

Shell Molding and investment casting.

Melting Furnaces- Classification of Furnaces, Oil fired furnaces, Electric furnaces Arc, and

resistance and Induction furnaces. Cupola construction, preparation and operation of

conventional Cupola

Cleaning and Inspection- Casting and fettling operations, Defects in Casting, Causes and

remedies.

UNIT- II

Forming Process: Introduction to forming- Forming, classification, Characteristics of

wrought products, Advantages, limitations and applications.

27

Forging- Classification of forging processes, forging machines & equipment, Forging

pressures & load in open die forging and closed die forging by slab analysis, Concepts of

friction hill and factors affecting it, Die-design parameters, Material flow lines in forging,

Forging defects, Residual stresses in forging.

Drawing- Steps involved in wire drawing, drawing die details, Optimal cone angle & dead

zone formation, Redundant work and its estimation, Types of tube drawing processes,

Frictionless drawing of cylindrical rod.

UNIT- III

Extrusion- Types of extrusion processes, Variables involved in extrusion process, Relation

between variables in extrusion, Special type of extrusion processes, Metal flow pattern in

extrusion, Defects in extruded products.

Rolling- Classification of rolling processes. Types of rolling mills, Metal flow pattern in

rolling, Power required in rolling, Effects of front & back tensions, friction hill, Maximum

possible reduction, Defects in rolled products, Rolling variables.

Sheet metal forming- Definition of sheet metal, Material used for sheet metal, Sheet metal


UNIT - IV

Fabrication Process: Welding- Introduction, classification – preparation of base metal and

joint, Fluxes need and types. Arc Welding: Principle. Classification of TIG, MIG, SAW,

FCAW, Electro slag welding, Atomic Hydrogen welding

Other Welding Processes- Resistance Welding, Principle of resistance welding, Spot, Seam,

Projection Welding, Thermit Welding, Friction welding, Explosive Welding, Ultrasonic

welding, Electron Beam Welding, Laser Welding.

UNIT- V

Metallurgical aspect of Welding- Solidification and structure of welds, Heat affected Zone,

Residual stress, Weldability and Weldability testing, welding characteristics of ferrous and

nonferrous metals, Welding defects.

NDT for Casting, Forming and Welding processes- Nondestructive Testing, X –Ray

radiography, dye penetrant test, Ultrasonic test, Magnetic particle Inspection, Eddy Current

testing, Holography methods of Inspection.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Manufacturing Technology : Foundry Forming and Welding, P.N.Rao 2nd Edition

TMH,2003

2. Manufacturing Technology”, Serope Kalpakjain, Steuen.R.Sechmid, Pearson

Education Asia, 5th Ed. 2006..

3. Mechanical metallurgy by George E. Dieter Tata McGraw - Hill publication. 3rd edition

2013.

4. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering materials by Serope kalpakajiam and Steven

R Schimid, Pearson education, 4th edition 2007.

28


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1) Materials and Process of Manufacture, Roy A Lindberg, PHI Publications, 2nd edition

2006.

2) Principal of Metal Casting, Heine, Loper, Philip Rosenthal, TMH. 1st edition2005.

3) Materials & Processes in Manufacturing by Paul Degarmo E, Jt Black, Ronald A

Kohser. Prentice -hall of India, 8th edition 2006

4) Manufacturing Science, by AsokKumarMallik &Amitabha Ghosh –

Affiliated East-west Press Pvt Ltd, 2nd edition 2012.

5) Fundamentals of Metal forming processes, B.L.Juneja, First edition New age

International, 2007.

6) Theory of Plasticity and Metal forming Processes, Dr.Ssadhu singh, Khanna Publishers,

3rd edition 2003

7) Metal Forming processes, by G.R Nagpal, Khanna Publishers,Second edition, 2005.



1. Identify the steps in making of Casting, Selection of melting furnaces; analyze the

defects and Suggest remedies.

2. Select suitable forging and drawing methods for different materials and able to get

defect free products.

3. Able to select different extrusion and rolling process for different materials for various

types of engineering products.

4. Be in the position to select, safe, economical, eco friendly, hazard free welding process

for sustainable product development.

5. Able to design and development of mathematical model to societal and environmental,

safety, legal and cultural issues into consideration, students will able to communicate,

demonstrate and execute and manage projects with confidence by effective financial,

management practices.

29

ENERGY ENGINEERING

Sub Code: ME361 Credits 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Energy is an important sector and knowledge in power plant technologies and non-

conventional energy sources is essential for the students of mechanical engineering. Energy

engineering deals with the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel engine

power plants, hydroelectric power plants and nuclear power plants. In view of present trends

towards adopting renewable and green energy, sources such as solar, wind, bio-mass, ocean,

geothermal, fuel cells and hydrogen have been included. Overall, this course provides students

the basic understanding of the various commonly used conventional and non-conventional

power generation technologies.


1. To understand the concept of construction & working of conventional & non-conventional

energy resource based power plants

2. To understand recent advancement in conventional & non-conventional energy resources

and their effective utilization for power generation

3. To understand aspects of harnessing energy from non-conventional energy sources.

4. To highlight the present state of technologies with a view to emphasize the importance of

developing non-conventional energy sources as cost-effective power generation

alternatives.

5. To understand the concept of model, analyze and design of solar, wind and biomass energy

systems.

UNIT I


coal in lump form, different types of stockers, oil burners, advantages and disadvantages of

using pulverized fuel, equipment for preparation and burning of pulverized coal, unit system

and bin system. pulverized fuel furnaces, cyclone furnace, coal and ash handling, generation

of steam using forced circulation, high and supercritical pressures, brief account of Benson,

Velox, Schmidt steam generators. chimneys: natural, forced, induced and balanced draft,

calculations involving height of chimney to produce a given draft. cooling towers and Ponds.

Accessories for steam generators such as super-heaters, de-superheaters, economizers, air pre-

heaters and re-heaters.

UNIT II




30


general layout of hydro-electric power plant, low, medium and high head plants, pumped

storage plants, penstock, water hammer, surge tanks, gates and valves, power house.

UNIT III







energy.

UNIT IV








UNIT V








TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Power Plant Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi publication, New Delhi.


31




1. Would have understood the concept of construction & working of conventional & non

conventional energy resource based power plants (PO: a, b, c, d, f, g, h)

2. Would have understood recent advancement in conventional & non conventional energy

resources and their effective utilization for power generation(PO: a, b, c, d, f, g, h)

3. Would have understood aspects of harnessing energy from non conventional energy

sources. (PO: b, c, d, f, g, h)

4. Students would know the present state of technologies with a view to emphasize the

importance of developing non conventional energy sources as cost-effective power

generation alternatives. (PO: b, c, d, f, g, h)

5. Would have understood the concept of model, analyze and design of solar, wind and

biomass energy systems. (PO: a, b, c, d, f, g, h)

32



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Mechatronics is a field of engineering which deals with the integration of Mechanics and Electronics

with intensive computer integration using a multidisciplinary approach to product and manufacturing

system design. It is a design philosophy which encourages engineers to integrate precision mechanical

engineering, digital and analog electronics, control theory and computer engineering in the design of

“intelligent” products, systems and processes rather than engineering each set or requirements

separately.


Student will be able to

1. Define Mechatronics systems and recognize its various elements.

2. Compile the key elements of electrical actuation systems and signal conditioning

circuits.

3. Express the concepts of system models, controllers and PLC

4. Write the Architecture of INTEL 8085 microprocessor and Compile the differences

between microprocessor and microcontroller

5. Enhance a strong foundation in science and focus in mechanical, electronics, control, software,

and computer engineering, and a solid command of the newest technologies.

UNIT-I

MECHATRONICS, SENSORS AND TRANSDUCERS

Introduction to Mechatronics Systems, Measurement Systems Control Systems Microproces

sor based Controllers. Sensors and Transducers – Performance

Terminology – Sensors for Displacement, Position and Proximity; Velocity, Motion,

Force, Fluid Pressure, Liquid Flow, Liquid Level,

Temperature,Light Sensors Selection of Sensors.

UNIT -II

ACTUATION SYSTEMS Rotary Actuators. MechanicalActuation Systems – Cams – Gear Trains –

Ratchet and pawl – Belt and Chain Drives – Bearings.Electrical Actuation Systems – Mec

hanical Switches – Solid State Switches ,Solenoids Constructionand working principle of

DC and AC Motorsspeed control of AC and DC drives, Stepper Motors-

switching circuitries for stepper motor – AC & DCServo motors

UNIT - III

SYSTEM MODELS AND CONTROLLERS

Building blocks of Mechanical, Electrical, Fluid and Thermal Systems, Rotational ,Transnati

onl Systems,Electromechanical Systems – Hydraulic Mechanical Systems. Continuous and di

screte process Controllers – Control Mode – Two – Step mode – Proportional Mode

– Derivative Mode – Integral Mode – PID

33

Controllers – Digital Controllers – Velocity Control – Adaptive Control – Digital Logic Cont

rol Microprocessors Control.

UNIT-IV

PROGRAMMING LOGIC CONTROLLERS Programmable Logic Controllers

– Basic Structure – Input / Output Processing – Programming –

Mnemonics – Timers, Internal relays and counters – Shift Registers – Master and Jump C

ontrols – DataHandling – Analogs Input / Output – Selection of a PLC.

UNIT-V

Microprocessor architecture &micro computer systems: Microprocessor architecture and

its operation, Memory , Input and output devices, microprocessor- Based system application.

Difference between microprocessor and micro controllers ,. Requirements for control and their

implementation in micro controllers

Assembly Language Programming: 8085 programming, model instruction, classification,

8085 instruction set, Data format & storage, simple assembly programming

TEXT BOOKS:


2. Microprocessor Architecture, programming and applications with 8085.8085A- R.S.

Ganokar, Wiley Eastern.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Mechatronics Principles & applications by Godfrey C. Canwerbolu, Butterworth-

Heinemann 2006.


3. Introduction Mechatronics & Measurement systems, David. G. Aliciatore&Michael.B.




1. Acquaint with basic mechanisms, mechanical components, actuators and sensors used in

Mechatronics systems (PO: a, b, c, d, e, l)

2. Elucidate the different Measurement and signal handling techniques (PO: a, b, d, e, g, j)

3. Disseminate with Graphical development environment for control from large-scale industrial

systems to components in consumer applications (PO: a, b, d, e, i)

4. Familiarize with system models, controllers and microprocessor. (PO: a, b, d, e, j, l)

5. Implement the techniques, skills, and modern mechatronics tools necessary for engineering

practice (PO: a, b, c, d, e, j, l)

34



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble This laboratory course provides an integrated approach to materials science and engineering. The

laboratory examines the important relationships between microstructure and the properties of materials.

The course provides an introduction to basic characterization techniques for materials, such as

microscopy and testing such as tension test, compression test, bending, shear, hardness test, torsion test,

impact test etc.


1. Apply knowledge learned in materials, stresses, strains, shear torsion, and beam

deflection to determine mechanical properties using laboratory testing machines.

2. Conduct experiments in tension, compression, shear, bending, torsion, wear, hardness

and fatigue tests in accordance with ASTM Standards, precisely measure and record

various parameters.

3. Preparation of specimen for metallographic examination of different

engineering materials. Identification of Microstructures of plain carbon steel,

tool steel, gray C.I, SG iron, brass, bronze etc.

PART - A.

Conduct the following experiments 1.Rockwell Hardness Test

2.Brinell Hardness Test

3.Vickers Hardness Test(Demo)

4.Charpy Impact Test

5. Izod impact test

6.Study of Metallurgical Microscope – Calibration of eyepiece reticle

7. Microstructure Examination

PART - B.

Conduct the following experiments 1.Tensile Test

2.Compression Test

3.Shear Test

4.Bending Test

5.Torsion Test

6.Wear Test

7.Fatigue Test(Demo)

TEXT BOOK:

1. Mechanics of materials James M. Gere, Barry J. Goodno Publication CL Engineering;

8 edition, 2012.

2. Materials Science & Engineering- An Introduction, William D.Callister Jr.

Publication Wiley, 9 edition , 2013


35




Compression, Torsion Test, Bending Test etc. ( PO: a, d, e ,h, l)

2. Students will have the knowledge of hardness test, wear test, and impact test. ( PO: a, b,

c, f, h, i)

3. Knowledge of microstructure examination and identification of metals. ( PO: b, e, h, I,

k, l)

Scheme of Examination 1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become


2. Student has to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and One individual

experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

36



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Drawing is the language of engineers. Especially it is true for Mechanical Engineers.





Course Learning Objectives: -

At the end of the course the student will be able to

1. IDENTIFY the section planes to cut the solids and DRAW the sectional views / the

true shape of the section.

2. RECOGNIZE the retained / cut portions of the surfaces and to DRAW the developed

surface of the retained portion in a 2-D environment.

3. DRAW the orthographic views of simple machine parts from its Isometric / Pictorial

views and vice versa

4. CONSTRUCT / CREATE three dimensional part models from the orthographic /

sectional views of simple machine parts (required for assembly) using a CAD tool.

5. ASSEMBLE the 3-D part models using a CAD tool and DRAW the sectional view,

orthographic views and Isometric view of the assembly including the bill of materials,

section plane representation and ballooning.

PART A Systems of dimensioning: Aligned dimensioning systems, chain dimensioning,

unidirectional dimensioning, concepts of Limits Fits and Tolerance.

Sections of Solids: Sections of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron, cones and

cylinders resting only on their bases. (No problems on axis inclinations, spheres and

hollow solids). True shape of sections.

Screw thread forms, Bolt, Nuts and screws

Developments of surfaces: Development of pyramids, Prisms, cubes, Tetrahedron,

cones and cylinders and their frustums. Truncated solids.

Orthographic views: Conversion of pictorial views of a simple machine components

in to orthographic projections

Pictorial views: Orthographic projections into pictorial views of simple machine parts.

PART B

Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given) Protected type flanged couplings

Pin (bush) type flexible coupling.

Screw Jack (Bottle type)

37

Assembly Drawings: (Part Drawings should be given) Petrol Engine Piston

Plummer Block. (Pedestal Bearing)

Machine vice.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Computer Aided Machine Drawing K.R. Gopalkrishna, Subhash Publications, 2nd

edition 2012.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Machine Drawing, N.D. Bhatt & V.M. Panchal. 5th edition 2005


edition 2012

3. Machine Drawing, Gupta. 2nd edition 2006




eligible for appearing End semester examination.


3. Proportionate free hand sketch carries 40% marks and computer aided solutions with

Print out carries 60% Marks

4. Students have to answer any two full questions out of Three questions; from PART A for

40 Marks (each question carry 20 Marks) and One full question from PART B for 60

Mark (each question carry 60 Marks)

Max Marks: 100 Marks

Question No: 1, 2, 3 from PART A for 40 Marks

Question No: 4 and 5 from PART B for 60 Marks

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

TOTAL: 100 Marks

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------


The student will

1. IDENTIFY the section planes to cut the solids and DRAW the sectional views / the

true shape of the section.

2. RECOGNIZE the retained / cut portions of the surfaces and to DRAW the developed

surface of the retained portion in a 2-D environment

3. DRAW the orthographic views of simple machine parts from its Isometric / Pictorial

views and vice versa

4. CONSTRUCT / CREATE three dimensional part models from the orthographic /

sectional views of simple machine parts (required for assembly) using a CAD tool.

38

5. ASSEMBLE the 3-D part models using a CAD tool and DRAW the sectional view,

orthographic views and Isometric view of the assembly including the bill of materials,

section plane representation and ballooning.

39




Sl.No Subject

Code

Subject Credits

L T P S** Total

1 MEMAT41 Engg. Mathematics IV 3 1 0 4

2 ME42 Manufacturing Process II 3 0 0 1 4

3 ME43 Applied Thermodynamics 3 1 0 4

4 ME44 Kinematics of Machines 3 1 0 4

5 ME45 Fluid Mechanics 4 0 0 4


ME462 Management And Entrepreneurship 3 0 0

7 ME47L Applied Thermodynamics Laboratory 0 0 1 1

8 ME48L Manufacturing Process Laboratory – I 0 0 1 1

Total 25

L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practical S** -Self Study

40




Sl.

N

o

Subje

ct

Code

Subject PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PS

O1

PS

O2

1 MEM

AT41

Engg.

Mathematics IV

2 2 1 2 - 2 2 2 2 - - - 2 2

2 ME

42

Manufacturing

Process II

3 1 - 1 3 - - - 2 1 - - 2 3

3 ME

43

Applied

Thermodynamics

3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 - - - 3 3 3

4 ME

44

Kinematics of

Machines

3 3 2 1 3 - - - 3 1 3 - 3 2

5 ME

45

Fluid Mechanics 3 3 3 2 1 1 1 - - 1 3 1 3 2

6 ME

461

Robotics 3 3 3 1 3 - - - - - - 3 2 2

ME

462

Management

And

Entrepreneurship

- - - - - - 2 3 3 2 2 3 1 2

7 ME

47L

Applied

Thermodynamics

Laboratory

2 3 1 2 1 1 - - - 1 1 - 2 2

8 ME

48L

Manufacturing

Process

Laboratory – I

3 3 3 3 - - 1 1 - - - - 2 3

PO – Program Outcomes. PSO – Program Specific Outcomes.

41

Engineering Mathematics-IV

Course code: MEMAT41 Course Credits: 3:1:0

Prerequisite: Engineering Mathematics-I & II (MAT101 & MAT201) Contract Hours: 42 L+14T = 56

Course coordinator: B. Azghar Pasha

Course Objectives:

• Learn the concepts of finite differences, interpolation and it applications.

• Understand the concepts of PDE and its applications to engineering.

• Learn the concepts of consistency, methods of solution for linear system of equations and

eigen value problems.

• Learn the concepts of Random variable and probability distributions.

• Construct the various tests essentially needed for the testing of small samples for the

testing of hypothesis.

Course Contents:

Unit I

Finite Differences and Interpolation: Forward, Backward differences, Interpolation,

Newton-Gregory Forward and Backward Interpolation formulae, Lagrange interpolation

formula and Newton divided difference interpolation formula (no proof).

Numerical Differentiation and Numerical Integration: Derivatives using Newton-Gregory

forward and backward interpolation formulae, Newton-Cotes quadrature formula, Trapezoidal

rule, Simpson 1/3rd rule, Simpson 3/8th rules.

Partial Differential Equations - I: Introduction to PDE , Solution of PDE – Direct integration,

Method of separation of variables.

Unit II

Partial Differential Equations-II: Classification of second order PDE, Derivation of one -

dimensional heat and wave equations, Numerical solution of One - dimensional heat and wave

equations, Two - dimensional Laplace equation, Poisson equation.

Unit III

Linear Algebra: Elementary transformations on a matrix, Echelon form of a matrix, rank of a

matrix, Consistency of system of linear equations, Gauss elimination and Gauss – Siedel

method to solve system of linear equations, eigen values and eigen vectors of a matrix,

Rayleigh power method to determine the dominant eigen value of a matrix, diagonalization of

a matrix, system of ODEs as matrix differential equations.

Unit IV


function, Cumulative density function, Mean, Variance, Moment generating function..

42

Probability Distributions: Binomial distribution, Poisson distributions, Normal distribution,

Exponential distribution, Uniform distribution, Joint probability distribution (both discrete and

continuous), Conditional expectation.

Unit-V

Sampling Theory : Sampling, Sampling distributions, Standard error, Weak law of large

numbers(without proof), Central limit theorem(no proof), Test of Hypothesis for means,

Confidence limits for means, Z-test Student’s t-distribution, F-distribution, Chi-Square

distribution as a test of goodness of fit.

Text Books:

1. Erwin Kreyszig – Advanced Engineering Mathematics – Wiley publication – 10th edition-

2015.

2. B.S.Grewal-Higher Engineering Mathematics-Khanna Publishers-43rd edition-2015.

3. R.E. Walpole, R. H. Myers, R. S. L. Myers and K. Ye – Probability and Statistics for

Engineers and Scientists – Pearson Education – Delhi – 9th edition – 2012.

Reference Books:

1. Glyn James- Advanced Modern Engineering Mathematics-PearsonEducation-4th

edition-2010 2. Kishor S. Trivedi – Probability & Statistics with reliability, Queuing and Computer

Science Applications – John Wiley & Sons – 2nd edition – 2008.

3. Murray R. Spiegel, John Schiller & R. Alu Srinivasan - Probability & Statistics -

Schaum’s outlines -4th edition - 2013.

Course Outcomes:

1. Use a given data for equal and unequal intervals to find a polynomial function for estimation.

Compute maxima, minima, curvature, radius of curvature, arc length, area, surface area and volume

using numerical differentiation. (PO – a, b)

2. Solve partial differential equations analytically and numerically. Obtain numerical solution of heat

and wave equations and also solve Laplace and Poisson equations. (PO – a, b)

3. Find the rank of a matrix, test the consistency and the solution by Gauss elimination and Gauss

Siedel iteration methods. Solve the system of ODE’s by matrix differential equations. (PO – a, b)

4. Apply the concepts of probability distributions to solve the engineering problems. (PO – a, b)

5. Use the concepts of sampling to enable a student to take a decision about the hypothesis.

(PO – a, b)

43


Sub Code: ME42 Credits: 3:0:0:1

Pre-requisites: Nil

Preamble: The main focus is to impart the knowledge of the fundamentals of the machining processes

to understand the metal cutting phenomenon. The manufacturing /production with advent of various

machines like lathe, drilling machine, milling machine and grinding machines. Improvements were

made in these machines to make it semi-automatic or completely automatic. The discussion on the

basics of the machine tool is very much needed to know the design aspects.


1. The fundamentals of metal cutting like various cutting forces, tool materials, tool life and

machinability.

2. The working of Capstan and Turret lathes, drilling machine, reaming machine, milling machine

and grinding machines.

3. The understanding the design aspects of different machine tools, jigs and fixture and the recent

advancement in the areas of machining in terms of numerically controlled machine tool.

4. To know the preparation of powders, mixing, compaction and sintering of various components

using powders metallurgy techniques.

5. To understand the manufacturing technology in terms of the machining and newer techniques

adopted in industries to solve the real world problems in production.

Unit-I

Fundamentals of machining:

Introduction, Basic elements of machining, Orthogonal and oblique cutting, Classification of cutting

tools, Principal angles of single point cutting tools, Tool signature, Reference planes, Tool geometry in

coordinate system, Tool geometry in orthogonal system, Interrelation ship between ASA and ORS

Systems, Chip formation, Types of chips, Chip thickness ratio, Chip control and chip breakers, Velocity

relationships, Force relationship in orthogonal cutting, Forces on a single point tool in turning, Stress

and strain in chip, Work done in cutting, Horse power calculation, Popular metal cutting theories, Forces

systems in multipoint cutting, Cutting speed, feed and depth of cut, Sources of heat in metal cutting.

Tool failure, Mechanism of wear, Tool life, Factors affecting tool life, Effect of cutting speed, Feed and

depth of cut, Tool geometry, Tool material, Work material, Nature of cutting, Rigidity of machine tool

and work, Use of cutting fluids, Characteristics of cutting tool materials, Machinability, Machinability

index, Economics of metal machining, Relation among cutting speed, production rate and cost,

Calculation of cutting speed and tool life for minimum cost and maximum production.

Measurement of cutting forces, Tool dynamometers, Mechanical dynamometers, Strain gauge

dynamometers and other types of dynamometers.

Unit-II

Turret & Capstan lathes and Automatic machines:

Introduction, Turret & capstan lathe compared with center lathe, Main parts of a Turret & capstan lathe,

Differences between Turret & capstan lathe, Classification of Turret lathe, Turret & capstan lathe size

and specification, Primary and secondary motions, Common tools and attachments used on Turret &

capstan lathe, The slide tool, Methods of mounting tools, Job holding devices, Bar feed mechanism,

Turret index and stop drum mechanisms.

44

Automatic lathes, Selection of lathe, Classification, Tool layouts on Turret, capstan and automatic lathe.

Drilling and Reaming: Introduction, Classification of drills, Twist drills parts and terminology, Drill size and specification,

Carbide tipped drills, Types of drilling machines, Machine size, Drilling operations, Tool and work

holding devices, Problems on estimating machining time.

Reamer terminology, Types of reamer, Reaming operation, Precautions in reaming.

Unit-III

Milling: Introduction, Working principle in milling, Size and specifications, Types of milling machines, Milling

machines attachments, Milling cutters, Milling operations, Indexing or dividing head, Indexing

methods.

Grinding:

Introduction, Common forms of abrasive tools, Wheel material, Symbolic representation of bonds,

Grain, Grade, Structure, Common wheel shapes, Built up wheels, Mounted wheels and points, Diamond

wheels, Loading and glazing of grinding wheels, Trueing and dressing, Wheel balancing, Use of

coolants, Types of grinding machines, Sizes and specification of the grinder.

Unit-IV

Fundamentals of machine tool design: Introduction, Basic elements of machine tools, Machine tool structures, Considerations in design of

machine tool structures, Machine tool beds, Slides and Slideways, Materials for slideways, Machine

tool spindles, Spindle bearings, Kinematic drives of machine tools, Electric drive, Hydraulic drive,

Pneumatic drive, Speed regulation, Stepped speed regulation, Layout of spindle speeds, Number of

steps of spindle speeds, Structure diagrams or Ray diagrams, Types of ray diagrams.

Jigs and Fixtures:

Introduction, Differences between jigs and fixtures, Importance consideration in jigs and fixture design,

Main principles of design of jigs and fixture, Main elements of jigs and fixtures, Degree of freedom of

movement, Principle of six point location, Principle of least points, Principles of extreme positions,

Principles of mutually perpendicular planes, Locating devices and methods, Support pins and jack pins,

Locating pins, Diamond pin locators, Vee Locators, External pin location, Bush location, Clamping,

Basic requirements of clamping devices, Types of clamps, Types of jigs, Jig bushes, Types of fixtures,

Jigs and fixtures construction.

Unit –V

Numerical Control of machine tools: Introduction, Procedure for manufacturing through NC, NC machine tool system, Machine control unit,

Machine tool, Drive units and servo controls, Principle axes of motions, Specifying the origin of

coordinate system, Tool position systems, Motion, control systems, Point to point system, Straight line

system, Contouring path system, Interpolations, Feedback devices, Transducers, Sensors and

convertors, Servo control systems, Classification of NC system, Application of numerical control,

Advantages and disadvantages of using NC machines, NC tooling, Types of numerical controls,

Adaptive control, Machining centers, Principle parts of a machining center, Turning centers.

Powder metallurgy:

Basic steps in Powder metallurgy, Production of metal powders, Blending of metal powders,

Compaction, Sintering and Finishing, Application, advantages and limitations of powder

metallurgy.

45

TEXT BOOKS:

1. A Course in Workshop Technology, Volume II (Machine Tools), B.S. Raghuwanshi, Dhanpat Rai

Publication, 2012

2. Processes and Materials of Manufacture, 4th Edition, Roy A. Lindberg, PHI Learning

Publication, 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Fundamentals of Metal Machining and Machine Tools, 3rd Edition, Winston A. Knight,

Geoffrey Boothroyd, Taylor and Francis Publication, 2005

2. Production Technology, Volume I, O.P.Khanna, Dhanpat Rai Publication, 2015.


The students will be able to

1. Analyze the fundamentals of metal cutting like various cutting forces, tool materials, tool life

and machinability. (PO’s: a, b, c, l)

2. Understand the working of Capstan and Turret lathes, drilling machine, reaming machine,

milling machine and grinding machines. . (PO’s: a, d, l)

3. Appreciate the design aspects of different machine tools, jigs and fixture and the recent

advancement in the areas of machining in terms of numerically controlled machine tool. (PO’s:

a, b, e, l)

4. Comprehend the preparation of powders, mixing, compaction and sintering of various

components using powders metallurgy techniques. (PO’s: a, b, g)

5. Appreciate the manufacturing technology in terms of the machining and newer techniques

adopted in industries to solve the real world problems in production. (PO’s: a, b, c, d, g, l)

46




Preamble Applied Thermodynamics is the study of science of energy, entropy, and the properties that are

related to heat and work. Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of thermodynamic

processes involving energy conversion including chemical reactions and the processes that

occur in equipment such as power plants, compressors, turbines or rocket engines, IC engines,

refrigeration systems, etc.

As the world is running short of fossil fuels and the ever increasing price of petroleum resources

coupled with increasing demand for clean energy, applied thermodynamics continues to be a

fundamental topic of current interest and research. A student should gain knowledge to apply

the laws of thermodynamics and energy conversion to seek solutions to several practical

applications. The laboratory sessions are included to train the student in designing and

conducting experiments, making measurement of test parameters and analysis the test data.

The course helps the student to further the knowledge and concepts of thermodynamics as

applied to theoretical and practical aspects at an advanced level.


1. Understand the phenomenon of combustion thermodynamics and study the

performance parameters of internal combustion engines.

2. Learn thermodynamic analysis of air standard and gas turbine cycles and solve the

problems on cycle efficiency, work output and heat supplied

3. Study the performance of air compressors. principle of vapour power cycles and

methods of improving thermal efficiency of Rankine cycle

4. Understand the principle of refrigeration and air conditioning and the use of

psychrometric chart to solve problems on various psychrometric processes.

5. Prepare students to apply various concepts in applied thermodynamics to solve

numerical and design problems of various thermodynamic processes and systems and

provide useful

solution.

UNIT I Combustion thermodynamics: Theoretical (Stoichiometric) air for combustion of fuels,








UNIT II Gas power cycles:Air standard cycles, Otto, Diesel, Dual , Stirling and Ericsson cycles, p v



47




UNIT III Reciprocating Compressors: Operation of a single stage reciprocating compressors, work

input through p-v diagram, effect of clearance and volumetric efficiency, adiabatic, isothermal

and mechanical efficiencies. Multi-stage compressor, saving in work, optimum intermediate

pressure, inter-cooling, minimum work for compression.


Rankine cycle; description, T-S diagram, analysis for performance, comparison of Carnot and


vapour power cycles, Ideal and practical regenerative Rankine cycles, open and closed feed

water heaters, reheat rankine cycle (no numericals on regenerative and reheat cycles)

UNIT IV Refrigeration:Vapour compression refrigeration system; description, analysis, refrigerating




UNIT V Psychrometrics: Atmospheric air and psychrometric properties: DBT,WBT, DPT, partial





air conditioning.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Basic and Applied thermodynamics by P K Nag, Tata McGraw Hill pub co., 2nd edition

2002



REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Internal combustion engines- M L Mathur and R P Sharma, Dhanpat Rai Publications.,3rd

edition 2007

2. Thermal Engineering- R K Rajput, Laxmi Publications,3rd edition 2003


1. Analyse the combustion equations and solve the practical problems associated with the performance

parameters of the Internal combustion engine (PO: a, b,c, d, l)

2. Apply the knowledge of thermodynamics in the analysis of air standard and gas turbine cycles and

determine cycle efficiency, work output and heat supply . (PO: a, b, c, d, e, f)

3. Evaluate the performance parameters of single and multistage air compressors and make

modifications to improve Rankine cycle efficiency (PO: a, b, c, d, f, g)

4. Analyse the different types of refrigeration and air conditioning systems for the given comfort

conditions and solve the problems on design of air conditioning systems with the use of

psychrometric chart (PO: a, b, c, d, e, f, l)

48

5. Create awareness of the current advancements in various energy conversion systems

and develop capability to apply concepts of applied thermodynamics to solve numerical and design

problems of real systems to provide useful solutions. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, l)

49



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble The main objective of the kinematics of machine is to give the overall basic principles and








The subject enriches the knowledge of students about different types of gears & gear trains by

their working, design, and manufacturing, selection of materials for manufacturing gears and

to make gear train by using different gears combinations to execute for the different application.

Also students know about different types of cams & followers by their working, design,

construction of cam profile for different motion of the follower and selection of followers for

different applications.


1. To identify and enumerate different link based mechanisms with basic understanding of

motion

2. To identify and analyze the mechanisms and their inversions that are required to construct a

machine with the help of different linkages.

3. To understand the design and conduct experiments as well as analyze and interpret data of

degree of freedom and degree of movability of mechanisms design for working of machines.

4. Apply the knowledge for sustainable development of component or process to meet desired

needs to transfer and transmit different motion by different mechanism, gear system, follower

and cam drives.

5. Identify, analyze and formulate the projects through the various concepts of kinematics of

machines.

UNIT I Introduction: Definitions oflink or element, kinematic pairs, degrees of freedom, Grubler’s


inversion, machine, kinematic chains and inversions. Inversions of four bar chain, single slider

crank chain and double slider crank chain.





UNIT II Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms (Graphical Methods): Velocity and





50

UNIT III Velocity and Acceleration Analysis of Mechanisms: Complex algebra method only for four


UNIT IV Spur Gears: Gear terminology, law of gearing, characteristics of involutes action, path of




trains, Algebraic and tabular column methods of finding velocity ratio of epicyclic gear trains.

Tooth load and torque calculations in epicyclic gear trains.

UNIT V Cams: types of cams, types of followers, displacement, velocity and acceleration time curves


follower, disc cam with oscillating roller follower. Follower motions including, SHM, uniform

velocity, uniform acceleration and retardation and cycloidal motion.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Theory of Machines: Sadhu Singh, Pearson Education, 2nd edition, 2007


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Theory of Machines: Rattan, 3rd edition 2005 edition.

2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms: Shigley,J.VandUickers, 2nd edition 2005 edition.




1) Develop ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams by having knowledge of

Mathematics, Science and Engineering in the field of analysis of motions & forces responsible

for that in different mechanisms. (PO: a, b, e, i, k).

2) Develop ability to evaluate the effect of inertia forces in different mechanisms. (PO: a, b, d,

j, k).

3) Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of transmission

and concepts of friction (PO: a, b, e, i).

4).Develop competence to design and analyze problems of engineering involving design of

components subjected to different loads. (PO: a, b, e, g, h, k and i).

5).Demonstrate and execute machine design related projects through the understanding of

various concepts of kinematics of machines.(PO: g, h, i, k and i).

51

FLUID MECHANICS

Subject Code: ME45 Credits: 4:0:0

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Fluid mechanics is an important field of study in mechanical engineering and involves the study

of motion of fluids and the forces generated by interaction with the solid boundaries. It is an

active field of research with many unsolved or partly solved problems. Fluid mechanics






Student will understand and analyze: 1. The basic principles, different properties of fluids and applications of fluid mechanics.



3. The basic concepts of fluid flow measuring equipment such as venturimeter, orifices and

notches.

4. The head losses in laminar and turbulent flow through pipes and fluid flow problems.



UNIT I Properties of fluids-Introduction to fluid mechanics & its applications, properties of fluids,

viscosity, thermodynamic properties, surface tension, capillarity, vapor pressure and cavitation.

Fluid Statics: Fluid pressure at a point, Pascal’s law, pressure variation in a static fluid,

absolute, gauge, atmosphere and vacuum pressure. Manometers, simple and differential



UNIT II Buoyancy: Buoyancy, center of buoyancy, meta-center and meta-center height, conditions of


Fluid Kinematics: Types of fluid flow-introduction, continuity equation in three dimensions



UNIT III Fluid Dynamics: Introduction, equations of motion, Euler’s equation of motion, Bernoulli’s

equation from Euler’s equation, limitation of Bernoulli’s equation, fluid flow measurements:

venturi-meter, vertical orifice & orifice meter, Pitot tube, v-notch and rectangular notch,

rotometer.

Flow through pipes: Frictional loss in pipe flow, Darcy’s-equation and Chezy’s equation for


52

UNIT IV Laminar flow and viscous effects: Reynolds number, laminar and turbulent flows, critical






UNIT V


isothermal and adiabatic flow. Mach number, propagation of pressure waves in a compressible

fluid, mach cone and mach angle, isentropic flow relationships, flow in nozzles and diffusers,

Mach number – area relationships.

Flow past immersed bodies: Drag, lift, expression for lift and drag, pressure drag and friction

drag,flow over airfoils, effect of angle of incidence, boundary layer concept, displacement

thickness, momentum thickness and energy thickness, flow separation.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Fluid Mechanics by Dr. Bansal. R.K, Lakshmi Publications, 4th edition 2011.

2. Fluid Mechanics and Hydraulics, by Dr. Jagadishlal; Metropolitan Book Co-Ltd

4thedition 2004.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Fluid Mechanics by Modi & Seth, 5th edition2004


3. Fluid Mechanics and Fluid Power Engineering by Kumar.D.S, Kataria& Sons., 2nd

edition 2004.

Course Learning Outcomes Students successfully completing this course will demonstrate the following outcomes by assignments

and exams:

1) Understanding of the basic principles and applications of fluid mechanics.(PO: a, b, c, d, e, f,

k)

2) Knowledge of the different properties of the fluids.(PO: a, e, g, k)

3) Understanding of the basic concepts of fluid statics, buoyancy, fluid dynamics, laminar and

turbulent flows and compressible flows.(PO: a, b, c, k)

4) Understanding of the basic concepts of dimensional analysis, friction in pipe flows, fluid flow

measurements and flow past immersed bodies.(PO: a, b, c, k)

5) Expertise to identify, formulate, and solve engineering problems related to fluid

mechanics.(PO: b, c, d, g, j, k, l)

53

ROBOTICS

Sub. Code: ME461 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

This course provides an overview of robot mechanisms and intelligent controls. Topics include

planar and spatial kinematics, and motion planning; processes for manipulators and mobile

robots, exposure is given to mobile robots and it’s Degree of mobility, actuators, and sensors

and its effects on the application of robots. A wide scope is given to the area of Applications

where in students understand as to how robotics can be applied in area pertaining to industrial

and non-industrial applications.


1. Define the history of robots and its developments in various fields of engineering.

2. Compile various drives and control systems for developing an ideal actuation system.

3. Learn the Robot Programming methods & Languages.

4. Attain the knowledge in Robotic Vision and Application.

5. Design and develop robotic system using various configurations for different industrial

applications.

UNIT I

Introduction: History of Robot, Definition of Robot, Anatomy of Robot – Robot configuration

Robot Motion and Work volume.

Classification of Robot- Point to Point and Continuous path systems, Numerical control of

Machine tools, Resolution, Repeatability, Position representation.


UNIT II






UNIT III Programming of Robots: Types of programming- Off line programming-types, On-line

programming –types, Manual and Lead through teaching, Programming languages,

Programming with graphics. Levels of programming languages, VAL and its commands,

Storing and Operating task Programs, Programming Point-to-point Robots and Continuous –

Path robots.

UNIT IV

Transducers and sensors – Sensors in Robotics, Tactile sensor, Proximity and range sensors

– Magnetic, optical, ultrasonic, inductive, capacitive proximity sensors, range sensors. Uses of

sensors in Robotics.

Robotic Vision and Applications: Introduction, the sensing and digitizing function in

machine vision, Image processing and analysis, application of robotic vision system.

54

UNIT V

Mobile Robots: Introduction to Mobile robots, Construction and Control of Mobile robots,

Mobile Robot maneuverability – degree of mobility, degree of Steerability, Mobile Robot

maneuverability.

Robot Application: Industrial and non-industrial applications of Robots, applications of

mobile robots. Limitations and future applications of robots.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Robotics for Engineers- YoramKoren


G Odrey.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Robot Technology – Philippe Coffet (Vol. 1 to Vol. 7)





1. Acquaint with basic mechanisms, mechanical components, actuators and sensors used in

Robotics systems (PO: a, b, c, d, e, l)

2. Elucidate the different drives and control techniques (PO: a, b, d, e, l)

3. Build customized Robot programming sequence for industrial application. (PO: a, b, c, d,

e,f,g, l)

4. Familiarize with Robot vision and its applications. (PO: a, b, d, e, j, l)

5. Implement robotic process for specific application leading to better ROI for the

company.(PO: a, b, c, d, e, j, l)

55



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble



business processes used to deliver it Entrepreneurship is a necessary ingredient for stimulating

economic growth and employment opportunities in all societies. In the developing world,

successful small businesses are the primary engines of job creation, income growth, and

poverty reduction. Entrepreneurship is a dynamic process of creating incremental wealth. The

wealth is created by individuals who assume the major risks in terms of equity, time and/or

career commitment or provide value for some product or service. The product or service may

or may not be new or unique, but value must somehow be infused by the entrepreneur by

receiving and locating the necessary skills and resources.













3. The course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge to start

up small scale industries with the support (consultancy & finance) from government,


4. To learn the effect of WTO/GATT and government policies (industrial policy

regulations) on small scale industries for their development.



UNIT I


functional areas of management. Management as a science, art or profession. Management and

Administration, Role of management, Levels of management, early management approaches,

and Modern management approaches



56

UNIT II


Types of organization – Departmentation, Committees – centralization V/s decentralization of

authority and responsibility, Span of control- MBO and MBE, Nature and importance of






UNIT III






UNIT IV

Small Scale Industry: Definition, characteristics, types, role of SSI in economic development.

Steps to start an SSI – Govt. policy towards SSI, different policies of SSI, Govt. support for

SSI, Impact of liberalization, privatization, globalization on SSI, Effect of WTO/ GATT,

supporting agencies of Govt. for SSI,


Institutional Support-Different Schemes, TECKSOK, KIADB, KSSIDC, KSIMC, DIC, Single

window Agency, SISI, NSIC, SIDBI, KSFC.

UNIT V


Project Report, Need and significance of Report, contents, Formulation Guidelines by Planning

Commission for Project report, Network Analysis; Errors of Project Report, Project Appraisal,

Identification of Business Opportunities, market Feasibility Study, Technical Feasibility study,

Financial Feasibility Study & Social Feasibility study.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of Management, PC Tripati, P N Reddy,–Tata Mc Graw Hill, 3rd edition

2005.


Publishing House, 2nd edition 2006

3. Entrepreneurship Development–small Business Enterprises Poornima M

Charanthmath, Pearson Education –3rd edition 2005

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Management Fundamentals, Robert Lusier–Concepts, Application, Skill Development

Thomson, 1st edition. 2006

2. Entrepreneurship Development, S S Khanka S Chand & Co, 4th edition2005

57

3. Management, Stephon Robbins Pearson Education/PHI 17th Edition 2003.


Students should understand the necessity of management in the field if engineering

1. Would have understood various aspects of management and fundamentals of entrepreneurship of

an enterprise(PO:h, i, l)

2. Would know how to start up an enterprise and get information on various agencies that support

them to do so; along with the knowledge of government policies and agreements like the

WTO/GATT (PO:i, j, k, l)

3. Would have more knowledge in the field of management by its history, evolution, functions and

theories.(PO:g, h, l)

4. Appreciate the role of planning organizing Staffing recruitment directing and controlling aspects

of management of an enterprise(PO:g, h, l)

5. Formulate the detailed project report process inclusive of planning commission guidelines and

should have detailed knowledge supports available from various agencies to start enterprise (PO:i,

j, k)

58



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Applied Thermodynamics is relevant to the study of thermodynamic processes involving



Course Learning Objectives: 1. To learn the fundamentals of fuels and develop the ability to determine properties like




3. To develop the ability to conduct experiments to carryout performance testing of various

types of internal combustion engines and to evaluate various performance parameters.



PART - A.

Conduct the following experiments 1. Determination of Flash point and Fire point of lubricating oil using Pensky Apparatus.



4. Determination of Viscosity of a lubricating oil using TorsionViscometers.


6. Measurement of an area of Indicator diagram usingplanimeter.


PART - B.

Conduct the following experiments 1. Performance testing of 2-stroke air cooled, mechanically loaded petrol engine.








TEXT BOOKS: 1. Applied thermodynamicslaboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering,

MSRIT.


edition 2007

3. Basic and Applied thermodynamics by P K Nag, Tata McGraw Hill pub co., 2nd edition

2002

59



1. Fundamental properties of fuels and experimental methods to determine these values. (PO: a, b)

2. Importance and significance of valve and port timing diagrams in four stroke and two stroke

engines. (PO:b, c)

3. Experimental procedure to evaluate various performance parameters of different types of I C

engines. (PO:c, d, e)

4. Performance of Air compressor and blower and to assess various performance parameters. (PO:f,

j, k)

Scheme of Examination 1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to



experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

60

MANUFACTURING PROCESS LABORATORY – I


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Foundry is a place where castings are produced on a large scale. The students will be



forging process.


This course is planned to teach the students to:

1. Plan, conduct and understand the results of Tensile, Shear and Compression Tests of sands used

in foundries.

2. Prepare the Moulds cavities for preparing castings using two Moulding Boxes both with and

without the help of patterns.

3. Determine grain fineness, Permeability, and Hardness of the various components of a mould in

a foundry process.

4. Make simple forged components manually

5. Make simple forged models using power hammer


1.Testing of Moulding sand and core sand: a. Properties of sand specimens and

conduction of the following tests.







2.Foundry Practice: Use of Foundry Tools and other equipments: Preparation of Moulds using Two

Moulding Boxes using Patterns or without patterns (Split pattern, Match plate

Pattern and Core Boxes)

Preparation of one casting (Aluminum or Cast iron- Demonstration only)

3.Forging Operations: Preparing minimum Three Forged Models involving Upsetting,

Drawing and Bending operations. Out of these models, at least one model is to be

prepared by using Power Hammer.

TEXT BOOK: 1. Manufacturing Process – I laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical

Engineering, MSRIT.

61


Students successfully completing this course will:

1. Plan, conduct and understand the results of Tensile, Shear and Compression Tests of sands used in

foundries. (PO: a, b, c, d)

2. Prepare the Moulds cavities for preparing castings using two Moulding Boxes both with and

without the help of patterns (PO: a, c)

3. Determine grain fineness, Permeability, and Hardness of the various components of a mould in a

foundry process. (PO: a,b,c,d,g,h)

4. Make simple forged components manually (PO : a, b)

5. Make simple forged models using power hammer (PO : a, b)

Scheme of Examination 1. Students should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to



experiment)

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

1

CURRICULUM



RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY


BANGALORE – 54


2

About the Institute : Ramaiah Institute of Technology (RIT) (formerly known as M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology) is a self-financing institution established in Bangalore in the year 1962 by the industrialist and philanthropist, Late Dr. M S Ramaiah All engineering departments offering bachelor degree programs have been accredited by NBA. RIT is one of the few institutes with faculty student ratio of 1:15 and achieves excellent academic results. The institute is a participant of the Technical Education Quality Improvement Program (TEQIP), an initiative of the Government of India. All the departments are full with competent faculty, with 100% of them being postgraduates or doctorates. Some of the distinguished features of RIT are: State of the art laboratories, individual computing facility to all faculty members. All research departments are active with sponsored projects and more than 130 scholars are pursuing PhD. The Centre for Advanced Training and Continuing Education (CATCE), and Entrepreneurship Development Cell (EDC) have been set up on campus. RIT has a strong Placement and Training department with a committed team, a fully equipped Sports department, large air-conditioned library with over 80,000 books with subscription to more than 300 International and National Journals. The Digital Library subscribes to several online e-journals like IEEE, JET etc. RIT is a member of DELNET, and AICTE INDEST Consortium. RIT has a modern auditorium, several hi-tech conference halls, all air-conditioned with video conferencing facilities. It has excellent hostel facilities for boys and girls. RIT Alumni have distinguished themselves by occupying high positions in India and abroad and are in touch with the institute through an active Alumni Association. RIT obtained Academic Autonomy for all its UG and PG programs in the year 2007. As per the National Institutional Ranking Framework, MHRD, Government of India, Ramaiah Institute of Technology has achieved 45th rank in 2017 among the top 100 engineering colleges across India and occupied No. 1 position in Karnataka, among the colleges affiliated to VTU, Belagavi. About the Department: The Department of Mechanical Engineering started in the year 1962 with an intake of 40 students. The department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of 180 students and 47 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post graduate degree with 20 doctorates. The department offers four year degree course and also offers two Master’s Degree in Manufacturing Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, with an intake of 18 each. The Department also offers research program which includes MSc Engineering by research and PhD degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD. The department received software grants from Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design multinational company and has been using them in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken up number of research projects funded by external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya Technological University and received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee celebrations, the department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an International Conference on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have published books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are

3

recommended by Visvesvaraya Technological University Board of Studies as reference text books. The students from the department participate both at the national and international competition throughout the year, in the year 2013 – AeRobusta – 4 member student team from the department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th position out of 64 teams from all over the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN COUNTRIES. Another team from the department also participated in the “Unmanned Air Vehicle System “conducted by U.S. Navy at Maryland, USA. The team secured 5th Place in the technical session out of 36 participating teams from all over the world. A team of two students also participated in the CAD Design Competition conducted by Autodesk, a CAD multinational company, in association with IIT Madras and secured FIRST PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs1,20,000 and also received a free Trip to Autodesk University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

4

Faculty




















19 Dr. Nagesh S.N. M.Tech Assistant Professor




5

















39 Mr. Pradeep Kumar K V M.Tech Assistant Professor









6



7





QUALITY POLICY

We at M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology strive to deliver comprehensive, continually enhanced, global quality technical and management education through an established Quality

Management System complemented by the synergistic interaction of the stake holders concerned


To be a centre of International repute in Mechanical Engineering and to create qualified human

resources needed to meet the demanding challenges in different areas and emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering and allied sciences.



conducive and creative learning environment, to produce qualified and skilled human resources, create R&D environment, to be a centre of excellence and to offer post graduate programs in the

emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering.

8


1. To produce engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required

practical skills in various specialized fields of Mechanical Engineering.




9



fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering

problems.

PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,

natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems

and design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate

consideration for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental

considerations.

PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and

research methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and

synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and

modern engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering

activities with an understanding of the limitations.

PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to

assess societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities

relevant to the professional engineering practice.

PO7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need

for sustainable development.

PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities

and norms of the engineering practice.

PO9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or

leader in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive

clear instructions.

10


engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and

leader in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to

engage in independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

11




12



Sem HSS BS ES PCC Professional

Electives PC-E

Open Elective

OE


PW/IN

Total Credits

I 06

20 24

- - - 50 II - - -

III - 04 - 22 - - - 26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25 V - - - 26 3 - - 29 VI 02 - - 19 3 - - 24 VII - - - 18 6 - 24 VIII - - - 6 3 13 22

Total 08 28 24 112 12 3 13

200


Computers) - 24 PCS - Professional Core Subjects - 112 Prof. Elective - Professional Electives, relevant to the chosen

specialization branch - 12 Open Elective - Elective Subjects, from other technical and / or emerging


13

M S RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BANGALORE 560 054

(Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to VTU) SCHEME OF TEACHING FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-18


Sl. No.

Subject Code Subject Teaching

Department Credits* L T P Total

1 ME701 CAD/CAM Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

2 ME702 Heat and Mass Transfer Mechanical Engineering

4 0 0 4

3 ME703 Mechanical Vibrations Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

4 MESXX Soft Core 1 Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3


3 0 0 3

6 MEPEXX Professional Elective 1 Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

7 MEPEXX Professional Elective 2 Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

7 ME701L CAD/CAM Laboratory Mechanical Engineering

0 0 1 1

8 ME702L Heat and Mass Transfer Laboratory

Mechanical Engineering

0 0 1 1

9

Soft Core MES71N Automotive Engineering

Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 6 MES72N Composite Materials 3 0 0

MES73 Operations Research 3 0 0 Professional Elective

10

MEPE10 Non-Traditional Machining Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

MEPE38 Wind Energy Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

MEPE39 Energy Audit and Management Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

MEPE13 Foundry Technology Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

MEPE31 Total Quality Management Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

Total 22 0 2 24

14

CAD/CAM Sub Code : ME701 Credits: 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) involves all the processes of conceptualizing, designing, analyzing, prototyping and actual manufacturing with Computer's assistance. Computer based information technologies have been extensively used to help both designing and manufacturing industries manage their processes and information system to focus their efforts on increasing the overall efficiency and meet the customer's requirements. CAD/CAM attempts to integrate the various stages of product design and development with a "Geometric Model", created from fundamentals of computational geometry (CG). Latest techniques of geometric modeling (Feature based or parametric modeling etc) and manufacturing like Rapid prototyping (RP) have bridged the gap between product conceptualization and product realization. A versatile Geometric Model can characterize all physical properties of real component and can incorporate all types of simulations and can quickly generate the modified outcomes (Production drawings) for a predefined set of design rules. The benefits extend beyond design to engineering analysis, manufacturing and inspection which can be automated and integrated with the design. Course Learning Objectives During the course the students will be learning

1. The fundamentals of CAD/CAM, CAD process, use of data base, advantages of CAD/CAM.

2. The functions of graphic packages, transformation of geometry. 3. In the CAM part, student is introduced the starting from conventional NC System,

coordinate system, Application of NC, CNC/DNC basics and adaptive control system 4. The manual part programming and computer aided part programming. 5. Finally the basics of robotics, types of configurations, end effectors, sensors and robot

applications

UNIT I Fundamentals of CAD: Definition of CAD/CAM, product cycle (conventional & computerized), Design process, applications of computers in design process, creating manufacturing data base, advantages and disadvantages of CAD/CAM Hardware in CAD: Basic Structure, CPU, Memory Types, Input Devices, Display Devices, Hard Copy Devices, Storage Devices and Software

UNIT II

Computer Graphics: Raster Scan Graphics, Coordinate Systems, Database Structure for Graphic Modeling, functions of graphics package, Transformation of geometry, 2D transformations – Simple problems Geometric Modelling: Requirements for geometric modeling, Geometric Models, Geometric Based Modelling, Constrain Based Modelling, Curve Representation, Surface Representation methods.

15

UNIT III Introduction to NC technology: Basic components of NC system. NC Coordinate system, types of NC systems, advantages and applications of NC, influence of computers in manufacturing environment. DNC, CNC Systems: Types, advantages of adaptive control systems, types of CNC turning centers and machining centers,

UNIT IV

CNC Programming: NC Programming Process, Program Planning, Part Program Structure, G codes, M codes, drilling and milling programs, turning programs. Cutter Radius Offset, Sub Programs, Tool Length Offset, Fixed Cycles

UNIT V Robotics: Introduction, robot configuration, types of robot programming, end effectors work cell, control and interlock, robot sensor, robot applications. Introduction to GD&T: Introduction to GD& T, advantages, application, Dimensioning and Tolerancing fundamentals, Symbols, Terms, Rules. TEXT BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM principles and applications by P.N. Rao, Tata MC Graw Hill 2002 2. CAD/CAM by Groover, Tata MC Graw Hill 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd eidtion 2. Computer graphics- Steron Harrington- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd eidtion 3. Computer aided manufacturing- P.N. Rao, Tiwar, Tata MC Graw Hill 3rd eidtion 4. Geometric dimensioning and Tolerancing for Mechanical design: By Gene R. Cogorno

Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course student will:

1. Understand the different CAD systems and identify CAM modules used in Manufacturing system. (PO: 1, 3, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. Apply the CAD data base and transformation functions for computing different types of geometric entities. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 5, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

3. Demonstrate NC technology and adaptive adaptive control machining in computer aided manufacturing environment (PO: 1, 2, 3, 5, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

4. Develop NC programs based on sketches using G & M Codes. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 5. Analyze different configuration of robot systems and prepare GD&T for drawings (PO: 1, 2, 3, 5,

11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 1 3 2 3 3 CO2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 2 CO3 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 3 CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 CO5 3 3 3 3 1 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 2 3 3 3

16


Sub Code: ME702 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil. Preamble: Heat transfer is the science that seeks to predict the energy transfer that may takes place between material bodies as a result of a temperature difference. The course is normally required in mechanical and chemical engineering curricula but it has applications in cooling problems in the field of electrical and electronics engineering, space applications etc. the three modes of heat transfer that is conduction, convection and radiation are clearly described in this course and students will learn how to formulate, analyze, design and solve the problems related to heat transfer. In addition a small portion of mass transfer is also presented in the course for the students to understand the problems related to simultaneous heat and mass transfer. Course Learning Objectives This course enables the students to understand:

1. Modes and basic laws of heat transfer, one dimensional steady state conduction through plane wall, cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and without heat generation.

2. The steady state heat transfer from straight fins subjected to different boundary conditions and unsteady state conduction with lumped analysis and use of Heisler charts.

3. The evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls, cylinder etc under different conditions with the use dimensional analysis method.

4. The thermal design of heat exchangers with LMTD and NTU methods and also learn the heat transfer with change of phase i.e. boiling and condensation.

5. The radiation heat transfer for different cases including radiation shield and learn the basis of diffusion and convective mass transfer.

UNIT I

Introductory concepts :Modes of Heat Transfer, Basic Laws of Heat Transfer, Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, Boundary Conditions, 3-D Conduction equation In Cartesian coordinates, Discussion On 3-D Conduction equation in Cylindrical and Spherical coordinate systems(No Derivation). 1-DConduction equations in Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinate Systems. Composite Walls, Cylinders and Spherical Systems with Constant Thermal Conductivity, Numerical Problems.

Derivation for 1-D heat flow and temperature distribution in plane wall, cylinder, sphere with variable thermal conductivity. Insulating materials and their selection, critical thickness of insulation. Steady state 1-D conduction in slab, cylinder and spheres with heat generation.

UNIT II Heat transfer in extended surfaces: Derivation for 1-D heat flow and temperature distribution in straight fin with end conditions such as, infinitely long fin, fin with insulated tip, fin with convection at the tip and fin connected between two heat sources. Fin efficiency and effectiveness, 1-D numerical method for fin. Numerical problems.

17

1-D transient conduction: conduction in solids with negligible internal temperature gradient (lumped system analysis), Use of Heislers charts for transient conduction in slab, long cylinder and sphere, Use of transient charts for transient conduction in semi-infinite solids, Numerical problems.

UNIT III Concepts and basic relations in boundary layers: Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers, critical Reynolds number, local heat transfer coefficient, average heat transfer coefficient, Flow inside a duct, hydrodynamic and thermal entrance lengths. Natural or Free convection: Application of dimensional analysis for free convection. Physical significance of Grasshoff number, Rayleigh number. Use of correlations in free convection for horizontal, vertical plates and cylinders. Numerical problems Forced convection heat transfer: Application of dimensional analysis for forced convection. Physical significance of Reynolds, Prandtl, Nusselt and Stanton numbers. Use of correlations for hydro-dynamically and thermally developed flows in case of a flow through tubes, flow over a flat plate, cylinder and across a tube bundle. Numerical problems.

UNIT IV Heat exchangers: Classification of heat exchangers, Tubular and compact heat exchangers, overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling factor, L.M.T.D method, effectiveness, NTU method of analysis of heat exchangers, Numerical problems. Condensation and Boiling heat transfer: Types of condensation, Nusselt’s theory for laminar condensation on a vertical flat surface, expression for film thickness and heat transfer coefficient, use of correlations for condensation on inclined flat surfaces, horizontal tube and horizontal tube banks, Regimes of pool Boiling, Numerical problems.

UNIT V Mass Transfer: Fick`s law of diffusion mass transfer, Isothermal evaporation of water, convective mass transfer, Numerical problems. Radiation heat transfer: Thermal radiation, definitions of various terms used in radiation heat transfer, Stefan-Boltzman law, Kirchoff`s law, Planck`s law and Wein`s displacement law, Radiation heat exchange between two parallel infinite black surfaces and gray surfaces, effect of radiation, shield, Intensity of radiation and solid angle, Lambert`s law, radiation heat exchange between two infinite surfaces, Radiation shape factor, properties of shape factors, shape factor algebra, Hottel`s cross string formula, network method for radiation heat exchange in an enclosure, Numerical problems. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Heat and Mass Transfer, S.C. SACHDEV, New Age International Edition. ,2006., 2. Basic Heat Transfer, OZISIK, McGraw-Hill publications, NY. 2005., 3. Heat and Mass Transfer, M.THIRUMALESHWAR, Pearson Edition. 2006., 4. Heat and Mass transfer Data book , C.P KOTHANDARAMAN & S.SUBRAMANYAN ,


18

REFERENC BOOKS: 1. Heat Transfer, a practical approach. YUNUS A CENEGAL, Tata McGraw-Hill publishers,

NY. 2001., 2 Heat Transfer, J.P HOLMON, McGraw-Hill Publishers special Indian edition 2011. 3. Principles of engineering heat transfer., KRIETH F, Thomas learning. 2001.


1. Analyze and calculate one dimensional steady state conduction heat transfer through plane wall, cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and without heat generation. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. Determine temperature and heat flow from straight fins subjected to different boundary conditions and also analyzes unsteady state conduction problems with lumped analysis and using Heisler charts. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

3. Demonstrate the evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls, cylinder etc under different conditions (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

4. Do thermal design of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods and also demonstrate the heat transfer with change of phase that is boiling and condensation. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

5. Workout the radiation heat transfer problems for different cases including radiation shield and also solve simple numerical on diffusion & convective mass transfer. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 2 3 3 2 2 3 3 2 CO2 3 2 2 3 2 2 2 3 CO3 1 3 1 2 2 1 3 2 CO4 1 2 3 3 3 1 2 3 CO5 2 3 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 3

19

MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS Sub Code: ME703 Credits: 3:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble

The study of vibrations is concerned with the oscillatory motions of bodies and the forces associated with them. All bodies possessing mass and elasticity are capable of vibration. Thus, most engineering machines and structures experience vibration to some degree, and their design generally requires consideration of their oscillatory behavior. Vibration problems occur wherever there are rotating or moving parts in machinery. In recent times, many investigations have been motivated by the engineering applications of vibration, such as the design of machines, foundations, structures, engines, turbines and control systems. A vibratory system is a dynamic system for which the variables such as excitations (inputs) and responses (outputs) are time dependent. The response of a vibrating system generally depends on the initial conditions as well as the external excitations. The analysis of a vibrating system usually involves mathematical modeling, derivation of the governing equations, solution of the equations and interpretation of the results. Course Learning Objectives

1. Impart the knowledge of fundamentals of vibrations for various applications. 2. Understand the concepts of vibrations of damped and un-damped systems under free and

forced vibrations. 3. Develop skill to solve simple problems on single degree of freedom and multidegree of

freedom systems. 4. Develop competence in applying the numerical methods in solving multidegree of freedom

systems. 5. Develop an understanding of working of various automotive components based on

vibrations. UNIT I

Introduction: Types of vibrations, S.H.M, principle of super position applied to Simple Harmonic Motions. Beats, Fourier theorem and simple problems. Undamped free vibrations: Single degree of freedom systems. Mass Undamped free vibration-natural frequency of free vibration, stiffness of spring elements, effect of mass of spring, Compound Pendulum.

UNIT II Damped free vibrations: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of critical damping and its importance, study of response of viscous damped systems for cases of under damping critical and over damping, Logarithmic decrement. Steady state solution with viscous damping due to harmonic force.

UNIT III

Forced Vibration: Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance, vibration isolation-transmissibility ratio. Due to harmonic excitation and support motion. Vibration measuring instruments & Whirling of Shafts: Vibrometer and accelerometer. Whirling of shafts with and without air damping. Discussion of speeds above and below critical speeds.

20

UNIT IV Systems with two degrees of freedom: Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of vibration, co-ordinate coupling, generalized and principal co-ordinates, free vibration in terms of initial conditions. Geared systems. Forced Oscillations-Harmonic excitation. Applications: Vehicle suspension. Dynamic vibration absorber. Dynamics of reciprocating Engines.

UNIT V Numerical methods for Multi degree Freedom systems: Introduction, Influence coefficients, Maxwell reciprocal theorem, Dunkerley’s equation. Orthogonality of principal modes, Method of matrix iteration-Method of determination of all the natural frequencies using sweeping matrix and orthogonality principle. Holzer’s method, Stodola method. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson Education 5th edition, 2007.

2. Mechanical Vibrations: V.P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Company Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th Edition, 2003. 2. Mechanical Vibrations: S. Graham Kelly, Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill,

Special Indian edition, 2007. 3. Theory & Practice of Mechanical vibrations: J.S. Rao & K. Gupta, New Age International

Publications, New Delhi, 2001. 4. Elements of Vibrations Analysis: Leonanrd Meirovitch, Tata McGraw Hill, Special Indian

edition, 2007. Course Learning Outcomes:

The students will be able to: 1. Develop an understanding of concept of Vibrations and undamped free vibrations (PO: 1, 2, 5,

12; PSO: 1, 2) 2. Develop competence and skills to solve the problems of damped free vibrations (PO: 1, 2, 5, 12;

PSO: 1, 2) 3. Demonstrate the ability ans skill to solve forced vibration problems and gain knowledge of

vibration measuring instruments (PO: 1, 2, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 4. Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of related to two degree freedom system (PO: 1, 2, 5,

12; PSO: 1, 2) 5. Develop competence to solve multi degree freedom systems using numerical methods. (PO: 1, 2,

5, 12; PSO: 1, 2) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 3 2 2 2 2 CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 CO4 3 3 2 2 2 2 CO5 3 3 2 2 2 2

21

CAD/ CAM LAB Sub Code : ME701L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble Computer Aided Design and Manufacturing (CAD/CAM) involves all the processes of conceptualizing, designing, analyzing, prototyping and actual manufacturing with Computer's assistance. A versatile Geometric Model can characterize all physical properties of real component and can incorporate all types of simulations and can quickly generate the modified outcomes (eg. Production drawings) for a predefined set of design rules. Use of CAD/CAM technologies enables the user to make accurate and precise changes in the geometric models, production drawings and simulation at any stage of the Product Design and Development Cycle. Course Learning Objectives During the course the students will be learning

1. The fundamentals of CAD/CAM process, use of data base, applications of CAD/CAM. 2. Various types of turning and machining centers. 3. The manual part programming and computer aided part programming. 4. Programming for milling and turning operations using CAM PACKAGES. 5. Programming the Industrial Robots etc.

PART A

CAM: Simulation of machining process (Turning and Milling) using CAM PACKAGES (MASTER CAM or ESPRIT etc.) CNC Machining: Demonstration of part programming. Manual Part programming for CNC Machines to perform Turning and Milling operations.

PART B Pneumatics, Hydraulics, Electro-Pneumatics: Four typical experiments on the basis of these topics to be conducted. Robot programming: Using Teach Pendent & Offline programming to perform pick and place, stacking of objects. Development of Ladder Logic Diagram/ Programming PLC for level control, Position control, Robot pick and place or any two simulations to be carried out. TEXT BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM principles and applications by P.N. Rao, Tata MC Graw Hill 2002 2. CAD/CAM by Groover, Tata MC Graw Hill 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd edition 2. Computer aided manufacturing- P.N. Rao, Tiwar, Tata MC Graw Hill 3rd eidtion

22

Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course the students are accustomed with:

1. Analyze the fundamentals of CAD/CAM process (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 2. Demonstrate the Practical knowledge about turning and milling centers using CAM tool (PO: 1,

2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 3. Formulate Manual part program for the machining process and Create CNC part program using

commercial CAM package (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 CO2 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 CO3 3 3 3 2 1 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

Scheme of Examination: The student should solve 2 exercises. 1 should be from PART A and the other from PART B Each exercise carries 20 marks. Viva – Voce carries 10 Marks Total Maximum Marks = 50

Max Marks: 50 PART A: 20 PART B: 20 Viva-voce: 10 --------------------------------------- TOTAL: 50

23

HEAT & MASS TRANSFER LAB Course Code: ME702L Credits: 0:0:1 Pre-requisites: ME702 Course learning Objectives Student is expected :

1. To understand the concept and theoretical aspects of experiments conducted in the laboratory.

2. To analysis and solve practical problems from various modes of heat transfer by using basic principles.

3. To investigate complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer data hand book.


1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of a Metal Rod. 2. Determination of Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient of a Composite wall. 3. Determination of Effectiveness ofa Metallic fin. 4. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a free Convection on a vertical tube. 5. Determination of Heat Transfer Coefficient in a Forced Convention Flow through a Pipe. 6. Experiment on Transient Conduction Heat Transfer 7. Determination of Emissivity of a Surface. 8. Determination of Stefan Boltzman Constant. 9. Determination of LMDT and Effectiveness in a Parallel Flow and Counter Flow Heat Exchangers. 10. Experiments on Boiling of Liquid and Condensation of Vapour.

11. Evaluation of performace parameter ( UL, FR, ) in thermosyphonic mode of flow with fixed input parameters of a solar water heating system.

12. Evaluation of performace parameters ( UL, FR, ) in thermosyphonic mode of flow at different radiation level of a solar water heating system.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Heat transfer Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering. 2. Heat and Mass Transfer, 2006., M.Thirumaleshwar, Pearson Edition. 3. Heat and Mass Transfer data book (seventh Edition) C P Kothandaraman and S

Subramanyam Course Learning Outcomes Students wil be able

1. To determine the thermal conductivity, heat transfer coefficient and Stefan Boltzmann constant (PO: 1, 2, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. To analyze solve practical problems various modes of heat transfer (PO: 1, 2, 4, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

3. To investigate complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions (PO: 1, 2, 4, 10; PSO: 1, 2)

24

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 3 2 1 3 1 3 CO2 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 CO3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 2 2 3

Scheme of Examination: The student should solve 2 exercises. 1 should be from PART A and the other from PART B Each exercise carries 20 marks. Viva – Voce carries 10 Marks Total Maximum Marks = 50

Max Marks: 50 PART A: 20 PART B: 20 Viva-voce: 10 --------------------------------------- TOTAL: 50

25

AUTOMOTIVE ENGINEERING Sub Code : MES71N Credits:3:0:0 Prerequisite : Nil Preamble The rise in civilization is closely related to improvements in transportation. In the development of transport the internal combustion engines and automotive engineering occupies very important position. The internal combustion engines have provided reliable small power unit for the personalized transport of the layman and in this way revolutionized the living habits of people to a great extent. Indeed internal combustion engine may be considered as an important landmark of the machine age. The teaching of automotive engineering is a very important part of mechanical engineer’s education. Course Learning Objectives The students shall be able to:

1. Understand IC engine, its components and different types of fuels. 2. Develop skills in fuel supply & ignition systems for SI and CI engines. 3. Develop skills in power trains. 4. Understand basic types of automotive chassis, springs and brakes. 5. Develop skills in automotive control system.

UNIT I

I C Engine Components, Cooling & Lubrication systems: SI & CI engines, cylinder – arrangements and their relatives merits, Liners, Piston, connecting rod, crankshaft, valves, valve actuating mechanisms, valve and port timing diagrams, Compression ratio, choice of materials for different engine components, engine positioning, cooling requirements, methods of cooling, different lubrication arrangements. Fuels: Conventional fuels, LPG and Natural gas operation of SI engines; Operation of SI engines with alternate fuels like ethanol and ethanol blends, introduction to new fuels for Automotive Engines like hydrogen, hybrid fuels and fuel cells.

UNIT II Fuel supply systems for SI and CI engines: Properties of air-fuel mixtures - Mixture requirements for steady state and transient operation, Mixture formation studies of volatile fuels, design of elementary carburetor Chokes - Effects of altitude on carburetion -Carburetor for 2-stroke and 4-stroke engines - carburetor systems for emission control. Petrol injection - Open loop and closed loop systems, mono point, multi point and direct injection systems - Principles and Features, Bosch injection systems. Fuel feed systems, Mechanical and electrical pumps. Normal and abnormal combustion. Ignition systems: Battery Ignition systems, magneto Ignition system, Electronic Ignition, Automatic Ignition advance systems.

UNIT III Power Trains: Principle of friction clutches and constructional details, Fluid flywheel, Single plate, multi-plate and centrifugal clutches.

26

Gear box: Necessity for gear ratios in transmission, synchromesh gear box. Freewheeling mechanism, planetary gears systems, over drives, fluid coupling and torque converters, Epi-cyclic gear box, principles of automatic transmission, calculation of gear ratio. Drive to wheels. Propeller shaft and universal joints, Hotchkiss and torque tube drives, differential, rear axle, different arrangements of fixing the wheels to rear axle, steering geometry, camber, king pin inclination, included angle, castor, toe in & toe out, condition for exact steering, steering gears, power steering- hydraulic and electric power assisted, over steer, under steer and neutral steer (No numerical).

UNIT IV Automotive Chassis: Types of chassis layout with reference to power plant locations and drive, Vehicle frames. Various types of frames. Constructional details, Materials. Testing of vehicle frames. Unitized frame body construction: Loads acting on vehicle frame. Suspension and springs: Requirements, Torsion bar suspension systems, leaf spring, coil spring, independent suspension for front wheel and rear wheel. Air suspension system. Brakes: Types of brakes, mechanical, air, vacuum and hydraulic braking systems, construction and working of master and wheel cylinder, brake shoe arrangements, Disk brakes, drum brakes, Antilock –Braking systems, purpose and operation of antilock-braking system. (No numerical)

UNIT V Automotive emission control systems: Automotive emission controls, Controlling crankcase emissions, Controlling evaporative emissions, Cleaning the exhaust gas, Controlling the air-fuel mixture, Controlling the combustion process, Exhaust gas recirculation, Treating the exhaust gas, Catalytic converter, Emission standards- Euro I, II, III and IV norms, Bharat Stage II, III norms. Performance parameters and Engine Test Technology: Various performance parameters used for testing, Engine diagnosis, Electronic system testing and ECU diagnostics. Superchargers and Turbochargers: Introduction. Turbocharger construction and operation, Intercooler, Turbocharger lag. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Automotive mechanics, William H Crouse & Donald L Anglin, 10th Edition Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2007

2. Automotive Mechanics by S.Srinivasan, Tata McGraw Hill 2003. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Automotive mechanics: Principles and Practices, Joseph Heitner, D Van Nostrand Company, Inc

2. Fundamentals of Automobile Engineering, K.K.Ramalingam, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Ltd.

3. Automobile Engineering, R.B.Gupta, Satya prakashan, 4th edn. 1984. 4. Automobile engineering, Kirpal Singh. Vol I and II 2002.

27

Scheme of Examination: Two questions to be set from each unit. Students have to answer any FIVE full questions choosing at least ONE question from each unit. Course Learning Outcomes

1. Student will be able to understand IC engine, its components and selection of fuels. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. Will be able to analyze carburetor & ignition system to be suitable for CI and SI engines. . (PO: 1, 2, 3, 6, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

3. Will be able to demonstrate power trains and its structure. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 4. Will be able to familiarize with automotive chassis, suspension system and brakes. (PO: 1, 2, 3,

4, 6, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 5. Will be able to expose knowledge of automotive emission control system. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 6, 7,

12; PSO: 1, 2) PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 2 2 3 2 3 3 1 CO2 3 2 1 3 2 3 2 2 CO3 3 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 CO4 3 2 1 2 3 2 3 3 2 CO5 3 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 2

28

COMPOSITE MATERIALS Sub Code: MES72N Crédits:3 :0 :0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble In present days different types of materials pertaining to engineering field. The conventional materials whose properties are already there in the hand books. As the new inventions are taking place, the conventional materials are not fit at that place. So there is a need for newer materials which suits to the need, with improved properties and structures. And also there is a need for the newer materials with improved mechanical, chemical, electrical and other properties. This course deals with the study of such advanced materials to serve the required purpose in the field of aerospace and specialty areas, where light weight and high strength are of interest.

Course Learning Objectives 1. Students are initially made to know the concept of the conventional materials and their

applications. 2. To analyze the different processing/ fabrication techniques of composite materials

especially fiber components 3. To obtain brief descriptions for the need of newer materials which are having better

improved properties to suit with conventional materials. 4. To analyze the types of composite materials and their properties, and their applications.

UNIT I

Introduction: Definition of composite material, Classification based on matrix and topology, Constituents of composites, Interfaces and Inter phases, Distribution of constituents, Characteristics and selection of Fiber Composites, laminated composites, Particulate composites, sandwich construction.

UNIT II Fabrication of Metal Matrix Composites: Commonly used Matrices, Basic Requirements in Selection of constituents, solidification processing of composites , Spray processes - Osprey Process, Rapid solidification processing, Dispersion Processes - Stir-casting & Compo casting, Screw extrusion, Liquid- metal impregnation technique - Squeeze casting, Pressure infiltration, Lanxide process.

UNIT III

Fabrication of Polymer Matrix Composites: Commonly used Matrices Basic Requirements in selection of Constituents, Moulding method, Low pressure closed Moulding, pultrusion, Filament winding. Application in aircrafts, missiles, space Hardware, automobile, electrical and electronics, Marine, recreational and Sports equipment, future potential of composite materials

29

UNIT IV Secondary Processing and Joining of Composite: Forging and extrusion of composites – critical issues, dynamic recovery and dynamic recrystallization, mechanical properties; Induction Heating, Fusion Bonding, Ultrasonic welding, Gas tungsten arc welding, Gas metal arc welding, Resistance spot & seam welding.

UNIT V

Fracture & Safety of Composite: Fracture behavior of composites, Mechanics and Weakest link statistics, Griffith theory of brittle fracture and modification for structural materials, Basic fracture mechanics of composite Fracture Mechanics of MMC and polymer Matrix composites.

TEXT BOOKS:


2. Michael W,Hyer “ Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced composite materials”,McGraw Hill InternationalKrishnan K Chawla, “Composite material science and Engineering”, Springer




1. Demonstrate the need for composite materials by comparing with conventional materials (PO: 1, 2, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. Illustrate different fabrication techniques of metal matrix composites (PO: 1, 2, 5, 6, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

3. Illustrate different fabrication techniques of polymer matrix composites and its application (PO: 1, 2, 5, 6, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

4. Choose composite materials, hybrid composites for different applications (PO: 1, 2, 7, 11; PSO: 1, 2)

5. Characterize composite materials subjected to different conditions. (PO: 1, 2, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 2 2 2 3 2 CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 CO4 2 2 2 2 2 3 CO5 3 2 2 2 2 2

30

OPERATIONS RESEARCH Sub Code: MES73 Crédits:3 :0 :0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble Technology as it advances, offers many advantages, should be backed by management techniques to improve efficiency. Operations research is one of optimization tool to find the best solution in the given situation of the problem with many constraints. It can be a maximization or minimization problem. Course Learning Objectives

1. Fundamentals of OR, formulation of linear programming problems. 2. Graphical solution, Simplex method, Big M method, duality principals 3. Various types of transportation and assignment problems 4. Replacement of machines at suitable time, queing model & Network analysis(PERT/CPM) 5. Games theory, solution by graphical method and dominance rule.

UNIT I

Introduction, Definition, Scope of OR, Characteristics of OR, Phases of OR, Models in OR, Advantages and limitations of OR, Formulation of LPP, Graphical solutions. Linear Programming Problems-The Simplex Method, Big M method.

UNIT II Concept of Duality, Finding solution for Primal and Dual problems, Dual Simplex method.Assignment problems Hungarian method, Maximisation problem, unbalanced problems. Travelling Salesmen problems.

UNIT III Transportation problems, basic feasible solution, optimality methods, unbalanced problems, maximization problems, degenerate problems. Replacement problems: Replacement of machines with and without considering the value of money, Group replacement problems.

UNIT IV Game theory: 2 person zero sum game, Games with and without saddle point, Graphical solutions for 2Xn, mX2 games, Dominance property. Queing theory: Queing systems and their characteristics, M/M/1 Queing systems, problems.

UNIT V PERT-CPM Techniques: Network construction, determining critical path, Floats, Project duration, PERT problems, Crashing of simple networks. TEXTBOOKS:

1. Operations Research: An Introduction by Taha.H.A.-Pearson Education Edition. 2. Operations Research-S.D. Sharma, Kedarnath Ramnath and Co. 2002.

31

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Introduction to Operations Research- Hiller and Liberman, Mcgrawhill 5th Edition, 2001. 2. Operations Research-Principles And Practice, Ravindran, Philips, Wiley India Ltd, 2nd

Edition 2007.

Course Learning Outcomes 1. To formulate a given problem, then to solve either by Graphical/Simplex/Big M method. (PO: 1,

2, 3, 7, 9, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 2. To create the duality property and solve and assignment problem (PO: 1, 2, 7, 9, 11, 12; PSO:

1, 2) 3. To understand the transportation problems and find the best time to replace the old

machine(PO: 1, 2, 3, 9, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 4. To evaluate the problems on games theory using graphical and dominance rule , Queuing theory

application (PO: 1, 2, 7, 9, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 5. To Analyze the problems on PERT, CPM and crashing (PO: 1, 2, 3, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 3 CO2 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 2 CO3 3 3 1 1 1 1 2 2 CO4 3 3 1 1 2 1 2 3 CO5 3 3 1 1 1 2 2

32


Sub Code: MEPE10 Crédits:3 :0 :0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble The main objective of all machining operations is to remove excess material to obtain the desired shape and size. Unlike in the conventional machining operation as cited above, unconventional machining uses special technique for the removal of material which leads to a greater accuracy, surface finish. The source of energy could be electrical, mechanical motion, chemical reaction, power radiation or fluid motion, etc. Normally the magnitude of energy involved will be highly concentrated at any given point/location. A very rapid development of newer materials having higher hardness and other mechanical properties which demand higher dimensional accuracy and high production rate, a need for developing newer manufacturing process arose. The present subject deals with various nontraditional machining processes and its advantages and limitations over the conventional processes. Course Learning Objectives

1. Introduction of non-traditional machining methods and their difference with conventional machining methods

2. Different classification criteria of non-traditional machining methods and their classifications

3. Working principle, process details, applications, advantages and limitations of non-traditional machining

UNIT I

Introduction to NTM, Classification of NTM, Comparison between conventional and Non conventional process. Ultrasonic Machining: Introduction ,Equipment, Tool material and tool size, Abrasive slurry, cutting tool system design, Effect of parameter: effect of amplitude, frequency, Effect of vibration, abrasive diameter, Effect of applied static load, slurry, tool and work material, USM process characteristics: MRR, tool wear, accuracy, surface finish, Application, advantages and disadvantages of USM. Abrasive Jet Machining: Introduction, Equipment, Variables in AJM, Carrier gas, types of abrasive, size of abrasive grain, Velocity of the abrasive jet, mean number, abrasive particles/unit volume of carrier gas, Work material, stand-off distance, nozzle design, shape of cut, Process characteristics: MRR, nozzle wear, accuracy , surface finish, Applications, advantages and disadvantages of AJM.

33

UNIT II Electro Chemical Machining: Introduction, study of ECM machine, elements of ECM, Cathode tool, Anode work piece, source of DC power, Electrolyte, chemistry of process, ECM process characteristics,-MRR, accuracy, surface finish, ECM tooling: ECM tooling technique and Example, Tool and insulation materials, tool size, electrolyte flow arrangement, Handling of slug, Economics of ECM, applications such as electrochemical turning, Electrochemical grinding, Electrochemical honing, deburring, advantages, limitations. Chemical Machining: Introduction, elements of process, Chemical blanking process: preparation of work piece, Preparation of masters, masking with photo resists, etching for blanking, Accuracy ,applications of chemical blanking, chemical milling, Process steps-masking, etching, process characteristics of CHM, MRR, accuracy, surface finish, hydrogen embrittlement, Advantages and application of CHM.

UNIT III Electro Discharge Machining: Introduction, Mechanism of material removal, Dielectric fluid, Spark generator, EDM tools, electrode feed control, electrode manufacture, Electrode wear, EDM tool design, choice of machining operation, Electrode material selection, under sizing, length of electrode, machining time, Flushing, pressure flushing, suction flushing, Side flushing, pulsed flushing, EDM process characteristics: MRR, accuracy, surface finish, HAZ, machine tool selection, Application, EDM accessories/ applications, Electric discharge grinding, traveling wire EDM.

UNIT IV Plasma Arc Machining: Introduction, equipment, non thermal generation of plasma, Selection of gas, Mechanism of metal removal, PAM parameter, Process characteristics, safety precautions, applications, advantages and limitations Laser Beam Machining: Introduction, equipment of LBM, Mechanism of metal removal LBM parameters, process characteristics, Advantages, limitations

UNIT V Electron Beam Machining: principles, Equipment, operations, Applications, advantages, limitations of EBM. Water Jet Machining: principle, equipment, operation, Applications, advantages and limitations of WJM. TEXT BOOKS:

1. P.C. Pandey, H.S.Shan, A text book on Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw Hill, N Delhi, 2009

2. Advanced Machining Processes, Vijay K Jain, Allied Publishers Pvt. Ltd., 2009 3. Production Technology, HMT, Tata McGraw Hill, 2008

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Unconventional Manufacturing Process, M.K. Singh, New Age International (P), Ltd., 2008

2. New Technology, Amitabh Bhattacharya Institution of Engrs (I), 2000 3. Manufacturing Science, Ghosh & Mallick, New Age Publishers Pvt Ltd, 2008

34


1. Able to recognize the importance of NTM methods and describe Ultrasonic and abrasive jet machining processes (PO: 1, 5, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. Able to illustrate the working principle and applicability of the electro-chemical and chemical machining processes (PO: 1, 2, 5; PSO: 1, 2)

3. Able to describe the importance of Electro Discharge machining process, aspects related to MRR, surface finish (PO: 1, 2, 4, 7, 8; PSO: 1, 2)

4. Demonstrate the working principle, advantages, process limitations of PAM, LBM processes (PO: 1, 4, 11; PSO: 1, 2)

5. Able to choose a process for machining, material for different applications to satisfy the requirement of the modern day developments (PO: 1, 2, 5, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 2 3 1 3 3 CO2 2 3 3 2 2 CO3 2 3 2 2 3 3 3 CO4 2 3 1 3 3 CO5 3 2 3 1 2 3 3

35

WIND ENERGY Sub Code: MEPE38 Credits:3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble Wind energy is an important non-conventional and renewable energy source which contributes for a significant portion of total energy consumption in India and the world. It is one of the thrust areas in the energy sector and the demand for wind energy is expected to grow at faster rate in the coming years. Considerable progress has been made in the recent years in wind energy technologies because of the need for very large machines and complex working conditions. This course has been tailored to expose students to the recent advances in wind energy technologies and to prepare them to the challenges in the coming years. Course Learning Objectives

1. Study of modern wind turbines, components and various types of wind turbines. 2. Study of the methods and importance of wind resource assessment. 3. Study of aerodynamics and performance parameters of wind turbines. 4. Study of the wind turbine design and various aspects of siting and wind farm design. 5. Study of the economics and environmental impacts of wind energy generation.

UNIT I Introduction: Modern wind turbines; Wind resource; Technology achievements; Wind energy penetration levels. Wind resource assessment: Characteristics of steady wind; Weibull wind speed distribution function; Vertical profiles of steady wind; Wind rose; Energy pattern factor; Energy content of the wind; Resource assessment; Numerical problems

UNIT II

Aerodynamics: Introduction; Aerofoil; Actuator disc; Axial momentum theory; Momentum theory for a rotating wake; Blade element theory; Strip theory; Tip losses; Tip loss correction; Wind machine parameters; Cp-λ characteristics, SERI Blade sections; Wind machine mechanics; Numerical problems. Wind turbine: Classification of wind turbines; turbine components.

UNIT III

Wind turbine design: Rotor blade theory; Blade geometry; Variation of aerofoil characteristics with Reynolds number; cambered aerofoil’s; Simplified methods for loss calculation; basis for design loads; Functions of control and safety systems; Turbulence and wakes; Non-operational load cases; Cost modeling; Relationship between rotational speed and solidity; Teetering; Power control; Braking systems; Blades.

36

UNIT IV Siting and Wind farm design: Wind flow modeling, Power curve for wind turbine generator; Capacity factor; Planning of wind farms, Siting, wake models. Wind energy economics: Annual energy output; Simple payback period; Capital recovery factor, Depreciation; Life cycle costing; Project appraisal.

UNIT V

Electrical and control systems: Classification of electrical machines; synchronous and induction generators; Variable speed generators; Control systems; Power collection systems; earthing of wind farms; Embedded (Dispersed) Wind generation. Environmental impact: Biological impact; Surface water and wet lands; Visual impact; Sound impact; Communication impact. TEXT BOOK:

1. Wind Energy – Theory and Practice by Siraj Ahmed, PHI Learning Private Limited, Eastern Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Freris, L.L., Wind Energy Conversion Systems, Prentice Hall. 2. Spera, D.A., Wind Turbine Technology: Fundamental Concepts of Wind Turbine

Engineering, ASME Press. Course Learning Outcomes At the end of course student have

1. Acquaint the modern wind turbines, components and various type of wind turbines. (PO1,2,10,11,12 & PSO 1)

2. Understand the methods and importance of wind resource assessment. (PO1,2,12 & PSO1)

3. Apply the aerodynamic and performance parameters in wind turbines. (PO1,2,11,12,PSO1 & 2)

4. Analyze the wind turbine design and various aspects of sitting and wind farm design. (PO1,2,10,11,12,PSO1 & 2)

5. Evaluate the issues related to economics and environmental impacts of wind energy generation. (PO1,2,3,6,12,PSO1 & 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3 - CO2 3 3 - - - - - - - - - 3 3 - CO3 3 3 - - - - - - - - 3 3 3 2 CO4 3 3 - - - - - - - 2 3 3 3 3 CO5 3 3 3 - - 2 - - - - - 3 3 3

37

FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY Course Code: MEPE13 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisites – NIL Course Objectives

1. Foundry metallurgy and concept of solidification of metals. 2. Design aspects of casting, Riser and gating system 3. Melting techniques 4. Mechanization and Modernization of foundry. 5. Ferrous and non ferrous foundry practice.

UNIT I

Foundry Metallurgy – Oxidation of Metals ,Gas dissolution in liquid Metals, Methods of degassing, Fluidity ,factors affecting Fluidity, hot tearing, Shrinkage of liquid metals. Casting design – Introduction, Functional design Simplification of foundry practice, Metallurgical design, Economical design.

UNIT II Solidification of Castings – Crystallization and development of cast structure, Nucleation and growth , Dendrite growth, Structure of castings, Significance and practical control of cast structure, Concept of progressive and directional solidification, Refinement and modification of cast structure, Solidification time and Chworinov rule Risering - Needing for risering , Riser shape , size, Types of risers, Design and location of feeder heads, Design modifications, padding, chills and insulation.

UNIT III Gating of Castings – Essential features of gaiting system, Design of gating system, General aspects of gating practice, Forces acting on the mould. Special Casting Techniques :- Principle, material used , process details and application of Vaccum Process or V-Process Dissamatic moulding or Flaskless moulding Cupola Melting:- Construction, Preparation and Operation of the cupola, Zones of Cupola Development of Cupola, Charge calculations.

UNIT IV Ferrous foundry - Composition, Properties, applications of Gray Iron, Malleable Iron, SG Iron - Production, Magnesium recovery, Heat treatment and properties , application of SG Iron, ADI Production, Properties, , application. Compostion ,properties , application of Low , Medium , High Carbon Steel, Alloy steels

38

UNIT V Nonferrous foundry - Introduction, Melting procedure, Casting characteristics of Aluminum based alloys, Copper based alloys, Magnesium based alloys. Modernization and Mechanization - Introduction, Need for modernization, mechanization, Elements of Mechanization, Moulding line mechanization, Mechanization of Melting , Pouring and shakeout units. Material Handling equipments.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Principles of metal casting by Heine, Loper & Rosenthal, Tata McGraw Hill 2001 2. Foundry technology by Beeley.P.R.( Buttersworth) 2000 3. Principles of Foundry Technology P L Jain TMH 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Metal casting – ASME handbook 2002 2. Metal casting technology by P.C. Mukerji 2002 3. Principles of solidification by B. Chalmers, Tata McGraw Hill 2001

Course Outcomes Students will be able to

1. Understand the concepts of foundry metallurgy, casting characteristics, the gating system and the concepts in casting design (PO: 1, 2, 8, 12; PSO: 2)

2. Interpret the solidification of pure metal and alloys, special casting techniques, production of ferrous and nonferrous metals (PO: 1, 2, 8, 12; PSO: 2)

3. Recognize the composition, properties and application of ferrous and nonferrous materials (PO: 1, 2, 8, 12; PSO: 2)

4. Exercise the charge calculations for melting process and the designing the gating system (PO: 1, 2, 8, 12; PSO: 2)

5. Organize the need for modernization and mechanization of foundries (PO: 1, 2, 5, 8, 12; PSO: 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 2 2 1 2 2 CO2 3 2 1 2 3 CO3 3 2 1 1 2 CO4 3 1 1 2 2 CO5 2 1 2 1 2 2

39


Course code: MEPE31 Course Credits : 3:0:0 Prerequisites: Prerequisite Courses with codes: NIL Course Objectives

1. The aim of course provides the knowledge of TQM, Benefits of TQM, and Contribution of Gurus.

2. Students learn characteristics of leaders and role of TQM leaderships. Continuous process improvement.

3. Selectively choose Tools & Techniques of TQM. 4. Learn how to select product acceptance control plan and characteristics of OC curves. 5. Learn how to check reliability and life of process.

UNIT I

Over view of Total Quality Management: Introduction, Definition, Basic Approach, Contribution Of quality Gurus. Quality circle TQM frame work , Historical review, benefits of TQM, TQM organisation . Leadership: characteristics of quality leaders,Demings Philisopy,role of TQM Leaders, continuous processes improvement ,Juranos Triology.quality costs, 6 sigma, Reengineering.

UNIT II

Tools and techniques of TQM: Basic tools of TQM, Bench marking, processes of bench marking, quality management systems .ISO-9000 series of standards, implementation and documentation of ISO_9000. Introduction of QFD and QFD process, TQM exemplatory organisation. Design of Failure Mode and Effect analysis [FMEA] ,process of FMEA.

UNIT III

Statistical Process control (SPC): Seven basic tools of quality control, control charts for variables .construction and interpretation and analysis of control charts process capability indices, process improvement through problem analysis . .( Intensive coverage with numerical problems ) Control charts for attributes: construction ,interpretation and analysis of P-chart np-chart,C-chart and U-chart, improvement through problem analysis .( Intensive coverage with numerical problems )

40

UNIT IV Product acceptance control: Design of single sampling, double sampling and multiple samp[ling plan analysis of the characteristics of the SSP, DSP and MSP . .( Intensive coverage with numerical problems ) Operating characerstics curves ( OC-Curves ) : construction, characteristics of OC curves, Terms used in OC curves , LTPD, Outgoing quality Level ,{OQL])

, LTPD.AOQ, AOQL etc., (Intensive coverage with numerical problems)

UNIT V Reliability and Life Testing : Reliability and analysis of components, standard configurations systems like series, parallel redundancy and principles of design for reliability .reliability testing (Intensive coverage with numerical problems) Experimental design : one factor design, two factor design, orthogonal design, full factorial and fractional design .Taguchi philosophy of quality engineering, loss function, orthogonal array ,sign to noise function, parameter design, tolerance design ( Basic concepts and treatment only ) .

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Total quality Management Dale H Berster field(etal) Pears education , Third edition Indian Reprint -2004

2. Statistical quality Control by Grant Levenworth (2000) REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Stastical quality control by Douglos C Mantego third editon Pearson Education -2006

2. A new American TQM for revolution in management:Sho- shiba, Alan Graham and, David walder Productivity press Oregon-1990

3. Organizational excellence through TQM H Lal, New Age Publishers 4. Quality control and Total quality management-PL Jain TMH Publications company

Ltd - 2001 New Delhi 5. Total quality management and Text cases by Sreedhar Bhat .K Himalaya publishing

House edition-1, 2002


1. Students can express basic approaches in TQM, will know the contribution of Quality gurus and able to explain the aspects of leadership qualities. (PO: 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12)

2. Students would have understood the details of various tools in TQM and concepts of QFD and FMEA(PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

3. Students will be able to demonstrate their knowledge on Statistical process control tools, apply and interpret the same. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

4. Students will be able to explain the concepts of sampling plan and quantify their characteristics. (PO: 1, 2, 5, 10, 11; PSO: 1)

5. Students will be able to explain the concepts of reliability and life test, and will be able to solve simple numericals. The students will also be able to explain the basic concepts of design of experiments with special reference to Taguchi method. (PO: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 10, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

41

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 2 2 3 3 2 1 2 CO2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 CO3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2 CO4 1 1 1 1 1 2 CO5 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2

42


* L: Lecture T: Tutorial P: Practical ** ME802: Seminar/Industrial Training – Mandatory one Credit Industrial training has to be done between VI & VII semester or between VII & VIII semester, for a period of two weeks. A report, certificate from the industry has to be submitted at the end of VIII semester and a seminar has to be presented in presence of panel of examination.

Sl. No.

Subject Code Subject

Teaching Department

Credits* L T P Total

1 ME801 Intellectual Property Rights Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

2 ME802** Seminar/ Industrial Training Mechanical Engineering

0 0 1 1

3 ME803 Project Work Mechanical Engineering

0 0 12 12


3 0 0 3

5 MEO8XX Open Elective Other Departments

3 0 0 3


6

MES81 Energy Engineering Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

MES 82 Artificial Intelligence Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

MES83 CNC Machines Mechanical Engineering

3 0 0 3

Total 9 0 13 22

43

INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS SUB CODE: ME 801 CREDITS 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble As the world moves towards organized living with the outlook of a global village, it becomes imperative for every nation to ensure that the rights of people who innovate, invent, discover, research, etc are safeguarded. Without risks and rewards that goes with inventions and new innovative products, the world would have never come this far. IPR therefore is a must-study for students for all students especially those from professional courses since there are at the forefront of technology which is the main source of all innovations. Course Learning Objective

1. To introduce to the student the fundamentals of intellectual property rights and the various IPR’s as accorded in India.

2. To introduce and delve into the details of Patents which is the most important IPR. 3. To understand as to what is industrial designs and trademarks and their importance in the

practical world. 4. To get a basic idea of what copyrights are and their infringements. To understand the basic

meaning of Geographical indicator tag and to learn through examples. 5. To learn the fundamentals of Research Methodology which would help in R&D activities

in future.

UNIT I Introduction to Intellectual property rights: Nature of Intellectual property, Commercial exploitation, Enforcement of rights and remedies against infringement, Intellectual property and economic development, International character of intellectual property rights. Patents: Introduction, definition, object and value of patent system, International character of patents, advantages of patents to inventor, validity of patent, patentable invention, Inventions not patentable and patents- a source of technological information.

UNIT II Procedure to obtain a patent: Introduction, Specification, types – general specification, provisional specification and complete specification. Construction and amendment of specification. Register of patents and patent office: Introduction, Patent office, powers of the controller, Powers of central government and appeals, Rights and Obligations of a Patentee, Nature of patent rights, Limitations of patentee rights and obligations of patentee, transfer of patent rights,

UNIT III Industrial Designs: Introduction, appeal to the eye, Novelty and originality, publication, registration of design, rights conferred by registration, infringement of copy right in a design, civil remedies against piracy, defenses, suit for injunction and recovery of damages. Trade Marks: Introduction, distinctiveness, procedure, basic principles of registration of trade mark, opposition to trade mark, duration and renewal of registration, defensive registration, certification for trade mark, marks not registrable.

44

UNIT IV Copy right: Introduction, object of copyrights, copyright and technology, International conventions, copyright and GATT(General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade ), Multiple nature of copyright, subject matter of copyrights like literary works, dramatic works, musical works, artistic works, cinematography and sound recording, Infringement of copyrights. Geographical Indicators: Introduction, need for GI’s, Protection of GI’s, well known GI’s of India, Guidelines for application of GI’s, Examples, Advantages and limitations of GI’s.

UNIT V: Research Methodology: Meaning of Research, Objectives, Types andImportance of Research, Research Process for Applied and Basic Research, brief introductions to steps in Engineering Research – data collection, processing and analysis of data hypothesis testing and reporting , Role of Computers in Research, Use of Internet.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi,

2007 edition. 2. Basic Principles and acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights, Dr. T Ramakrishna,

CIPRA, NLSU-2005. 3. 2. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi,

1st edition.2007 4. 3. Intellectual Property Law Handbook. Dr.B.L.Wadehhra, Universal Law Publishing Co.

Ltd., 2002. REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law in India by Justice P S Narayana’s, Gogia Law Agency, Hyderabad.

2. Intellectual Property by W R Cornish, Sweet and Maxwell. 3. Research Methodology – Methods & Techniques, by Kothari C. R, WishwaPrakashan, A


Course Learning Outcome Students will be able to:

1. Describe the Fundamentals of intellectual property Rights as seen legally in India(PO: 6, 8, 12)

2. Understand the philosophical basis of intellectual property law(PO: 6, 8, 12) 3. Distinguish between the different kinds of intellectual property rights(PO: 6, 8, 12) 4. Identify and implementing the different concepts of IPR in day to day life(PO: 6, 8, 11,

12; PSO: 1, 2) 5. Summarize the fundamentals of Research Methodology useful in R&D activities(PO: 6,

8, 9, 10, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

45

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 2 1 CO2 2 2 1 CO3 2 2 1 CO4 2 3 1 2 CO5 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1

46

ENERGY ENGINEERING Sub Code: MES81 Credits 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble Energy is an important sector and knowledge in power plant technologies and non-conventional energy sources is essential for the students of mechanical engineering. Energy engineering deals with the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel engine power plants, hydroelectric power plants and nuclear power plants. In view of present trends towards adopting renewable and green energy, sources such as solar, wind, bio-mass, ocean, geothermal, fuel cells and hydrogen have been included. Overall, this course provides students the basic understanding of the various commonly used conventional and non-conventional power generation technologies. Course Learning Objectives

1. Study of the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel power plants, hydroelectric power plants and nuclear power plants.

2. Study of solar thermal and photovoltaic energy conversion. 3. Study of wind energy, biomass, ocean and geothermal energy conversion technologies. 4. Study of fuel cells and hydrogen energy conversion. 5. Study of the importance and applications of various renewable and green energy

technologies.

UNIT I Steam Power Plant: Different types of fuels used for steam generation, equipment for burning coal in lump form, different types of stockers, oil burners, advantages and disadvantages of using pulverized fuel, equipment for preparation and burning of pulverized coal, unit system and bin system. pulverized fuel furnaces, cyclone furnace, coal and ash handling, generation of steam using forced circulation, high and supercritical pressures, brief account of Benson, Velox, Schmidt steam generators. chimneys: natural, forced, induced and balanced draft, calculations involving height of chimney to produce a given draft. cooling towers and Ponds. Accessories for steam generators such as super-heaters, de-superheaters, economizers, air pre-heaters and re-heaters.

UNIT II Diesel Engine Power Plant- Applications of diesel engines, layout of diesel power plant, methods of starting diesel engines, cooling and lubrication system for the diesel engine, filters, centrifuges, oil heaters, intake and exhaust system. Hydro-Electric Plants: Storage and pondage, flow duration and mass curves, hydrographs, general layout of hydro-electric power plant, low, medium and high head plants, pumped storage plants, penstock, water hammer, surge tanks, gates and valves, power house.

47

UNIT III Nuclear Power Plant: Elements of the nuclear reactor, brief description of reactors of the following types - pressurized water reactor, boiling water reactor, sodium graphite reactor, fast breeder reactor, homogeneous graphite reactor and gas cooled reactor, radiation hazards, shielding, radioactive waste disposal. Geothermal Energy Conversion: Principle of working, types of geothermal stations with schematic diagrams, problems associated with geothermal conversion, scope of geothermal energy.

UNIT IV

Solar Energy – Solar radiation outside the earth’s atmosphere, solar radiation at the earth surface, solar radiation measurement, working principles of solar flat plate collectors, solar air heaters, thermal energy storage, solar pond and photovoltaic conversion. Wind Energy: Properties of wind, wind velocity and power from wind, major problems associated with wind power, types of wind machines and their characteristics, horizontal and vertical axis wind mills. Fuel cells: Principles of working, advantages, disadvantages and applications.

UNIT V

Energy from Ocean: Tides and waves as energy suppliers and their mechanics, fundamental characteristics of tidal power, harnessing tidal energy, limitations. ocean thermal energy conversion: principle of working, problems associated with OTEC. Energy from Bio-mass: Bio gas production from organic wastes by anaerobic fermentation, description of bio gas plants, transportation of bio-gas, problems involved with bio-gas production, applications of bio-gas. Hydrogen energy: Production, storage, safety, advantages, disadvantages, applications. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Power Plant Engineering, P.K.Nag Tata McGraw Hill 2nd edition 2001. 2. Non conventional resources: B H Khan Tata McGraw Hill 1st edition– 2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Power Plant Engineering by R.K.Rajput, Laxmi publication, New Delhi. 2. Principles of Energy conversion, A.W.Culp Jr., McGraw Hill. 1996 3. Power Plant Engineering by Domakundawar, Dhanpath Rai sons. 2003 4. Non conventional Energy sources by G D Rai Khanna Publishers.

48


1. To understand the concept of construction & working of conventional & non conventional energy resource based power plants (PO: 1, 2, 6, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. Remember recent advancements in conventional & non conventional energy resources and their effective utilization for power generation(PO: 1, 2, 7, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

3. Analyze aspects related to harnessing energy from non conventional energy sources. (PO: 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

4. To compare the present state of technologies, dealing non conventional energy sources as cost-effective power generation alternatives. (PO: 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

5. Develop concept of model, analyze and design of solar, wind and biomass energy systems. (PO: 1, 2, 6, 7, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 2 2 2 2 3 2 2 CO2 2 2 2 3 3 2 CO3 2 1 1 3 2 3 3 2 CO4 3 2 2 3 3 3 2 3 CO5 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3

49

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE SUB CODE: MES 82 CREDITS 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Course Learning Objective

1. Examine the different ways of approaching AI & example systems that use AI 2. Students should be able to understand and implement the forward & backward chaining

reasoning algorithm 3. Students should understand the representing predicate logic and syntax and semantics for prepositional logic 4. Students should learn about different aspects of a statistics and probabilistic reasoning and expert systems. 5. Students will understand the examples of expert system and machine learning systems

. Syllabus

UNIT I Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, definition, underlying assumption, importance of AI & AI related fields. Space Representation: Defining a problem. Production systems and its characteristics, Search and Control strategies – Generate and Test, Hill Climbing, Best – first Search, Problem reduction, Constraint Satisfaction, Means – Ends Analysis.

UNIT II Knowledge Representation Issues: Representations and Mappings, Types of knowledge – Procedural Vs Declarative, Logic programming. Forward Vs Backward reasoning, matching.

UNIT III

Use of Predicate Logic: Representing simple facts, Instance and Isa relationships, Syntax and Semantics for Prepositional logic, FOPL and properties of Wffs, Conversion to Clausal form, Resolution, Natural deduction.

UNIT IV Statistical And Probabilistic Reasoning: Symbolic reasoning under uncertainty, Probability and Bayes’ theorem, Certainity factors and Rule based systems, Bayesian Networks, Shafer Theory, Fuzzy Logic.

Expert Systems: Structure and uses, Representing and using domain knowledge, Expert System Shells. Pattern recognition learning classification patterns, recognizing and understanding speech.Introduction to knowledge Acquisition, Types of Learning.

50

UNIT V Typical Expert Systems: MYCIN, Variants of MYCIN, PROSPECTOR, DENDRAL, PUFF, ETC. Introduction To Machine Learning: Perceptrons, Checker Playing Examples, Learning Automata, Genetic Algorithms, Intelligent Editors. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Artificial Intelligence, Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight, 3rd Ed., M/H 1983. 2. Introduction to AI & ES, Dan W. Patterson, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Artificial Intelligence, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1981. 2. Artificial Intelligence in business, Science & Industry, Wendy B. Ranch 179 3. A guide to expert systems, Waterman, D.A., Addison – Wesley inc. 1986 4. Building expert systems, Hayes, Roth, Waterman, D.A. Addison – Wesley, 1983


Students will be able to 1. Recognize the different ways of underlying assumption of artificial intelligence & its related

fields (PO: 1, 2, 3, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 2. Understand the recent developments of artificial intelligence including importance and

applications in mechanical engineering (PO: 1, 2, 3, 5, 12; PSO: 1, 2) 3. Apply uninformed search, heuristic search and genetic algorithms for state space search problem

domain (PO: 1, 2, 3, 5, 12; PSO: 2) 4. Create & apply Rule-based expert systems in artificial intelligence (PO: 1, 2, 3, 12; PSO: 2) 5. Summarize and modify multilayer perceptions and develop knowledge of artificial intelligence

(PO: 1, 2, 3, 12; PSO: 2)

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 1 2 2 1 1 2 CO2 1 3 2 1 1 2 CO3 2 1 2 1 2 CO4 2 1 2 3 CO5 3 1 2 3 3 2 3 1 1 3

51

CNC MACHINES Sub Code: MES83 Credits 3:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble: Machine tools can be operated manually, or under automatic control. Early machines used flywheels to stabilize their motion and had complex systems of gears and levers to control the machine and the piece being worked on. Soon after World War II, the numerical control (NC) machine was developed. NC machines used a series of numbers punched on paper tape or punched cards to control their motion. In the 1960s, computers were added to give even more flexibility to the process. Such machines became known as computerized numerical control (CNC) machines. NC and CNC machines could precisely repeat sequences over and over, and could produce much more complex pieces than even the most skilled tool operators. Course Learning Objectives

1. Recognize the need for numerically controlled machine tools 2. Use the knowledge of AC and DC motors for selecting drives for CNC machines 3. Apply the fundamental concepts of numerical control for designing CNC machines 4. Formulate the part programs for operating CNC machines. 5. Verify the CNC machines for various parameters like accuracy and safety.

UNIT I

Numerical Control of Machine Tools: Fundamental concepts, Classification and structure of numerical control systems, open and close loop systems, Point systems, positioning cum straight cut systems, continuous path systems, coding Systems, program mediums –tape format and codes, interpolators – linear interpolation, Circular interpolation and parabolic interpolation, feedback devices – encoders, linear Scales inductosyn, resolvers. Drives for CNC Machine Tools: Introduction to drives, spindle drives, Requirements, types of spindle drives – AC drives and DC drives; feed drives – Requirement, servo mechanisms, types of feed drives – stepper motors, DC servo drives, AC servo drives, selection criterion for drive system.

UNIT II Design of Modern CNC Machines and Manufacturing Elements (Excluding Numerical Problems): Introduction, machine Structures, guide ways – linear motion guides, feed drives, servo motors, mechanical Transmission systems including ball screws. Timer belts, flexible belts, flexible Connections for connection encoders, spindle / spindle bearings, measuring systems. Controls, software and user interface, gauging, tool monitoring systems.

52

UNIT III Assembly Techniques: Guide ways, ball screws and nut, feedback elements, spindle bearings. Introduction to Modern CNC Machines and Manufacturing Systems: Introduction, advantages of CNC Machines, CNC machining center developments, turning center developments, automatic tool changing, tool monitoring on CNC machine, other CNC machine development like adaptive control, advanced manufacturing systems, benefits of FMS, trends in adaptation of FMS systems.

UNIT IV Programming and operation of CNC Machine: Introduction to part programming, co-ordinate systems, dimensioning, axes and motion nomenclature, structure of a part program, word address format, circular interpolation, tool compensation, sub-routines, canned cycles, programming examples for machining centers, programming for turning center, computer assisted part programming,

UNIT V Testing of CNC Machine Tools: Introduction, Verification of technical specification, verification of functional aspect, verification during idle running, verification of machine tool accuracy & work piece accuracy, metal removal capability test, safety aspects. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computer control of Manufacturing Systems - Yoram Koren, McGraw Hill Intl. Pub. 2. Mechatronics - HMT Ltd., Tata MaGraw Hill Pub.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Numerical control of machine tools - S.J. Martin 2. Computer Numerical Control - Joseph Pusztai and Michael Sava 3. Programming for Numerical Control - Roberts Prentice. 4. Numerical control and Computer Aided Manufacture - Pressman and Williams. 5. CAD/CAM - Mikell P. Groover and Emory W. Zimmers Jr. 6. Introduction to Automated Process Planning System - Tiess Chieu Chang & Richard A.

Wysk Course Learning Outcomes

1. The student will be able to identify the importance of CNC machines in the modern world(PO: 1, 2, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

2. The student will be able to select drives for CNC machines (PO: 1, 2, 3, 11; PSO: 1, 2) 3. The student will be able to construct the different components of CNC machines (PO: 1, 2, 3, 12;

PSO: 1, 2) 4. The student will be able to write NC part programs for milling and turning (PO: 1, 2, 9, 11, 12;

PSO: 1, 2) 5. The student will be able to assess the CNC machines for various functional parameters (PO: 1, 2,

3, 9, 11, 12; PSO: 1, 2)

53

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 2 2 1 2 2 CO2 2 3 3 2 2 3 CO3 3 2 3 3 2 3 CO4 3 3 3 2 3 3 3 CO5 2 2 3 3 2 2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - 2 - 2 2 3 3

1



SYLLABUS

Outcome Based Education Curricula Academic year 2016-2017



2
































department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th position out of 64 teams


COUNTRIES.


“conducted by U.S. Navy at Maryland, USA. The team secured 5th Place in the technical session




PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs1,20,000 and also received a


3

Faculty
























4


























5



technical education



Quality Policy




concerned”.


Vision:To be a centre of International repute in Mechanical Engineering and to create qualified

human resources needed to meet the demanding challenges in different areas and emerging fields

of Mechanical Engineering and allied sciences.

Mission: To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession

through conducive and creative learning environment, to produce qualified and skilled human

resources, create R&D environment, to be a centre of excellence and to offer post graduate

programs in the emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering.

6

Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department is shown in block diagram below

Periodic Review

Vision &

Mission of the

Department by

the committee

Management


Mission

Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

7


Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision

& Mission



Academic Council&

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs

Student


Collect data



summarize the data

(Board of Studies)

8


1. To prepare engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required

practical skills in the core areas of Mechanical Engineering like materials and

manufacturing, design and development, thermal and fluid systems, automation and

robotics, management science and also use of modern analytical and computational tools.





opportunities.

4. To create awareness on environmental issues and commitments towards professional

ethics, social responsibilities and need for lifelong learning

9

Process of deriving the Programme Outcomes(POs) The Programme outcomes are defined taking into account the feedback received from faculty,





Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE,

VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

10




2. Identify, formulate, review research literature and analyze complex engineering problems

reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences

and engineering sciences.


processes that meet the needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and

safety, and the cultural societal and environmental considerations

4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments,

analysis and interpretation of data and synthesis of the information to provide valid

conclusions.

5. Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and

IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an

understanding of the limitations.

6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety,

legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional

engineering practice.

7. Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and

environmental contexts and demonstrate the knowledge of and need for sustainable

development.

8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms

of the engineering practice.



10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering

community and with society at large such as being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations and give and


11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management

principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to

manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments

12. Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and

life – long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

11





2. Ability to apply the learned principles to the analysis, design, development and

implementation to advanced mechanical systems and processes.

12





Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1










X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2





X X X X X X

3






X X X X X X

4





learning.

X

X

X

X

13




Electives

Open

Elective

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I 06

20 24 - - -

50 II - - -

III - 04 - 22 - - -

26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25

V - - - 26 3 - - 29

VI 02 - - 19 3 - - 24

VII - - - 18 6 - 24

VIII - - - 6 3 13 22

Total 08 28 24 112 12 3 13

200




Computers) - 24





Subject Areas - 03



14




Sl.


Teaching

Department

Credits*

L T P Total


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 4 0 0 4


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 0 0 1 1


Laboratory

Mechanical

Engineering 0 0 1 1

9

Soft Core


Engineering

3 0 0



Professional Elective

10


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3

MEPE13 Foundry Technology Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

MEPE31 Total Quality Management Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3

Total 22 0 2 24

15

CAD/CAM


Prerequisite: Nil















Course Learning Objectives During the course the students will be learning

1. The fundamentals of CAD/CAM, CAD process, use of data base, advantages of

CAD/CAM.


3. In the CAM part, student is introduced the starting from conventional NC System,

coordinate system, Application of NC, CNC/DNC basics and adaptive control system



applications

UNIT I Fundamentals of CAD: Definition of CAD/CAM, product cycle (conventional &





UNIT II Computer Graphics: Raster Scan Graphics, Coordinate Systems, Database Structure for





methods.

16

UNIT III Introduction to NC technology: Basic components of NC system. NC Coordinate system, types


environment.



UNIT IV CNC Programming: NC Programming Process, Program Planning, Part Program Structure, G



UNIT V Robotics: Introduction, robot configuration, types of robot programming, end effectors work




TEXT BOOKS: 1. CAD/CAM principles and applications by P.N. Rao, Tata MC Graw Hill 2002


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd eidtion

2. Computer graphics- Steron Harrington- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd eidtion



Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course student will have learnt the:


hardware including memory /storage devices. (PO: a, b, c, d, e, g)

2. The software functions, transformation of geometries the modelling types, basics of exchange of

data. (PO: a, b, d, e, j) 3. In Cam part, they will have learnt fundamentals of NC/CNC/DNC and adaptive control (PO: a, b,

c, d, e)

4. Both manual and computer assisted part programming. (PO: a, b, c, d, e, g, l) 5. The basics of robotics, types of configurations, end effectors, sensors and robot applications. (

PO: c, d, g, k, l)

17



Prerequisite: Nil.

Preamble: Heat transfer is the science that seeks to predict the energy transfer that may takes place between









This course enables the students to understand: 1. Modes and basic laws of heat transfer, one dimensional steady state conduction through

plane wall, cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and

without heat generation.

2. The steady state heat transfer from straight fins subjected to different boundary conditions

and unsteady state conduction with lumped analysis and use of Heisler charts.

3. The evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls,

cylinder etc under different conditions with the use dimensional analysis method.

4. The thermal design of heat exchangers with LMTD and NTU methods and also learn the

heat transfer with change of phase i.e. boiling and condensation.

5. The radiation heat transfer for different cases including radiation shield and learn the basis

of diffusion and convective mass transfer.

UNIT I










UNIT II





18




problems.

UNIT III











UNIT IV








UNIT V










TEXT BOOKS: 1. Heat and Mass Transfer, S.C. SACHDEV, New Age International Edition. ,2006.,

2. Basic Heat Transfer, OZISIK, McGraw-Hill publications, NY. 2005.,

3. Heat and Mass Transfer, M.THIRUMALESHWAR, Pearson Edition. 2006.,



19

REFERENC BOOKS:


NY. 2001.,




1. Analyze and calculate one dimensional steady state conduction heat transfer through plane wall,

cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and without heat

generation. (PO: a, b, c, d, g)

2. Determine temperature and heat flow from straight fins subjected to different boundary

conditions and also analyzes unsteady state conduction problems with lumped analysis and using

Heisler charts. (PO: a, b, c, e, j, l) 3. Demonstrate the evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls,

cylinder etc under different conditions. (PO: a, b, c, e, f, g)

4. Do thermal design of heat exchangers using LMTD and NTU methods and also demonstrate the

heat transfer with change of phase that is boiling and condensation. (PO: a, b, c, d, e, j, l)

5. Workout the radiation heat transfer problems for different cases including radiation shield and

also solve simple numerical on diffusion & convective mass transfer. (PO: a, b, c, e, f, g, l)

20

MECHANICAL VIBRATIONS


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble













Course Learning Objectives 1. Impart the knowledge of fundamentals of vibrations for various applications.


forced vibrations.


freedom systems.


systems.

5. Develop an understanding of working of various automotive components based on

vibrations.

UNIT I Introduction: Types of vibrations, S.H.M, principle of super position applied to Simple




Compound Pendulum.

UNIT II Damped free vibrations: Single degree freedom systems, different types of damping, concept of




21

UNIT III Forced Vibration: Solution by Complex algebra, Reciprocating and rotating unbalance,




speeds.

UNIT IV Systems with two degrees of freedom: Introduction, principle modes and Normal modes of




UNIT V Numerical methods for Multi degree Freedom systems: Introduction, Influence coefficients,




TEXT BOOKS: 1. Theory of Vibration with Applications: W.T. Thomson and Marie Dillon Dahleh, Pearson

Education 5th edition, 2007.

2. Mechanical Vibrations: V.P. Singh, Dhanpat Rai & Company Pvt. Ltd., 3rd edition, 2006.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Mechanical Vibrations: S.S. Rao, Pearson Education Inc, 4th Edition, 2003.






edition, 2007.


1. Develop an understanding of concept of periodic motion, principle of superposition, compound

pendulum, natural frequency and stiffness of springs. (PO: a, b)

2. Compile fundamentals of vibrations for engineering applications (PO: a, b, f)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of mechanical

vibrations. (PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j)

4. Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of practical interest. (PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j, k)


components subjected to mechanical vibrations. (PO: a, b, c, f, g, h, i, j, k, l)

22

CAD/ CAM LAB


Prerequisite: Nil








Course Learning Objectives During the course the students will be learning






PART A CAM: Simulation of machining process (Turning and Milling) using CAM PACKAGES




PART B Pneumatics, Hydraulics, Electro-Pneumatics: Four typical experiments on the basis of these






TEXT BOOKS: 1. CAD/CAM principles and applications by P.N. Rao, Tata MC Graw Hill 2002


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. CAD/CAM – Ibrahim Zeid- Tata MC Graw Hill 2nd edition


23

Course Learning Outcomes At the end of the course the students are accustomed with:

1: The fundamentals of CAD/CAM process (PO: a, b, c, d, e)

2: Practical knowledge about turning and Milling centers. (PO: a, b, c, d)

3: Emerging Manual part program for the machining process. (PO: a, b, c, d, e)

4: Application of various CAM PACKAGES. (PO: a, b, c, d)

5: Teaching and Programming the Industrial Robots (PO: a, b, c, d)


The student should solve 2 exercises. 1 should be from PART A and the other from PART B




Max Marks: 50

PART A: 20

PART B: 20

Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

24





Student is expected : 1. To understand the concept and theoretical aspects of experiments conducted in the

laboratory.

2. To analysis and solve practical problems from various modes of heat transfer by using

basic principles.

3. To investigate complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer

data hand book.

LIST OF EXPERIMENTS: 1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of a Metal Rod.


3. Determination of Effectiveness ofa Metallic fin.







Heat Exchangers.


11. Evaluation of performace parameter ( UL, FR, η) in thermosyphonic mode of flow with

fixed input parameters of a solar water heating system.

12. Evaluation of performace parameters ( UL, FR, η) in thermosyphonic mode of flow at

different radiation level of a solar water heating system.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Heat transfer Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering.


3. Heat and Mass Transfer data book (seventh Edition) C P Kothandaraman and S

Subramanyam


Students wil be able to

1. study theoretical aspects of experiments conducted in heat transfer laboratory. (PO:a, b, c, d, e)

2. Evaluate the concept of each and every experiment, along with relevant theory,

description and step by step procedure for conducting experiment.(a, c)

3. Describe over all heat transfer co-efficent, local heat transfer co-efficent and thermal

conductivity of the material.(PO: a, b, c, d, h)

25


Sub Code : MES71N Credits:3:0:0

Prerequisite : Nil

Preamble The rise in civilization is closely related to improvements in transportation. In the development







Course Learning Objectives The students shall be able to:






UNIT I I C Engine Components, Cooling & Lubrication systems: SI & CI engines, cylinder –








UNIT II










26

UNIT III Power Trains: Principle of friction clutches and constructional details, Fluid flywheel, Single










UNIT IV Automotive Chassis: Types of chassis layout with reference to power plant locations and drive,








UNIT V





norms.





TEXT BOOKS: 1. Automotive mechanics, William H Crouse & Donald L Anglin, 10th Edition Tata

McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., 2007


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Automotive mechanics: Principles and Practices, Joseph Heitner, D Van Nostrand

Company, Inc

2. Fundamentals of Automobile Engineering, K.K.Ramalingam, Scitech Publications

(India) Pvt. Ltd.

3. Automobile Engineering, R.B.Gupta, Satya prakashan, 4th edn. 1984.


27

Scheme of Examination: Two questions to be set from each unit. Students have to answer any FIVE full questions



1. Student will be able to understand IC engine, its components and selection of fuels. (PO: a, c).

2. Will be able to analyze carburetor & ignition system to be suitable for CI and SI engines. (PO: b, d).

3. Will be able to demonstrate power trains and its structure. (PO: c, d).

4. Will be able to familiarize with automotive chassis, suspension system and brakes. (PO: c, e).

5. Will be able to expose knowledge of automotive emission control system. (PO: e, f).

28

COMPOSITE MATERIALS

Sub Code: MES72N Crédits:3 :0 :0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble In present days different types of materials pertaining to engineering field. The conventional










applications.

2. To analyze the different processing/ fabrication techniques of composite materials





UNIT I





UNIT II





Lanxide process.

UNIT III



Filament winding.



29

UNIT IV Secondary Processing and Joining of Composite: Forging and extrusion of composites –




UNIT V




TEXT BOOKS:


2. Michael W,Hyer “ Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced composite materials”,McGraw

Hill InternationalKrishnan K Chawla, “Composite material science and Engineering”,

Springer




composite materials, hybrid composites with their structure. Students become aware of different

reinforcement materials, matrix materials and their applications.


limitations of conventional materials.(PO: a, d, e, f, k)

2. The students are given a thorough knowledge of different fabrication techniques and also by

giving on hand practical knowledge of casting.(PO: a, b, e, f, j)

3. The students are given a thorough knowledge about the materials having light weight to high

strength ratio.(PO: c, e, f)

4. The students have thorough knowledge about the composite materials, hybrid composites and

their properties and applications.(PO:b, e, f)

5. The students will able to understand the fracture and its role in designing the structure of the

composites.(PO: a, c, d, j)

30

OPERATIONS RESEARCH


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Technology as it advances, offers many advantages, should be backed by management




Course Learning Objectives 1. Fundamentals of OR, formulation of linear programming problems.





UNIT I Introduction, Definition, Scope of OR, Characteristics of OR, Phases of OR, Models in OR,



UNIT II Concept of Duality, Finding solution for Primal and Dual problems, Dual Simplex



UNIT III Transportation problems, basic feasible solution, optimality methods, unbalanced problems,




UNIT IV Game theory: 2 person zero sum game, Games with and without saddle point, Graphical



UNIT V PERT-CPM Techniques: Network construction, determining critical path, Floats, Project


TEXTBOOKS: 1. Operations Research: An Introduction by Taha.H.A.-Pearson Education Edition.


31

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Introduction to Operations Research- Hiller and Liberman, Mcgrawhill 5th Edition, 2001.


Edition 2007.

Course Learning Outcomes 1.To formulate a given problem, then to solve either by Graphical/Simplex/Big M method.

(PO: a, b, c, e, f, h, l)

2. To study duality property and solve and assignment problem(PO: a, b, c, e, h, l) 3. To solve transportation and find the best time to replace the old machine(PO:a, b, c, d, e, g,h)

4. To solve games theory problem using graphical and dominance rule , Queuing theory application (PO:

a, c, e, k)

5. To study network, PERT, CPM and crashing etc(PO: a, b, e, g, h, I, l)

32



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble The main objective of all machining operations is to remove excess material to obtain the desired










Course Learning Objectives 1. Introduction of non-traditional machining methods and their difference with conventional

machining methods

2. Different classification criteria of non-traditional machining methods and their

classifications

3. Working principle, process details, applications, advantages and limitations of non-

traditional machining

UNIT I Introduction to NTM, Classification of NTM, Comparison between conventional and Non












33

UNIT II Electro Chemical Machining: Introduction, study of ECM machine, elements of ECM, Cathode











UNIT III Electro Discharge Machining: Introduction, Mechanism of material removal, Dielectric fluid,






wire EDM.

UNIT IV Plasma Arc Machining: Introduction, equipment, non thermal generation of plasma, Selection





UNIT V Electron Beam Machining: principles, Equipment, operations, Applications, advantages,

limitations of EBM.


limitations of WJM.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. P.C. Pandey, H.S.Shan, A text book on Modern Machining Processes, Tata McGraw Hill,

N Delhi, 2009



REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Unconventional Manufacturing Process, M.K. Singh, New Age International (P), Ltd.,

2008



34

Course Learning Outcomes 1. Students will be able to appreciate the importance of NTM methods and their advantages over

conventional methods (PO: a, d)

2. Students will be able to demonstrate different NMT methods (PO: b, e)

3. Students will be able to compare various NTM processes and characteristics of processes (PO: b, g)

4. Students will be able to select an appropriate NTM process for the machining of the components

(PO: a, d)

5. Students will be able to correlate specific applications of various NMT methods. (PO: a, e)

35

WIND ENERGY


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Wind energy is an important non-conventional and renewable energy source which contributes













UNIT I Introduction: Modern wind turbines; Wind resource; Technology achievements; Wind energy

penetration levels.




UNIT II Aerodynamics: Introduction; Aerofoil; Actuator disc; Axial momentum theory; Momentum



Numerical problems.


UNIT III Wind turbine design: Rotor blade theory; Blade geometry; Variation of aerofoil characteristics





36

UNIT IV Siting and Wind farm design: Wind flow modeling, Power curve for wind turbine generator;




UNIT V Electrical and control systems: Classification of electrical machines; synchronous and





TEXT BOOK: 1. Wind Energy – Theory and Practice by Siraj Ahmed, PHI Learning Private Limited,

Eastern Economy Edition, New Delhi, 2010.

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Freris, L.L., Wind Energy Conversion Systems, Prentice Hall.




1. Understanding of the construction and operation of modern wind turbines, components and

different types of wind turbines. (PO: b,c)

2. Understanding of the methods and importance of wind resource assessment. (PO: g,h)

3. Knowledge of aerodynamics and performance parameters of wind turbines. (PO: e,f)

4. Understanding of the wind turbine design procedures and various aspects of siting and wind farm

design. (PO: j,k)

5. Knowledge of the economics and environmental impacts of wind energy generation. (PO: l)

37


Subject code MEPE39 Credits:3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Energy is an absolutely necessary component for the economic development of the country.












UNIT I

Industrial energy audit and conservation: Energy using systems; Potential for energy

conservation, preliminary and detailed energy audit, Economic analysis of investments; Energy

management information systems: Components, energy bench marking.

Building envelope audit; Building dynamics; Building characteristics and construction;

Infiltration; Heat flow; Energy audit of roofs; Glass audit; Window treatments; Passive solar

building designs.

UNIT II

Thermal systems audit: Boilers: Classification, efficiency evaluation, energy conservation

opportunities, Steam distribution systems: energy auditing and saving opportunities; Cooling

towers: Classification, performance evaluation, energy saving opportunities. Thermic fluid

heaters: Classification, performance, energy conservation measures; Industrial furnaces: fuel

fired furnaces, electrical furnaces, performance evaluation, energy savings measures in different

types of furnaces.

38

UNIT III

Mechanical systems audit: Compressed air networks: Performance monitoring, distribution

systems, energy saving opportunities; Fans and blowers: Flow control methods, performance

evaluation and energy saving opportunities. Pumps and pumping systems: Classification, pump

performance, flow control strategies, energy conservation opportunities; Diesel generating sets:

System, fuel and lubricating oil conservation. Refrigeration and air-conditioning: performance

evaluation, energy conservation opportunities.

UNIT IV

Electrical systems audit: Electric motors: Selection and application, type of losses, energy

conservation options, energy efficient motors, case studies; Lighting: Quality, types of light

source, energy efficiency, lighting controls; Electrical load management: Transformers, power

factor improvement, demand management; Power quality: End user limits.

UNIT V

Introduction to climate change, energy and CDM: Potential industries for emission reduction and

CDM in India, concepts of carbon trade, CDM project cycle, and project formulation, important

guide lines and information sources for CDM projects.

Environment management in industries; Elements of environmental audit: objectives and

procedures.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Hand Book on Energy Audit and Environment Management – Y P Abbi and Shashank

Jain (Editors), TERI, 2006.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Handbook of Energy Audits, 7th edition, Albert Thumann, P E, William J Younger. CRC

Press, 2007.

2. National Strategy for CDM Implementation in India – The Energy Research Institute,

TERI, 2005.

3. Energy Auditing Made Simple – P.Balasubramanian, 1st Edition, Bhaskar Enterprises,

Chennai, 2010.

Course Learning Outcomes As conservationist, stretching finite resource to longer length of time. (PO: b,c)

As industrialist, enhancing profit by reducing cost. (PO: c,d)

As environmentalist, improving the social health and arrest environment degradation.

(PO: f,g)

As economist, sustainable growth. (PO: g,h)

As rationalist, rate of consumption of natural resources is matched with rate of

regeneration thereby maintaining ecological balance. (PO: j)

39

FOUNDRY TECHNOLOGY


Prerequisites – NIL

Course Objectives 1. Foundry metallurgy and concept of solidification of metals.

2. Design aspects of casting, Riser and gating system

3. Melting techniques

4. Mechanization and Modernization of foundry.

5. Ferrous and non ferrous foundry practice.

UNIT I

Foundry Metallurgy – Oxidation of Metals ,Gas dissolution in liquid Metals, Methods of

degassing, Fluidity ,factors affecting Fluidity, hot tearing, Shrinkage of liquid metals.

Casting design – Introduction, Functional design Simplification of foundry practice,

Metallurgical design, Economical design.

UNIT II

Solidification of Castings – Crystallization and development of cast structure, Nucleation and

growth , Dendrite growth, Structure of castings, Significance and practical control of cast

structure, Concept of progressive and directional solidification, Refinement and modification of

cast structure, Solidification time and Chworinov rule

Risering - Needing for risering , Riser shape , size, Types of risers, Design and location of

feeder heads, Design modifications, padding, chills and insulation.

UNIT III

Gating of Castings – Essential features of gaiting system, Design of gating system, General

aspects of gating practice, Forces acting on the mould.

Special Casting Techniques :- Principle, material used , process details and application of

Vaccum Process or V-Process Dissamatic moulding or Flaskless moulding

Cupola Melting:- Construction, Preparation and Operation of the cupola, Zones of Cupola

Development of Cupola, Charge calculations.

UNIT IV

Ferrous foundry - Composition, Properties, applications of Gray Iron, Malleable Iron, SG

Iron - Production, Magnesium recovery, Heat treatment and properties , application of SG Iron,

ADI Production, Properties, , application.

Compostion ,properties , application of Low , Medium , High Carbon Steel, Alloy steels

40

UNIT V

Nonferrous foundry - Introduction, Melting procedure, Casting characteristics of Aluminum

based alloys, Copper based alloys, Magnesium based alloys.

Modernization and Mechanization - Introduction, Need for modernization, mechanization,

Elements of Mechanization, Moulding line mechanization, Mechanization of Melting , Pouring

and shakeout units. Material Handling equipments.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Principles of metal casting by Heine, Loper & Rosenthal, Tata McGraw Hill 2001

2. Foundry technology by Beeley.P.R.( Buttersworth) 2000

3. Principles of Foundry Technology P L Jain TMH 2006

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Metal casting – ASME handbook 2002

2. Metal casting technology by P.C. Mukerji 2002

3. Principles of solidification by B. Chalmers, Tata McGraw Hill 2001

Course Outcomes Students will be able to

1. Design casting, gating and risering systems.(PO: c and h)

2. Solidification of advanced alloys and microstructure evaluation.(PO: a and d)

3. Select melting and molding techniques for a particular alloy.(PO: c,e,i and l)

4. To use the techniques, skills and engineering tools to produce castings of grey cast iron, ductile

iron and malleable iron. (PO: d,g and i) 5. Foundry practices in Non ferrous alloys. (PO: b,c,e and j)

41


Course code: MEPE31 Course Credits : 3:0:0

Prerequisites:

Prerequisite Courses with codes:

NIL

Course Objectives 1. The aim of course provides the knowledge of TQM, Benefits of TQM, and Contribution

of Gurus.

2. Students learn characteristics of leaders and role of TQM leaderships. Continuous process

improvement.

3. Selectively choose Tools & Techniques of TQM.

4. Learn how to select product acceptance control plan and characteristics of OC curves.

5. Learn how to check reliability and life of process.

UNIT I

Over view of Total Quality Management: Introduction, Definition, Basic Approach,

Contribution Of quality Gurus. Quality circle TQM frame work , Historical review, benefits of

TQM, TQM organisation .

Leadership: characteristics of quality leaders,Demings Philisopy,role of TQM Leaders,

continuous processes improvement ,Juranos Triology.quality costs, 6 sigma, Reengineering.

UNIT II Tools and techniques of TQM: Basic tools of TQM, Bench marking, processes of bench

marking, quality management systems .ISO-9000 series of standards, implementation and

documentation of ISO_9000.

Introduction of QFD and QFD process, TQM exemplatory organisation. Design of Failure Mode

and Effect analysis [FMEA] ,process of FMEA.

UNIT III Statistical Process control (SPC): Seven basic tools of quality control, control charts for

variables .construction and interpretation and analysis of control charts process capability

indices, process improvement through problem analysis . .( Intensive coverage with numerical

problems )

Control charts for attributes: construction ,interpretation and analysis of P-chart np-chart,C-

chart and U-chart, improvement through problem analysis .( Intensive coverage with numerical

problems )

42

UNIT IV Product acceptance control: Design of single sampling, double sampling and multiple

samp[ling plan analysis of the characteristics of the SSP, DSP and MSP . .( Intensive coverage

with numerical problems )

Operating characerstics curves ( OC-Curves ) : construction, characteristics of OC curves,

Terms used in OC curves , LTPD, Outgoing quality Level ,{OQL])


UNIT V Reliability and Life Testing : Reliability and analysis of components, standard configurations

systems like series, parallel redundancy and principles of design for reliability .reliability testing


Experimental design : one factor design, two factor design, orthogonal design, full factorial

and fractional design .Taguchi philosophy of quality engineering, loss function, orthogonal array

,sign to noise function, parameter design, tolerance design ( Basic concepts and treatment only ) .

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Total quality Management Dale H Berster field(etal) Pears education , Third

edition Indian Reprint -2004

2. Statistical quality Control by Grant Levenworth (2000)

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Stastical quality control by Douglos C Mantego third editon Pearson Education -

2006

2. A new American TQM for revolution in management:Sho- shiba, Alan Graham and,

David walder Productivity press Oregon-1990

3. Organizational excellence through TQM H Lal, New Age Publishers

4. Quality control and Total quality management-PL Jain TMH Publications company

Ltd - 2001 New Delhi

5. Total quality management and Text cases by Sreedhar Bhat .K Himalaya publishing



1. Students can express basic approach of TQM and Gurus. PO’S ( b,c,d,e,f,i,j,k,l)

2. Quality leaders will know customer satisfaction and perception.PO’S( a,b,c,d,f,g,j,k,l)

3. Students can assess selection of tool, charts and ISO standards.PO’S( a,b,d,f,g,h,i,l)

4. Student will have knowledge of Lot-By-Lot acceptance sampling, operating characteristics curve

and its application in industry. PO’S ( a,b,c,d,e,i,j,k,l)

5. Student will have knowledge of reliability analysis, procedure for life testing and DOE. PO’S (

a,b,c,d,e,f,g,i,j,l)

43








Sl.

No.

Subject

Code Subject

Teaching

Department Credits*

L T P Total


Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 0 0 1 1




Engineering 3 0 0 3

5 MEO8XX Open Elective Other

Departments 3 0 0 3


6


Engineering 3 0 0 3

MES 82 Artificial Intelligence Mechanical

Engineering 3 0 0 3


Engineering 3 0 0 3

Total 9 0 13 22

44


SUB CODE: ME 801 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble As the world moves towards organized living with the outlook of a global village, it becomes






Course Learning Objective 1. To introduce to the student the fundamentals of intellectual property rights and the various

IPR’s as accorded in India.


3. To understand as to what is industrial designs and trademarks and their importance in the

practical world.

4. To get a basic idea of what copyrights are and their infringements. To understand the basic

meaning of Geographical indicator tag and to learn through examples.

5. To learn the fundamentals of Research Methodology which would help in R&D activities

in future.

UNIT I Introduction to Intellectual property rights: Nature of Intellectual property, Commercial






UNIT II Procedure to obtain a patent: Introduction, Specification, types – general specification,


specification.




UNIT III







45

UNIT IV Copy right: Introduction, object of copyrights, copyright and technology, International






UNIT V:





TEXT BOOKS: 1. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi,

2007 edition.

2. Basic Principles and acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights, Dr. T Ramakrishna,

CIPRA, NLSU-2005.

3. 2. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi,

1st edition.2007

4. 3. Intellectual Property Law Handbook. Dr.B.L.Wadehhra, Universal Law Publishing Co.

Ltd., 2002.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law in India by Justice P S Narayana’s, Gogia Law Agency,

Hyderabad.

2. Intellectual Property by W R Cornish, Sweet and Maxwell.

3. Research Methodology – Methods & Techniques, by Kothari C. R, WishwaPrakashan, A



1. Students must appreciate the needs and the necessities of the various intellectual property rights

as seen legally in India.(PO: c, f, g, I, l)

2. Students should get an in depth understanding on patents, on what can be patented, on what

cannot be patented and on how to obtain patents. (PO: c, d, f, h)

3. Students should understand as to what is industrial designs and trademarks and their importance

in the business world.(PO: a, b, e, h, k, l)

4. In the world of entertainment and publishing copyrights and infringements play an important role

and therefore students should get a basic idea of these. India has about 186 geographical indictor

tags and are protected by the Govt. of India.(PO: a, d, h, j, l)

5. Students should be able to learn the fundamentals of research methodologies so as to be

able to carry out research in a professional manner.(PO: b, d, g, j, k, l)

46

ENERGY ENGINEERING


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Energy is an important sector and knowledge in power plant technologies and non-conventional







technologies.

Course Learning Objectives 1. Study of the construction and working of steam power plants, Diesel power plants,





5. Study of the importance and applications of various renewable and green energy

technologies.

UNIT I









heaters.

UNIT II Diesel Engine Power Plant- Applications of diesel engines, layout of diesel power plant,






47

UNIT III Nuclear Power Plant: Elements of the nuclear reactor, brief description of reactors of the






energy.

UNIT IV








UNIT V








TEXT BOOKS: 1. Power Plant Engineering, P.K.Nag Tata McGraw Hill 2nd edition 2001.


REFERENCE BOOKS:





48


1. Understanding of the construction and working of steam power plant, Diesel power plants, Hydro

electric power plants and nuclear power plants.(PO: a,b,d,k,l)

2. Knowledge of the solar thermal and photo voltaic energy conversion technologies.(PO:

a,b,d,e,g,k,l)

3. Understanding of the resource, construction and working ofwind energy, bio mass, ocean and

geothermal energy conversion technologies.(PO:a,b,c,k,l)

4. Knowledge of construction, working and applications of fuel cells and hydrogen energy

technologies.(PO: a,b,c,k,l)


technologies.(PO: a,b,c,d,g,k)

49

ARTIFICIAL INTELLIGENCE

SUB CODE: MES 82 CREDITS 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Course Learning Objective 1. Examine the different ways of approaching AI & example systems that use AI

2. Students should be able to understand and implement the forward & backward chaining

reasoning algorithm

3. Students should understand the representing predicate logic and syntax and

semantics for prepositional logic

4. Students should learn about different aspects of a statistics and probabilistic

reasoning and expert systems.

5. Students will understand the examples of expert system and machine learning

systems

.

Syllabus

UNIT I

Artificial Intelligence: Introduction, definition, underlying assumption, importance of AI

& AI related fields.

Space Representation: Defining a problem. Production systems and its characteristics,

Search and Control strategies – Generate and Test, Hill Climbing, Best – first Search,

Problem reduction, Constraint Satisfaction, Means – Ends Analysis.

UNIT II

Knowledge Representation Issues: Representations and Mappings, Types of knowledge

– Procedural Vs Declarative, Logic programming. Forward Vs Backward reasoning,

matching.

UNIT III

Use of Predicate Logic: Representing simple facts, Instance and Isa relationships,

Syntax and Semantics for Prepositional logic, FOPL and properties of Wffs, Conversion

to Clausal form, Resolution, Natural deduction.

UNIT IV

Statistical And Probabilistic Reasoning: Symbolic reasoning under uncertainty,

Probability and Bayes’ theorem, Certainity factors and Rule based systems, Bayesian

Networks, Shafer Theory, Fuzzy Logic.

Expert Systems: Structure and uses, Representing and using domain knowledge, Expert

System Shells. Pattern recognition learning classification patterns, recognizing and

understanding speech.Introduction to knowledge Acquisition, Types of Learning.

50

UNIT V

Typical Expert Systems: MYCIN, Variants of MYCIN, PROSPECTOR, DENDRAL,

PUFF, ETC.

Introduction To Machine Learning: Perceptrons, Checker Playing Examples, Learning

Automata, Genetic Algorithms, Intelligent Editors.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Artificial Intelligence, Elaine Rich & Kevin Knight, 3rd Ed., M/H 1983.

2. Introduction to AI & ES, Dan W. Patterson, Prentice Hall of India, 1999.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Principles of Artificial Intelligence, Springer Verlag, Berlin, 1981.

2. Artificial Intelligence in business, Science & Industry, Wendy B. Ranch 179

3. A guide to expert systems, Waterman, D.A., Addison – Wesley inc. 1986

4. Building expert systems, Hayes, Roth, Waterman, D.A. Addison – Wesley, 1983

Course Learning Outcomes 1. The students understand the basics of artificial intelligence and its related fields.(PO:

a,c,d,f,k)

2. The students appreciate the logics and knowledge implementing in the artificial

intelligence.(PO: b,f,j)

3. The students should learn the various logics used and conversion to clausal form.(PO:

a,b,d,l)

4. The students should understand the pattern recognition and learning classification of

patterns.(PO: c,f,k)

5. Students should learn about different aspects of a learning system, concept of

mycin, variants of mycin and prospector.(PO: a,c,d,j,l)

51

CNC MACHINES


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble: Machine tools can be operated manually, or under automatic control. Early machines used








Course Learning Objectives 1. Recognize the need for numerically controlled machine tools





UNIT I Numerical Control of Machine Tools: Fundamental concepts, Classification and structure of








system.

UNIT II

Design of Modern CNC Machines and Manufacturing Elements (Excluding Numerical Problems): Introduction, machine Structures, guide ways – linear motion guides, feed drives,




52

UNIT III Assembly Techniques: Guide ways, ball screws and nut, feedback elements, spindle bearings.






UNIT IV Programming and operation of CNC Machine: Introduction to part programming, co-ordinate




programming,

UNIT V Testing of CNC Machine Tools: Introduction, Verification of technical specification,



TEXT BOOKS: 1. Computer control of Manufacturing Systems - Yoram Koren, McGraw Hill Intl. Pub.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Numerical control of machine tools - S.J. Martin





6. Introduction to Automated Process Planning System - Tiess Chieu Chang & Richard A.

Wysk


1. The student will be able to identify the importance of CNC machines in the modern world. (PO:

a,e,i).

2. The student will be able to select drives for CNC machines (PO: b,g,k).

3. The student will be able to construct the different components of CNC machines (PO: d,f,h).

4. The student will be able to write NC part programs for milling and turning (PO: c,j,l). 5. The student will be able to assess the CNC machines for various functional parameters (PO:

a,g,i,k).

1

CURRICULUM



RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY (Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to VTU)

BANGALORE – 54


2

About the Institute: Ramaiah Institute of Technology (RIT) (formerly known as M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology) is a self-financing institution established in Bangalore in the year 1962 by the industrialist and philanthropist, Late Dr. M S Ramaiah All engineering departments offering bachelor degree programs have been accredited by NBA. RIT is one of the few institutes with faculty student ratio of 1:15 and achieves excellent academic results. The institute is a participant of the Technical Education Quality Improvement Program (TEQIP), an initiative of the Government of India. All the departments are full with competent faculty, with 100% of them being postgraduates or doctorates. Some of the distinguished features of RIT are: State of the art laboratories, individual computing facility to all faculty members. All research departments are active with sponsored projects and more than 130 scholars are pursuing PhD. The Centre for Advanced Training and Continuing Education (CATCE), and Entrepreneurship Development Cell (EDC) have been set up on campus. RIT has a strong Placement and Training department with a committed team, a fully equipped Sports department, large air-conditioned library with over 80,000 books with subscription to more than 300 International and National Journals. The Digital Library subscribes to several online e-journals like IEEE, JET etc. RIT is a member of DELNET, and AICTE INDEST Consortium. RIT has a modern auditorium, several hi-tech conference halls, all air-conditioned with video conferencing facilities. It has excellent hostel facilities for boys and girls. RIT Alumni have distinguished themselves by occupying high positions in India and abroad and are in touch with the institute through an active Alumni Association. RIT obtained Academic Autonomy for all its UG and PG programs in the year 2007. As per the National Institutional Ranking Framework, MHRD, Government of India, Ramaiah Institute of Technology has achieved 45th rank in 2017 among the top 100 engineering colleges across India and occupied No. 1 position in Karnataka, among the colleges affiliated to VTU, Belagavi. About the Department: The Department of Mechanical Engineering started in the year 1962 with an intake of 40 students. The department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of 180 students and 50 teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post graduate degree with 20 doctorates. The department offers four-year degree course and also offers two Master’s Degree in Manufacturing Science & Engineering and Computer Integrated Manufacturing, with an intake of 18 each. The Department also offers research program which includes MSc Engineering by research and PhD degree from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD. The department received software grants from Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design multinational company and has been using them in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken up number of research projects funded by external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya Technological University and received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee celebrations, the department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an International Conference on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have published books on different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by Visvesvaraya Technological University Board of Studies as reference text books. The students from the department participate both at the national and international competition throughout the year, in the year 2013 – AeRobusta – 4-member student team from the department participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th position out of 64 teams from all over the world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN COUNTRIES.

3

Another team from the department also participated in the “Unmanned Air Vehicle System “conducted by U.S. Navy at Maryland, USA. The team secured 5th Place in the technical session out of 36 participating teams from all over the world. A team of two students also participated in the CAD Design Competition conducted by Autodesk, a CAD multinational company, in association with IIT Madras and secured FIRST PLACE among the teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs1,20,000 and also received a free Trip to Autodesk University, held at Las Vegas, USA.

4

Faculty




















19 Dr. Nagesh S.N. M.Tech, Ph.D Assistant Professor







5

























6





QUALITY POLICY

We at M. S. Ramaiah Institute of Technology strive to deliver comprehensive, continually enhanced, global quality technical and management education through an established Quality Management System

complemented by the synergistic interaction of the stake holders concerned


To be a centre of International repute in Mechanical Engineering and to create qualified human resources

needed to meet the demanding challenges in different areas and emerging fields of Mechanical Engineering and allied sciences.


To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through conducive and

creative learning environment, to produce qualified and skilled human resources, create R&D environment, to be a centre of excellence and to offer post graduate programs in the emerging fields of Mechanical

Engineering.

7


1. To produce engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required practical skills in various specialized fields of Mechanical Engineering.




8



fundamentals, and an engineering specialization to the solution of complex engineering problems.

PO2: Problem analysis: Identify, formulate, review research literature, and analyze complex

engineering problems reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics,

natural sciences, and engineering sciences.

PO3: Design/development of solutions: Design solutions for complex engineering problems and

design system components or processes that meet the specified needs with appropriate consideration

for the public health and safety, and the cultural, societal, and environmental considerations.

PO4: Conduct investigations of complex problems: Use research-based knowledge and research

methods including design of experiments, analysis and interpretation of data, and synthesis of the

information to provide valid conclusions.

PO5: Modern tool usage: Create, select, and apply appropriate techniques, resources, and modern

engineering and IT tools including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with

an understanding of the limitations.

PO6: The engineer and society: Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess

societal, health, safety, legal and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the

professional engineering practice.

PO7: Environment and sustainability: Understand the impact of the professional engineering

solutions in societal and environmental contexts, and demonstrate the knowledge of, and need for

sustainable development.

PO8: Ethics: Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and

norms of the engineering practice.

PO9: Individual and team work: Function effectively as an individual, and as a member or leader

in diverse teams, and in multidisciplinary settings.

PO10: Communication: Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the

engineering community and with society at large, such as, being able to comprehend and write

effective reports and design documentation, make effective presentations, and give and receive clear

instructions.


engineering and management principles and apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader

in a team, to manage projects and in multidisciplinary environments.

9

PO12: Life-long learning: Recognize the need for, and have the preparation and ability to engage in

independent and life-long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

10




11




Electives PC-E

Open Elective

OE


PW/IN

Total Credits

I 06

20 24

- - - 50

II - - - III - 04 - 18 3 - - 25 IV - 04 - 18 3 - - 25 V - - - 21 4 - - 25 VI - - - 15 4 - 6 25 VII - - - 14 8 4 - 26 VIII - - - 4 - 20 24

Total 06 28 24 86 26 4 26

200


Computers) - 24 PCS - Professional Core Subjects - 86 Prof. Elective - Professional Electives, relevant to the chosen

specialization branch - 26 Open Elective - Elective Subjects, from other technical and / or emerging


12

M S RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BANGALORE – 560 054 (Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to VTU)

SCHEME OF TEACHING FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 V SEMESTER B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl.No

Course Code

Course Name Category Credits Contact Hours

L T P S* Total

1 ME51 Design of Machine Elements -I

PC-C

4 0 0 4 4

2 ME52 Dynamics of Machinery 4 0 0 4 4 3 ME53 Turbo Machinery 3 1 0 4 4 4 ME54 Mechanical Measurements &

Metrology 3 0 0 1 4 4

5 ME55 Intellectual Property Rights 2 0 0 2 2

6 ME56x Elective-I PC-E 4 0 0 4 4

7 ME57L Turbo machinery Laboratory

PC-C

0 0 1 1 2

8 ME58L Mechanical Measurements & Metrology Laboratory

0 0 1 1 2

9 ME59L Manufacturing Process-II Laboratory

0 0 1 1 2

Total 25 28 L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practicals S*- Self Study

LIST OF COURSES OFFERED UNDER ELECTIVE-I


1 ME561 Smart Manufacturing

2 ME562 Composite Materials

3 ME563 Additive Manufacturing

4 ME564 Solar Energy

5 ME565 Engineering Economics

13




Sl.

No

Course

Code

Course

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

1 ME51 Design of Machine Elements -I

3 3 3 2 3 2 3

2 ME52 Dynamics of Machinery 3 3 3 3 3

3 ME53 Turbo Machinery

3 3 3 2 3 2

4 ME54 Mechanical Measurements & Metrology

3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1

3 3

5 ME55 Intellectual Property Rights

3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1

6 ME561 Smart Manufacturing 3 3 2 2 3

7 ME562 Composite Materials 3 3 1 1 2 1 2

2 2

8 ME563 Additive Manufacturing 3 3 2 3 2 2

2 3

9 ME564 Solar energy 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3

10 ME565 Engineering Economics 3 3 2 3 3 3

11 ME57L Turbo machinery Laboratory

3 3 1 1 3 2 3

3 3

12 ME58L Mechanical Measurements & Metrology Laboratory

2 3 3 3 3 3

13 ME59L Manufacturing Process-II Laboratory

3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

14

DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS –I

SUB CODE: ME51 CREDITS: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble For the manufacture of any machine component the first and foremost operation is design. The design concept involves identifying the problem, selection of process material, environmental conditions and proper understanding of various types of loads and its effect for the maximum production of any machine component. This course machine design deals starting with the concepts of basic design of machine components taking all the factors mentioned above into account.

Course Objectives 1. Application of design consideration, codes and standards. 2. To determine the effect of static , impact, fatigue loads and also stress concentration

effects. 3. Understanding the procedure of design of machine elements such as shafts, keys,

couplings, cotter joints, knuckle joints. 4. Selection and design of riveted and welded joints. 5. Design of threaded fasteners and complete design of screw jack.

UNIT I

Introduction: Design considerations: codes and standards, Stress analysis, Definitions: Normal, shear, biaxial and tri axial stresses, Stress tensor, Principal Stresses and Mohr’s Circle. Static Strength, Static loads and Factor of safety. Impact loads, Impact stresses due to axial and bending. Theories of failure: Maximum normal stress theory, Maximum shear stress theory, Distortion energy theory; Failure of brittle materials, Failure of ductile materials.

UNIT II

Stress concentration: Determination of Stress concentration factor for axial, bending, torsion and combined loading. Design for Fatigue Load : Introduction- S-N Diagram, Low cycle fatigue, High cycle fatigue, Endurance limit, Endurance limit modifying factors: size effect, surface effect, Stress concentration effects; Fluctuating stresses, Goodman and Soderberg relationship; stresses due to combined loading, cumulative fatigue damage.

UNIT III Shafts, Keys and Couplings: Torsion of shafts, design for strength and rigidity with steady loading, ASME & BIS codes for design of transmission shafting, shafts under fluctuating loads and combined loads. Keys: Types of keys, Design of keys and design of splines. Couplings, Rigid and flexible couplings, Flange coupling, Bush and Pin type coupling. Cotter and Knuckle joints: Design of Cotter and Knuckle joints.

UNIT IV Riveted Joints – Types, rivet materials, failures of riveted joints, Joint Efficiency, Boiler Joints, Tank and Structural Joints, Riveted Brackets. Welded Joints: Types, Strength of butt and fillet welds, eccentrically loaded welded joints.

15

UNIT V

Threaded Fasteners:Stresses in threaded fasteners, Effect of initial tension. Design threaded fasteners under static, dynamic and impact loads, Design of eccentrically loaded bolted joints. Power Screws: Mechanics of power screw, Stresses in power screws, efficiency and self-locking, Design of Power Screw, Design of Screw Jack: (Complete Design) DESIGN DATA HAND BOOKS:

1. Design Data Hand Book – K. Lingaiah, McGraw Hill, 2nd Ed. 2003. 2. Design Data Hand Book by K. Mahadevan and Balaveera Reddy, CBS Publication

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanical Engineering Design: Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke McGraw Hill International edition, 6th Edition 2003.


Delhi, 2nd Edition 2007. REFERENCE BOOKS:


2. Design of Machine Elements: M.F.Spotts, T.E. Shoup, L.E. Hornberger, S.R. Jayram and C.V. Venkatesh, Pearson Education, 2006.

3. Machine Design: Hall, Holowenko, Laughlin (Schaum’s Outlines series) Adapted by S.K. Somani, Tata

McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, Special Indian Edition, 2008.

4. Fundamentals of Machine Component Design: Robert C. Juvinall and Kurt M Marshek, Wiley India Pvt. Ltd., New Delhi, 3rd Edition, 2007.


1. Apply concepts of static, impact and fatigue loads in the design of machine components 2. Relate the fundamentals of theories of failure and stress concentration effect in the design of machine

element. 3. Identify and apply fundamental concepts of machine design. 4. Demonstrate the ability to analyze the problems of practical interest. 5. Develop competence to design of machine elements such as shafts, keys and couplings etc.

16

Course articulation matrix



CO1 3 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO2 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - - 2 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 2 1 3

Avg.CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 3

17

DYNAMICS OF MACHINERY SUB CODE: ME52 CREDITS: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: ME 404

Preamble The subject comprises a wider and deeper on the engineering aspects involving forces, inertia, friction and balancing of masses. It covers bigger spectrum for dynamic aspects of machines that is, force analysis related to static equilibrium of two or three force members. It also covers four bar mechanisms and slider crank mechanisms with or without friction. Discussion involves the utilization of mechanical energy from I.C engines by using the flywheel. It is aimed to study the different types of power transmission by using flat belt drives of open and cross belt with problems. The subject involves the study of rotating masses, so as balance the system by using the counter balancing masses in the same or different planes graphically or analytically. Balancing of reciprocating masses is one of the important chapter, contains the effect of inertia of crank and connecting rod, related to single and multi cylinders with examples. Subject also focuses on functions of governors and gyroscope, considering different types and their applications. For example applications of gyroscope to four wheeler, boat, aeroplane, etc. In case of cam analysis, discussion involves analytical methods with roller followers and circular arc cam with flat faced and roller followers etc. Course Learning Objective

1. To Understand and Analyse the static forces on mechanisms. 2. To evaluate inertia forces and to analyse Flywheels. 3. To Analyse Belt drives, Concept of friction and Balancing of rotating masses. 4. To Apply the knowledge in designing governors and reciprocating masses. 5. To analyse the gyroscope and Design of cams.

UNIT I

Static Force Analysis: Static force analysis: Introduction: Static equilibrium. Equilibrium of two and three force members. Members with two forces and torque, free body diagrams, principle of virtual work. Static force analysis of four bar mechanism and slider-crank mechanism (without friction).

UNIT II Dynamic Force Analysis:D’Alembert’s principle, Inertia force, inertia torque, Dynamic force analysis of four-bar mechanism and slider crank mechanism. Dynamically equivalent systems, Turning moment diagrams Fluctuation of Energy. Determination of size of flywheels.

UNIT III Friction and Belt Drives: Belt drives: Flat & V belt drives, ratio of belt tensions, centrifugal tension,and power transmitted. Balancing of Rotating Masses: Static and dynamic balancing, Balancing of single rotating mass by balancing masses in same plane and in different planes. Balancing of several rotating masses by balancing masses in same plane and in different planes.

18

UNIT IV Balancing of Reciprocating Masses: Inertia effect of crank and connecting rod, single cylinder engine, balancing in multi cylinder-inline engine (primary & Secondary forces), V-type engine; Radial engine – Direct and reverse crank method. Governors: Types of governors; force analysis of Portor and Hartnell governors. Controlling force, stability, sensitiveness, Isochronism, effort and power.

UNIT V Gyroscope:Vectorial representation of angular motion, basic definitions, Gyroscopic couple. Effect of gyroscopic couple on a plane disc, a boat, an aeroplane, a naval ship, stability of two wheelers and four wheelers. Analysis of CAMS: Analytical methods for Tangent cam with roller follower and Circular arc cam operating flat faced followers, Undercutting in Cams.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Theory of Machines: Rattan S.S. Tata McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, 2nd Edition, 2006.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan, CBS Publication 1984. 2. Design of Machinery by Robert L. Norton, McGraw Hill, 2001. 3. Mechanisms and Dynamics of Machinery by J. Srinivas, Scitech Publications, Chennai, 2002.


1. Demonstrate the knowledge of static force analysis of mechanisms. 2. Develop ability to evaluate the effect of inertial forces in different mechanisms and analyse

flywheels 3. Analyse belt drives, friction and balancing of rotating masses 4. Apply and design governors and reciprocating masses 5. Analyse Gyroscopic effect and design Cams



CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO 1 2 3 3 3 3

CO 2 3 3 3 3 3

CO 3 3 2 3 2 3

CO 4 3 3 3 3 3

CO 5 3 3 2 3 2

Avg.CO 3 3 3 3 3

19

TURBO MACHINEREY

Sub Code: ME 53 Credits:3:1:0 Prerequisite: ME406 Preamble Turbomachines are most commonly used devices in day today life. These are the machines used to produce head or pressure or to generate power. Turbo Machines are different from reciprocating and rotary machines (i.e. Reciprocating air compressor and Gear pump) in the energy transfer aspect. In turbomachines, fluid is not positively contained but flows steadily undergoing pressure change due to dynamic effects. This course deals with the fundamental aspects related to the design of turbo machines. Course Learning Objectives

1. To provide a knowledge of the turbomachine, comparison of positive displacement machine and turbo machine and energy transfer in turbomachinary.

2. To provide knowledge about general analysis of radial flow and axial flow turbomachines. 3. To study of design of hydraulic turbines, steam turbines. 4. To provide knowledge of design of centrifugal pumps and stage efficiency, reheat factor and

preheat factors in turbines and pumps. 5. To provide knowledge about understanding of compression and expansion processes. 6. To provide knowledge about the working and design of centrifugal and axial compressors. 7.

UNIT I Introduction: Definition of a Turbomachine; parts of a Turbomachine; Comparison with positive displacement machine; Classification; Dimensionless parameters and their physical significance; Effect of Reynolds number; Specific speed; Illustrative examples on dimensional analysis and model studies. Energy Transfer in Turbo Machine: Euler Turbine equation; Alternate form of Euler turbine equation – components of energy transfer; Degree of reaction.

UNIT II General Analysis of Turbines Utilization factor, Vane efficiency, Relation between utilization factor and degree of reaction, condition for maximum utilization factor – optimum blade speed ratio for different types of turbines. General analysis of centrifugal pumps and compressors – General analysis of axial flow compressors and pumps – general expression for degree of reaction, velocity triangles for different values of degree of reaction. Effect of blade discharge angle on energy transfer and degree of reaction, Effect of blade discharge angle on performance,; Theoretical head – capacity relationship.

UNIT III Hydraulic Turbines: Classification; Pelton Turbine-velocity triangles, Design parameters, turbine efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Francis turbine – velocity triangles, runner shapes for different blade speeds, Design of Francis turbine, Functions of a Draft tube, types of draft tubes, Kaplan and Propeller turbines – Velocity triangles and design parameters. Characteristic curves for hydraulic turbines.

20

UNIT IV

Steam Turbines: Introduction to steam nozzles and optimum pressure ratio. Impulse Staging and need for compounding, Velocity and pressure compounding, velocity triangle, condition for maximum utilization factor for multistage turbine with equiangular blades, Effects of Blade and Nozzle losses, Reaction staging. Centrifugal Pumps: Definition of terms used in the design of centrifugal pumps like manometric head, suction head, delivery head, manometric efficiency, hydraulic efficiency, volumetric efficiency, overall efficiency, multistage centrifugal pumps design procedure.

UNIT V

Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow and Thermodynamic Analysis of Compression and Expansion Processes: Stagnation and static properties and their relations, Compression process – overall isentropic efficiency of compression, State efficiency, Comparison and relation between overall efficiency and stage efficiency, Polytrophic efficiency, Preheat factor, Expansion process – Overall isentropic efficiency for a turbine, Stage efficiency for a turbine, Comparison and relation between stage efficiency and overall efficiency for expansion process, polytropic efficiency of expansion, Reheat factor for expansion process. Centrifugal Compressors and Axial Flow Compressors: Centrifugal compressors, Main parts and principle of operation power input factor, pre whirl vanes, surging and checking phenomenon. Axial Flow Compressors: Construction and working principle, work done factor (No Numerical Problems). TEXT BOOKS

1. An Introduction to energy conversion, Volume III – Turbo machinery, V.Kadambi and Manohar Prasad, New Age International Publishers (P) Ltd.

2. A Treatise on Turbo Machines, G.Gopalakrishnan, &D.Prithviraj, Scitech Publications (India) Pvt. Limited 2nd edition 2002.


REFERENCE BOOKS

1. “Principles of Turbo Machinery”, D.G.Shepherd, The Macmillan Company (1964) 2. “Gas Turbine Theory”, H.Cohen, GFC Rogers, & HIH Saravanamuttoo, Thomson Press (India)

Ltd., 4th Edition (1998) 3. Fundamentals of Turbomachinery: William W Perg John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2008.) 4. “Turbines, Compressors & Fans”, S. M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill Co., 2nd Edition (2002).

Course Outcomes

1. Apply the Concepts of energy transfer processes in Turbo Machines. 2. Analyze energy transfer through graphical and analytical methods in turbo machines. 3. Analyze the performance characteristics in hydraulic turbines. 4. Evaluate the performance of steam turbines and centrifugal pumps. 5. Analyze thermodynamics of compressible flow and working of various compressors.

21

Course articulation Matrix :



CO1 3 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 1

CO2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO3 2 3 3 1 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO4 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - - 2 2

CO5 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - - 2 1

Avg.CO

3 3 3 2 3 2

22

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS & METROLOGY

Sub Code: ME54 Credits: 3:0:0:1 Pre-requisites: Nil

Preamble In industries, the main focus is on manufacturing/production with advent of various machines like lathe, drilling machine, milling machine, shaping machine, grinding machine. These machines are used in production. Improvements were made in these machines to make it semi-automatic or automatic. These are conventional or traditional machining processes. Later in non-traditional machining processes like EDM, ECM came into existence. Here in this course a study of these conventional and non-conventional processes are made by the students. Simultaneously in the lab session, students learn practical skills. Course Learning Objectives

1. Introduce students to the definition, objectives and various aspects of Metrology and Measurements as applied to Mechanical engineering.

2. Impart the knowledge of fits, Tolerances, Gauging and comparators. 3. Define the fundamental concepts and derive the relations for the design of gauges, types

of gauges, concepts involved in comparators, angular measurements, screw thread and gear measurements.

4. Define the fundamental methods of measurement, concept of transducer and intermediate modifying and terminating devices. Clear exposure to the errors, classification and remedies.

5. To expose the students to various aspects of measurement of Force, Torque, Strain, Pressure and Temperature along with the introduction to design ,types and applications of Coordinate measuring machines.

UNIT I Standards of Measurement: Definition and Objectives of metrology, Standards of length– International prototype meter, Imperial Standard yard, Wave length standard, subdivision of standards, line and end standard, comparison, transfer from line standard to end standard, calibration of end bars (Numerical), Slip gauges, wringing phenomena, Indian Standards (M-81,M-112), Numerical Examples on building of slip gauges. System of limits, Definition of tolerance, Specification in assembly, Principle of inter changeability and selective assembly limits of size, Indian Standards, concept of limits of size and tolerances, compound tolerances, accumulation of tolerances.

UNIT II Fits, Tolerances and gauging & Comparators: Definition of fits, types of fits and their designation (IS 919-1963), geometrical tolerance, positional – tolerances, hole basis system, shaft basis system, classification of gauges, brief concept of design of gauges (principles), Wear allowance on gauges, Types of gauges – Plain plug gauge, ring Gauge, snap gauge, limit gauge and gauge materials. Introduction to Comparators, Characteristics, classification of comparators, mechanical comparators – Johnson Mikrokator, Sigma Comparators, dial indicator, Optical comparators – principles, Zeiss ultra Optimeter, Electric and Electronic comparators – principles, LVDT, Pneumatic comparators, back pressure Gauges, Solex comparators.

23

UNIT III

Angular measurement, Interferometer and Screw thread gear measurement: Angular measurements, Bevel Protractor, Sine Principle and use of Sine bars, Sine center, use of angle gauges, (numericals on building of angles) Clinometers. Interferometer Principle of interferometery, autocollimator. Optical flats. Terminology of screw threads, measurement of major diameter, minor diameter, pitch, angle and effective diameter of screw threads by 2-wire and 3-wire methods, Best size wire. Toolmakers microscope, gear terminology, use of gear tooth Vernier caliper and gear tooth micrometer.

UNIT IV Measurements and Measurement systems, Intermediate modifying and terminatingdevices: Definition, Significance of measurement, generalized measurement system, definitions and concept of accuracy, precision, calibration, threshold, sensitivity, hysteresis, repeatability, linearity, loading effect, system response-times delay. Errors in Measurements, classification of errors. Transducers, Transfer efficiency, Primary and Secondary transducers, Electrical, Mechanical, Electronic transducers, advantages of each type transducers. Mechanical systems, inherent problems, Electrical intermediate modifying devices, Input circuitry, Ballast, Ballast circuit, Electronic amplifiers and telemetry. Terminating devices, Mechanical, Cathode Ray Oscilloscope, Oscillographs, X-Y Plotters.

UNIT V

Measurement of Force and Torque, Pressure Temperature and Strain Measurement: Principle, Analytical balance, platform balance, Proving ring, Torque measurement, Prony brake, Hydraulic dynamometer. Pressure Measurements, Principle, use of elastic members, Bridgeman gauge, McLeod gauge, Pirani Gauge. Temperature and Strain Measurement: Resistance thermometers, thermocouple, law of thermocouple, materials used for construction, Pyrometer, Optical Pyrometer. Strain Measurements, Strain gauge, preparation and mounting of strain gauges, gauge factor, methods of strain measurement. Coordinate measuring machine: Introduction, design, types and its applications. Text Books: 1. Mechanical measurements, by Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education, 6thEd., 2006. 2. Engineering Metrology, by R.K.Jain, Khanna Publishers,5th edition 2006. Reference Books: 1. Engineering Metrology, by I.C.Gupts, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi. 2nd edition 2006 edition. 2. Industrial Instrumentation, Alsutko, Jerry.D.Faulk, Thompson Asia Pvt. Ltd.1st edition 2002. 3. Measurements Systems Applications and Design, by Ernest O. Doblin, McGraw Hill Book Co. 2nd edition. 2006


1. Explain the concept of measurements in engineering . 2. Examine the applications of Limits, Fits, Tolerances and Analyse comparators for different

engineering applications. 3. Identify the uses of Gauges for Angular measurement, Screw thread and Gear Measurement. 4. Understand the significance of measurement system, Errors, Transducers, Intermediate

modifying and terminating devices. 5. Apply the techniques for force, torque, pressure, temperature and strain measurement systems

24

Course articulation matrix :

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 P04 P05 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - 3 - - 2 - - - - - 3 3

CO2 3 3 - 2 - 2 2 - - - - - 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 - 2 - - - - - 2 3 3

CO4 3 2 3 3 - 2 2 3 - - - - 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 - 2 2 3 - - - - 3 3 Avg.CO 3 3 2 3 2 2 2 1 3 3


25



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

As the world moves towards organized living with the outlook of a global village, it becomes imperative for every nation to ensure that the rights of people who innovate, invent, discover, research, etc are safeguarded. Without risks and rewards that goes with new inventions and innovative products, the world would not have never come this far. IPR therefore is a must-study for all students especially those from professional courses since there are at the forefront of technology which is the main source of all innovations.


1) To introduce to the student the fundamentals of intellectual property rights and the various IPR’s as accorded in India.

2) To introduce and delve into the details of laws and acts of different IPR’s. 3) To understand the different kinds of IPR’s and their importance in the practical world. 4) To get a basic idea of what IPR’s are and its implementation in day to day life. 5) To learn the fundamentals of Research Methodology helpful in future R & D activities

UNIT- I

Introduction to Intellectual property rights: Nature of Intellectual property, Commercial exploitation, Enforcement of rights and remedies against infringement, Intellectual property and economic development, International character of intellectual property rights.

Patents: Introduction to Patents, definition, object and value of patent system, International character of patents, advantages of patents to inventor, validity of patent not guaranteed, patentable invention, Inventions not patentable and patents- a source of technological information.

UNIT- II

Procedure to obtain a patent, Term of Patent, Patent of Addition, Specification types – Provisional specification and complete specification, Grounds of Opposition to Patent.

Register of patents and patent office, Powers of the Controller and Central government, Rights and Obligations of a Patentee, Nature of patent rights, Limitations of patentee rights and obligations of patentee, Transfer of patent rights.

UNIT III

Industrial Designs: Introduction, appeal to the eye, Novelty and originality, publication, Designs prohibited from Registration, registration of design, rights conferred by registration

Trade Marks: Definition, Function of trademark, Evolution, Object of Trademark Law, Attributes of a good trademark, Protection to trademarks, Licensing of trademarks.

26

UNIT IV

Copyright: Introduction, object of copyrights, copyright and technology, International conventions, copyright and GATT, Nature of copyright, subject matter of copyrights like literary works, dramatic works, musical works, artistic works, cinematography and sound recording.

Geographical Indications: Introduction, need for GI’s, Protection of GI’s, well known GI’s of India, Guidelines for application of GI’s, Examples, Advantages and limitations of GI’s.

UNIT V

Research Methodology: Introduction, Meaning, Objectives, Motivation, Types, Research Approaches, Significance, Methods vs. Methodology.

Research Process, Criteria of good research, problems encountered by researchers in India. Role of Computers and Internet in Research

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, IIIrd edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi, 2007 edition.

2. Basic Principles and acquisition of Intellectual Property Rights, Dr. T Ramakrishna, CIPRA, NLSU-2005.

3. Intellectual Property Law by P Narayan, III edition, Eastern Law House, New Delhi, 1st edition.2007

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Intellectual Property Law Handbook. Dr.B.L.Wadehhra, Universal Law Publishing Co. Ltd., 2002.

2. Intellectual Property by W R Cornish, Sweet and Maxwell. 3. Research Methodology – Methods & Techniques, by Kothari C. R, WishwaPrakashan, A


Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to:

1. Describe the Fundamentals of intellectual property Rights as seen legally in India 2. Understand the philosophical basis of intellectual property law 3. Distinguish between the different kinds of intellectual property rights 4. Identify and implementing the different concepts of IPR in day to day life 5. Summarize the fundamentals of Research Methodology useful in R&D activities

27



CO1 - - - - - 3 - 2 - - - 1 - -

CO2 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - 1 - -

CO3 - - - - - 2 - 2 - - - 1 - -

CO4 - - - - - 2 - 3 - - 1 2 3 3

CO5 - - - - - 2 - 2 2 2 2 2 1 1

Avg.CO 3 3 1 1 1 2 1 1


28

SMART MANUFACTURING


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Smart Manufacturing is an amalgamation of Information Technology, Cloud Computing & traditional Mechanical, Production Engineering towards achieving excellence in manufacturing. Maximum results with minimum resources being used. The course will introduce the concepts of Smart Manufacturing, how various technologies can be leveraged to achieve minimum breakdowns, First Time Right Production, 100% Delivery on Time with minimum turnaround time. Nine Pillars of Smart Manufacturing will be explained to the Students. The course will make the students aware of developments in Technology those are going to alter the Traditional Manufacturing scenario. The following topics may be broadly covered in the classroom. The practical will be in the form of Group Discussion based on Case Study.


1. Educate the importance of Smart Manufacturing 2. Implement the use of appropriate Technologies from Industry 3. Prepare for the ever changing Manufacturing Techniques 4. Use of modern tools to solve complex industry manufacturing methods 5. To enable the process automation between humans and digital workflow

UNIT – I

Introduction: History of Smart Manufacturing, Definition, SMLC concept, big data processing, Industrial connectivity devices and services, Benefits, Emerging business practices, Eliminating workplace inefficiencies and hazards

Transparent Factory: Shop Floor Visualization and Alerting, Web based visualization, ANDON displays, Role bases shop floor reporting, Right Info to the Right role at the right time (RI-RR-RT) concept :Operator, Product Manager, Maintenance, Industrial Engineer, Plant Manager

UNIT – II

Smart Factory: Information and Communication Technology, Industrial Internet and Cyber Physical Systems, Disruptive BIG Data Technology: Any Browser, Any Geography, Any Language, Any Machine, Any Device, Customer case study

Industrial Internet : Introduction, Power of 1%, Key IIoT Technologies, Do’s and Don’t of Industrial Internet, Catalysts and Precursors of the IIoT,

29

Unit – III

Industrial Internet : Definition, Use cases – Healthcare, Oil and Gas Industry, Smart Office, Logistics and Industrial Internet, Retail, Wireless Technology, IP Mobility, Cloud and Fog, M2M learning, Augment Reality and 3D Printing.

Designing II system : Concept of IIoT, Proximity Network, Modern Communication Protocol, Examining access network technology and protocol, middleware transport protocol, middleware software patterns.

UNIT – IV

Middleware IIoT : Definition, Architecture, IIoT WAN, Securing Industrial Internet, Industry 4.0

Smart Factories : Definition, Real World Smart Factories, Case Studies – GE, Airbus, Siemens.

UNIT – V

Economics: Economics Aspects of Smart Manufacturing, ecosystem, skill set requirements, Effects of 4M – Man Machine Material and Methods in Smart Manufacturing

Business Process: Nine Pillars of SM, Business Propositions delivered with Smart Manufacturing, Adding Smartness to Manufacturing – Adoption & Scaling

Text Books :

1) Industry 4.0 The Industrial Internet of Things, Alasdair Gilchirst, Apress ISBN – 978-1-4842-2046-7

2) Smart Manufacturing, Shoukat Ali, LAP LAMBERT Academic Publishing ISBN – 978-3659933554

Reference Books :

1) OEE Guide to Smart Manufacturing, Dr. Jill A O’Sullivan, ISBN – 97809912142-4-2, Library of Congress, IMAE Business & Academic ERP Implementation Series

Course Outcomes:

1) Identify the stages of Smart Manufacturing scenario in modern engineering 2) Choose technologies and practices that can aid the Industry 4.0 workflow 3) Assess Manufacturing Techniques to implement in a real world complex engineering

cases. 4) Formulate workflow to solve day to day problems and provide proven solutions 5) Organize levels of work exchange to implement better communication with Man –

Machine

30




CO1 3 3 1 2 3

CO2 2 3 1 2 3

CO3 3 3 2 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 2 1 3

Avg.CO 3 3 2 2 3

31

COMPOSITE MATERIALS SUB CODE: ME562 CREDITS 4:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

In present days different types of materials pertaining to engineering field. The conventional materials whose properties are already there in the hand books. As the new inventions are taking place, the conventional materials are not fit at that place. So there is a need for newer materials which suits to the need, with improved properties and structures. And also there is a need for the newer materials with improved mechanical, chemical, electrical and other properties. This course deals with the study of such advanced materials to serve the required purpose in the field of aerospace and specialty areas, where light weight and high strength are of interest.


1.Study the basic concept of the composites and classification of composites. 2. Study of the different processing/ fabrication techniques of metal matrixcomposites. 3. Study of the different processing/ fabrication techniques of polymer matrixcomposites and its

applications. 4. Study of Secondary Processing and Joining of Compositewith conventional materials. 5. Study of Fracture & Safety of Composite for metal matrix composites and polymer matrix

composites. UNIT I

Introduction: Definition of composite material, Classification based on matrix and topology, Constituents of composites, Interfaces and Inter phases, Distribution of constituents, Characteristics and selection of Fiber Composites, laminated composites, Particulate composites, sandwich construction.

UNIT II

Fabrication of Metal Matrix Composites: Commonly used Matrices, Basic Requirements in Selection of constituents, solidification processing of composites , Spray processes - Osprey Process, Rapid solidification processing, Dispersion Processes - Stir-casting & Compo casting, Screw extrusion, Liquid- metal impregnation technique - Squeeze casting, Pressure infiltration, Lanxide process.

UNIT III

Fabrication of Polymer Matrix Composites: Commonly used Matrices Basic Requirements in selection of Constituents, Moulding method, Low pressure closed Moulding, pultrusion, Filament winding.

Application in aircrafts, missiles, space Hardware, automobile, electrical and electronics, Marine, recreational and Sports equipment, future potential of composite materials

32

UNIT IV Secondary Processing and Joining of Composite: Forging and extrusion of composites – critical issues, dynamic recovery and dynamic recrystallization, mechanical properties; Induction Heating, Fusion Bonding, Ultrasonic welding, Gas tungsten arc welding, Gas metal arc welding, Resistance spot & seam welding.

UNIT V

Fracture & Safety of Composite: Fracture behavior of composites, Mechanics and Weakest link statistics, Griffith theory of brittle fracture and modification for structural materials, Basic fracture mechanics of composite Fracture Mechanics of MMC and polymer Matrix composites. TEXT BOOKS:


2. Michael W,Hyer “ Stress analysis of fiber Reinforced composite materials”,McGraw Hill InternationalKrishnan K Chawla, “Composite material science and Engineering”, Springer


Course Outcomes:

1. Demonstrate the need for composite materials by comparing the limitations of conventional materials.

2. The students are given a thorough knowledge of different fabrication techniques and also by giving on hand practical knowledge of casting.

3. The students are given a thorough knowledge about the materials having light weight to high strength ratio.

4. The students have thorough knowledge about the composite materials, hybrid composites and their properties and applications.

5. The students will able to understand the fracture and its role in designing the structure of the composites.


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1

PSO2

CO1 3 2 2 2 2 3

CO2 3 2 2 2 2 2

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 3

CO4 2 2 2 2 3

CO5 3 2 2 2 3

Avg.CO

3 3 1 1 2 1 2 2 2


33

ADDITIVE MANUFACTURING

SUB CODE: ME563 CREDITS: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble The current marketplace is undergoing an accelerated pace of change that challenges companies to innovate new techniques to rapidly respond to the ever changing global environment. A country's economy is highly dependent on the development of new products that are innovative with shorter development time. Organizations now fail or succeed based upon their ability to respond quickly to changing customer demands and to utilize new innovative technologies. In this environment, the advantage goes to the firm that can offer greater varieties of new products with higher performance and greater overall appeal.

At the center of this environment is a new generation of customers. These customers have forced organizations to look for new methods and techniques to improve their business processes and speed up the product development cycle. As the direct result of this, the industry is required to apply new engineering philosophy such as Rapid Response to Manufacturing (RRM). RRM concept uses the knowledge of previously designed products in support of developing new products.


1. The aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to conceive, design, and implement products quickly and effectively, using the latest rapid prototyping methods.

2. Technologies associated with material addition process are identified and its advantages are evaluated.

3. Students learn to differentiate various process parameters associated with Rapid Manufacturing Technique & choose tooling techniques for a specific application.

4. Learn how relative improvements can be established by using computers and optimization techniques as compared to initial, manual solutions.


UNIT I

INTRODUCTION: History of RP system, Need for the compression in Product development, Growth of RP industry, classification of RP system.

STEREO LITHOGRAPHY SYSTEMS: Principle, Process parameter, Data preparation, data files and machine details, application.

UNIT II

SELECTIVE LASER SINTERING: Type of machine principle of operation, process parameters, application. FUSION DEPOSITION MODELING: Principle, process parameter, application.

UNIT III

SOLID GROUND CURING: Principle of operation, applications Laminated Object Manufacturing: principle of operation, LOM materials. Process details, application.

CONCEPT MODELERS: Principle, Thermal jet printer, Sander’s model maker, 3-D printer. Genesis printer, HP system, Object Quadra systems.

34

UNIT IV

RAPID TOOLING: Indirect Rapid tooling. Silicone rubber tooling, Aluminum filled epoxy tooling, Spray metal tooling ,Direct Rapid Tooling, Quick cast process, copper polyamide, DMILS, Prometal, Sand casting tooling, Soft tooling and hard tooling.

UNIT V

SOFTWARE FOR RP: STL files, Overview of Solid view, magics, imics, magic communicator, Internet based software.

RAPID MANUFACTURING PROCESS OPTIMIZATION Factors influencing accuracy, data preparation errors, Part building errors, Error in finishing, influence of build orientation.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Stereo lithography and other RP & M Technologies, Paul F.Jacobs: “SME, NY 1996. 2. Rapid manufacturing, FIham D.T &Dinjoy S.S verlog London 2001.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Rapid prototyping, Terry Wohler’s Report 2000” association 2000. 2. Rapid prototyping materials by Gurumurthi. IISc Bangalore. 3. Rapid automated by lament wood. Indus press New York.


1. Identify the stages of development related to RP system and classification based of material types

2. Compare different RP process based on process parameter 3. Analyze the different Rapid Tooling process for batch production 4. Select and use correct data formats in the manufacture of a 3D printed part 5. Analyze suitable orientation workflow for better part fabrication process & reduced part build

errors Course articulation matrix

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1 3 3 2 1 1 1 CO2 3 3 2 2 1 2 CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 1 3 CO4 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 CO5 3 3 2 3 3 2 2 3 Avg.CO

3 3 2 3 2 2 2 3


35

SOLAR ENERGY


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble The demand for clean energy sources is increasing at a fast rate because of the depletion of fossil fuels and the damage caused by emissions to the environment. Solar energy is an important renewable and clean energy source being explored in a large scale for heating and power generation all over the world. Proper assessment of the availability of solar energy and understanding of the various solar energy conversion systems is essential for the optimum application and use of solar energy. The course on Solar Energy has been tailored to provide the understanding of thermal and photo-voltaic methods of solar energy conversion. Methods to predict the availability of solar energy and principles of working and performance evaluation of various solar thermal devices such as liquid flat plate collectors, concentrating collectors and air heaters will be introduced. The course also includes the study of photo-voltaic conversion and the economic analysis of investments in solar energy conversion power plants. Course Learning Objectives:

1. To make students understand importance of renewable energy and in particular solar energy. 2. To enable them to understand the measurement of solar radiation using various instruments. 3. To enable them to design liquid flat collectors for liquid heating systems. 4. To enable them to design concentrating collectors and solar air heater. 5. To enable them to know photovoltaic cell operation and economics of solar systems.

UNIT I

Introduction: energy sources, Renewable energy sources, potential, Achievements in India, energy alternatives, Solar energy option, overview, devices for thermal collection and storage, Thermal applications, Water and space heating, Power generation, Space cooling and refrigeration, Distillation, Drying, cooking and Grid connected solar pumping system.

UNIT II

Solar Radiation: Solar radiation outside atmosphere, Solar radiation at earth’s surface, Instruments for measuring solar radiation and sunshine recorder, solar radiation data, Solar radiation geometry, Empirical equations, prediction of availability of solar radiation, solar radiation on tilted surfaces, Numerical problems.

UNIT III Liquid flat plate collectors: Performance analysis, Transmissivity of cover, transmissivity-absorptivity product, Overall loss coefficient, hear transfer correlations,Collector efficiency factor, Collector heat removal factor, Numerical problems, Effect of various parameters on performance, Analysis of collectors, transient analysis, testing procedures, Alternative to conventional collectors, numerical problems.

UNIT IV

36

Concentrating Collectors: Introduction, Flat plate collectors with plane reflectors, cylindrical parabolic collector, compound parabolic collectors, parabolic dish collctor. Central receiver collector, tracking, numerical problems. Solar air heaters: performance analysis, types, testing procedures.

UNIT V Photo-Voltaic Conversion: Solar cell, working principles, conversion efficiency, commercial solar cells, applications. Economic analysis: initial and annual costs, definitions, present worth calculations, Repayment of loan, annual solar savings, payback period, concluding remarks.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Solar Energy-Principles of energy conversion and storage, S P Sukhatme, Tata Mcgraw hill co., New Delhi.


REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Solar engineering of Thermal processes, Duffi J A and Beckman, W. A. John Wiley & Sons, New York.

Course Outcomes 1. Identify the significance and applications of various solar energy devices and instrument for

measuring solar radiation. 2. Understand the concept of solar radiation geometry and empirical equation for solar radiation 3. Apply the solar radiation concept related to flat plate collector, concentrated collector and

solar air heater systems appropriately in various environmental conditions. 4. Analyze the overall loss coefficient, heat transfer correlation, collector efficiency factors in

collectors and propose necessary solutions. 5. Evaluate the issue related to photovoltaic conversion efficiency and economical aspects


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 2 1 - - - - - 3 3 CO2 3 2 2 2 - - - - 2 2 CO3 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 3 3 3 3 CO4 3 3 3 3 - 2 3 - 2 3 3 CO5 3 3 3 3 - 3 3 - 3 2 2 Avg.CO 3 3 3 3 2 1 2 3 3


37

ENGINEERING ECONOMICS SUB CODE: ME 565 CREDITS: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble:

Studying Economics for engineers is of paramount importance since it is at the heart of making decisions based on fundamental elements of cash flows, time, interest factors, and interest rates. The main objective of learning the subject therefore is to understand the various contexts and premises in all engineering domains where the principles of engineering economy can be applied and the benefits appreciated. Further students learn the fundamentals of Pure Economics to allow them opportunity to pursue higher studies in the areas of Economics and Finance which are indispensable for career growth in any industry.


1. To help the students realize the importance of decision making based on financial reasoning, demand and supply concepts and familiarization with interest and interest factors.

2. To appreciate the need for Present worth and future worth analysis while comparing projects with different financial outlays

3. To make the students relate to the real world concepts of paying EMI’s, annuity contracts, etc., and also understand the basic concepts of Rate of Return and its importance in starting new ventures.

4. To introduce to students the theories of depreciation and their basic calculations while making them understand the need for it. To also introduce basics of costing in order to understand fixing of price for simple products.

5. To familiarize students with the fundamentals of pure economics with an eye on India’s economy which will help them grow in the corporate ladder.

UNIT - I Introduction: Engineers as decision makers, engineering and economics, problem solving and decision making, intuition and analysis, tactics and strategy, law of demand and supply, law of returns. Interest and interest factors, interest rates, simple interests, compound interests, cash flow diagrams, problems.

UNIT - II Present worth comparisons: Introduction, Conditions for present worth comparisons, Basic present worth comparison, present worth equivalence, net present worth. Assets with unequal lives, assets with infinite lives, future worth comparisons, pay back comparisons, problems.

UNIT – III Equivalent annual worth comparisons: Introduction, methods of equivalent annual-worth comparison, situations for EAW comparisons, consideration of asset life, comparisons of assets with equal and unequal lives, use of sinking fund method, annuity contract for guaranteed income, problems.

38

Rate of return calculations: Introduction, Minimum acceptable rate of return, Internal rate of return, External rate of return, misconceptions about IRR, application of rate of return concept in industries, cost of capital concepts, problems.

UNIT – IV

Depreciation: Meaning, causes of depreciation, basic methods of computing depreciation charges, tax concepts, corporate income tax,problems. Estimating and costing: Introduction, components of costs – direct costs, indirect costs, material cost, labour cost, overheads, etc., Estimation of selling price for simple components, problems.

UNIT – V Fundamentals of Pure Economics:BasicMicro and Macro Economics principles, Relationship between Science, Engineering, Technology and Economic Development. Production Possibility Curve, Nature of Economic Laws. Meaning of market, types of market, perfect competition, Monopoly, Oligopoly. Indian Economy, nature and characteristics, Basic concepts; fiscal and monetary policy, causes and remedies for Inflation & deflation, Sensex. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Chopra P. N., Principle of Economics, Kalyani Publishers 2. Dewett K. K., Modern economic theory, S. Chand 3. H. L. Ahuja., Modern economic theory, S. Chand 4. Mishra S. K., Modern Micro Economics, Pragati Publications

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Engineering Economy, Riggs J. L, McGraw Hill Company, 2002. 2. Engineering Economics, R. Panneerselvam, PHI Pvt Ltd, New Delhi, 2001 . 3. Jain T.R., Economics for Engineers, VK Publication

Course Learning Outcomes 1) Students should be able to realize the importance of decision making based on financial

reasoning. They should be able to clearly understand demand and supply concepts and familiarize themselves with interest and interest factors.

2) Students should understand how to calculate present and future worth of business projects and should be able to compare them while selecting the best based on results.

3) Students should understand the concept of calculating EMI’S which is a part of our real life.They should also be able to apply basic concepts of rate of return and its importance in starting new ventures.

4) Students should be thorough with the theories of depreciation and their basic calculations since these they appear in all facets of business. They also should understand the elements of costing so that it helps them later in their professional lives.

39

5) Students should get a good grounding in the fundamental topics of Pure Economics so as to apply them to the organizations of which they would be part of later in their careers.



CO1 - - - - - 2 - 2 1 - 3 3 3 -

CO2 - - - - - 2 - 2 1 - 3 3 3 -

CO3 - - - - - 2 - 2 1 - 3 3 3 -

CO4 - - - - - 2 - 2 1 - 3 3 3 -

CO5 - - - - - 2 - 2 1 - 3 3 3 -

Avg.CO 3 3 2 3 3 3


40


Subject Code: ME 57 L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Fluid Mechanics Preamble Turbo Machines is relevant to study the performance of machines which involves energy conversion processes and the study also involves measurement of flow & to determine the head loss in flow through pipes.


1. Students apply the knowledge and conduct the experiments on Flow measuring devices.

2. Students analyze the characteristics curves and evaluate the performance of various pumps.

3. Students analyze the energy conversion devices such as pumps and turbines.

Experiments

1. Determination of coefficient of friction of flow in a pipe. 2. Determination of minor losses in flow through pipes. 3. Determination of force developed by impact of jets on vanes. 4. Calibration of flow measuring devices

a. Orifice plate. b. Orifice meter. c. Venturimeter. d. Rota meter. e. V notch. f. Rectangular notch.

5. Performance testing of Turbines a. Pelton wheel. b. Francis Turbine. c. Kaplan Turbines.

6. Performance testing of Pumps a. Single stage and Multi stage centrifugal pumps. b. Reciprocating pump.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. An Introduction to energy conversion, Volume III – Turbo machinery, V.Kadambi and

Manohar Prasad, New Age International Publishers (P) Ltd. 2. A Treatise on Turbo Machines, G.Gopalakrishnan, &D.Prithviraj, Scitech Publications (India)

Pvt. Limited 2nd edition 2002. 3. Turbo Machines laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. “Principles of Turbo Machinery”, D.G.Shepherd, The Macmillan Company (1964) 2. “Gas Turbine Theory”, H.Cohen, GFC Rogers, & HIH Saravanamuttoo, Thomson Press (India)

Ltd., 4th Edition (1998) 3. Fundamentals of Turbomachinery: William W Perg John Wiley & Sons, Inc. (2008.) 4. “Turbines, Compressors & Fans”, S. M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill Co., 2nd Edition (2002).

41

Course Outcomes:

1. Students will be able to demonstrate the knowledge of flow measuring devices and calibrate

the discharge under various condition. 2. Students will be able to analyze the characteristics curves and evaluate the performance of

various pumps. 3. Students will be able to identify the various turbines and determine the performance

parameters. Course articulation matrix :

CO PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1

3 3 1 3 2 3 3 2

CO2

3 2 2 1 3 2 3 2 3

CO3

3 3 1 1 3 2 3 3 3

Avg.

CO 3 3 1 1 3 2 3

3 3



CIE: Lab Record (Conducting experiment, calculation and writing record with graph) = 30 marks Lab Test (One test at the end) = 15 marks Viva Voce = 05 marks Total CIE = 50 marks SEE:

1. Student should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become eligible for appearing the examination.


Max Marks: 50 Group Experiment: 25 Individual Experiment: 15 Viva-voce: 10 TOTAL: 50

42

MECHANICAL MEASUREMENTS & METROLOGY LABORATORY

Subject Code: ME 58 L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble This course aims at introducing a student to know the concepts of measurement and metrology. The course includes measurement of length, diameter, taper, flatness, squareness, pressure, temperature, force, strain.etc. Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply calibration technique to various measuring device to standardize the instruments

2. Demonstrate usability of different measuring instruments to measure various parameters

applicable in mechanical engineering

3. Investigate the applicability of standard measuring devices.

Syllabus

Tests conducted are listed below 1. Conduct the following Experiments. 1. Calibration of pressure transducer 2. Calibration of thermocouple 3. Calibration of LVDT 4. Determination of material constants, E & G. 5. Calibration of stroboscope 6. Calibration of micrometer using slip gauges 7. Double flank test using gear roll tester 8. Determination of gear tooth profile using gear tooth tester 9. Measurement of tool-tip temperature 10. Digimatic miniprocessor


1. Measurements using tool makers microscope 2. Measurements using profile projector 3. Measurement of angles using sine center, sine bar and bevel protractor 4. Determination form tolerance of a ground product using pneumatic comparators 5. Drawing of Merchant’s circle diagram 6. Determination of screw thread parameters using floating carriage diameter measuring

machine. 7. Static testing of machine tool using autocollimator


2. Monochromatic checklite 3. Surface finish measurement

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Mechanical measurements, by Beckwith Marangoni and Lienhard, Pearson Education, 6th Ed., 2006. 2. Engineering Metrology, by R.K.Jain, Khanna Publishers, 1st edition 1994.

43

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Engineering Metrology, by I.C.Gupta, Dhanpat Rai Publications, Delhi. 2nd edition 2006 edition. 2. Mechanical measurements, by R.K.Jain. 5th edition 2006. 3. Industrial Instrumentation, Alsutko, Jerry.D.Faulk, Thompson Asia Pvt. Ltd.1st edition 2002. 4. Measurements Systems Applications and Design, by Ernest O. Doblin, McGraw Hill Book Co. 2nd edition. 2006 Course outcomes: After successful completion of this course, students will be able to

1. Apply calibration technique to various measuring device to standardize the instruments.

2. Demonstrate usability of different measuring instruments to measure various parameters

applicable in mechanical engineering.

3. Investigate the applicability of standard measuring devices.


Scheme of Examination:CIE:

Lab Record (Conducting experiment, calculation and writing record with graph) = 30 marks Lab Test (One test at the end) = 15 marks Viva Voce = 05 marks Total CIE = 50 marks SEE:


2. Student has to conduct two experiments(One group experiment and one individual experiment) Max Marks: 50 Group Experiment: 25 Individual Experiment: 15 Viva-voce: 10 --------------------------------------- TOTAL: 50

CO PO1

PO2

PO3

PO4

PO5

PO6

PO7

PO8

PO9

PO10

PO11

PO12

PSO1

PSO2

CO1 2 3 - 3 - - - - - - - 2 2 3

CO2 2 2 - 3 - - - - 3 3 2

CO3 2 3 - 1 - - - - 2 3 3

Avg.CO

2 3 3 3 3 3

44


Subject Code: ME 59L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble Machine shop is a place where components are produced on a large scale. The students will be conducting experiments in the laboratory pertaining to lathe work, shaping machine, milling and grinding.


1. To make students understand about various machining operations including eccentric turning on Lathe and selection of cutting tools for the same.

2. To give basic practical experience to the students on the use of Milling machine and various operations on the same

3. To give basic practical experience to the students on the use of Shaping machine and various operations on the same.

Syllabus

Lathe: Step turning, thread cutting (V-thread, Square thread, Left hand and Right hand threads) Eccentric turning. Milling Machine: Indexing, Indexing methods, cutting of gear tooth (Spur gear, Helical gear), face milling and grooving. Surface Grinding: Demonstration of Surface grinding machine. Shaping Machine: Cutting of V groove, Dovetail and Rectangular groove. TEXT BOOK:

Manufacturing Process – II laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT.

Course Outcomes:

The Student will ;

1. Be able to demonstrate the skill developed in preparing models using different operations on a lathe

2. The Student will be able to demonstrate the skill developed in preparing models using different operations on a milling machine

3. The student will be able to understand the operations carried using the Shaping machine. And will demonstrate the skill of surface grinding and Wood turning.

45



CO1 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

CO2 3 3 2 2 2 2 3 3

CO3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2

Avg.CO 3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3



CIE: Lab Record (Conducting experiment, calculation and writing record with graph) = 30 marks Lab Test (One test at the end) = 15 marks Viva Voce = 05 marks Total CIE = 50 marks

SEE:




46

M S RAMAIAH INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY, BANGALORE – 560 054 (Autonomous Institute, Affiliated to VTU)

SCHEME OF TEACHING FOR THE ACADEMIC YEAR 2017-2018 VI SEMESTER B.E MECHANICAL ENGINEERING

Sl.No Course

Code Course Name Category Credits Contact

Hours L T P S Total

1 ME61 Design of Machine Elements-II

PC-C

3 1 0

NIL

4 4

2 ME62 Finite Element Analysis 4 0 0 4 4

3 ME63 Heat and Mass Transfer 4 0 0 4 4

4 ME64 Mini-Project PW/IN 0 0 6 6 6

5 ME65 Elective-II PC-E 4 0 0 4 4

6 ME66L Finite Element Analysis Laboratory

PC-C

0 0 1 1 2


0 0 1 1 2

8 ME68L Design and Dynamics Laboratory

0 0 1 1 2

Total

25 28

L: Lecture T: Tutorial P: Practical S: Self Study

LIST OF COURSES OFFERED UNDER ELECTIVE-II


1. ME651 Theory of Elasticity

2. ME652 Computational Fluid Dynamics

3. ME653 Total Quality Management

4. ME654 Non Traditional Machining

5. ME655 Hydraulics & Pneumatic

47


VI SEMESTER B.E. MECHANICAL ENGINEERING


Sl.

No

Course

Code

Course PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

1 ME61 Design of Machine Elements-II

3 3 3 2 3 2 3

2 ME62 Finite Element Analysis 3 3 3 3 3 2

3

3

3 ME63 Heat and Mass Transfer 3 3 3 3 2 2

3

3

4 ME64 Mini-Project 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3

5 ME651 Theory of Elasticity

3 3 2 2 1 3 3

6 ME652 Computational Fluid Dynamics

3 3 3 3 2 3

3 3

7 ME653 Total Quality Management 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2

8 ME654 Non Traditional Machining

3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

9 ME655 Hydraulics & Pneumatic 3 2 2 1 2

2

2

10 ME66L Finite Element Analysis Laboratory

3

3

1

1

2

3

2

3


3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 3

12 ME68L Design and Dynamics Laboratory

3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3

48

DESIGN OF MACHINE ELEMENTS-II Sub Code: ME61 Credits: 3:1:0 Prerequisite: Design of Machine Elements-1 Preamble In machine design certain topics were discussed in detail. In the course Machine Design -2 some more components for complete design are considered. This enables the person who undergoes the course understanding the subject as below.

Course learning objectives: 1. Concept in selection of material. 2. Deciding the proper steps to be followed in manufacturing of the components involved in the product. 3. Knowledge of the components to be designed. 4. Factors to be considered while designing the components which involve human life such as brakes,

clutches, springs, bearings etc. 5. Alternate design procedure. 6. Selection of some of the components from charts, catalogues and by other means that are in practice.

UNIT I

Curved Beams: Stresses in Curved Beams of Standard Cross Sections used in Crane Hook, Punching Presses & Clamps, Closed Rings and Links. Belts Ropes and Chains: Flat Belts: Length & Cross Section, Selection of V-belts, Ropes and Chains for Different Applications.

UNIT II Springs: Types of Springs - Stresses in Helical Coil Springs of Circular and Non-Circular Cross Sections. Tension and Compression Springs, Springs under Fluctuating Loads, Leaf Springs: Stresses in Leaf Springs & Equalized Stresses.

UNIT III Spur & Helical Gears: Spur Gears: Definitions, Stresses in Gear Tooth: Lewis Equation and Form Factor, Design for Strength, Dynamic Load and Wear Load. Helical Gears: Definitions, Formative Number of Teeth, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic and Wear Loads.

UNIT IV Bevel Gear: Definitions, Formative Number of Teeth, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic and Wear Loads. Worm Gears: Definitions, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic, Wear Load and Efficiency of Worm Gear Drives.

Clutches & Brakes: Design of Clutches: Single Plate, Multi Plate and Cone Clutches. Design of Brakes: Block and Band Brakes: Self Locking of Brakes: Heat Generation in Brakes.

UNIT V Lubrication and Bearings: Lubricants and their properties, Mechanisms of Lubrication, Bearing Modulus, Coefficient of Friction, Minimum Oil Film Thickness, Heat Generated, Heat Dissipated, Bearing Materials, Examples of Journal Bearing and Thrust Bearing Design.

49



TEXT BOOKS:




Delhi, 2nd Edition 2007. REFERENCE BOOKS:


2. Design of Machine Elements: M.F.Spotts, T.E. Shoup, L.E. Hornberger, S.R. Jayram and C.V. Venkatesh, Pearson Education, 2006.

3. Machine Design: Hall, Holowenko, Laughlin (Schaum’s Outlines series) Adapted by S.K. Somani, Tata

McGraw Hill Publishing Company Ltd., New Delhi, Special Indian Edition, 2008.

4. Machine Design: A CAD Approach: Andrew D DIMAROGONAS, John Wiley Sons, Inc, 2001. Course Outcomes:

1. Evaluate and analyse stresses in curved beams and power transmission elements in various applications.

2. Design and develop various types of springs for various applications. 3. Decide and design gears for engineering applications. 4. Understand and choose the design concepts of appropriate brakes and clutches used in practice. 5. Identify & choose lubricants, bearings for various applications.

Course articulation matrix:



CO1 3 3 2 1 - - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO2 2 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO4 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 2 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - - 3 1 3

Avg.CO 3 3 3 2 3 2 3

50

FINITE ELEMENT ANALYSIS Sub Code: ME62 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble Finite Element Method is proving to be a very powerful technique of solving and analyzing complex engineering problems. It is a numerical method which yields fairly accurate results for complex engineering problems and of late has emerged as a very rapidly growing area of research for applied mathematics. Its usefulness in various branches of engineering is due to the ease with which the method is made amenable to computer programming, leading to a process of iterative design. Its uniqueness lies in the fact that complex engineering problems having no analytical solutions can be solved with ease and iterative designs can be worked out. Of late, this technique has found a lot of applications in the area of design,manufacturing and thermal engineering applications as newer and specialized techniques and materials are being used with changing technology. The method can also be used in the development of machine tools, newer materials and in failure analysis of processes and structures.

Course Objectives

1. To understand and apply concepts of theory of elasticity, principle of minimum potential energy variational and weighted residual methods and steps of finite element method

2. To understand concepts of shape functions and stiffness matrix,methods of solving equilibrium equations and be able to solve one dimensional and truss problems including temperature effects.

3. To understand fundamentals of two dimensional CST and Quadrilateral elements, higher order elements and Gaussian quadrature and be able to solve related problems.

4. To understand the fundamentals of Beam elements and be able to solve beam problems. 5. To apply FEA insolving dynamic problems such as finding eigen values and eigen vectors of

vibrating menbers.

UNIT I Introduction: Equilibrium equations in elasticity subjected to body force, Traction force, Stress strain relations for plane stress and plane strain, Variation approach, Calculus of variation, Euler’s Lagrange’s equation, Principle of minimum potential energy, Principle of Virtual work, Rayleigh-Ritz method, Galerkins method. General Description of Finite Element Method, Advantages, Basic steps in the formulation of Finite Element Analysis..

UNIT II Shape functions of Linear simplex element, coordinate systems, Stiffness matrix by potential energy approach, Load vector,Elimination approach and Penalty approach of handling boundary conditions, Temperature effect Quadratic Shape Functions of 1D Elements, Problems on stepped bar subjected to axial and thermal loads. Truss Element: Truss element, Local and Global coordinate systems, Elemental stiffness matrix, Element stress, Temperature effects, Problems on trusses.

UNIT III Shape functions of CST element, isoparametric representation of CST element, Four node quadrilateral element, Stiffness matrix, Element stress, Lagrangian interpolation functions, Higher

51

order elements, six nodes triangular element, eight nodes quadrilateral element. Geometric Isotropy, Pascal’s triangle, Pyramid, Convergence criteria, Numerical Integration using one, two and three point Gaussian quadrature formula.

UNIT IV Beam element: Beam element, Hermit shape function, Stiffness matrix, Load vector, Shear force and Bending moment, Problems on beams.

UNIT V Dynamic considerations :Hamilton’s principle, derivation of mass matrices of bar and beam elements, deriving Eigen values and Eigen vectors of free vibrating bars. TEXT BOOKS 1. Finite Element in Engineering, Chandrupatla T.R., 2nd Edition, PHI,2000 2. The Finite Element Method in Engineering, S.S.Rao, 4th Edition, Elsevier, 2006 REFERENCE BOOKS 1. Text book of Finite Element Analysis, P.Seshu, PHI India, 2004 2. Finite Element Method, J.N.Reddy, McGraw- Hill International Edition. 3. Finite Element Analysis, C.S. Krishnamurthy,- Tata McGraw Hill Publishing co. Ltd, New Delhi , 1995

Course Outcomes

At the end of the course the student will be able to:

1. Apply concepts of theory of elasticity, principle of minimum potential energy variational and weighted residual methods and describe finite element method. 2. Explain and evaluate one dimensionalbar and truss problems. 3. Apply fundamentals of two dimensional elements and higher order elements and develop skill to solve related problems. 4. Apply the fundamentals of Beam elements and have skill to solve beam related problems. 5. Describe and evaluate dynamic problemsof vibrating one dimensional menbers.

Course Articulation matrix:


CO1 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 CO2 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 CO3 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3 CO4 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3

CO5 3 3 3 2 2 1 3 3

Avg.CO 3 3 3 3 3 2 3 3


52


Sub Code: ME 63 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble:

Heat transfer is the science that seeks to predict the energy transfer that may takes place between material bodies as a result of a temperature difference. The course is normally required in mechanical and chemical engineering curricula but it has applications in cooling problems in the field of electrical and electronics engineering, space applications etc. the three modes of heat transfer that is conduction, convection and radiation are clearly described in this course and students will learn how to formulate, analyze, design and solve the problems related to heat transfer. In addition a small portion of mass transfer is also presented in the course for the students to understand the problems related to simultaneous heat and mass transfer.

Course Objectives The course should enable the students to understand: 1. Modes and basic laws of heat transfer, one dimensional steady state conduction through plane wall, cylinder, sphere of uniform and non uniform thermal conductivity with and without heat generation. 2. The steady state heat transfer from straight fins subjected to different boundary conditions and unsteady state conduction with lumped analysis and use of Heisler charts. 3. The evaluation of convective heat transfer in free and forced convection from walls, cylinder etc under different conditions with the use dimensional analysis. 4. The analysis of heat exchangers by LMTD and NTU methods and the heat transfer with change of phase i.e. boiling and condensation. 5. The radiation heat transfer for different cases including radiation shield and the basics of diffusion and convective mass transfer.

UNIT I

Introductory concepts :Modes of Heat Transfer, Basic Laws of Heat Transfer, Overall Heat Transfer Coefficient, Boundary Conditions, 3-D Conduction equation In Cartesian coordinates, Discussion On 3-D Conduction equation in Cylindrical and Spherical coordinate systems(No Derivation). 1-DConduction equations in Cartesian, Cylindrical and Spherical Coordinate Systems. Composite Walls, Cylinders and Spherical Systems with Constant Thermal Conductivity, Numerical Problems.

Derivation for 1-D heat flow and temperature distribution in plane wall, cylinder, sphere with variable thermal conductivity. Insulating materials and their selection, critical thickness of insulation. Steady state 1-D conduction in slab, cylinder and spheres with heat generation.

UNIT II

Heat transfer in extended surfaces: Derivation for 1-D heat flow and temperature distribution in straight fin with end conditions such as, infinitely long fin, fin with insulated tip, fin with convection at the tip and fin connected between two heat sources. Fin efficiency and effectiveness, 1-D numerical method for fin. Numerical problems.

53

1-D transient conduction: conduction in solids with negligible internal temperature gradient (lumped system analysis), Use of Heislers charts for transient conduction in slab, long cylinder and sphere, Use of transient charts for transient conduction in semi-infinite solids, Numerical problems.

UNIT III Concepts and basic relations in boundary layers: Hydrodynamic and thermal boundary layers, critical Reynolds number, local heat transfer coefficient, average heat transfer coefficient, Flow inside a duct, hydrodynamic and thermal entrance lengths.

Natural or Free convection: Application of dimensional analysis for free convection. Physical significance of Grasshoff number, Rayleigh number. Use of correlations in free convection for horizontal, vertical plates and cylinders. Numerical problems

Forced convection heat transfer: Application of dimensional analysis for forced convection. Physical significance of Reynolds, Prandtl, Nusselt and Stanton numbers. Use of correlations for hydro-dynamically and thermally developed flows in case of a flow through tubes, flow over a flat plate, cylinder and across a tube bundle. Numerical problems.

UNIT IV Heat exchangers: Classification of heat exchangers, Tubular and compact heat exchangers, overall heat transfer coefficient, fouling factor, L.M.T.D method, effectiveness, NTU method of analysis of heat exchangers, Numerical problems.

Condensation and Boiling heat transfer: Types of condensation, Nusselt’s theory for laminar condensation on a vertical flat surface, expression for film thickness and heat transfer coefficient, use of correlations for condensation on inclined flat surfaces, horizontal tube and horizontal tube banks, Regimes of pool Boiling, Numerical problems.

UNIT V Mass Transfer: Fick`s law of diffusion mass transfer, Isothermal evaporation of water, convective mass transfer, Numerical problems.

Radiation heat transfer: Thermal radiation, definitions of various terms used in radiation heat transfer, Stefan-Boltzman law, Kirchoff`s law, Planck`s law and Wein`s displacement law, Radiation heat exchange between two parallel infinite black surfaces and gray surfaces, effect of radiation, shield, Intensity of radiation and solid angle, Lambert`s law, radiation heat exchange between two infinite surfaces, Radiation shape factor, properties of shape factors, shape factor algebra, Hottel`s cross string formula, network method for radiation heat exchange in an enclosure, Numerical problems.

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Heat and Mass Transfer, S.C. SACHDEV, New Age International Edition. ,2006., 2. Basic Heat Transfer, OZISIK, McGraw-Hill publications, NY. 2005., 3. Heat and Mass Transfer, M.THIRUMALESHWAR, Pearson Edition. 2006., 4. Heat and Mass transfer Data book , C.P KOTHANDARAMAN & S.SUBRAMANYAN , New age

international(p) limited publishers, 2007

54

REFERENC BOOKS:

1. Heat Transfer, a practical approach. YUNUS A CENEGAL, Tata McGraw-Hill publishers, NY. 2001.,



Course Outcomes 1. Understand the basic laws of heat transfer and able to solve conduction, convection and

radiation problems. 2. Evaluate heat transfer coefficients in natural and forced convection Heat transfer. 3. Ability to design and analyze the performance of heat exchangers. 4. Understand the basic concepts of boiling and condensation, 5. Understand the principles of radiation heat transfer and basics of mass transfer.


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 3 2 2 1

3 3 2

C02 3 2 2 3 1

2 2 3 CO3 2 2 2 1 1

1 3 2

CO4 1 2 3 3 1

1 2 3 CO5 2 2 2 2 1

2 2 2

Avg.CO 3 3 3 3 2

2 3 3


55

MINI PROJECT

Sub Code: ME 64 Credits: 0:0:6 Prerequisite: Nil Subject learning objectives

1. Demonstrate a systematic understanding of project contents; 2. Understand methodologies and professional way of documentation; 3. Know the meaning of different project contents; 4. Demonstrate a wide range of skills and knowledge learned, 5. Understand established techniques of project report development.

Course Outcomes

After successful completion of this course, students will be able to

1. Identify problem specification and develop conceptual design and methodology of solution for the problem.

2. Learn team work and share responsibility. 3. Develop and implement ideas to build physical model in order to meet the society,

curriculum requirements and needs. 4. Demonstrate to respect the professional and ethical values of engineering problems. 5. Develop effective communication skills for presentation of project related activities & engage

themselves for lifelong learning to meet the technological challenges. Course Articulation matrix:

CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1

PSO2

CO1 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

3

CO2 3

3

3

3

3

2

2

2

3

2

2

2

3

3

CO3 3 3 3 3 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 3

3

CO4 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 2 3 3 3

3

3

CO5 2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

2

3

3

3

3

3

Avg.CO 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3


56


Sub Code: ME651 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

Preamble: In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Theory of Elasticity provides a machine designer with an advanced approach for design of components. With the advances being made in the areas of manufacturing, design and automotive engineering newer and efficient design of machinery and equipments require an in depth knowledge of behavior of components under stressed condition within elastic limit. The course being a first course at UG level, the topics cover the fundamentals of TOE and application of the concepts to solve problems encountered in designing of machine components. The various topics of practical interest give the students a deeper insight into the field of machine design. Course Learning Objectives: 1. Introduce the various aspects of Theory of Elasticity as applied to engineering problems in a systematic manner. 2. Impart the knowledge of fundamental concepts of Stress and Strain at a point. 3. Understand the concepts of Stress and Strain at a point by solving problems of practical interest. Develop skill to solve simple problems on concepts of Plane stress and Plane strain. 4. Develop competence in analyzing the 2D problems of elasticity. Develop an understanding of problems on thermal stresses and develop skill to solve them. 5. Develop an understanding of the concepts of torsion of shafts of circular and non circular cross section and applying them for solving problems. Learn the practical implications and applications of torsion of thin walled tubes.

UNIT I Definition And Notations, Stress, Stress at a point, equilibrium equations, equality of cross shear stress, principal stress, octahedral stress, boundary condition equations, stress on an inclined plane. .

UNIT II

Strain At A Point, Compatibility equations, principal strains, Mohr’s Diagram Generalized Hooke’s Law, Plane stress and Plain Strain, Aeris Stress Function, Analysis of beams, cantilever beam .

UNIT III

General Equation In Cylindrical Coordinators, Equilibrium equations, analysis of thick cylinder subjected to internal and external pressure, shrink fits

UNIT IV

Stresses in Rotating Discs and Cylinders, Stress Concentration in an infinite plate. Thermal Stresses, Thermo elastic stress strain relation, thermal stresses in think circular disc and long cylinders.

57

UNIT V

Principal of superposition theorem, Saint Venant’s principle, uniqueness theoretician of circular, elliptical and triangular bar, membrane analogy TEXT BOOKS: 1. Theory of Elasticity – SP Timoshenko and Goodier, Mc Graw Hill International, 3rd Edition 1972 2. Advanced Mechanics of Solids – LS Srinath – Tata Mc Graw Hill REFERENE BOOKS: 1. Applied Elasticity – CT Wang, Mc Graw Hill Book 1953 2. Elasticity Theory applications and numericals – Martin H Sadd, Elsiver 2005 Course Outcomes: 1. Evaluate and compare the conventional strength of material approach and that of TOE 2. Compile fundamentals of TOE for engineering applications. 3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of TOE. Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of practical interest. 4. Develop competence to design and analyze problems of engineering involving design of components 5. Demonstrate ability to have the competence for undergoing knowledge up gradation in the field of TOE With particular reference to Theory of Plasticity and Finite Element Method.



CO1 3 2 2 1

2 2

CO2 3 3 2 1

2 2

CO3 3 2 3 1

2 2

CO4 3 3 1 2 1

2 2

CO5 3 2 1 2 2

2 2

Avg.CO 3 3 2 2 1

3 3


58

COMPUTATIONAL FLUID DYNAMICS Subject Code: ME 652 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble In recent years, industrial revolution and modernization, lot of competition is there among the various industries. To fulfill need of customers and give the components at lower cost, it is important to produce the components with minimum time using various available techniques. Computational Fluid Dynamics, cost effective tool, is more often used to change the design of various components. It provides numerical approximation to the equations that govern fluid motion. Application of the CFD is to analyze a fluid problem requires the following steps. First, the mathematical equations describing the fluid flow and are usually a set of partial differential equations. These equations are then discretized to produce a numerical analogue of the equations. The domain is then divided into small grids or elements. Finally, the initial conditions and the boundary conditions of the specific problem are used to solve these equations. The solution method can be direct or iterative. In addition, certain control parameters are used to control the convergence, stability, and accuracy of the method.


1. Ability to apply knowledge of Mathematics, science and Engineering in static and dynamic flow analysis of fluids

2. Ability to design and understand how exactly CFD problems are categorized and differentiated before solving for solution


4. Ability to identify, formulate and solve engineering problems either by using Finite element method or Finite volume method.

5. Ability to apply numerical methods like implicit or explicit methods. 6. Finally to apply and use the techniques, skills and modern engineering tools, necessary for

engineering practice such as application of Engineering Maths, Engineering techniques and develop codes for solving flow related, chemical reactions or combustion problems.

UNIT I

Introduction to CFD: Comparison of Experimental, Theoretical & computational approach, 3-D general mass conversation, Momentum & Energy equation in differential form, Integral form and vector form representation, Cartesian and curvilinear coordinates.

Partial differential equations: Classification physical and mathematical, Equilibrium problems, Marching problems, Hyperbolic, parabolic problems, Elliptic and system of equations.

UNIT II Basics of numerical methods: Solution of algebraic equations – Newton Raphson method, Solution of system of algebraic equations, Gauss elimination, Gauss seidel, Crouts method, Solution of ODE BY Taylors, Euler’s, Rungekutta , Milnes predictor, Introduction to solution of tridigonal system of equations(THEORY ONLY).

UNIT III Basics of Discretization methods: Finite difference equations, Finite difference rep.n of PDE, Truncation Error, Round off and Discretisation error, Consistency, Stability, Convergence criteria. Taylors method: Polynomial fitting, Integral method, Finite volume method , Uniform grid generation.

59

UNIT IV

Application of numerical methods: Heat equation Simple explicit method, Richardson’s method simple implicit method, Laplace equation FD rep.n, Simple example for Laplace equations

UNIT V

Finite volume Method: Finite volume method for diffusion equation-simple problems, Finite volume method for convection, diffusion equation, steady 1-dimensional convection diffusion, Conservativeness, boundedness, transportiveness, Central differencing schemes, upwind differencing schemes. TEXT BOOKS:

1. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat transfer- 2nd Edition 1998,John C Tannehill, Dule A Anderson, Richard H, Taylor and Francis, UK 2001

2. Numerical Fluid and Heat Transfer, Patankar, 2000 REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Numerical Methods for Engineers – Iyer and Iyer 2001 2. An Introduction to Computational Fluid dynamics H K V and W Malalasekera

Course outcomes

1. Able to categorize the given problem and develop mass, momentum and energy equations 2. Able to understand and solve Basic Numerical methods 3. Able to discretize the given problem and develop FINITE DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS 4. Able to apply the numerical methods for heat and wave equations using implicit and explicit

methods. 5. Able to solve Finite Volume Method and related basic problems



CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 2 - 3 - - - - - - - 2 3

1

CO2 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 3 3

2

CO3 2 3 2 2 - - - - - - - 2 2

3

CO4 3 3 3 3 2 - - - - - - 1 1

2

CO5 2 3 2 1 3 - - - - - - 2 2

2

Avg.CO

3 3 3 3 2 3 3 3

60

TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT Subject Code: ME 653 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble Course Learning Objectives:

1. The aim of course provides the knowledge of TQM, Benefits of TQM, and Contribution of Gurus. 2. Students learn characteristics of leaders and role of TQM leaderships. Continuous process

improvement. 3. Selectively choose Tools & Techniques of TQM. 4. Learn how to select product acceptance control plan and characteristics of OC curves. 5. Learn how to check reliability and life of process.

UNIT I

Over view of Total Quality Management: Introduction, Definition, Basic Approach, Contribution Of quality Gurus. Quality circle TQM frame work , Historical review, benefits of TQM, TQM organisation . Leadership: characteristics of quality leaders,Demings Philisopy,role of TQM Leaders, continuous processes improvement ,Juranos Triology.quality costs, 6 sigma, Reengineering.

UNIT II

Tools and techniques of TQM: Basic tools of TQM, Bench marking, processes of bench marking, quality management systems .ISO-9000 series of standards, implementation and documentation of ISO_9000. Introduction of QFD and QFD process, TQM exemplatory organisation. Design of Failure Mode and Effect analysis [FMEA] ,process of FMEA.

UNIT III

Statistical Process control (SPC): Seven basic tools of quality control, control charts for variables .construction and interpretation and analysis of control charts process capability indices, process improvement through problem analysis . .( Intensive coverage with numerical problems ) Control charts for attributes: construction ,interpretation and analysis of P-chart np-chart,C-chart and U-chart, improvement through problem analysis .( Intensive coverage with numerical problems )

UNIT IV Product acceptance control: Design of single sampling, double sampling and multiple samp[ling plan analysis of the characteristics of the SSP, DSP and MSP . .( Intensive coverage with numerical problems ) Operating characerstics curves ( OC-Curves ) : construction, characteristics of OC curves, Terms used in OC curves , LTPD, Outgoing quality Level ,{OQL])


UNIT V Reliability and Life Testing : Reliability and analysis of components, standard configurations systems like series, parallel redundancy and principles of design for reliability .reliability testing (Intensive coverage with numerical problems) Experimental design : one factor design, two factor design, orthogonal design, full factorial and fractional design .Taguchi philosophy of quality engineering, loss function, orthogonal array ,sign to noise function, parameter design, tolerance design ( Basic concepts and treatment only ) .

61

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Total quality Management Dale H Berster field(etal) Pears education , Third edition

Indian Reprint -2004 2. Statistical quality Control by Grant Levenworth (2000)

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Stastical quality control by Douglos C Mantego third editon Pearson Education -2006 2. A new American TQM for revolution in management:Sho- shiba, Alan Graham and,

David walder Productivity press Oregon-1990 3. Organizational excellence through TQM H Lal, New Age Publishers 4. Quality control and Total quality management-PL Jain TMH Publications company Ltd

- 2001 New Delhi 5. Total quality management and Text cases by Sreedhar Bhat .K Himalaya publishing


Course outcomes 1. Students can express basic approaches in TQM, will know the contribution of Quality gurus

and able to explain the aspects of leadership qualities. 2. Students would have understood the details of various tools in TQM and concepts of QFD

and FMEA 3. Students will be able to demonstrate their knowledge on Statistical process control tools,

apply and interpret the same. 4. Students will be able to explain the concepts of sampling plan and quantify their

characteristics. 5. Students will be able to explain the concepts of reliability and life test, and will be able to

solve simple numericals. The students will also be able to explain the basic concepts of design of experiments with special reference to Taguchi method.


CO

PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO 10 PO 11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 2 2 3 3 2 1 2

CO2 2 3 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2

CO3 2 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 2 3 2

CO4 1 1 1 1 1 2

CO5 2 3 3 2 1 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2

Avg.CO 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2


62

NON TRADITIONAL MACHINING Subject Code: ME 654 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble The main objective of all machining operations is to remove excess material to obtain the desired shape and size. Unlike in the conventional machining operation as cited above, unconventional machining uses special technique for the removal of material which leads to a greater accuracy, surface finish. The source of energy could be electrical, mechanical motion, chemical reaction, power radiation or fluid motion, etc. Normally the magnitude of energy involved will be highly concentrated at any given point/location. A very rapid development of newer materials having higher hardness and other mechanical properties which demand higher dimensional accuracy and high production rate, a need for developing newer manufacturing process arose. The present subject deals with various nontraditional machining processes and its advantages and limitations over the conventional processes.


1. Introduction of non-traditional machining methods and their difference with conventional machining methods

2. Different classification criteria of non-traditional machining methods and their classifications 3. Working principle of various non-traditional machining methods 4. Process details of various non-traditional machining methods 5. Applications, advantages and limitations of non-traditional machining

UNIT -I

Introduction to NTM, Classification of NTM, Comparison between conventional and Non conventional process.

Ultrasonic Machining: Introduction ,Equipment, Tool material and tool size, Abrasive slurry, cutting tool system design, Effect of parameter: effect of amplitude, frequency, Effect of vibration , abrasive diameter, Effect of applied static load, slurry, tool and work material, USM process characteristics: MRR, tool wear, accuracy, surface finish, Application, advantages and disadvantages of USM.

Abrasive Jet Machining: Introduction, Equipment, Variables in AJM, Carrier gas, types of abrasive, size of abrasive grain, Velocity of the abrasive jet, mean number, abrasive particles/unit volume of carrier gas, Work material, stand-off distance, nozzle design, shape of cut, Process characteristics: MRR, nozzle wear, accuracy , surface finish, Applications, advantages and disadvantages of AJM.

UNIT -II

Electro Chemical Machining: Introduction, study of ECM machine, elements of ECM, Cathode tool, Anode work piece, source of DC power, Electrolyte, chemistry of process, ECM process

63

characteristics,-MRR, accuracy, surface finish, ECM tooling: ECM tooling technique and Example, Tool and insulation materials, tool size, electrolyte flow arrangement, Handling of slug, Economics of ECM, applications such as electrochemical turning, Electrochemical grinding, Electrochemical honing, deburring, advantages, limitations.

Chemical Machining: Introduction, elements of process, Chemical blanking process: preparation of work piece, Preparation of masters, masking with photo resists, etching for blanking, Accuracy ,applications of chemical blanking, chemical milling, Process steps-masking, etching, process characteristics of CHM, MRR, accuracy, surface finish, hydrogen embrittlement, Advantages and application of CHM.

UNIT -III

Electro Discharge Machining: Introduction, Mechanism of material removal, Dielectric fluid, Spark generator, EDM tools, electrode feed control, electrode manufacture, Electrode wear, EDM tool design, choice of machining operation, Electrode material selection, under sizing, length of electrode, machining time, Flushing, pressure flushing, suction flushing, Side flushing, pulsed flushing, EDM process characteristics: MRR, accuracy, surface finish, HAZ, machine tool selection, Application, EDM accessories/ applications, Electric discharge grinding, traveling wire EDM.

UNIT -IV

Plasma Arc Machining: Introduction, equipment, non thermal generation of plasma, Selection of gas, Mechanism of metal removal, PAM parameter, Process characteristics, safety precautions, applications, advantages and limitations.

Laser Beam Machining: Introduction, equipment of LBM, Mechanism of metal removal LBM parameters, process characteristics, Advantages, limitations.

UNIT -V

Electron Beam Machining: principles, Equipment, operations, Applications, advantages, limitations of EBM.

Water Jet Machining: principle, equipment, operation, Applications, advantages and limitations of WJM.

Text Books

1. Modern Machining Processes, Pandey, P.C. and Shan, H. S., Tata McGraw Hill Publications (2008).


64

Reference Books

1. Advanced Machining Processes, Vijay K Jain, Allied Publishers Mumbai, 2002.

2. Unconventional Manufacturing Process, M K Singh, New Age International, 2010.

Course outcomes

After successful completion of this course, students will be able to:

1. Recognize the importance of NTM methods and describe Ultrasonic and abrasive jet machining processes.

2. Illustrate the working principle and applicability of the electro-chemical and chemical machining processes.

3. Describe the importance of Electro Discharge machining process, aspects related to MRR, surface finish.

4. Illustrate the working principle, advantages, process limitations of PAM, LBM processes. 5. Choose a process for machining, material for different applications to satisfy the requirement

of the modern day developments. Course Articulation matrix:



CO1 3 - - - 2 - 3 - - - - 2 3 3

CO2 2 3 - - 2 - - - - - - - 2 2

CO3 2 3 - 2 - - 2 - - - - - 3 2

CO4 2 - - 3 - - - - - - - - 3 2

CO5 3 2 - - 3 - - - - - - 3 3 3

Avg.CO 3 2 2 2 2 2 3 3

65

HYDRAULICS AND PNEUMATICS Subject Code: ME 655 Credits: 4:0:0 Prerequisites: Nil Preamble History of fluid power goes back to our ancient civilization wherein man used water to generate power using water wheels, and air to run windmills and propel ships. These fluids were used in large quantities at relatively low pressure (corresponding to atmospheric pressure). Until industrial revolution in 1850 in England fluid power concept was not introduced in industries. But by 1870 fluid power was used in hydraulic cranes, jacks, shearing and riveting machines, water pumps etc. During and after World War II, fluid power technology gained momentum. And today there is an after list of fluid power application in almost every industry. Automobiles, missiles, machine tools, aero planes etc. extensively use fluid power technology. This course deals with the fundamental aspects of hydraulics and pneumatics, the two fields of relevance to fluid power engineering.


1. To provide a sound understanding of the working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. 2. To provide knowledge about controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. 3. To provide knowledge of design of hydraulic and pneumatic systems for various applications. 4. To provide an understanding of choice, preparation and distribution of compressed air. 5. To introduce the concept of signal processing elements and control

UNIT - I Introduction To Hydraulic Power: Pascal’s law and problems on Pascal’s Law, continuity Equations, introduction to conversion of units, Structure of Hydraulic Control System. The Source of Hydraulic Power: Pumps Pumping theory, pump classification, gear pumps, vane pumps, piston pumps, pump performance, pump selection. Variable displacement pumps. Hydraulic Actuators: Linear Hydraulic Actuators [cylinders], Mechanics of Hydraulic Cylinder Loading

UNIT - II Hydraulic Motors: Hydraulic Rotary Actuators, Gear motors, vane motors, piston motors, Hydraulic motor theoretical torque, power and flow rate, hydraulic motor performance. Control Components in Hydraulic Systems: Directional Control Valves – Symbolic Representation, Constructional features, pressure control valves – direct and pilot operated types, Flow control valves.

UNIT - III Hydraulic Circuit Design and Analysis: Control of single and double – acting Hydraulic Cylinder, regenerative circuit, pump unloading circuit, Counter Balance Valve application, Hydraulic cylinder sequencing circuits. Cylinder synchronizing circuits, speed control of hydraulic cylinder, speed control of hydraulic motors, Accumulators. Maintenance Of Hydraulic Systems: Hydraulic oils; Desirable properties, general type of fluids, sealing devices, reservoir system, filters and strainers, problem caused by gases in hydraulic fluids, wear of moving parts due to solid particle contamination, temperature control, trouble shooting.

UNIT - IV Introduction To Pneumatic Control: Choice of working medium, characteristics of compressed air. Structure of Pneumatic control system. Compressed air: Production of compressed air –compressors, preparation of compressed air- Driers, Filters, Regulators, Lubricators, Distribution of compressed air.

66

Pneumatic Actuators: Linear cylinders – Types, conventional type of cylinder working, end Position cushioning, seals, mounting arrangements applications.

UNIT - V Directional Control Valves: Symbolic representation as per ISO 1219 and ISO 5599. Design and constructional aspects, poppet valves, slide valves spool valve, suspended seat type slide Valve. Simple Pneumatic Control: Direct and indirect actuation pneumatic cylinders, use of Memory valve. Flow control valves and speed control of cylinders supply air throttling and exhaust air throttling, use of quick exhaust valve. Signal processing elements: Use of Logic gates – OR and AND gates pneumatic applications. Practical examples involving the use of logic gates. Pressure dependent controls types Construction–practical applications. Time dependent controls – Principle, construction, practical Applications.

Text Books:

1. Fluid Power with applications, Anthony Esposito, Fifth edition Pearson education, Inc. 2000. 2. Pneumatics and Hydraulics, Andrew Parr. Jaico Publishing Co. 2000. 3Hydraulics and Pneumatics, Dr. Niranjan Murthy and Dr RKHegde, Sapna publications 2013

Reference Books:

1. Oil Hydraulic Systems - Principles and Maintenance, S.R. Majumdar, Tata Mc Graw Hill Publishing company Ltd. 2001. 2. Pneumatic Systems, S.R. Majumdar, Tata Mc Graw Hill publishing Co., 1995. 3. Industrial Hydraulics, Pippenger, Hicks, McGraw Hill, New York, 2009

Course Outcomes:

Students will be able to: 1. Demonstrate the working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. 2. Identify the controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. 3. Design the hydraulic and pneumatic systems for various applications. 4. Examine the choice, preparation and distribution of compressed air. 5. Predict the use of pressure and time dependent controls.

Course Articulation matrix:



CO1 3 1 - - - - - - - - - 3 2 2

CO2 3 2 1 - 1 - - - - - - 2 2 2

CO3 3 1 2 - 2 - - - - - - 1 2 2

CO4 2 1 1 - - - - - - - - 1 2 1

CO5 2 2 1 - - - - - - - - 1 1 2

Avg.CO 3 2 2 1 2 2 2

67


Course Code: ME 66L Credits:0:0:1 Prerequisite: Nil Preamble: FEA is gaining popularity day by day and is a sought after dream career for mechanical engineers. Enthusiastic engineers and managers who want to refresh or update the knowledge on FEA are encountered with volumes of published books. FEA is now a commonly used synonym for a wide range of computational techniques in engineering practice. All the engineering structures today; should be simulated for their performance on a computer compulsorily. This lab aims at teaching the basics of commercially available general purpose software for carrying out engineering analysis. Course Learning Objectives:

1. Apply the knowledge of FEM to construct finite element models using the library of finite elements available in the software

2. Choose suitable number of finite elements for the given domain to carry out analysis 3. Use the appropriate type of boundary conditions for the given problem 4. Solve the problem using a commercially available software (Solver) 5. Compare the results obtained using FEA with analytical or experimental techniques.

List of Exercises:

1. Bars of constant cross section area, tapered cross section area and stepped bar, Multipoint Constraints, Temperature Stresses in 1D Bars

2. Trusses 3. Beams – Simply supported, cantilever beams with UDL, beams with varying load etc 4. Stress analysis of a rectangular plate with a circular hole subjected to both axial and bending 5. Thermal Analysis – 2D problem with conduction and convection Boundary conditions. 6. a) Natural Frequencies of Spring mass and dampers systems of Single and two degrees

Systems. b) Natural Frequencies of fixed – fixed beam. c) Bars subjected to forcing function d) Fixed- Fixed beam subjected to forcing function.

TEXT BOOK: 1. FEA Laboratory Manual ----- By the Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT

REFERENCE BOOK: 1. Practical Finite Element Analysis ---- Published By Finite to Infinite, Pune, India.

---- ISBN 978-81-906195-0-9

68

Course Outcomes 1. Demonstrate the use of FEA tools for different Engineering Problems 2. Predict the performance of Structural member 3. Analyze the results obtained from is FEA tool

Course Articulation matrix CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2

CO1 3 1 2 3 2 3

CO2 3 3 3 3 3 2 2

CO3 3 3 3 3 2 2

Avg.CO 3 3 1 1 2 3 2 3


Scheme of Examination: The student should solve 2 exercises. 1 of them should be a heat transfer / vibration problem. Each exercise carries 20 marks. Viva – Voce carries 10 Marks Total Maximum Marks = 50

69

HEAT AND MASS TRANSFER -LAB Course Code: ME67L Credits:0:0:1 Prerequisite: ME63 Course Learning Objectives: Student is expected to

1. To understand the concept and theoretical aspects of experiments conducted in the laboratory. 2. To analysis and solve practical problems from various modes of heat transfer by using basic

principles. 3. To investigate complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions using heat transfer data

hand book. LIST OF EXPERIMENTS:

1. Determination of Thermal Conductivity of a Metal Rod.


3. Determination of Effectiveness of a Metallic fin.







Heat Exchangers.


11. Evaluation of performace parameter ( UL, FR, ) in thermosyphonic mode of flow with fixed input

parameters of a solar water heating system.

12. Evaluation of performance parameters ( UL, FR, ) in thermosyphonic mode of flow at different

radiation level of a solar water heating system.

REFERENCE BOOKS:

1. Heat transfer Manual prepared by Department of Mechanical Engineering. 2. Heat and Mass Transfer, 2006., M.Thirumaleshwar, Pearson Edition. 3. Heat and Mass Transfer data book (seventh Edition) C P Kothandaraman and S Subramanyam

70

Course Outcomes

1. To determine the thermal conductivity, heat transfer coefficient and stefen Boltzman constant. 2. To analyze and solve practical problems in various modes of heat transfer. 3. To investigate complex heat transfer problems and provide solutions. Course articulation matrix:



eligible for appearing the examination. 2. Students have to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual

experiment). ----------------------------------------- Group Experiment : 25 Individual Experiment : 15 Viva-voce : 10 ----------------------------------------- Max Marks : 50


1 3 3 - 2 1 - - - 2 - - 3 1 3

2. 3 3 - 3 2 - - - 2 - - 3 2 2

3. 3 3 - 3 - - - - 2 2 - - 2 3

Avg.CO 3 3 3 1 2 1 2 2 3

71

DESIGN AND DYNAMICS LABORATORY Course Code : ME 68L Credits :0 :0 :1 Prerequisite : Nil Preamble: Machine design subject deals with the design of machine elements such as beams, ropes, belts, chains, springs, gears concepts of lubrication of bearings and bearing design. All these machine elements are subjected to vibrations, stresses and strains while in operation, machine design lab provides students to gain insight into these practical aspects and develop skill in measuring various parameters influencing the design of machine elements, eventually to obtain better designs. Course Learning Objectives: 1. To develop skill in conducting experiments related to vibrations and their measurements 2. To develop skills in carrying experiments related to photo elasticity 3. To develop skills in conducting experiments related to dynamics of machines such as governors

and determination of stresses & strains using strain gauges. List of Experiments 1. Longitudinal vibration of spring mass system 2. Transverse vibration of a beam 3. Longitudinal vibration of spring mass system loaded through beam 4. Single rotor system subjected to torsional vibration 5. Two rotor system subjected to torsional vibration 6. Porter governor 7. Hartnell governor 8. Whirling of shafts with pulley and without pulley 9. Determination of principal stresses and strains in a member subjected to combined loading strain

rossets 10. Determination of fringe constant of photoelastic material using circular disc 11. Determination of fringe constant of photoelastic material using pure bending specimen 12. Determination of stress concentration using photoelasticity 13. Pressure distribution in journal bearing 14. Gyroscope – Demo 15. FFT analyzer – Demo Text book:


72

Course Outcomes:

1. Apply the principles of dynamics & Mechanical vibrations, design & conduct experiments related to Longitudinal, transverse, torsional vibrations, Governors, bearings and lubrication.

2. Demonstrate the use of experimental techniques and design the machine elements using Polarioscope and strain gauges.

3. The above skills with practical experiments will equip students to realize efficient & better design of machine elements in practice.


CO PO1 PO2 PO3 PO4 PO5 PO6 PO7 PO8 PO9 PO10 PO11 PO12 PSO1 PSO2 CO1 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - 2 3 3 CO2 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - 2 3 3 CO3 3 3 3 3 - - - - 2 - - 2 3 3

Avg.CO 3 3 3 3 2 2 3 3



eligible for appearing the examination. 4. Students have to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual

experiment). ----------------------------------------- Group Experiment : 25 Individual Experiment : 15 Viva-voce : 10 ----------------------------------------- Max Marks : 50

1


BANGALORE-54


SYLLABUS





2


our Founder Chairman who was a renowned visionary, philanthropist, and a pioneer in creating several

landmark infrastructure projects in India. Noticing the shortage of talented engineering professionals

required to build a modern India, Dr. M.S. Ramaiah envisioned MSRIT as an institute of excellence

imparting quality and affordable education. Part of Gokula Education Foundation, MSRIT has grown

over the years with significant contributions from various professionals in different capacities, ably

led by Dr. M.S. Ramaiah himself, whose personal commitment has seen the institution through its

formative years. Today, MSRIT stands tall as one of India’s finest names in Engineering Education

and has produced around 35,000 engineering professionals who occupy responsible positions across

the globe.


The Department of Mechanical Engineering started in the year 1962 with an intake of 40 students. The

department has grown strong over the last 52 years and today has an intake of 180 students and 47

teaching staff. All the faculty members are well qualified and possess post graduate degree with 17

doctorates.



Department also offers research program which includes MSc Engineering by research and PhD degree

from Visvesvaraya Technological University and at present 24 researchers are pursuing PhD. The

department received software grants from Autodesk a leading Computer Aided Design multinational

company and has been using them in the curriculum. The faculty members have taken up number of

research projects funded by external agencies like DRDO, DST, AICTE and Visvesvaraya

Technological University and received funding to the tune of 1 Crore. In view of the golden jubilee

celebrations, the department has conducted a national level project exhibition and an International

Conference on “Challenges and Opportunities in Mechanical Engineering, Industrial Engineering and

Management Studies” – ICCOMIM. Faculty members from the department have published books on

different domains of Mechanical Engineering and are recommended by Visvesvaraya Technological

University Board of Studies as reference text books.



participated in SAE Aero Design competition and stood 18th position out of 64 teams from all over the

world. The team AeRobusta stood FIRST AMONG THE ASIAN COUNTRIES.

Another team from the department also participated in the “Unmanned Air Vehicle System “conducted

by U.S. Navy at Maryland, USA. The team secured 5th Place in the technical session out of 36

participating teams from all over the world.



teams from all over India with a cash prize of Rs1,20,000 and also received a free Trip to Autodesk


3

Faculty


























4
























5



technical education



Quality Policy

“We at M.S.Ramaiah Institute of Technology, Bangalore strive to deliver comprehensive, continually

enhanced, global quality technical and management education through an established Quality

Management system Complemented by the Synergistic interaction of the stake holders concerned”.


Vision: To be a centre of International repute in Mechanical Engineering and to create qualified human


Mechanical Engineering and allied sciences.

Mission: To impart quality technical education to meet the growing needs of the profession through

conducive and creative learning environment, to produce qualified and skilled human resources, create

R&D environment, to be a centre of excellence and to offer post graduate programs in the emerging

fields of Mechanical Engineering.

6

Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department Process of deriving the vision and mission of the department is shown in block diagram below

Periodic Review

Vision &

Mission of the

Department by

the committee

Management


Parents

Alumni

Students Department

Faculty

Industry

7


Institute Vision &

Mission

Department Vision &

Mission



Academic Council&

Governing Council

Accept & Approve

PEOs


Collect data



summarize the data

8


1. To prepare engineers with sound basic theoretical knowledge along with required practical

skills in the core areas of Mechanical Engineering like materials and manufacturing, design

and development, thermal and fluid systems, automation and robotics, management science

and also use of modern analytical and computational tools.





opportunities.

4. To create awareness on environmental issues and commitments towards professional ethics,

social responsibilities and need for lifelong learning

9

Process of deriving the Programme Outcomes(POs) The Programme outcomes are defined taking into account the feedback received from faculty,





Mission


Objectives

Programme Outcomes

Graduate Attributes


as IIIE, NITIE


as UGC, AICTE, VTU

Feedback

Faculty

Alumni

Industry

Student

10




2. Identify, formulate, review research literature and analyze complex engineering problems

reaching substantiated conclusions using first principles of mathematics, natural sciences and

engineering sciences.


processes that meet the needs with appropriate consideration for the public health and safety,

and the cultural societal and environmental considerations

4. Use research-based knowledge and research methods including design of experiments, analysis

and interpretation of data and synthesis of the information to provide valid conclusions.

5. Create, select and apply appropriate techniques, resources and modern engineering and IT tools

including prediction and modeling to complex engineering activities with an understanding of

the limitations.

6. Apply reasoning informed by the contextual knowledge to assess societal, health, safety, legal

and cultural issues and the consequent responsibilities relevant to the professional engineering

practice.

7. Understand the impact of the professional engineering solutions in societal and environmental

contexts and demonstrate the knowledge of and need for sustainable development.

8. Apply ethical principles and commit to professional ethics and responsibilities and norms of

the engineering practice.



10. Communicate effectively on complex engineering activities with the engineering community

and with society at large such as being able to comprehend and write effective reports and

design documentation, make effective presentations and give and receive clear instructions.

11. Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the engineering and management principles and

apply these to one’s own work, as a member and leader in a team, to manage projects and in

multidisciplinary environments

12. Recognize the need for and have the preparation and ability to engage in independent and life

– long learning in the broadest context of technological change.

11





2. Ability to apply the learned principles to the analysis, design, development and implementation

to advanced mechanical systems and processes.

12

Mapping of PEO’s and PO’s The correlation between the Programme outcomes and Program Educational objectives are mapped



Sl.


Programme Outcomes


1




Mechanical Engineering like Materials and

Manufacturing, Design and Development,

Thermal and Fluid systems, Automation

and Robotics, Management Science and also

use of Modern Analytical and


X

X

X

X

X

X

X

2



through Seminars, Engineering projects,

Managerial Skills and industry interactions.

X X X X X X

3


studies in specified areas of Mechanical

Engineering and explore possible profession

in R & D, academic and self-employment

opportunities.

X X X X X X

4





learning.

X

X

X

X

13




Electives

Open

Elective

Project /

Seminar/

Internship

Total

Credits

I 06

20 24 - - -

50 II - - -

III - 04 - 22 - - -

26

IV - 04 - 21 - - -

25

V - - - 26 - - - 26

VI 02 - - 19 3 - - 24

VII - - - 18 6 3 - 27

VIII - - - 6 3 - 13 22

Total 08 28 24 112 12 3 13

200




Computers) - 24





Subject Areas - 03



14






L T P S** Total

1 ME501 Machine Design -I 4 0 0 4

2 ME502 Dynamics of Machines 4 0 0 4

3 ME503 Turbo Machines 4 0 0 4

4 ME504 Manufacturing Process-II 3 0 0 3

5 ME505 Control Engineering 3 0 0 3

5 ME506 Engineering Economics 3 0 0 3


7 ME503L Turbo Machine Laboratory 0 0 1 1

8 ME504L Manufacturing Process-II Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 26

L-Lecture T-Tutorial P- Practicals S**- Self Study

15

MACHINE DESIGN -1


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

For the manufacture of any machine component the first and foremost operation is design. The design

concept involves identifying the problem, selection of process material, environmental conditions and

proper understanding of various types of loads and its effect for the maximum production of any

machine component.



Course Learning Objectives This course gives us the clean picture of the following






UNIT I

Introduction: Design considerations: codes and standards, Stress analysis, Definitions: Normal, shear,

biaxial and tri axial stresses, Stress tensor, Principal Stresses and Mohr’s Circle. Static Strength, Static

loads and Factor of safety. Impact loads, Impact stresses due to axial and bending.

Theories of failure & Stress concentration: Maximum normal stress theory, Maximum shear stress

theory, Distortion energy theory; Failure of brittle materials, Failure of ductile materials. Stress


loading.

UNIT II





UNIT III Shafts, Keys and Couplings: Torsion of shafts, design for strength and rigidity with steady loading,




UNIT IV Riveted Joints – Types, rivet materials, failures of riveted joints, Joint Efficiency, Boiler Joints, Tank

and Structural Joints, Riveted Brackets.


UNIT V Power Screws: Mechanics of power screw, Stresses in power screws, efficiency and self-locking,



16



3. Machine Design Data Hand Book by H.G. Patil, Shri Shashi Prakashan, Belgaum.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mechanical Engineering Design: Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke McGraw Hill












1) Develop an understanding of design of machine component subjected to static, impact and fatigue loads.

(PO: a,b,d,f,k)

2) Compile fundamentals of theories of failure and stress concentration effect in the design of machine

components. (PO: a,b,d,f,k)

3) Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of machine design. (PO:

a,b,d,k)

4) Demonstrate the ability to solve problems of practical interest & have the competence for undergoing

knowledge upgradation in the advanced subjects of Machine Design II, FEM and Design for Manufacturing.

(PO: a,b,c,e,g,j,l)

5 Develop competence to design the machine components like shafts,keys,couplings,riveted joints, welded

joints, power screws, cotter and knuckle joints. (PO: a,b,d,f,k,l)

17



Prerequisite: ME 404

Preamble The subject comprises a wider and deeper on the engineering aspects involving forces, inertia, friction

and balancing of masses.





It is aimed to study the different types of power transmission by using flat belt drives of open and cross

belt with problems. The subject involves the study of rotating masses, so as balance the system by

using the counter balancing masses in the same or different planes graphically or analytically.




applications. For example applications of gyroscope to four wheeler, boat, aeroplane, etc.




1. Ability to apply knowledge of mathematics, science and Engineering in static and dynamic force

analysis of deferent mechanisms, flywheel, balancing of rotating and reciprocating masses.

2. Ability to design and conduct experiments as well as analyze and interpret data of governors and

gyroscopic effect on aeroplane, naval ships and in automobiles.








UNIT I

Static Force Analysis: Static force analysis: Introduction: Static equilibrium. Equilibrium of two and

three force members. Members with two forces and torque, free body diagrams, principle of virtual

work. Static force analysis of four bar mechanism and slider-crank mechanism (without friction).

UNIT II


analysis of four-bar mechanism and slider crank mechanism. Dynamically equivalent systems, Turning

moment diagrams Fluctuation of Energy. Determination of size of flywheels.

18

UNIT III Friction and Belt Drives: Belt drives: Flat & V belt drives, ratio of belt tensions, centrifugal tension,

and power transmitted.




UNIT IV


engine, balancing in multi cylinder-inline engine (primary & Secondary forces), V-type engine; Radial

engine – Direct and reverse crank method.



UNIT V Gyroscope: Vectorial representation of angular motion, basic definitions, Gyroscopic couple. Effect


four wheelers.



TEXT BOOKS:


Edition, 2006.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Theory of Machines by Thomas Bevan, CBS Publication 1984.




1. Ability to function on multi-disciplinary teams by having knowledge of Mathematics, Science and

Engineering in the field of analysis of motions & forces responsible for that in different mechanisms. (PO: a,

b, e, i, k)

2. Develop ability to evaluate the effect of inertia forces in different mechanisms. (PO: a, b, d, j, k)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of transmission and concepts of

friction. (PO: a, b, e, i)

4. Demonstrate ability to design and apply the concepts of governors, cams and balancing of masses in various

machines wherever applicable. (PO: a, b, c, e, i, k)

5. Possess knowledge of the gyroscopic effect on ship, aeroplane, two wheeler and four wheeler. (PO: a, b, c,

e, i, j, k)

19

TURBO MACHINES


Prerequisite: ME406

Preamble Turbomachines are most commonly used devices in day to day life. These are the machines used to

produce head or pressure or to generate power. Turbo Machines are different from reciprocating and

rotary machines (i.e. Reciprocating air compressor and Gear pump) in the energy transfer aspect. In

turbo machines, fluid is not positively contained but flows steadily undergoing pressure change due to

dynamic effects. This course deals with the fundamental aspects related to the design of turbo

machines.

Course Learning Objectives 1. To provide a sound understanding of the comparison of positive displacement machine and

turbo machine and energy transfer in turbomachinary.







UNIT I Introduction: Definition of a Turbomachine; parts of a Turbomachine; Comparison with positive



studies.



UNIT II General Analysis of Turbines Utilization factor, Vane efficiency, Relation between utilization factor and

degree of reaction, condition for maximum utilization factor – optimum blade speed ratio for different

types of turbines.



values of degree of reaction. Effect of blade discharge angle on energy transfer and degree of reaction,

Effect of blade discharge angle on performance,; Theoretical head – capacity relationship.

UNIT III


efficiency, volumetric efficiency. Francis turbine – velocity triangles, runner shapes for different blade

speeds, Design of Francis turbine, Functions of a Draft tube, types of draft tubes, Kaplan and Propeller

turbines – Velocity triangles and design parameters. Characteristic curves for hydraulic turbines.

20

UNIT IV Steam Turbines: Introduction to steam nozzles and optimum pressure ratio. Impulse Staging and need

for compounding, Velocity and pressure compounding, velocity triangle, condition for maximum

utilization factor for multistage turbine with equiangular blades, Effects of Blade and Nozzle losses,

Reaction staging.


head, suction head, delivery head, manometric efficiency, hydraulic efficiency, volumetric efficiency,

overall efficiency, multistage centrifugal pumps design procedure.

UNIT V

Thermodynamics of Fluid Flow and Thermodynamic Analysis of Compression and Expansion Processes: Stagnation and static properties and their relations, Compression process – overall









Problems).

TEXT BOOKS 1. An Introduction to energy conversion, Volume III – Turbo machinery, V.Kadambi and Manohar



Pvt. Limited 2nd edition 2002.


REFERENCE BOOKS 1. “Principles of Turbo Machinery”, D.G.Shepherd, The Macmillan Company (1964)




4. “Turbines, Compressors & Fans”, S. M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill Co., 2nd Edition (2002).


1. Student will have the Knowledge of working and various energy transfer processes in turbo-machines.

(PO: a, b, d, h, j, k)

2. Student will be Capable of analyzing the fluid flow in steam and hydraulic turbines. (PO: a, b, c, f, h,

j, k)

3. Students analyze the fluid flow in centrifugal and axial flow compressors, and centrifugal pumps. (PO:

a, b, c, f, h, j, k)

4. Exercise and conduct thermodynamic analysis of fluid flow in nozzles. (PO: a, b, c, f, h, j, k)

5. Become expertise in the design and selection of turbo-machines. (PO: c, d, e, g, i, l)

21




Preamble In industries, the main focus is on manufacturing/production with advent of various machines like

lathe, drilling machine, milling machine, shaping machine, grinding machine. These machines are used

in production. Improvements were made in these machines to make it semi-automatic or automatic.

These are conventional or traditional machining processes.

Later in non-traditional machining processes like EDM, ECM came into existence. Here in this course

a study of these conventional and non-conventional processes are made by the students.




machinability.







UNIT I

Theory of Metal Cutting: single point cutting tool nomenclature, geometry, orthogonal and oblique

cutting, mechanism of chip formation, types of chips, Merchant’s analysis, Ernst- Merchant’s solution,

shear angle relationship, problems of merchant analysis, tool wear, and tool failure, effect of cutting

parameters, tool life criteria, taylor’s tool life equation, problems on tool evaluation.

Machinability, factors affecting machinability, heat generation in metal cutting, factors affecting heat

generation, measurement of tool tip temperature.

UNIT II

Cutting Tool Materials: Desired properties, types of cutting tool materials- HSS, carbides, coated

carbides, ceramics, Cutting fluids, desired properties, types and selection.

Production Lathes: Capstan and Turret lathes- construction features, tool and work holding devices,

tool layout.

UNIT III

Drilling and its related Operations: types of drills, drill bit nomenclature, machining time,



Shaping and Planning Machine: classification, construction features, driving mechanisms, shaping


22

UNIT IV




Grinding Machines: Types of abrasives, bonding process, classification, Constructional features,

surface, designation and selection of grinding wheel, Balancing, dressing and truing of grinding wheel.

Super finishing process: Honing, lapping and super finishing operations.

UNIT V

Introduction to Nontraditional Machining Processes: Principle, Equipment, Operation and

Applications of EDM, ECM and EBM.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Manufacturing Process and Materials of Manufacture- Roy A Lindberg Prentice Hall of India,

1998.

2. Fundamental of Metal Machining and Machine Tools- G. Boothroyd, McGraw Hill 2000

REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Manufacturing Science- Amitabha Ghosh and Mallik, Affiliated East West press, 1995

2. Production Technology, HMT- Tata Mcgraw hill, 2001.

3. Introduction to Manufacturing Processes by John A Schey- Mc Graw Hill. 3rd edition 2001.

4. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering Materials by serope Kalpakjian and Steve R.



1. Apply the concept of metal cutting operations and machinability aspects. (PO: a, d)

2. Differentiate various cutting tool materials and cutting fluid properties and the working of a production

lathe (PO: a, e)

3. Recognize the different drilling operations and the drill bit configurations and also the operations such as

broaching, shaping and planning (PO: b, e, i)

4. Recognize the working of milling operations, grinding operations and different levels of finishing

operations (PO: e, i)

5. Use the concept of modern machining methods and their applications. (PO: j)

23

CONTROL ENGINEERING


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble




role in a wide range of control systems, from simple household washing machines to high-performance

F-16 fighter aircraft. It seeks to understand physical systems, using mathematical modelling, in terms

of inputs, outputs and various components with different behaviours; use control systems design tools

to develop controllers for those systems; and implement controllers in physical systems employing

available technology. A system can be mechanical, electrical, fluid and even biological and the

mathematical modelling, analysis and controller design uses control theory in one or many of the time,

frequency and complex-S domains, depending on the nature of the design problem.


1. To understand the fundamentals related to automatic control, open and closed loop systems and

feedback control of dynamic systems.

2. To understand and study different types of controllers in the design and analysis of closed loop

control system.

3. To write the differential equations describing the behaviour of engineering systems.

4. Use the Laplace transforms to describe the transfer functions of engineering systems and determine

the time domain response to a wide range of inputs

5. Use the block diagram reduction techniques and signal flow graphs to derive system transfer


6. To understand and gain the in-depth knowledge in the transient and steady state response analysis

pertaining to first and second order system response to various standard input test signals.

7. Analyse the performance and determine the stability of control systems using Root locus, polar

plots, Nyquist plots and Bode plots.

UNIT I



Integral, Proportional Integral Differential Controllers.

Mathematical Models: Transfer function models, models of mechanical systems, models of electrical

circuits, DC and AC motors in control systems, models of thermal systems, models of hydraulic

systems, Pneumatic system, Analogous systems :Force voltage, Force current.

UNIT II

Block Diagrams and Signal Flow Graphs: Transfer Functions definition, function, blocks


formula.

24

UNIT III



response, System stability: Routh-Hurwitz’s Criterion.

UNIT IV



Frequency Response Analysis using Bode Plots: Bode attenuation diagrams, Stability Analysis using

Bode plots, Simplified Bode Diagrams.

UNIT V

Root Locus Plots: Definition of root loci, general rules for constructing root loci, Analysis using root

locus plots.

Control Action and System Compensation: Series and feedback compensation, Physical devices for

system compensation.

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:





1. Develop skill to identify the basic elements and structures of feedback control systems and develop

mathematical models. (PO: a, b)

2. Use efficiently signal flow graphs and block diagrams to study the input-output relations of various control

systems. (PO: a, b, f)

3. Obtain competence in transient response analysis of control systems subjected to standard test signals and

stability analysis. (PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j)

4. Obtain competence in frequency response analysis of control system using various plots such as polar,

Nyquist and Bode plots (PO: a, b, f, g, h, i, j, k)

5. Be able to construct design and analyse performance of control systems using Root-locus and understand

the various system compensation techniques and devices. (PO: a, b, c, f, g, h, i, j, k, l)

25


SUB CODE: ME 506 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

Engineers are planners and builders; they are also problem solvers, Managers and decision makers.

Engineering economy is one of the few engineering topics that is equally applicable to both individual

and corporate and government employee. It can analyze personal finances and investments in a fashion

similar to corporate project finances.

Engineering economics touches each of these activities. Plans and productions must be financed.

Problems are eventually defined by dollar dimensions and decisions are evaluated by their monetary

consequences.

This course engineering economics is at the heart of making decisions; these decisions involve the

fundamental elements of cash flows of money, time, Interest factors, and interest rates. It will explain

and demonstrate the principle and Techniques of engineering economic analysis as applied in different

fields of engineering.


1) The main objective of this course is to explain and demonstrate the principles and techniques of

engineering economics analysis as applied in different fields of engineering.

2) Course will able to provide basic knowledge of engineering economics, cash flows that account

for the time value of money and inflation.

3) This course will applicable to both individuals and corporate and government employees..it can

analyze personal finances and investments in a fashion similar to corporate project finances.

4) Students can able to understand basic concepts like decision making, demand and supply, tactics

and strategy and institution and analysis.

5) Main objective is to understand the meaning of interest, interest factors, interest rate, and cash flow

diagram used in calculating simple interest and compound interest before taking any financial

decision.

UNIT I:

Introduction: Engineering decision makers, engineering and economics, problem solving and decision

making, intuition and analysis, tactics and strategy law of demand and supply, law of returns .Interests

and interest factors, interest rates, simple interests, compound interests, cash flow diagrams, problems

UNIT II:

Present worth comparisons, conditions for present worth comparisons present worth equivalence, net

present worth, infinite lives future worth comparisons, pay back comparisons, problems Equivalent

annual worth comparisons methods (EAW) situations for EAW comparisons consideration of assets

life, comparisons of assets with equal and unequal lives

26

UNIT III:

Minimum acceptable rate of return, IRR, Rate of return calculations, problems, Depreciation, causes,

basic methods of computing depreciation charges, tax concepts

Estimating and costing: components of costs selling price.

UNIT IV:

Introduction to Industrial Management, contributions of Pioneers – F W Taylors, Frank Gilberth, Henri

Fayol, Elton Mayo. Functions of Managements, Levels of Management. Organization, types,

functions.

Ownership, types of ownerships, Methods of rising capital.

UNIT V: Personal Management, duties and responsibly of personal department, functions of Personal

department, recruitment, training

Industrial psychology and human relations. Motivation, Theories of motivation, Maslow’s hierarchy

of needs, theory X and Y .Hawthorne experiments, communications,

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Industrial engineering and management by O.P.Khanna, Danpat Rai and sons 2000


3. Industrial management by Banga and Sharma Dhanapathrai and sons

REFERENCE BOOKS

1. Engineering Economy, Riggs.J.L, Mcgraw Hill company 2002

2. Principals of Management by Koontz O Donnel Mc Grraw Hill Book Company

3. Engineering Economics .R .Panner selvam PHI Pvt Ltd New Delhi , 2001

Course Learning Outcomes 1) Students should be able to realize the importance of decision making based on financial reasoning. They

should be able to clearly understand demand and supply concepts and familiarize themselves with interest

and interest factors. (PO: b, i, k)

2) Students should understand how to calculate present and future worth of business projects and should be

able to compare them while selecting the best based on results. (PO: a, b, c, d, i & k)

3) Students should understand the concept of calculating EMI’S which is part of our real life. They must

know how to do the calculations themselves just the way banks would do.(PO: a, b, i, l, & k)

4) Students especially those who wish to become entrepreneurs should understand the basic concepts of rate

of return and its importance in starting new ventures.(PO: a, d, f, g, i & k)

5) Students should be thorough with the theories of depreciation and their basic calculations since these they

appear in all facets of business. They also should understand the elements of costing so that it helps them

later in their professional lives. (PO: g, i, k)

27

ROBOTICS

Sub. Code: ME- 507 CREDITS: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble:

This course provides an overview of robot mechanisms and intelligent controls. Topics include planar

and spatial kinematics, and motion planning; processes for manipulators and mobile robots, exposure

is given to mobile robots and it’s Degree of mobility, actuators, and sensors and its effects on the

application of robots. A wide scope is given to the area of Applications where in students understand

as to how robotics can be applied in area pertaining to industrial and non-industrial applications.



industries.

2. Aim of the course is to provide the students, with an opportunity to conceive design and implement

robotics systems quickly and effectively, using the various techniques available in robotic

technology.

3. The students will be exposed to different types of machine vision system and image processing

techniques

4. Learn how relative improvements can be established by using concept of advanced techniques

involved in drive systems.


specific programs and customized programs for a specific application.

UNIT I Introduction: History of Robot, Definition of Robot, Anatomy of Robot – Robot configuration Robot

Motion and Work volume.

Classification of Robot- Point to Point and Continuous path systems, Numerical control of Machine

tools, Resolution, Repeatability, Position representation.


UNIT II






UNIT III Programming of Robots: Types of programming- Off line programming-types, On-line

programming –types, Manual and Lead through teaching, Programming languages, Programming with

graphics. Levels of programming languages, VAL and its commands, Storing and Operating task

Programs, Programming Point-to-point Robots and Continuous – Path robots.

UNIT IV Transducers and sensors – Sensors in Robotics, Tactile sensor, Proximity and range sensors –

Magnetic, optical, ultrasonic, inductive, capacitive proximity sensors, range sensors. Uses of sensors

in Robotics.

28

Robotic Vision and Applications: Introduction, the sensing and digitizing function in machine vision,

Image processing and analysis, application of robotic vision system.

UNIT V Mobile Robots: Introduction to Mobile robots, Construction and Control of Mobile robots, Mobile

Robot maneuverability – degree of mobility, degree of Steerability, Mobile Robot maneuverability.

Robot Application: Industrial and non-industrial applications of Robots, applications of mobile

robots. Limitations and future applications of robots.

TEXT BOOKS:



G Odrey.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Robot Technology – Philippe Coffet (Vol. 1 to Vol. 7)





1. The students can express the concept of developmental stages in robotics. (PO: a, b, c, d)

2. Students can selectively choose various methods that are available in robotics. (PO: a, b, c)


ROI for the company that uses robots in their work flow including machine vision and image process

techniques. (PO: a, b, c, e, l)

4. Students can selectively increase the mobility and speed of robots for specific application. (PO: a,

b, d, e, l)


appropriate programming language and techniques. (PO: a, b, c, e, l)

29


Subject Code: ME 503 L Credits: 0:0:1

Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Turbo Machines is relevant to study the performance of machines which involves energy conversion


through pipes.








a. Orifice plate

b. Vertical orifice

c. Venturimeter

d. Rotameter

e. V notch


a. Pelton wheel

b. Francis Turbine

c. Kaplan Turbines





TEXT BOOKS:




Pvt. Limited 2nd edition 2002.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. “Principles of Turbo Machinery”, D.G.Shepherd, The Macmillan Company (1964)




4. “Turbines, Compressors & Fans”, S. M. Yahya, Tata-McGraw Hill Co., 2nd Edition (2002).

Course Outcomes:

1. Sound understanding of the basic principles and laws of fluid mechanics.. (PO: a,b, c,d, g)

2. Knowledge of the calibration of various flow measuring devices and be able to determine discharge

coefficient for those devices. (PO: a, b, c, d, e)

30

3. Capability to determine losses in pipes and solve practical problems associated with flow through pipes

(PO: a, b, c, e, g)

4. Capability to conduct performance test on hydraulic turbines provide solutions on various performance

parameters and able to assess the performance of pumps and solve the problems associated with pumps. (PO:

a, b, c, d, e, j, l)

5. Familiarization with the experimental methodology and ability to solve problems and to develop capability

to analyze and solve practical problems which are of interest to R&D organizations and industry. (PO: a, b, c,

e, f, g, l)





Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

31


Subject Code: ME 504L Credits: 0:0:1 Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Machine shop is a place where components are produced on a large scale. The students will be


grinding.





Eccentric turning.





TEXT BOOK: 1. Manufacturing Process – II laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering,

MSRIT.


1. Students will demonstrate the knowledge and the skills required with respect to the operation, procedure,

conduction and analyzing the results of experiments ( PO: b, c, d, e, g, h, k, l)

2. Students able to prepare the models using the above machines, study their importance and applications. (

PO: b, c, d, e, f, h, i, k, l)


1. Student should have obtained not less than 75% attendance and 20 CIE Marks to become



Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

32






L T P S** Total

1 ME601 Machine Design -II 4 0 0 4

2 ME602 Manufacturing Process-III 3 0 0 3

3 ME603 Finite Element Analysis 4 0 0 4

4 ME604 Professional Ethics 2 0 0 2

5 ME605 Hydraulics and Pneumatics 3 0 0 3

6 ME606 Mechatronics and Microprocessor 3 0 0 3

7 MEPEXX Professional Electives-I 3 0 0 3

8 ME601L Machine Design Laboratory 0 0 1 1

9 ME603L Finite Element Analysis Laboratory 0 0 1 1

Total 24

L: Lecture T: Tutorial P: Practical S: Self Study


Sl. No. Subject


1 ME-PE02 Mechanism Design 7 ME-PE21 Solar Energy

2 ME-PE03 Theory of Elasticity

3 ME-PE07 Fracture Mechanics 8 ME-PE23 Computational Fluid

Dynamics


Manufacturing 9 ME-PE28 Cryogenics

5 ME-PE12 Rapid Prototyping 10 ME-PE30 Operations

Management


Conditioning

33

MACHINE DESIGN - II


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble In machine design certain topics were discussed in detail. In the course Machine Design -2 some more

components for complete design are considered. This enables the person who undergoes the course

understanding the subject as below.



2. Deciding the proper steps to be followed in the manufactured product of the components involved.






UNIT I

Curved Beams: Stresses in Curved Beams of Standard Cross Sections used in Crane Hook, Punching

Presses & Clamps, Closed Rings and Links.

Belts Ropes and Chains: Flat Belts: Length & Cross Section, Selection of V-belts, Ropes and Chains

for Different Applications.

UNIT II Springs: Types of Springs - Stresses in Helical Coil Springs of Circular and Non-Circular Cross

Sections. Tension and Compression Springs,Springs under Fluctuating Loads, Leaf Springs: Stresses

in Leaf Springs & Equalized Stresses.

UNIT III

Spur & Helical Gears: Spur Gears: Definitions, Stresses in Gear Tooth: Lewis Equation and Form

Factor, Design for Strength, Dynamic Load and Wear Load. Helical Gears: Definitions, Formative

Number of Teeth, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic and Wear Loads.

Bevel Gear: Definitions, Formative Number of Teeth, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic and Wear

Loads.

UNIT IV Worm Gears: Definitions, Design Based on Strength, Dynamic, Wear Load and Efficiency of Worm

Gear Drives.

Clutches & Brakes: Design of Clutches: Single Plate, Multi Plate and Cone Clutches. Design of

Brakes: Block and Band Brakes: Self Locking of Brakes: Heat Generation in Brakes.

UNIT V

Lubrication and Bearings: Lubricants and their properties, Mechanisms of Lubrication, Bearing

Modulus, Coefficient of Friction, Minimum Oil Film Thickness, Heat Generated, Heat Dissipated,

Bearing Materials, Examples of Journal Bearing and Thrust Bearing Design.

34




TEXT BOOKS: 1. Mechanical Engineering Design: Joseph E Shigley and Charles R. Mischke. McGraw Hill









4. Machine Design: A CAD Approach: Andrew D DIMAROGONAS, John Wiley Sons, Inc, 2001.


1. Confidently and comfortably make the theoretical aspects in reality (PO: a, b, e, f)

2. Can differentiate on their own the components to be designed to select from the available resources such

as charts, catalogues, tables, etc (PO: b, c, d, e)

3. To change the existing design with minimum effort for better (result) performance (PO: d, e, f)

4. Performance of the components can be increased with better knowledge of the course.(PO: d, f, i)

5. Software packages can be developed with better knowledge of the design concepts.(PO: c, d, e, g, h, i)

35

MANUFACTURING PROCESS-III


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble The basic objective of forming process is to produce the components having superior Properties



rolling, drawing, extrusion, Sheet metal forming and powder metallurgy. The various parameters load

calculations and the defects occurred during the manufacture of wrought products will be studied.


1. To provide the students, with an opportunity to gain the knowledge in the field of metal working

process with other manufacturing techniques.



4. To understand the various processes, defects occurred for the manufacture of sheet metal

products.

5. To learn preparation of powders, Mixing, Compaction and sintering of various components using

powder metallurgy

UNIT I

Introduction and Concepts: Classification of metal working processes, characteristics of wrought

products, advantages and limitations of metal working processes.


hydrostatic pressure in metalworking, Deformation zone geometry, workability of materials, Residual

stresses in wrought products.

UNIT II Forging: Classification of forging processes. Forging machines & equipments. Forging pressures &




UNIT III Drawing: Steps involved in wire drawing, Drawing die details, Optimal cone angle & dead zone

formation, Redundant work and its estimation, Types of tube drawing processes, Frictionless drawing

of cylindrical rod.


variables in extrusion, Special type of extrusion processes, Metal flow pattern in extrusion, Defects in

extruded products.

UNIT IV




36

UNIT V Sheet metal forming: Definition of sheet metal, Material used for sheet metal, Sheet metal operations,

Classification of power presses.

Powder metallurgy: Basic steps in Powder metallurgy, Production of metal powders, Blending metal

powders, Compaction, Sintering and Finishing, Application, advantages and limitations of powder

metallurgy.

TEXT BOOKS:


2. Manufacturing Processes for Engineering materials by Serope kalpakajiam and Steven R Schimid,

Pearson education, 4th edition 2007.


REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Materials & Processes in Manufacturing by Paul Degarmo E, Jt Black, Ronald A Kohser.

Prentice -hall of India, 8th edition 2006

2. Manufacturing Science, by Asok Kumar Mallik & Amitabha Ghosh –

Affiliated East-west Press Pvt Ltd, 2nd edition 2012.

3. Theory of Plasticity and Metal Forming Processes by Dr. Sadhu Singh Khanna Publishers, 2008.

4. Fundamentals of Metal forming processes, B.L.Juneja, First edition New age International, 2007.

5. Theory of Plasticity and Metal forming Processes, Dr.sadhu singh, Khanna Publishers, 3rd

edition 2003



Students will be able

1. To learn and understand necessity of forming process compared with other manufacturing techniques. (PO:

a, c, e, g, k)

2. To analyze various methods of forming. (PO: b, c, g)

3. To know the parameters effect on the processing of the wrought products. (PO: a, b, c, e)

4. To indentify and analyze production of wire, rod,tubes using different process and problems occurred in the

process. (PO: e, k)

5. To identify the methods used for the various powder metallurgical components. (PO: a, b, c, e, i, k)

37



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble Finite Element Method is proving to be a very powerful technique of solving and analyzing complex



mathematics. Its usefulness in various branches of engineering is due to the ease with which the method

is made amenable to computer programming, leading to a process of iterative design. Its uniqueness

lies in the fact that complex engineering problems having no analytical solutions can be solved with

ease and iterative designs can be worked out. Of late, this technique has found a lot of applications in

the area of manufacturing as newer and specialized techniques and materials are being used with

changing technology. In this context it is desirable to introduce the subject of FEM in the curriculum

of BE course as an open elective for other branches to train the students for developing skills for

designing and analyzing the various manufacturing processes to arrive at an optimized process. The

method can also be used in the development of machine tools, newer materials and failure analysis of

processes.




Galerikin’s method and know procedure of finite element method

2. To understand convergence criteria, geometrical isotropy and be able to solve one

dimensional bar and Truss problems

3. Understand iso, sub and super parametric elements. CST elements, shape functions, strain

matrix, stiffness matrix and concept of Jacobian matrix

4. To understand the fundamentals of Higher Order elements and their shape functions, strain

and stiffness matrices

5. To be able to solve Beam problems & understand the application of FEA in dynamic

problems.

UNIT I Introduction: Equilibrium equations in elasticity subjected to body force, Traction force, Stress strain

relations for plane stress and plane strain, Variation approach, Calculus of variation, Euler’s

Lagrange’s equation, Principle of minimum potential energy, Principle of Virtual work, Rayleigh-Ritz

method, Galerkins method. General Description of Finite Element Method, Advantages, Basic steps

in the formulation of Finite Element Analysis.

UNIT II Shape functions of Linear simplex element, Co ordinate systems, Stiffness matrix by potential energy

approach, Load vector, Boundary conditions, Elimination approach, Penalty approach, Temperature

effect Quadratic Shape Functions of 1D Elements, Problems on stepped bar subjected to axial and

thermal loads. Truss Element: Truss element, Local and Global coordinate systems, Elemental stiffness

matrix, Element stress, Temperature effects, Problems on trusses.

38

UNIT III Shape functions of CST element, isoparametric representation of CST element, Four node quadrilateral

element, Stiffness matrix, Element stress, Lagrangian interpolation functions, Higher order elements,

six nodes triangular element, eight nodes quadrilateral element. Geometric Isotropy, Pascal’s triangle,

Pyramid, Convergence criteria, Numerical Integration using one, two and three point’s Gaussian

quadrature formula.

UNIT IV Beam element: Beam element, Hermit shape function, Stiffness matrix, Load vector, Shear force and

Bending moment, Problems on beams.

UNIT V Equation of motion for 1D elements, derivation of element mass and stiffness matrices, Eigen value


TEXT BOOKS 1. Finite Element IN Engineering, Chandrupatla T.R., 2nd Edition, Prentice Hall, India., 2000


REFERENCE BOOKS




Delhi, 1995


1. Apply matrices concept, solution of simultaneous equations, use of minimum potential energy principle

to derive equilibrium equations and numerical integration for engineering problems. Apply Rayleigh Ritz’s

and Galerikin’s method for elasticity problems. (PO: a, c, e, g, k, l)

2. Learn and understand the steps involved in FEM and concept of convergence criteria and geometric

isotropy for solving real time problems. (PO: a, c, f, i)

3. Solve real time 1D, truss problems and plane stress and plane strain problems . (PO: a, b, c, d, h, j)

4. Comprehend finite element concepts of quadrilateral and triangular elements for use in two dimensional

elasticity problems and higher order elements. (PO: a, c, e)

5. Be able to solve beam and dynamic problems using concepts of FEM. (PO: a, b, f, g, l)

39

PROFESSIONAL ETHICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble: Ethics is concerned not only with distinguishing right from wrong and good from bad but also with

commitment to do what is right or what is good. Learning Professional Ethics as a subject has become

imperative because the lines that divide the ethical and unethical activities have been blurred.

Professional ethics, therefore, is made a part of the curricula, the world over in an attempt to temper

the ambitions of future engineers and inculcate in them a sense of ‘live and let live’ which is part of

our philosophy and which is essential for peaceful co-existence in the world today.




2. To make the students aware of the existence of different theories and their content in various topics

of professional ethics.


UNIT I

Introduction to Business Ethics: Meaning, Objectives, need and types of business ethics. Scope and

Functions, Kohlberg’s and Gilligan’s theory of business ethics, values, norms, beliefs and standards.

UNIT II Ethics in Profession: Principles of ethics in production and operation management: working



UNIT III Scope and Aims of Engineering Ethics: Introduction, scope of engineering ethics, role of morality,



UNIT IV Honesty, Integrity and Reliability: Introduction, ways of misusing the truth, honesty on campus,




UNIT V Risk, Safety and Liability: Introduction, the codes of engineering practice, difficulties in estimating

risk, normalizing deviance, the experts approach to acceptable risk, identifying and defining acceptable

risk, the lay persons approach to acceptable risk, the engineering liability for risk, becoming a

responsible engineering regarding risk.

40

TEXT BOOKS


Asia, 2003


REFERENCE BOOKS


2. Ethics in Engineering by Mike W Martin and Roland Schinzinger, Tata McGraw Hill, 3rd Edition


1. To ensure that the students honestly and genuinely appreciate the need to practice professional ethics

for harmonious coexistence in the society.(PO: f & h)

2. To ensure that the students understand the different theories and their content in the financial and the

industrial world. (PO: f & h)

3. To ensure that the students understand the challenges of practicing ethics at the work place and the

conflicts that arises in the discharge of duties as a professional. (PO’s accomplished – f & h)

4. To enable students to integrate the values required to work honestly and with integrity in their working

careers.(PO: f & h)

5. To see that the students ensure for themselves and also for their subordinates and customers the need

for safety and reliability in all the services they provide.(PO: f & h)

41



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble: History of fluid power goes back to our ancient civilization wherein man used water to

generate power using water wheels, and air to run windmills and propel ships. These fluids were used

in large quantities at relatively low pressure (corresponding to atmospheric pressure). Until industrial

revolution in 1850 in England fluid power concept was not introduced in industries. But by 1870 fluid

power was used in hydraulic cranes, jacks, shearing and riveting machines, water pumps etc. During

and after World War II, fluid power technology gained momentum. And today there is an after list of

fluid power application in almost every industry. Automobiles, missiles, machine tools, aero planes

etc. extensively use fluid power technology. This course deals with the fundamental aspects of

hydraulics and pneumatics, the two fields of relevance to fluid power engineering.







UNIT - I Introduction to Hydraulic Power: Pascal’s law and problems on Pascal’s Law, continuity equations,

introduction to conversion of units, Structure of Hydraulic Control System. The Source of Hydraulic

Power: Pumps Pumping theory, pump classification, gear pumps, vane pumps, piston pumps, pump

performance, pump selection. Variable displacement pumps.


loading.

UNIT - II

Hydraulic Motors: Hydraulic Rotary Actuators, Gear motors, vane motors, piston motors, Hydraulic

motor theoretical torque, power and flow rate, hydraulic motor performance.

Control Components in Hydraulic Systems: Directional Control Valves – Symbolic representation,

Constructional features, pressure control valves – direct and pilot operated types, flow control valves.

UNIT - III Hydraulic Circuit Design and Analysis: Control of single and double – acting hydraulic cylinder,


sequencing circuits. Cylinder synchronizing circuits, speed control of hydraulic cylinder, speed control

of hydraulic motors, Accumulators.




42

UNIT - IV Introduction to Pneumatic Control: Choice of working medium, characteristics of compressed air.





UNIT - V Directional Control Valves: Symbolic representation as per ISO 1219 and ISO 5599. Design and

constructional aspects, poppet valves, slide valves spool valve, suspended seat type slide valve. Simple

Pneumatic Control: Direct and indirect actuation pneumatic cylinders, use of memory valve.




practical examples involving the use of logic gates, pPressure dependent controls types construction–


TEXT BOOKS:




REFERENCE BOOKS:




3. Industrial Hydraulics, Pippenger, Hicks, McGraw Hill, New York, 2009


1. Get knowledge about working of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. (PO: a, f, h, j, k)

2. Become aware about controlling components of hydraulic and pneumatic systems. (PO: b, c, f, h, j, k)

3. Have good understanding in selection, preparation and distribution of compressed air. (PO: a, b f, g h,

j, k)

4. Be capable to compile the design of hydraulic and pneumatic systems and analyze them. (PO: a, b, c,

f, h, j, k)

5. Demonstrate the need of pressure and time dependent controls. (PO: a, c, d, e, g, i, l)

43



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble




system picks up signals from the environment processes them to generate output signals, transforming

them for example into forces, motions and actions. It is the extension and the completion of mechanical

systems with sensors and microcomputers which is the most important aspect. The fact that such a

system picks up changes in its environment by sensors, and reacts to their signals using the appropriate

information processing, makes it different from conventional methods.




2. Understand the key elements of a measurement system and the basic performance

specifications and models of a variety of analog and digital Mechatronics sensors. 3. Understand the characteristics and models of various electromechanical actuators (brushed dc





UNIT I Introduction to Mechatronics: Introduction to mechatronics systems, Measurement system, control

systems, microprocessor based controllers, Mechatronics approach and their associated problems.

Examples and discussion on typical systems.



UNIT II

Electrical actuation systems: Electrical systems, Mechanical switches, solid state switches, solenoids

DC & AC motors, stepper motors and their merits and demerits.




UNIT III Introduction to Microprocessors: Evaluation of Microprocessor, Organization of Microprocessors



representation of positive and negative integers, maximum and minimum integers. Conversion of real

numbers , floating point notation, representation of floating point numbers, accuracy and range in

44

floating point representation, overflow and underflow, addition of floating point numbers, character

representation.

UNIT IV Microprocessor architecture & micro computer systems. Microprocessor architecture and its



micro controllers.

UNIT V Assembly Language Programming: 8085 programming, model instruction, classification, 8085




organization.

TEXT BOOKS:


Wiley Eastern.


REFERENCE BOOKS:


2006.






1. The student will familiarize himself with basic mechanisms, mechanical components, actuators

and sensors used in Mechatronics systems and also with controllers of Mechatronics systems

(PO: a, b , c, d, e, l)

2. The student will familiarize himself with Measurement and signal handling techniques

(PO: a, b, d, e, g, j)

3. The student will familiarize himself with Graphical development environment for control from large-

scale industrial systems to components in consumer applications; Mechatronics has woven itself into

the very fabric of modern technology (PO: a, b, d, e, j, i)

4. The student will familiarize himself with Among the most important Mechatronics systems are

electromagnetic sensors and electromechanical actuators. Cultivated over years of industrial and

research experience. (PO: a, b, d, e, j, l)

5. The student will familiarize himself with The student will Understand the fundamentals of

MICROPROCESSOR (INTEL 8085 AND 4004) and application of MICROCONTROLLER.

(PO: a, b, d, e, j)

45



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Machine design subject deals with the design of machine elements such as beams, ropes, belts, chains,

springs, gears concepts of lubrication of bearings and bearing design. All these machine elements are

subjected to vibrations, stresses and strains while in operation, machine design lab provides students

to gain insight into these practical aspects and develop skill in measuring various parameters

influencing the design of machine elements, eventually to obtain better designs.






List of Experiments








7. Determination of Stress Concentration using photoelasticity for simple component like plate

with a hole under tension.



10. Determination of principal stresses and strains in a member subjected to combined loading

using strain rosettes.

Course Outcomes:

1. The students will be able to design & conduct experiments related to Longitudinal, transverse and

torsional vibrations. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, j, k)

2. The students will use the knowledge of dynamics of machines, design and conduct experiments on

governors, bearings and lubrication. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, j, k)

3. The students will be able to understand, demonstrate the use of experimental techniques and design

the machine elements using Polari scope and strain gauges. (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

4. The students will be able to compare the results obtained with other methods of engineering analysis.

(PO: a, b, e)

5. The above skills with practical experiments will equip students to realize efficient &better design of

machine elements in practice. (PO: f, g, h, i, j, l)

TEXT BOOK: 1. Design laboratory manual, Department of Mechanical Engineering, MSRIT.

46




2. Students has to conduct two experiments (One group experiment and one individual

experiment).

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10

---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

47


Course Code: ME 603L Credits:0:0:1

Prerequisite: Nil Preamble: FEA is gaining popularity day by day and is a sought after dream career for mechanical

engineers. Enthusiastic engineers and managers who want to refresh or update the knowledge on FEA

are encountered with volumes of published books. FEA is now a commonly used synonym for a wide

range of computational techniques in engineering practice. All the engineering structures today; should

be simulated for their performance on a computer compulsorily. This lab aims at teaching the basics

of commercially available general purpose software for carrying out engineering analysis.

Course Learning Objectives: 1. Apply the knowledge of FEM to construct finite element models using the library of finite






List of Exercises:



2. Trusses




6. a) Natural Frequencies of Spring mass and dampers systems of Single and two degrees Systems.





1. The student should be able to expressive the steps involved in solving a given analysis problem and

understand the procedure for carrying out engineering analysis. (PO – a, b, d, e, j)

2. The student should be able to use the software for doing the analysis and simulation.

(PO: a, b, d, e, j)

3. The student should be able to compare the results obtained with other methods of analysis.

(PO: a, b, d, e)

4. The student should be able to carry out number of iterations by changing the parameters

involved in FEA software. (PO: a, b, d)

5. Students will be able to compare the compare real time problems solved with Ansys. (PO : a,b,d,e,j)

TEXT BOOK:


REFERENCE BOOK: 1. Practical Finite Element Analysis ---- Published By Finite to Infinite, Pune, India.

---- ISBN 978-81-906195-0-9

48










experiment).

Max Marks: 50



Viva-voce: 10 ---------------------------------------

TOTAL: 50

49

PROFESSIONAL ELCTIVES

MECHANISM DESIGN


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble Course consists of chapters basically related to, analysis and synthesis of four bar and slider crank













UNIT I Introduction to analysis and synthesis of mechanism, Terminologies: planar, spherical and spatial,


synthesis, Function generation path generation and body guidance, Precision positions, structural error,

Chebychev spacing, numerical.

UNIT II





UNIT III Analytical analysis of displacement, velocity and acceleration in four bar and slider crank



UNIT IV Freudenstein’s equations for four bar mechanism mechanisms and examples, Freudenstein’s equations

slider crank mechanisms and examples, Bloch’s method of synthesis, Mobility of spatial mechanisms,

50

The Eulerian angles, The Denavit-Hartenberg parameters, Transformation Matrix position, velocity

and acceleration analyses, Forward and inverse kinematics.

UNIT V Computing mechanisms: Analog computers, mechanisms for addition and subtraction, multiplication

and division, Mechanisms for integration, trigonometric functions, inversion, squares, square roots and

square roots of products, computing gears and cams.

TEXT BOOKS:



2. Theory of Machines and Mechanisms, John J Uicker Jr, Gordon R Pennock, Joseph E

Shigley, Indian Edition, Third Ed, Oxford University Press, 2007.




REFERENCE BOOKS:


Wiley India.




1. Student will be able to analyse and synthesize a mechanism using graphical and analytical methods (PO:

a, b, c, e)

2. Will demonstrate ability to apply different methods of synthesis such as, two and three position synthesis

and relative pole method.(PO: b, c, d, e)

3. Will be able to use analytical methods of analyses of four bar and slider crank mechanism along with

generation of curves.(PO: b, c, d, e, g)

4. Will be able to demonstrate the synthesis of spatial mechanisms and skill in using computing mechanism

in engineering applications.(PO: d, e, g)

51


Sub Code: MEPE 03 Credits: 3:0:0

Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble: In the present context of mechanical engineering curriculum the course on Theory of

Elasticity provides a machine designer with an advanced approach for design of components. With the

advances being made in the areas of manufacturing, design and automotive engineering newer and

efficient design of machinery and equipments require an in depth knowledge of behavior of







systematic manner.


3. Understand the concepts of Stress and Strain at a point by solving problems of practical

interest.Develop skill to solve simple problems on concepts of Plane stress and Plane strain.

4. Develop competence in analysing the 2D problems of elasticity.Develop an understanding of


5. Develop an understanding of the concepts of torsion of shafts of circular and non circular cross

section and applying them for solving problems.Learn the practical implications and applications

of torsion of thin walled tubes.

UNIT I Definition And Notations, Stress, Stress at a point, equilibrium equations, principal stress, octahedral



UNIT II Generalized Hooke’s Law, Plane stress and Plain Strain, Aeris Stress Function, Analysis of beams,



UNIT III Stresses in Rotating Discs and Cylinders, Stress Concentration in an infinite plate.

UNIT IV Thermal Stresses, Thermo elastic stress strain relation, thermal stresses in think circular disc and

long cylinders. Principal of superposition theorem, Saint Venant’s principle, uniqueness theorom

UNIT V Torsion of circular elliptical and triangular bar, membrane analogy, torsion of thin open section and

thin tubes .

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Theory of Elasticity – SP Timoshenko and Goodier, Mc Graw Hill International, 3rd Edition 1972

52


REFERENE BOOKS: 1. Applied Elasticity – CT Wang, Mc Graw Hill Book 1953

2. Eleasticity Theory applications and numericals – Martin H Sadd, Elsiver 2005


1. Evaluate and compare the conventional strength of material approach and that of TOE.(PO: a, b, d)

2. Compile fundamentals of TOE for engineering applications.(PO: a, b, c, e)

3. Develop ability to identify a problem and apply the fundamental concepts of TOE. Demonstrate the ability

to solve problems of practical interest.(PO: a, b, c, e)

4. Develop competence to design and analyze problems of engineering involving design of components.(PO:

c, d, e, g)

5. Demonstrate ability to have the competence for undergoing knowledge up gradation in the field of TOE

with particular reference to Theory of Plasticity and Finite Element Method.(PO: d, e, i, l)

53

FRACTURE MECHANICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble
















complex cases.


correction, etc.



UNIT I




UNIT II


(SIF) of simple geometries, Critical SIF, Relation between ERR and SIF. Plastic deformation at crack

tip, plane stress and plane strain plastic zone shape, Dugdale approach for plastic zone size, effect of

thickness.

UNIT III




54

UNIT IV




UNIT V



TEXT BOOKS: 1. Introduction to Fracture Mechanics, Karen Hellan McGraw Hill Pub, 2000.


REFERENCE BOOKS. 1. Fracture Mechanics – Fundamentals and Application, T.L. Anderson, CRC press 1998





1. Brittle and Ductile fracture of materials, effect of load, temperature and strain rate on fracture with

construction of graphs (PO: a, b, d)

2. Mode-I, II and III failure of materials, SIF calculations with equations each for different modes. (PO: b,

c, e, f).

3. Differentiate between elastic and plastic Fracture mechanics, Irwin plastic zone correction

calculation.(PO: a, c, d, e)

4. Testing method of fracture toughness, fatigue test and about specimens, dynamic crack and arresting

methods.(PO: b, c, e, g)

55



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble

















UNIT I









UNIT II

REVIEW OF STRENGTH, STIFFNESS AND RIGIDITY CONSIDERATIONS IN PRODUCT DESIGN: Principal Stress Trajectories (Force-Flow Lines), Balanced Design, Criteria and Objectives

of Design, Material Toughness: Resilience Designing for Uniform Strength, Tension vis-a-vis

Compression. Review of Production Process: Introduction, Primary Processes, Machining Process,

Non-traditional Machining Processes.





56


parts.

UNIT III


Optimization by Differential Calculus, Lagrange Multipliers, Linear Programming (Simplex Method),

Geometric Programming, Johnson’s Method of Optimum Design.

ECONOMIC FACTOR INFLUENCING DESIGN: Product Value, Design for Safety, Reliability and

Environmental Considerations, Manufacturing Operations in relation to Design, Economic Analysis,

Profit and Competitiveness, Break – even Analysis, Economic of a New Product Design.

UNIT IV




UNIT V


Value? Nature and Measurement of Value, Normal Degree of Value, Importance of Value, The Value

analysis Job Plan, Creativity, Steps to Problems-solving and Value Analysis, Value Analysis Test,

Value Engineering Idea Generation Check-list Cost Reduction through value engineering case study

on Tap Switch Control Assembly, Material and Process Selection in Value Engineering

Modern Approaches to Product Design: Concurrent Design and Quality Function Deployment (QFD).

TEXT BOOKS:

1. Product Design and Manufacturing, A.C. Chitale and R.C. Gupta, PHI 4th edition 2007.


Edition, 2003

REFERENCE BOOKS:





1. The student will familiarize the basic approaches in product design by following the standard design

phases practiced in an industry. (PO: a, c, d, f, h, k)

2. The student will understand the importance of consideration of various material properties and abilities

of manufacturing aspects in product design. (PO: a, b, e, f, j)

3. The students will be able to analyses the economics and optimizations of the design for the best profit

level by not compromising its utility. (PO: a, b, c, e, g, i, l)

4. The students will be able to understand the use of computers in design and other related areas of a

manufacturing industry in consideration with safety, reliability and environmental aspects. (PO: a, b, e,

f, h, k)

5. The students will inculcate the effective problem solving techniques and modern design approaches.

(PO: a, c, d, g, i, j, l)

57

RAPID PROTOTYPING


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble The current marketplace is undergoing an accelerated pace of change that challenges companies to
















evaluated.

3. Students learn to differentiate various process parameters associated with Rapid Manufacturing

Technique & choose tooling techniques for a specific application.




UNIT I

INTRODUCTION: History of RP system, Need for the compression in Product development, Growth

of RP industry, classification of RP system.



UNIT II


application.


UNIT III



CONCEPT MODELERS: Principle, Thermal jet printer, Sander’s model maker, 3-D printer. Genesis

printer, HP system, Object Quadra systems.

58

UNIT IV




UNIT V





TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:





1. Apply the concept of RP Theory in real word application (PO : a, c, d)

2. Able to apply the process parameter for different RP Machines (PO : a, b)

3. Able to create a database of tooling technique for different applications (PO : a, f)

4. Understand the process of RP standards for STL, File Format and create a manufacturing DATA (PO :

a, b, c, f, g, l)

5. Able to create a database of different software system for different applications and machine system

(PO : a, d, e, g, l)

59



Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble This subject deals with the concepts, methods of producing coldness and maintaining the space with



applications.




systems.



4. Psychrometry- Definitions, Chart and different Psychrometric process used and study the different

control equipments used in air conditioning system.



UNIT I




Vapor compression cycle: Vapour compression cycle, Components of a VCR system, Analysis,



on above.

UNIT II

Multi pressure vapor Compression systems: Single load system with compound compression,






Multi load systems: Single and multi evaporator systems, Multiple evaporators at same temperatures,

Multiple evaporators at different temperatures with back pressure valves, Single compressor and

multiple expansion valves, Cascade systems, Production of dry CO2, Simple numerical on multi load

systems.

UNIT III


Expansion devices and valves like automatic expansion valve, thermostatic expansion valve, Capillary

tube, Evaporator sizing (No Numerical).




60

UNIT IV

Psychometric: Basic definitions: Specific humidity, Relative humidity, Humidity ratio,

DBT,WBT,DPT, Different psychometric processes, adiabatic humidifier, Use of psychometric chart,

summer and winter air-conditioning systems, Numerical problems on above.


thermostat, Humidity control elements, High pressure and low pressure cut-out, solenoid valves, motor

control, bypass control, VAV control.

UNIT V





Transmission and Distribution of Air: Room air distribution, Friction loss in ducts, Air flow through

ducts, Duct system and Duct design.

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:



3. “Air Conditioning” PITA, 4TH edition, Pearson, 2005



1. Air refrigeration system. Simple and advanced Vapor compression refrigeration system, including multi

load and multi pressure systems.(PO: a, b, c)

2. The working of Vapor absorption refrigeration systems and also different equipments used in Vapor

compression refrigeration system. (PO: a, b, c g)

3. The different Psychometric process used and different control equipments used in air conditioning

system.( PO: b, c, f)

4. Air conditioning systems-cooling load estimate, transmission and distribution of air in the air conditioning

system.( PO: c, f, g)

61

SOLAR ENERGY


Prerequisites: Nil

Preamble The demand for clean energy sources is increasing at a fast rate because of the depletion of fossil fuels

and the damage caused by emissions to the environment. Solar energy is an important renewable and

clean energy source being explored in a large scale for heating and power generation all over the world.

Proper assessment of the availability of solar energy and understanding of the various solar energy

conversion systems is essential for the optimum application and use of solar energy.













UNIT I


energy alternatives, Solar energy option, overview, devices for thermal collection and storage,

Thermal applications, Water and space heating, Power generation, Space cooling and refrigeration,

Distillation, Drying, cooking.

UNIT II





UNIT III Liquid flat plate collectors: Performance analysis, Transmissivity of cover, transmissivity-

absorptivity product, Overall loss coefficient, hear transfer correlations,Collector efficiency factor,

Collector heat removal factor, Numerical problems, Effect of various parameters on performance,

Analysis of collectors, transient analysis, testing procedures, Alternative to conventional

collectors, numerical problems.

62

UNIT IV


parabolic collector, compound parabolic collectors, parabolic dish collctor. Central receiver




UNIT V Photo-Voltaic Conversion: Solar cell, working principles, conversion efficiency, commercial

solar cells, applications.

Economic analysis: initial and annual costs, definitions, present worth calculations, Repayment

of loan, annual solar savings, payback period, concluding remarks.

TEXT BOOKS:


New Delhi.


REFERENCE BOOKS:


NewYork.


1. Awareness of the need for various non-conventional energy sources, energy conservation and energy

storage. (PO: a, b)

2. Understanding of the fundamentals of solar energy, and energy systems based on solar thermal and

photo-voltaic principles of working. (PO: a, b, e)

3. A good understanding of solar energy use for various heating applications and its impact on the

environment. (PO: b, c, e, f)

4. Increased interest and ability to design various capacity heating, cooling and power generation

capacity system. (PO: e, f, g)

5. Understanding the fundamentals of photovoltaic cell operation & economic analysis of solar

system. (PO: a, b, c, d)

63



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble In recent years, industrial revolution and modernization, lot of competition is there among the various

industries. To fulfill need of customers and give the components at lower cost, it is important to

produce the components with minimum time using various available techniques. Computational Fluid

Dynamics, cost effective tool, is more often used to change the design of various components. It

provides numerical approximation to the equations that govern fluid motion. Application of the CFD

is to analyze a fluid problem requires the following steps. First, the mathematical equations describing

the fluid flow and are usually a set of partial differential equations. These equations are then discretized

to produce a numerical analogue of the equations. The domain is then divided into small grids or

elements. Finally, the initial conditions and the boundary conditions of the specific problem are used

to solve these equations. The solution method can be direct or iterative. In addition, certain control

parameters are used to control the convergence, stability, and accuracy of the method.


1. Ability to apply knowledge of Mathematics, science and Engineering in static and dynamic flow

analysis of fluids










UNIT I






UNIT II Basics of numerical methods: Solution of algebraic equations – Newton Raphson method, Solution




UNIT III




generation.

64

UNIT IV Application of numerical methods: Heat equation Simple explicit method, Richardson’s method


UNIT V Finite volume Method: Finite volume method for diffusion equation-simple problems, Finite volume

method for convection, diffusion equation, steady 1-dimensional convection diffusion,


schemes.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Computational Fluid Mechanics and Heat transfer- 2nd Edition 1998, John C Tannehill, Dule A



REFERENCE BOOKS: 1. Numerical Methods for Engineers – Iyer and Iyer 2001


Course Outcomes:

1. Able to categorize the given problem and develop mass, momentum and energy equations. (PO: a, b,

c, d)

2. Able to differentiate the given problem based on physical and mathematical model (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

3. Able to discretize the given problem and develop FINITE DIFFERENCE EQUATIONS (PO: a, b, c,

d, f)

4. Able to apply the above numerical methods for heat and wave equations using implicit and explicit

methods. (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

5. Able to solve FVM basic problems. (PO: a, b, c, d, f)

6. Able to solve software related problems (PO: a, b, c, d, g, j, l)

65

CRYOGENICS


Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble In the field of cryogenics, one is concerned with developing and improving low temperature

techniques, process and equipments. Cryogenic engineering primarily involves the practical utilization

of low temperature phenomenon.








Introduction to Cryogenic Systems, Gas liquification systems, Gas cycle Cryogenic refrigeration, Gas

separation and gas purification systems, Ultra low temperature Cryo – Refrigerators, Vacuum



1. Having successfully completed the course, students will be able to demonstrate knowledge and und

The properties of cryogens.(PO: a, b, c)

2. The production of low temperatures. .(PO: a, b, c, d)

3. Heat transfer at low temperature. .(PO: a, b, c, g, f )

4. The behavior of materials at low temperature. .(PO: a, b, c, i)

5. Superconductivity and design of low temperature systems. .(PO: a, b, c, d )

TEXT BOOKS:



REFERENCE BOOKS:



66



Prerequisite: Nil

Preamble: The success of any industry or service sector depends on two factors. Technical aspect is one thing



increases.



2. Study the various aspects of decision making situation, probability rules, and breakeven analysis

by solving problems.

3. Learn forecasting methods and errors in them and problems on the above topic, fundamentals of

supply chain management.




UNIT I

Operations Management Concepts: Introduction, Historical Development, Operations Management

Definition, Production and Manufacturing Systems, Products v/s Services, Productivity, Factors

affecting Productivity, International Dimensions of Productivity.



UNIT II .Forecasting: Forecasting Objectives and Uses, Forecasting Variables, Opinion and Judgmental






UNIT III Aggregate Planning and Master Scheduling: Introduction, Planning and Scheduling, Objectives of

Aggregate Planning, Pure Strategies of Aggregate Planning. Master Scheduling - Objectives, Master

Scheduling Methods.

UNIT IV Material and Capacity Requirements Planning: Overview: MRP and CRP; MRP: Time phasing



.

UNIT V Scheduling and controlling production activities: Introduction, PAC objectives and data


67



Multi-Machine Scheduling: Johnson’s algorithm, n-jobs to 2-machines, n-jobs to 3-machines, 2 jobs

to n machines, Graphical solutions.

TEXT BOOKS: 1. Operations Management, B. Mahadevan. Theory and practice, Pearson, 2007


3. Operations Management, Monks, J.G., Schaum’s Outline Series, Tata McGraw Hill Ed. (2004).

REFERENCE BOOKS:







1. Take a better decision for a given situation.(po: a,e,h,k,l)

2. Forecast the future demand from the history.(po:b,d,e,h,I,l)

3. Plan the production satisfying the demand, scheduling accordingly.(po: a,b,d,e,k)

4. Calculate material required ,men and machines required.(po: b,e,i,l)

5. Schedule properly so that there will be full utilization of men and machines and time taken will be

minimum. .(po: b,e,i,l)

Outcome Based Education Curricula

Documents

Transcript of Outcome Based Education Curricula